Day 0 Event #197 Ethical Networking Sustainability and Accountability

Day 0 Event #197 Ethical Networking Sustainability and Accountability

Session at a glance

Summary

This IGF workshop focused on ethical networking, sustainability, and accountability in computer science and mathematics, bringing together academics, researchers, and activists from various backgrounds. The discussion centered on how to ensure that mathematics and computer networking practices align with ethical principles including privacy, transparency, and accountability. Participants emphasized that ethical considerations cannot be treated as optional add-ons but must be fundamentally embedded throughout the development process from the beginning.


A key theme emerged around the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration and diverse perspectives. Speakers stressed that engineers and mathematicians working in isolation cannot foresee all implications of their work, making it essential to include social scientists, ethicists, and affected communities in the development process. The discussion highlighted how narratives around hyperperformance and optimization in computer networks often go unquestioned, potentially misaligning with ethical principles that require time for thoughtful consideration.


Participants addressed the challenges of emerging technologies like AI and IoT, emphasizing that positive impacts are subjective and vary across cultures and regions. Alexander Isavnin provided insights from Russia, illustrating how technologies claimed to be ethical can actually serve surveillance purposes. The conversation revealed tensions between technological advancement and genuine ethical implementation, particularly in less democratic contexts.


The role of the IGF was discussed as a crucial convening platform that breaks down silos between technical and non-technical experts, enabling essential dialogue across diverse stakeholders. However, participants noted that assembling the right people is only half the challenge – translating awareness into action remains difficult. The workshop concluded with emphasis on continuous oversight and the need for humans to actively participate in ensuring technology serves positive purposes rather than assuming technology alone can solve ethical challenges.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Embedding Ethics in Technology Development**: The need to integrate ethical considerations from the ground up rather than as an afterthought, with emphasis on moving beyond traditional narratives of optimization and performance to include responsibility, sustainability, and human impact in computer networking and mathematics.


– **Interdisciplinary Collaboration and Perspective**: The critical importance of breaking down silos between technical and non-technical experts, bringing together diverse stakeholders including computer scientists, mathematicians, social scientists, and affected communities to ensure comprehensive understanding of technological impacts.


– **Cultural and Regional Differences in Ethics**: Recognition that ethical standards and definitions of “positive impact” vary significantly across different cultures, regions, and political systems, with particular attention to how authoritarian governments can abuse technology for surveillance and control.


– **Role of IGF as a Convening Platform**: Discussion of how the Internet Governance Forum serves as a crucial space for connecting diverse global stakeholders, facilitating dialogue between different perspectives, and translating awareness into actionable governance frameworks.


– **Human-Centered Network Evaluation**: The challenge of assessing networks as socio-technical systems where human and technical components interact, emphasizing the need for continuous oversight, citizen participation, and understanding of failure modes at human-machine interfaces.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how ethical principles can be integrated into computer networking, mathematics, and emerging technologies, while examining the role of international governance forums in promoting sustainable and responsible internet development. The workshop sought to bridge technical expertise with ethical considerations and cultural perspectives from different regions.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and academic tone throughout, characterized by thoughtful analysis and mutual respect among participants. While the conversation remained constructive, there was an underlying sense of urgency about the need for ethical oversight of rapidly advancing technologies. The tone became slightly more pointed when discussing regional differences, particularly regarding authoritarian uses of technology, but returned to a collegial atmosphere focused on finding practical solutions through international cooperation and interdisciplinary dialogue.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Alexander Isavnin** – Member of the Council of the Russian Pirate Party, mathematician by education


– **Sara Hjalmarsson** – Vice chair of the European Pirate Party, workshop moderator


– **Audience** – Online participant reading questions from chat


– **Dennis Mueller** – Research associate at the University of Cambridge and University of Cologne, co-founder of the Ethics and Mathematics Project, works on mathematics education for sustainable development and extreme technological risks related to AI and the Internet


– **Marc Bruyere** – Researcher at Airbus (10 years), has Ph.D., works on ethical implications of research and innovation


– **Keith Goldstein** – Chair of Pirate Parties International, involved in drafting research project on computer networking ethics


– **MODERATOR** – Technical moderator handling audio/video issues


– **Maurice Chiodo** – Research associate at the Center for the Study of Existential Risk at the University of Cambridge, principal investigator and co-founder of the Ethics and Mathematics Project, research mathematician specializing in computability theory and abstract algebra, ethics and safety consultant in AI and blockchain technologies


– **Daphne Tuncer** – Academic researcher in computer science and computer networks, affiliated with Institut Polytechnique de Paris in France, works on responsibility in digital development


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# IGF Workshop Report: Ethical Networking, Sustainability, and Accountability in Computer Science and Mathematics


## Executive Summary


This Internet Governance Forum (IGF) workshop examined the intersection of ethics, sustainability, and accountability in computer networking and mathematics. Co-moderated by Sara Hjalmarsson (Vice Chair of the European Pirate Party) and Keith Goldstein (Chair of Pirate Parties International), the session brought together academics, researchers, and activists to address three key questions: how mathematics and computer networking can align with ethical principles, how emerging technologies can be ethically developed, and what role IGF can play in promoting responsible internet governance.


The discussion featured Maurice Chiodo and Dennis Mueller (co-founders of the Ethics and Mathematics Project at Cambridge University), Daphne Tuncer (Institut Polytechnique de Paris), Marc Bruyere (industry researcher), and Alexander Isavnin (Russian Pirate Party, mathematician). Participants emphasized that ethical considerations must be embedded throughout technology development rather than added as afterthoughts, and highlighted the critical need for interdisciplinary collaboration across technical and social domains.


## Workshop Structure and Key Questions


The workshop was organized around three main questions that structured the discussion:


1. **How can mathematics and computer networking align with ethical principles?**


2. **How can emerging technologies be ethically developed?**


3. **What role can IGF play in promoting responsible internet governance?**


The format included both on-site and remote participants, with audience questions addressed at the end of the session.


## Question 1: Aligning Mathematics and Networking with Ethical Principles


### Historical Context and Current Challenges


Alexander Isavnin provided crucial historical perspective, noting that “at the beginning of the internet, there was no privacy considerations or security considerations because scientists have created internet for their own needs. They thought that only such good guys with scientific approaches will exist on the internet. But actually, a lot happens since that. A lot of people came here, evil people, bad people, governments, corporations, and so on.”


This observation established why current ethical challenges exist and influenced the discussion about moving from reactive to proactive ethical frameworks.


### Technical Decisions with Ethical Implications


Marc Bruyere offered a concrete example of how technical design choices have real-world consequences. He explained how IPv4’s design, placing source addresses before destination addresses, forces routers to wait for the destination field, resulting in significant energy consumption over time. IPv6 corrected this by putting destination first, demonstrating how seemingly minor technical decisions can have massive environmental implications.


### Embedding Ethics from the Start


Dennis Mueller argued that “ethics is not an optional extra or a bolt-on. It’s something that we must fundamentally embed within everything we do… principles like safety and sustainability cannot be bolted on at the end of a project, especially with decentralised technologies such as the internet, where retrospective fixes can be very difficult or even impossible.”


## Question 2: Ethical Development of Emerging Technologies


### The Imperative of Interdisciplinary Collaboration


Maurice Chiodo emphasized that “from an engineer’s viewpoint, there are three key aspects to ethical development here. Perspective, perspective, and perspective… We work deep within technical systems, but technologies like AI, in the internet of things, are fundamentally human endeavours.”


He outlined a framework focusing on three areas requiring scrutiny: ethical vision, tool integrity, and process robustness. This emphasis on multiple perspectives became a central theme throughout the discussion.


### Challenging Performance-Oriented Paradigms


Daphne Tuncer contributed a critical perspective on narratives driving technology development, particularly questioning assumptions around hyperperformance and optimization. She challenged the notion that “fast is good,” arguing that ethical principles require time for thoughtful consideration and may conflict with speed-oriented development paradigms.


Tuncer also emphasized the importance of working with social scientists and learning survey and consultation methods to better understand diverse perspectives and impacts.


### Cultural and Regional Considerations


The discussion revealed tensions around implementing ethical frameworks across different political contexts. Alexander Isavnin illustrated how technologies claimed to be ethical can serve surveillance purposes under authoritarian governments, emphasizing that “you are your own insurance” and stressing individual responsibility for oversight.


Daphne Tuncer challenged assumptions about universal ethical standards by questioning “positive for who and relative to what?… what one might consider as being positive might be well perceived as negative by another.” This insight highlighted that ethical frameworks must account for diverse cultural perspectives rather than imposing universal standards.


## Question 3: IGF’s Role in Promoting Responsible Internet Governance


### Platform for Diverse Stakeholder Engagement


All speakers recognized IGF’s unique role as a convener bringing together diverse global perspectives. Maurice Chiodo noted that IGF “serves as convener breaking down silos between technical and non-technical experts,” while Daphne Tuncer emphasized it “provides platform for worldwide audience to confront diverse perspectives.”


Keith Goldstein, drawing from his experience with Pirate Parties International, highlighted how IGF enables dialogue across different regional approaches to digital rights and internet governance.


### Bridging Technical and Governance Communities


Marc Bruyere noted IGF’s potential role in bridging gaps between internet governance discussions and traditional standards organizations like IETF and W3C, though he acknowledged this relationship requires strengthening.


Dennis Mueller emphasized that “IGF stakeholders must act as ambassadors spreading integrated perspective to their fields,” suggesting the forum’s impact depends on participants carrying insights back to their respective communities.


### Expanding Engagement Beyond IGF


Alexander Isavnin advocated for broader interaction with UN and intergovernmental organizations beyond just IGF, arguing for more comprehensive engagement with global governance structures.


## Collaborative Research and Future Directions


The workshop revealed ongoing collaboration between several participants. Keith Goldstein, Marc Bruyere, and Daphne Tuncer have been working together on a research project, including developing a questionnaire to study how humans learn new networking methods. This collaborative approach exemplifies the interdisciplinary cooperation the workshop advocated.


Maurice Chiodo and Dennis Mueller, as co-founders of the Ethics and Mathematics Project, brought complementary perspectives on integrating ethical considerations into mathematical and technical education.


## Areas of Agreement and Different Emphases


### Broad Agreement


Participants generally agreed on the necessity of interdisciplinary collaboration and the need to embed ethical considerations throughout technology development. There was broad acknowledgment of IGF’s valuable role as a platform for diverse stakeholder engagement.


### Different Emphases


While agreeing on core principles, speakers emphasized different approaches to implementation. Alexander Isavnin focused on individual responsibility and oversight, particularly in contexts where institutional safeguards may be compromised. Maurice Chiodo and Dennis Mueller emphasized developers’ and engineers’ responsibility to integrate diverse perspectives and build safety into systems from the start.


Speakers also brought different perspectives on technology’s role in addressing societal inequalities, with varying emphasis on the potential for technological solutions versus the need for constant oversight to prevent abuse.


## Human-Centered Network Evaluation


The discussion addressed challenges in evaluating networks as socio-technical systems. Maurice Chiodo argued that “humans and technical components cannot be assessed in isolation, their value and risks emerge from their interaction.”


This systems thinking approach moved beyond simple human versus technical distinctions to understanding complex interactions. Marc Bruyere contributed insights about fundamental differences between quantitative and qualitative evaluation spaces, while Dennis Mueller emphasized that human components have different motivations and characteristics than technical components.


## Unresolved Challenges


Several critical challenges require further attention:


– Practically democratizing ethical networking to ensure meaningful citizen oversight


– Bridging global north and south dynamics in ethical technology development


– Translating IGF insights into concrete action beyond the forum


– Balancing different cultural definitions of positive technological impacts


– Developing practical evaluation tools for human components in network systems


– Ensuring adequate time and resources for ethical considerations in fast-paced development environments


## Conclusions and Next Steps


The workshop demonstrated broad agreement on the need for ethical approaches to networking and technology development, while revealing significant implementation challenges. Participants committed to continuing collaboration through future research and publications, with plans to make interdisciplinary discussions routine practice.


The conversation reinforced that technology development is fundamentally a human endeavor requiring diverse perspectives, cultural sensitivity, and continuous ethical oversight. As Dennis Mueller noted, the goal is not to slow technological progress but to ensure it serves positive purposes through thoughtful, inclusive, and ethically-grounded approaches.


The workshop concluded with recognition that while IGF provides a crucial platform for these discussions, the real challenge lies in translating awareness into concrete changes within technical communities and organizations. Participants emphasized both individual responsibility and institutional change as necessary components of ethical technology development.


Session transcript

MODERATOR: ♪♪ ♪♪


Keith Goldstein: Okay, thank you everybody for coming. It’s a pleasure to see you all. This is the IGF workshop on ethical networking, sustainability and accountability. Rather than introduce everyone, I’ll turn over to my colleague Sara over here to ask our first question.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Thanks, Keith. First of all, my name’s Sara. I’m the vice chair of the European Pirate Party. We have a booth here if you’re on site, so if you like what we’re talking about, please feel free to stop by. I’d like to start by letting our speakers introduce themselves first before we start with question one. So I’d like to hand over to Daphne. Do we have Daphne with us? Welcome, Daphne. Please introduce yourself and tell us a bit about what you do. Tell me something about yourself, your project, and how it relates to ethical networking.


Daphne Tuncer: Hello?


Sara Hjalmarsson: Yeah, now we can hear you.


MODERATOR: Sorry, sorry. I couldn’t turn on my mic. Sorry about that.


Sara Hjalmarsson: That’s okay. It happens sometimes. Go for it.


Daphne Tuncer: Yeah. Hi, hi, everyone. Sorry, let me turn on the video as well. It should be working now. Yeah, great. So hi, everyone. Thanks a lot for joining this session. So my name is Daphne Tuncher. I’m academic. My research is in the domain of computer science, more specifically computer networks. I’m affiliated with Institut Polytechnique de Paris in France. So over the years, I’ve been trying to work on putting together kind of actionable resources, both for research and education on what I call responsibility in our digital development. So thank you.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, wow. That’s a big responsibility. All right. Thank you, Daphne. Daphne. Next. Next, we have Marc Brouillere. Marc, are you with us?


Marc Bruyere: Yes. Can you hear me and see me? Yes. Yes. Loud and clear. Loud and clear. Okay, quickly. Actually, I did a Ph.D. when I was 40, like 10 years ago, coming from a long path from an industry and so on. And when you’re actually starting to do research and you know what implication it is in research, you are actually influencing things and innovating stuff and so on. And it always questioned me how to do this without hurting society with an ethical way. Then that’s what we, I was definitely had a very first conversation about it. And I’m actually working for a large company back for 10 years in research for Airbus, was everything do count in the choice you do. And it’s very valuable that we are actually all thinking


Sara Hjalmarsson: of the impact of the choices we do. And I really appreciate we are this time together. Oh, wow. So you’ve had a lot of insight to share there. Looking forward to it. Next, we have Keith. Sorry. Next, we have Maurice. Maurice, are you with us? Yes. Thank you. Can you hear me? Yep. Loud and clear. Loud and clear.


Maurice Chiodo: Excellent. Thank you. It’s a pleasure to be able to speak here today. So my name is Maurice Kioda, and I’m a research associate at the Center for the Study of Existential Risk at the University of Cambridge. I’m also the principal investigator and co-founder of the Ethics and Mathematics Project. So a research mathematician by training, I specialized in computability theory and abstract algebra. My work now looks at the ethical challenges and risks posed by mathematics, mathematicians, and mathematically-powered technologies. I’ve been working on this for over nine years and have insights and industry experience as an ethics and safety consultant in AI and blockchain technologies.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Oh, wow. You’ve done a bit of everything. Thank you, Maurice. Thank you, Maurice. Dennis. Dennis Mullow. Dennis, are you with us?


Dennis Mueller: Yep, I’m here. Thank you very much. It’s an honor to be here. I’m also a co-founder of the Ethics and Mathematics Project. I’m currently a research associate at the University of Cologne, where I work on mathematics education for sustainable development. And I work with Maurice at the Center for the Study of Existential Risk, where I study extreme technological risks related to AI and the Internet. Overall, my work sort of connects to ethics, education, mathematics, and I’m particularly interested in studying how mathematics and mathematically-powered technologies are shaping our world.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, wow. All right, very good. Great to have you with us. Next, we have Alexander Isavnin. Alexander, are you with us?


Alexander Isavnin: Yeah, for sure. Hello, I’m Alexander Isavnin. I’m a member of the Council of the Russian Pirate Party, where we live in very difficult countries, and our party and citizens of our country constantly need to face ethical and sustainability challenges. I’m also a mathematician by education, but have no relations to ethics and mathematics projects.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Thanks. Okay, welcome. Next, we have Keith.


Keith Goldstein: And I’ll just introduce myself. I’m Keith Goldstein, chair of Pirate Parties International. I also have been involved with Daphne and Mark here on drafting a research project on computer networking ethics and looking at how humans are able to learn new systems. Okay, thanks. So why don’t we move on to the next question?


Sara Hjalmarsson: So let’s start with the first question there. We’re sharing a little bit. So how can we ensure that mathematics and computer networking practices align with ethical principles, including privacy, transparency, and accountability?


Keith Goldstein: So Daphne, would you like to start?


Daphne Tuncer: Yeah, sure, I’m happy to start. So as I said earlier, I’m a computer scientist. But in the recent year, I started working a lot with people from social science. And through this collaboration, I got to learn a lot about the role of narratives in how this contributes to how we approach and develop new technologies. And if you take computer network research as an example, so a lot of the narratives that we have today have to do with hyperperformance, optimization, measurements. So of course, there’s nothing wrong with that. But my point is that very often, these things are just taken for granted. We never really question these narratives. And so it does subconsciously, us, like researchers in computer networks, influence the way we think. So to me, spending time on talking about these narratives to make them explicit and also having a space to confront them is an essential part and also ingredient to get an alignment between our practices, for example, in computer networks and ethical principles. So I think what is really important is to reserve time for that. So today, and I think this has been driven a lot by all these developments in the computing technologies, we tend to value high speed as something good. So it’s fast, it’s good. But to some extent, I believe this is not really aligned with ethical principle where we require time to think. So I think time is very key here.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Thank you. Next, Maurice. What are your thoughts on this?


Maurice Chiodo: Sorry, thank you. Let me just pull that up. So the question was… Yeah, yeah, no, that’s a fair thing. Right, so ensuring that analytical practices align with core ethical principles, it requires us to address three distinct but ultimately interconnected challenges of the alignment problem. So from the perspective of ethics and mathematics, we must first define what we want to achieve. Second, we must determine how to achieve these outcomes by developing the right mathematical tools, technologies, and practices. This involves examination of the methods we use. For instance, the commitment to privacy requires not just policy, but the implementation of privacy-preserving mathematics from the ground up. The third, and most crucially, sticks. This is the long-term challenge. To get this right, we must scrutinize three areas simultaneously. As I said, the ethical vision of our outcomes, the integrity of our tools, and the robustness of our processes. Any one of these can undermine the others. For example, an ethical process can still lead to a harmful outcome if the underlying technology is flawed. Therefore, we must move beyond just analyzing intent and design aims. We have to rigorously investigate the technologies and the technologists’ ability to do good or cause harm. We must understand not only what they want to do, but also… Oh, we have a bit of a lag there. We missed the last thing you said, Maurice. Oh, sorry. So I was saying that, therefore, we must move beyond just analyzing intent and design aims. We have to rigorously investigate the technologies and the technologists’ ability to do good or cause harm. And we must understand not only what they want to do, but also what they can do. Okay.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Yeah, that’s a big point. Let’s see. We have Alexander. You have a slightly different cultural environment. What’s your perspective?


Alexander Isavnin: Let me give perspective, not just from my cultural environment, but from my experience. We all know that technology and instrumentation and tools are being developed much faster than regulations or even spelling norms of what’s going on. At the beginning of the internet, there was no privacy considerations or security considerations because scientists have created internet for their own needs. They thought that only such good guys with scientific approaches will exist on the internet. But actually, a lot happens since that. A lot of people came here, evil people, bad people, governments, corporations, and so on. So I think that our idea of sustainability and ethical networking should be the most important. It should go towards understanding of what people need, first of all, and only then such formulated needs need to shape technology developments. Back to my cultural background, in Russia, it’s happening always. The state and the state-controlled corporations are developing technologies. They are announcing that technologies are for the good of the people, but lately it appears that even network applications are developed for surveillance or control of people’s activities. Thanks.


Sara Hjalmarsson: All right, very good. We’ll actually get into that topic in a moment. In the meantime, we have, sorry, Dennis. What’s your perspective?


Dennis Mueller: I think to truly align our practices with ethical principles, we must understand that ethics is not an optional extra or a bolt-on. It’s something that we must fundamentally embed within everything we do. And so principles like safety and sustainability cannot be bolted on at the end of a project, especially with decentralized technologies such as the internet, where retrospective fixes can be very difficult or even impossible. And I think that achieving this requires a fundamental systemic shift in how we work. We need to communicate, hire, and train with ethics as a core competency. Technical success must sort of be balanced with success from an ethical and sustainability perspective. And this can be quite challenging from my experience and from working with other engineers. And it requires sort of like an adjustment because engineers can be accustomed to viewing their work as sort of like a technological optimization problems. And this perspective demands that technical and non-technical experts and the affected communities of those technologies must find a common language and build a shared understanding of the goals and risk involved. And so ultimately technical expertise and ethical expertise are sort of like two sides of the same coin. And only by fostering a community that sort of like equally values forward-thinking responsibility and backward-looking accountability, we can ensure that this happens.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, very good. Thank you, Dennis. And finally, we have Marc.


Marc Bruyere: I think multi-decisionary groups and thinking is always a benefit. And then that’s something in the discipline of engineering, design, and so on, or does imply choices as well with no ethical thing, ideas and thoughts are actually have placed sometime in industry, even in research and so on. That’s very important. We have also feedback and time to give proper response and ideas, review from other people with other field of research or activities and so on. For a simple story to illustrate this, and I just verify using IPv4 to communicate through Zoom. Think of a teeny details who has very profound impact today. Then the design on that IPv4, they actually place the source address before the destination address. What do you do when you are actually checking where the packet need to go? You expecting the destination, not the source to be first. And this teeny details is actually using a lot of power and electricity every time for very long time, big impact on the consummation of electricity and so on. Because all the routers have to wait, have to wait to the destination field before having the source. Kind of a teeny mistakes, but big impact. Then obviously reviewing and so everyone and all disciplinary things for such things is very difficult. We don’t know, they didn’t know that actually that design they did will remain for that long. And in IPv6, destination come first.


Sara Hjalmarsson: All right, thank you very much. And I think that’s actually a wonderful segue into our next question. So we’ve already… Mark, sorry. Mark has mentioned the technology that we’ve had for quite a while now and how we’ve learned from that and made things more efficient. But we’re also seeing emerging technologies. How can these emerging technologies such as automated language models, an artificial intelligence, the internet of things and so on be ethically developed and deployed to ensure they have positive social, cultural, political, academic, and environmental impacts? Take 10 minutes for that one. So let’s go back to Mark for that one. Well, everyone will have a chance to answer, but we’ll just do it in kind of the opposite order this time. Go ahead, Mark.


Marc Bruyere: It’s a hard practice to have all the view and impact of what we do. But what I actually, when we started to open up ideas and thoughts with Daphne, we did find people are working hard on those questions from the root practice of what we call computer science today, which is the digital world. mathematicians, or both of you, Maurice and Dennis. They put together a lot of questions, a lot of way of asking yourself, it is a good project, and so on so on. That practice needs to be every time for everything, mostly. It was very hard to have the time for this, but it’s necessary. Giving time for this kind of practice is essential, and it does, it has to cover a minimum of different payouts that’s been introduced by their works, and I think we rely on actually kind of future project on their approaches, and it’s very valuable, and that’s why, yes, I let all the people already spend a lot of time thinking of


Sara Hjalmarsson: it. Okay, very good. Thank you, Marc. Do you want, Alexander, you have


Alexander Isavnin: something specific, go ahead. Yeah, you ask a really broad question about impact to very, very difficult fields of human society, but I would like to point two issues. First of all, for technologies, development of technology is something funny, so that’s more than young people who are rushing into technology, into education, into testing something. They don’t think about impact of their activities at all, so that’s why we have script kiddies, we have young hackers, and so on. That’s, I think, the lack of education, overall general education, not technology education. That’s an issue, and I remember myself when I was young, the Internet was a university, and so on. I definitely can confess I did some unethical things which I would not do now, having understanding all this impact. So, first of all, we need to educate young. The second approach, and this is actually a kind of experience from local, from Russia, because officials, corrupted officials, or corporations which have ties to the government, stating nearly the same things, that technology needs to be ethical, technology needs to provide sustainability and be available for everyone. But, in contrary, technology does not develop. For example, in Russia, we do not have 5G cellular networks, because all their frequencies are stockpiled by few companies or militaries under the name of protecting common resource, and so on. So, the development of 5G networks is not possible, not because of sanctions, not because of some retrospective things, but just because somebody tries to keep us sustainable. So, I think that’s two points I would like to bring to the table and maybe discuss later. Thanks.


Sara Hjalmarsson: All right. Thank you very much, Alex. That’s an interesting point. And, of course, we also invite questions from our online participants. Next, we have Maurice. Go ahead, Maurice.


Maurice Chiodo: Thank you very much. So, I’m going to sort of try and give this from an engineer’s viewpoint. So, from an engineer’s viewpoint, there are three key aspects to ethical development here. Perspective, perspective, and perspective. Even the most conscientious engineers cannot ensure positive impacts on their own. We work deep within technical systems, but technologies like AI, in the internet of things, are fundamentally human endeavors. They connect people and the object people use. Therefore, human insights and a range of perspectives must be central throughout the entire development and deployment process, not just as an afterthought. This requires a shift in resources. Ethical development isn’t free. It takes dedicated time and effort to consult with domain experts, conduct impact assessments, and engage with impacted communities. This work must be budgeted for as a core project requirement, not an optional extra. Furthermore, our motivation must be scrutinized. We should focus on applying our skills to solve recognized societal problems, rather than inventing new problems to fit a fancy technological tool. With every step forward, we have to ask a critical question. Who wins and who loses? True ethical networking requires us to see and account for everyone.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Absolutely. So, very good. Thank you, Maurice. And Daphne, what are your thoughts?


Daphne Tuncer: So, I think, kind of, the key word here in this question is positive impacts, because positive for who and relative to what? I mean, everything is subjective and that relates to, I mean, what Alexander, you were saying about the situation in Russia, because what one might consider as being positive might be well perceived as negative by another. And by mean by one can be, of course, a person, but it can be a community, a group of interest, can be a government, etc., etc. So, as the question shows, impact is multidimensional. So, we can’t expect there will be one group of people that will decide what positive impacts are. So, maybe here, I will answer as a researcher, because that’s my community, but I think as a researcher, the very important thing for us now is ready to engage in a practice that goes beyond this kind of mode of organization and silos that we’ve seen for research. So, you are a computer scientist, you are a mathematician, you are a biologist, you are a sociologist, but at the end, what really matters is that we really work together, so that we agree or at least we get some shared value on what positive impacts we are aiming at, but also how we assess these impacts.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, thank you, Daphne. And Dennis, of course, go ahead.


Dennis Mueller: The development of technologies like large language models or the Internet of Things hinges critically on understanding the interconnected nature. So, from an engineer’s perspective or from a management perspective, that means that we cannot compartmentalize ethics within single sub teams, because things will just get overlooked. Nor can we sort of like overlook that sort of like the social, cultural, political and environmental aspects are deeply intertwined. So, we cannot usually address one without affecting the other. And so, that means for developers, there’s sort of a dual responsibility here, building safety into the technical architecture or into the technical system, and also earning the public’s trust. One does not necessarily imply the other in an interconnected world. And we cannot assume that engineers or mathematicians or computer scientists by default understand how to navigate this complexity or how to raise the right questions. They need to be taught this and given the space to think beyond immediate, localized, often monetary incentives. And they need to be taught how to do this in a way that earns trust from society. And once again, this sort of like requires balancing technical expertise and technical incentives with non-technical knowledge and non-technical incentives. In this sense, I can only reiterate what Maurice said. Perspective is really what matters here from my perspective.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, thank you very much. I think we have quite a few overlaps there. I think a common thread is education. Education and integration with our interdisciplinary teams and interdisciplinary working environments. And in that sense, we kind of have this big interdisciplinary environment with the IGF. And that leads us to the next question. What role can the IGF and its stakeholders play in promoting sustainable and responsible internet governance? So let’s start with Daphne this time. Go ahead, Daphne.


Daphne Tuncer: Thanks. Well, I think that raising the IGF is a platform to connect and get the visibility on what’s going on. So as I said earlier, I really think that understanding for who and relative to what technology, a model, a development demonstrates certain qualities is not simple. So to me, the IGF really has the ability to reach out to a very worldwide audience. So it must capitalize on that to provide, I think, a medium through which we can confront our perspective, especially coming from different parts of the world. Because this raises perspectives that we need to embed into sustainable and responsible Internet governance. I don’t think we should get a top-down approach where a small group of people will decide on the definition of these qualities for governance. So I really believe that the IGF has a key role to play in supporting the diversity of background, cultural heritage, point of views that are really necessary to design and build this governance framework.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, thank you, Daphne. Maurice, what’s your perspective? What do you think?


Maurice Chiodo: Thank you. So in my view, the IGF’s most powerful role here is that of a convener. It provides the room and sets the tables for the essential multilevel ethical engagement that sustainable Internet governance requires. This is the space where dialogue is not just possible, but it’s the primary purpose. By its very nature, the IGF assembles a diverse array of stakeholders needed to generate genuine perspective from governments and corporations to academics and activists. As we’ve discussed, perspective is the single most critical ingredient for the ethical development of emerging technologies. An engineer in a lab cannot foresee and understand all the implications of their work, just as a policymaker cannot grasp all the technical nuances. The IGF is a place where these worlds connect. It breaks down the silos between the technical and non-technical experts that often exist in industry and governments, which is crucial for finding and nurturing a common language. In this way, the IGF already acts as the essential first step. It gathers the necessary people and perspectives, creating the foundation upon which responsible governance of a decentralized mathematical technology like the Internet can be built. Okay, thank you.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Thank you, Maurice. Next, Alexander. Go ahead.


Alexander Isavnin: Yes, for sure. But first, I would like to point out that ethics and sustainability might be really different in different parts of the world. So I think these locations where the IGF was conducted have completely different approaches to what is ethical and what is not ethical. And events like Internet Governance Forum allows, first of all, to understand each other. Not to synchronize, but to understand each other’s approaches. So that still Internet Governance Forum not just connects different stakeholders from the same group, but understanding of what’s going on in different regions, different countries, different regions. Overall, IGF allows to connect all positively thinking people who are looking forward for development of the Internet for good. I think not just IGF, maybe some other platforms like World Summit for Information Society, which actually spinned off IGF 20 years ago, still have forums which are more populated by governmental people. So I think we should continue not just in IGF, in our local IGF, in our local communities, but also have broader interaction within United Nations and intergovernmental organizations.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Okay, thank you, Alexander. Dennis, what about you?


Dennis Mueller: This is sort of a follow-up from Maurice’s answer. I think that assembling the right people is only half of the process. The IGF’s next crucial role is to ensure that the insights also radiate outwards. And the IGF is already highly effective at collectively identifying emergent issues. I think what can be done next is sort of like, how do we translate that awareness into action? Because our research on ethics and mathematics has demonstrated that many technical practitioners like mathematicians, computer scientists, network engineers, quite often view their work as separate from ethics, sustainability, and also from policy. So while sort of like many people who are in this room understand that technology and ethics or technology and sustainability are inseparable, the understanding is not very widespread from our experience. And so the primary role that we see here is sort of like for IGF stakeholders to act as ambassadors, championing this integrated perspective and spreading awareness within their respective fields, within their respective companies, and bringing it where are people who are not yet convinced that this is important. Very important point. Thank you.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Thank you, Dennis. And finally, Mark, go ahead.


Marc Bruyere: When we look into the story of IGF and why it is. And so when we talk about internet, that’s not something we initially come up from the ITU. ITU has been, I mean, the very beginning of ITU was it weren’t before United Nations. But in 47, that was the very first chapter out of the Second World War to be United Nations, before UNESCO and so on and so on. ITU is still there and so for standardization, for telecommunication. But come up in the meantime that we all know, internet, very different way of to be governed and coming origin. And so the way to decide the standards are very, very different. And then it is actually winning compared to ITU standards. What we call about RSC, ETF, ERTF, the different things that’s coming up from this community. Very different. Then United Nations created IGF because they realized that something is missing. It went out of ITU. Then IGF is the good place actually to get many, many people in a very different aspect to take over what we call internet today. But it’s not only in the tubes. It’s in the way the protocol has been designed and also the content that’s stored, all different aspects. And the thing that is very, very open and we have this occasion today is very important. It could be, and then the missing part of it is how we can influence a little bit more. And participating a little bit more from the IGF community, interacting with ETF, the design and the department of technological standardizations as it is. There is gateway. People coming a little bit more in IGF from ETF and vice versa. But I think it’s very important as well. And then W3C and all different aspects and so. Then I haven’t been participating much on understanding the relationship between standards and organization like this. But that’s very important. That could be for the future. So having those platforms in place gives us more leverage. Okay. Thank you very much, everyone.


Sara Hjalmarsson: Thank you, Marc and everyone. For the last, we’re doing okay time-wise. So we have time for one more question.


Keith Goldstein: Yeah, we have time for one more question. I’ll take that over as in sort of a question for myself as well. And then we’ll try and get some questions from the audience. So we have just about nine minutes left. And the last question is, how can we evaluate the human component of networks? We’ve talked a lot about the fact that these aren’t just systems. There’s people behind them. What can we do to learn more about how we learn new networks? What practical tools can we use to evaluate computer networking practices? So go back in reverse order maybe with Marc first.


Marc Bruyere: The human part of it is a good question. And we have I have some way of trying to understand this, but it’s social work and so on. The only things I’ve learned recently, and I mean it’s a fact, the quantitative space has nothing to see with the qualitative space. And trying to understand these two different spaces for deciding what quality we want to give some evaluation we do as an engineer to get a better optimization process or performance of whatever system and so on. Finding the right gap to be able to get the quantitative design we want as a good quality as a beginning. We need people or guiders for pushing to the questions and finding the right way of making finite choices.


Keith Goldstein: Really quick, so maybe go off to Daphne next.


Daphne Tuncer: I don’t know if I have much to add to this question. So I think that’s really kind of a typical question, that we need collaboration across disciplines. For us, people working on computer networks, that’s quite important, we understand the human perspective. But we don’t necessarily know or we don’t necessarily have the tools that we can use to actually access to human perception, human feedback on this. So I think that’s where we need to collaborate, for example, with social scientists. We started working with you on that purpose, to learn how we can run surveys, how we can do consultation, how do we analyze the feedback we get through this method.


Keith Goldstein: Okay. Since we’re short on time, Maurice, Denis, Alexander, would any of you like to chime in?


Maurice Chiodo: I’d be happy to at this stage. So I think the more pertinent question really to consider here is how to evaluate the network as a socio-technical system. So humans and technical components cannot be assessed in isolation, their value and risks emerge from their interaction. This becomes evident by looking at socio-technical systems’ potential points of failure. So they must assess the potential for a failure of the technical or AI component, or a failure of the human component, or a failure of the process or workflow they’re meant to follow. Crucially, we must also evaluate the human machine interface itself, as this is the primary site of miscommunication and error. And finally, we must account for failures caused by exogenous circumstances, acknowledging that no system operates in a vacuum. This method ensures a comprehensive socio-technical evaluation. And as you can clearly see, three-fifths of the problems listed above are neither purely human nor purely technical, instead stemming from their interaction.


Keith Goldstein: Great. Denis or Alex?


Alexander Isavnin: I just would like to add shortly that our main task is just not to lose our focus and continue observing developments. So in case we shortly stop paying attention to latest developments, to technological advances, they could and I think will go the wrong way. So just keep an eye and follow and communicate with each other. That’s important. Last thoughts, Denis? So I think the really big first step is to not view human components of a network similar to technical or mathematical components. Our experience of working with mathematicians, engineers, but also with users, is that their actions, their awareness and their motivation are almost equally important when it comes to eventual outcomes. And the failure modes that Maurice outlined are deeply connected to who a human is. So from that perspective, we really need to think about this question, how do we understand who the humans are involved in these networks?


Keith Goldstein: Thanks. And just to chime in myself, that this workshop itself really began as a questionnaire that Mark, Daphne and I self-developed to try and learn about how humans are learning difficult new methods for operating computer networks. And just for our last four or five minutes, I ask Bailey, who’s with us online, to collect some questions from the audience, and maybe she can read them out to us.


Audience: Hello, everybody. So we do have a couple of questions in the chat here. I’ll start with the first question from Henan Zahir. I apologize if I mispronounce anybody’s name. But her question is, how can ethical networking be democratized to ensure meaningful citizen oversight over data-driven public systems?


Keith Goldstein: Would any of you like to quickly, quickly, three minutes and 30 seconds, half that time answer it? No? Alex, did you want to? Go ahead, Dennis.


Dennis Mueller: I think it goes back to what Alex says. We need to sort of like respect the different cultures and different regions of this world have different perspectives on this very question. So in this sense, the IGF should probably try to be even more international. And to really sort of like bring in these different cultures and perspectives. But it’s a hard question.


Alexander Isavnin: And I would like to reply to this question by noting that technology could not ensure you in something. You are your own insurance. You have to communicate. You have to oversight. You have to think about what’s going on with your data and how it’s being driven. So IGF is a good starting venue for discussions like this. But your participation is also really important.


Keith Goldstein: And Bailey, one more question, two minutes. Question and answer.


Audience: Yep. So there’s one more question here from Anna Gretel Ichazu, and she’s asking, I would like to know how do you think of global north and global south dynamics across the issues you are arising?


Alexander Isavnin: Yeah, let me answer this question, because I am from a country which for a long time pretended to be global north, but now it’s pretending to be global south. So Internet and these technologies actually could shorten the gap between what we called West world and the others, or north and south. But you also have to oversight really clearly, because in not very democratic developed countries, especially in countries of so-called global south, technology can easily be abused by the government, which will make gap to the north, economical gap, civilizational, well, not civilizational, societal gaps, democratic gaps much bigger than it exists. So I will repeat my answer to previous questions. Technology could not close gaps. You have to oversight really, really accurately and constantly and not releasing it.


Keith Goldstein: Thanks. Last 40 seconds. Any other ideas? Okay, well, then I will close off this session and thank everybody for coming. It was really interesting. I hope we can make a routine of this and produce some studies that also look into these very difficult questions. And hopefully we’ll have a publication or some other outputs for you all to read soon. So thank you, everybody, for coming. Thank you. Thank you all. Thank you all in the audience. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.


D

Daphne Tuncer

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

841 words

Speech time

299 seconds

Narratives in computer network research influence development and need explicit examination

Explanation

Computer network research is dominated by narratives focused on hyperperformance, optimization, and measurements that are taken for granted and subconsciously influence how researchers think. Making these narratives explicit and creating space to confront them is essential for aligning practices with ethical principles.


Evidence

Examples of current narratives in computer networks include hyperperformance, optimization, and measurements. The tendency to value high speed as inherently good conflicts with ethical principles that require time for thoughtful consideration.


Major discussion point

Aligning Mathematics and Computer Networking with Ethical Principles


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

Time and resources must be dedicated to ethical considerations


Positive impacts are subjective and require interdisciplinary collaboration beyond silos

Explanation

The concept of ‘positive impacts’ is subjective and varies depending on perspective – what one person, community, or government considers positive may be perceived as negative by another. This requires moving beyond traditional research silos to work collaboratively across disciplines to establish shared values and assessment methods.


Evidence

Referenced Alexander’s example of the situation in Russia where different groups have conflicting views on what constitutes positive impact. Emphasized the need for researchers to move beyond traditional disciplinary boundaries like computer science, mathematics, biology, and sociology.


Major discussion point

Ethical Development and Deployment of Emerging Technologies


Topics

Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

Interdisciplinary collaboration is essential for ethical technology development


IGF provides platform for worldwide audience to confront diverse perspectives

Explanation

The IGF’s ability to reach a worldwide audience makes it uniquely positioned to provide a medium for confronting different perspectives from various parts of the world. This diversity of backgrounds, cultural heritage, and viewpoints is essential for designing sustainable and responsible internet governance frameworks.


Evidence

Emphasized the IGF’s global reach and ability to connect diverse perspectives rather than using a top-down approach where a small group decides governance definitions.


Major discussion point

Role of IGF in Promoting Sustainable Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

IGF serves as crucial platform for connecting diverse stakeholders


Collaboration with social scientists needed to access human perception and feedback

Explanation

Computer network professionals lack the necessary tools to access human perception and feedback on their work. Collaboration with social scientists is essential to learn methods like surveys, consultations, and feedback analysis to understand the human component of networks.


Evidence

Mentioned starting to work with social scientists to learn how to run surveys, conduct consultations, and analyze feedback from these methods.


Major discussion point

Evaluating Human Components in Networks


Topics

Sociocultural | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Agreed on

Human components cannot be evaluated separately from technical systems


M

Maurice Chiodo

Speech speed

174 words per minute

Speech length

949 words

Speech time

326 seconds

Three interconnected challenges: defining outcomes, developing right tools, and ensuring long-term sustainability

Explanation

Aligning practices with ethical principles requires addressing three distinct but interconnected challenges: defining what we want to achieve, determining how to achieve outcomes through proper mathematical tools and technologies, and ensuring long-term sustainability. Any one of these can undermine the others if not properly addressed.


Evidence

Provided example that commitment to privacy requires not just policy but implementation of privacy-preserving mathematics from the ground up. Noted that ethical processes can still lead to harmful outcomes if underlying technology is flawed.


Major discussion point

Aligning Mathematics and Computer Networking with Ethical Principles


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Human insights and diverse perspectives must be central throughout development, not afterthoughts

Explanation

Technologies like AI and IoT are fundamentally human endeavors that connect people and objects. Even conscientious engineers cannot ensure positive impacts alone, so human insights and diverse perspectives must be integrated throughout the entire development and deployment process, requiring dedicated resources and budget allocation.


Evidence

Emphasized that this work must be budgeted as a core project requirement, not optional extra. Stressed the need to focus on solving recognized societal problems rather than inventing problems to fit technological tools.


Major discussion point

Ethical Development and Deployment of Emerging Technologies


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

Time and resources must be dedicated to ethical considerations


Disagreed with

– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller

Disagreed on

Primary responsibility for ensuring ethical technology development


IGF serves as convener breaking down silos between technical and non-technical experts

Explanation

The IGF’s most powerful role is as a convener that provides space for essential multilevel ethical engagement. It assembles diverse stakeholders from governments, corporations, academics, and activists, breaking down silos that often exist in industry and government to create a foundation for responsible governance.


Evidence

Noted that an engineer in a lab cannot foresee all implications of their work, just as a policymaker cannot grasp all technical nuances. The IGF connects these worlds and helps find common language.


Major discussion point

Role of IGF in Promoting Sustainable Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

IGF serves as crucial platform for connecting diverse stakeholders


Networks must be evaluated as socio-technical systems considering human-machine interactions

Explanation

Rather than evaluating human components in isolation, networks should be assessed as socio-technical systems where humans and technical components interact. The evaluation must consider potential failures of technical components, human components, processes, human-machine interfaces, and exogenous circumstances.


Evidence

Identified five potential points of failure: technical/AI component failure, human component failure, process/workflow failure, human-machine interface miscommunication, and failures from external circumstances. Noted that three-fifths of these problems stem from human-technical interaction rather than purely human or technical issues.


Major discussion point

Evaluating Human Components in Networks


Topics

Infrastructure | Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Dennis Mueller
– Daphne Tuncer

Agreed on

Human components cannot be evaluated separately from technical systems


Disagreed with

– Marc Bruyere
– Dennis Mueller

Disagreed on

Approach to evaluating human components in networks


A

Alexander Isavnin

Speech speed

117 words per minute

Speech length

1051 words

Speech time

538 seconds

Technology develops faster than regulations, requiring people-first approach to shape development

Explanation

Technology and tools develop much faster than regulations or social norms, as evidenced by the early internet which was created by scientists for their own needs without considering privacy or security. The focus should be on understanding what people need first, then shaping technology development accordingly, rather than developing technology and claiming it serves people’s interests.


Evidence

Cited the example of early internet development where scientists created it for their own needs, assuming only ‘good guys’ would use it, but later many different actors including ‘evil people, bad people, governments, corporations’ joined. Referenced Russian experience where state-controlled corporations develop technologies claiming they’re for people’s good, but they’re actually used for surveillance and control.


Major discussion point

Aligning Mathematics and Computer Networking with Ethical Principles


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


Education gaps and government control create barriers to ethical technology development

Explanation

Young people rushing into technology development often don’t consider the impact of their activities, leading to unethical behavior like script kiddies and young hackers. Additionally, government officials and corporations may claim to promote ethical and sustainable technology while actually hindering development through resource hoarding and control.


Evidence

Shared personal experience of doing unethical things online when young that he wouldn’t do now with better understanding. Provided specific example of Russia lacking 5G networks not due to sanctions but because frequencies are stockpiled by companies and military under the guise of protecting common resources.


Major discussion point

Ethical Development and Deployment of Emerging Technologies


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


IGF enables understanding of different regional approaches to ethics and sustainability

Explanation

Ethics and sustainability concepts vary significantly across different parts of the world, and events like the IGF allow stakeholders to understand each other’s approaches rather than trying to synchronize them. The IGF connects positively-thinking people looking to develop the internet for good and should extend beyond IGF to broader UN and intergovernmental interactions.


Evidence

Noted that IGF locations have completely different approaches to what is ethical. Referenced World Summit for Information Society as another platform that connects more governmental people and emphasized the need for broader interaction within UN organizations.


Major discussion point

Role of IGF in Promoting Sustainable Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

IGF serves as crucial platform for connecting diverse stakeholders


Continuous observation and communication are essential to prevent wrong developments

Explanation

The main task is to maintain focus and continue observing technological developments and advances. If attention to these developments stops, they will likely go in the wrong direction, making continuous communication and vigilance essential.


Major discussion point

Evaluating Human Components in Networks


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Individual participation and oversight are crucial for data protection

Explanation

Technology cannot ensure data protection on its own – individuals must take responsibility for their own insurance through communication, oversight, and thinking about how their data is being used. While IGF provides a good venue for discussions, individual participation is essential.


Evidence

Emphasized that ‘You are your own insurance’ and that people must actively participate in oversight of their data usage.


Major discussion point

Democratization and Global Perspectives on Ethical Networking


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Development


Disagreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Disagreed on

Primary responsibility for ensuring ethical technology development


Technology can either bridge or widen gaps between global north and south

Explanation

Internet and related technologies have the potential to shorten gaps between developed and developing regions, but in less democratic countries, especially in the global south, technology can be easily abused by governments. This abuse can make economic, societal, and democratic gaps much bigger than they currently exist.


Evidence

Referenced his experience from a country that ‘for a long time pretended to be global north, but now it’s pretending to be global south.’ Emphasized that technology alone cannot close gaps without constant and accurate oversight.


Major discussion point

Democratization and Global Perspectives on Ethical Networking


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Dennis Mueller

Disagreed on

Role of technology in addressing societal gaps and inequalities


D

Dennis Mueller

Speech speed

151 words per minute

Speech length

789 words

Speech time

312 seconds

Ethics must be embedded as core competency, not optional extra, requiring systemic shift

Explanation

Ethics cannot be treated as an optional add-on but must be fundamentally embedded within all practices. Principles like safety and sustainability cannot be retrofitted, especially with decentralized technologies like the internet where fixes can be difficult or impossible. This requires a fundamental systemic shift in how work is approached.


Evidence

Noted that retrospective fixes are very difficult or impossible with decentralized technologies. Emphasized the need to communicate, hire, and train with ethics as core competency, and that technical success must be balanced with ethical and sustainability success.


Major discussion point

Aligning Mathematics and Computer Networking with Ethical Principles


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

Interdisciplinary collaboration is essential for ethical technology development


Safety must be built into technical architecture while earning public trust

Explanation

Development of technologies like large language models and IoT requires understanding their interconnected nature. Developers have dual responsibility: building safety into technical systems and earning public trust. One does not automatically imply the other, and engineers need to be taught how to navigate this complexity beyond immediate monetary incentives.


Evidence

Emphasized that social, cultural, political and environmental aspects are deeply intertwined and cannot be addressed in isolation. Noted that engineers cannot be assumed to understand how to navigate complexity by default and need space to think beyond localized incentives.


Major discussion point

Ethical Development and Deployment of Emerging Technologies


Topics

Infrastructure | Human rights | Development


Disagreed with

– Alexander Isavnin
– Maurice Chiodo

Disagreed on

Primary responsibility for ensuring ethical technology development


IGF stakeholders must act as ambassadors spreading integrated perspective to their fields

Explanation

While the IGF is effective at identifying emergent issues, the next crucial step is translating awareness into action. Many technical practitioners view their work as separate from ethics and sustainability, so IGF stakeholders must act as ambassadors to spread integrated perspectives within their respective fields and companies.


Evidence

Referenced research showing that mathematicians, computer scientists, and network engineers often view their work as separate from ethics, sustainability, and policy. Noted that while people in the IGF room understand technology and ethics are inseparable, this understanding is not widespread.


Major discussion point

Role of IGF in Promoting Sustainable Internet Governance


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Alexander Isavnin
– Marc Bruyere

Agreed on

IGF serves as crucial platform for connecting diverse stakeholders


Human components cannot be viewed like technical components due to different motivations

Explanation

The first step in evaluating human components is recognizing they cannot be viewed similarly to technical or mathematical components. Human actions, awareness, and motivation are equally important to eventual outcomes, and failure modes are deeply connected to human identity and characteristics.


Evidence

Referenced experience working with mathematicians, engineers, and users showing that human factors are as important as technical factors in determining outcomes.


Major discussion point

Evaluating Human Components in Networks


Topics

Sociocultural | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Daphne Tuncer

Agreed on

Human components cannot be evaluated separately from technical systems


Disagreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Marc Bruyere

Disagreed on

Approach to evaluating human components in networks


Different cultures require respect for varying perspectives on ethical networking

Explanation

Democratizing ethical networking requires respecting that different cultures and regions have different perspectives on fundamental questions about data-driven public systems. The IGF should strive to be even more international and bring in diverse cultural perspectives.


Major discussion point

Democratization and Global Perspectives on Ethical Networking


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights | Development


Disagreed with

– Alexander Isavnin

Disagreed on

Role of technology in addressing societal gaps and inequalities


M

Marc Bruyere

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

1022 words

Speech time

435 seconds

Multi-disciplinary groups and feedback processes are essential for ethical decision-making

Explanation

Multi-disciplinary thinking and groups are beneficial for engineering and design decisions that have ethical implications. It’s important to have feedback and time for proper responses and ideas from people in different fields of research and activities, as small design decisions can have profound long-term impacts.


Evidence

Provided specific example of IPv4 design where source address was placed before destination address, requiring routers to wait for destination field, causing significant power and electricity consumption over time. Noted that in IPv6, destination comes first, showing how the issue was eventually addressed.


Major discussion point

Aligning Mathematics and Computer Networking with Ethical Principles


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Agreed on

Interdisciplinary collaboration is essential for ethical technology development


Actionable frameworks and time allocation for ethical considerations are necessary

Explanation

It’s difficult to have a complete view of the impact of technological work, but actionable frameworks for ethical evaluation are essential. Time must be dedicated to ethical practices and considerations, even though it’s challenging to allocate time for this necessary work.


Evidence

Referenced collaboration with Daphne and the work of Maurice and Dennis in developing frameworks and approaches for asking whether projects are good. Emphasized that this practice needs to be applied consistently to everything.


Major discussion point

Ethical Development and Deployment of Emerging Technologies


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo

Agreed on

Time and resources must be dedicated to ethical considerations


IGF bridges gap between internet governance and traditional standards organizations

Explanation

The IGF was created by the United Nations because they recognized something was missing when internet governance developed outside traditional ITU standards. IGF provides an open platform for many different aspects of internet governance, but there’s a need for more interaction between IGF community and technical standards organizations like IETF.


Evidence

Explained historical context of ITU being established before UNESCO after WWII, and how internet standards developed differently through RFC, IETF, IRTF processes that were very different from ITU standards. Noted that internet standards ‘won’ compared to ITU standards, leading UN to create IGF.


Major discussion point

Role of IGF in Promoting Sustainable Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller

Agreed on

IGF serves as crucial platform for connecting diverse stakeholders


Quantitative and qualitative spaces require different approaches for system evaluation

Explanation

The quantitative space has nothing to do with the qualitative space, and understanding these two different spaces is crucial for deciding what quality to give evaluations as engineers seeking better optimization or performance. Finding the right gap between these spaces requires guidance and proper questioning to make informed choices.


Major discussion point

Evaluating Human Components in Networks


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Disagreed with

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Disagreed on

Approach to evaluating human components in networks


K

Keith Goldstein

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

431 words

Speech time

175 seconds

Workshop facilitates practical research on human learning of network systems

Explanation

The workshop originated from a questionnaire developed to study how humans learn difficult new methods for operating computer networks. This represents a practical approach to understanding the human component of networking systems through direct research and collaboration.


Evidence

Mentioned that the workshop began as a questionnaire that he, Marc, and Daphne developed to learn about human learning of computer network operation methods.


Major discussion point

Evaluating Human Components in Networks


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Sociocultural


A

Audience

Speech speed

100 words per minute

Speech length

85 words

Speech time

50 seconds

Audience engagement essential for meaningful citizen oversight

Explanation

Questions from online participants demonstrate the importance of citizen engagement in discussions about ethical networking and data-driven public systems. The audience’s participation in asking about democratization and global perspectives shows the need for broader public involvement in these technical discussions.


Evidence

Questions asked about democratizing ethical networking for citizen oversight and about global north-south dynamics in ethical networking issues.


Major discussion point

Democratization and Global Perspectives on Ethical Networking


Topics

Human rights | Development | Legal and regulatory


S

Sara Hjalmarsson

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

675 words

Speech time

362 seconds

Structured moderation facilitates comprehensive multi-stakeholder dialogue

Explanation

Effective workshop moderation requires systematic introduction of speakers and structured question flow to ensure all perspectives are heard. This approach enables comprehensive coverage of complex topics by allowing each participant to contribute their expertise in an organized manner.


Evidence

Systematically introduced each speaker, managed question flow by varying the order of responses, and ensured time allocation for different discussion points throughout the workshop.


Major discussion point

Workshop Structure and Facilitation


Topics

Sociocultural | Development | Legal and regulatory


Cultural diversity in perspectives enriches ethical networking discussions

Explanation

Acknowledging that speakers come from different cultural environments provides valuable diverse perspectives on ethical networking challenges. This diversity is particularly important when discussing global issues that affect different regions differently.


Evidence

Specifically noted Alexander’s ‘slightly different cultural environment’ and invited his perspective, recognizing the value of regional differences in approaching ethical networking questions.


Major discussion point

Cultural Perspectives on Ethical Networking


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights | Development


Integration of online and offline participation enhances stakeholder engagement

Explanation

Combining physical presence with online participation through chat questions creates more inclusive dialogue opportunities. This hybrid approach allows for broader stakeholder engagement and ensures that remote participants can meaningfully contribute to discussions.


Evidence

Actively solicited questions from online participants through Bailey, integrated chat questions into the discussion flow, and ensured remote voices were heard alongside in-person speakers.


Major discussion point

Inclusive Participation in Internet Governance


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


M

MODERATOR

Speech speed

31 words per minute

Speech length

13 words

Speech time

25 seconds

Technical difficulties are common barriers in digital participation

Explanation

Audio and video connectivity issues frequently occur during online participation in internet governance discussions. Acknowledging and quickly resolving these technical barriers is essential for maintaining inclusive dialogue.


Evidence

Experienced microphone connectivity issues during the session, requiring troubleshooting and acknowledgment that ‘it happens sometimes’ when technical problems occur.


Major discussion point

Technical Barriers to Digital Participation


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Agreements

Agreement points

Interdisciplinary collaboration is essential for ethical technology development

Speakers

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller
– Marc Bruyere

Arguments

Positive impacts are subjective and require interdisciplinary collaboration beyond silos


Human insights and diverse perspectives must be central throughout development, not afterthoughts


Ethics must be embedded as core competency, not optional extra, requiring systemic shift


Multi-disciplinary groups and feedback processes are essential for ethical decision-making


Summary

All speakers agree that ethical technology development cannot be achieved in isolation and requires breaking down traditional disciplinary silos to incorporate diverse perspectives from technical and non-technical experts throughout the development process.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Time and resources must be dedicated to ethical considerations

Speakers

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Marc Bruyere

Arguments

Narratives in computer network research influence development and need explicit examination


Human insights and diverse perspectives must be central throughout development, not afterthoughts


Actionable frameworks and time allocation for ethical considerations are necessary


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize that ethical considerations require dedicated time and resources, cannot be treated as afterthoughts, and must be budgeted as core project requirements rather than optional extras.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


IGF serves as crucial platform for connecting diverse stakeholders

Speakers

– Daphne Tuncer
– Maurice Chiodo
– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller
– Marc Bruyere

Arguments

IGF provides platform for worldwide audience to confront diverse perspectives


IGF serves as convener breaking down silos between technical and non-technical experts


IGF enables understanding of different regional approaches to ethics and sustainability


IGF stakeholders must act as ambassadors spreading integrated perspective to their fields


IGF bridges gap between internet governance and traditional standards organizations


Summary

All speakers recognize the IGF’s unique role as a convener that brings together diverse global perspectives and stakeholders, serving as a bridge between different communities and enabling cross-cultural understanding of ethical approaches.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural | Development


Human components cannot be evaluated separately from technical systems

Speakers

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller
– Daphne Tuncer

Arguments

Networks must be evaluated as socio-technical systems considering human-machine interactions


Human components cannot be viewed like technical components due to different motivations


Collaboration with social scientists needed to access human perception and feedback


Summary

Speakers agree that humans and technology form integrated socio-technical systems where the interaction between components is as important as the individual parts, requiring specialized approaches to understand human factors.


Topics

Infrastructure | Sociocultural | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize that current educational and systemic approaches are inadequate for addressing ethical technology challenges, requiring fundamental changes in how people are trained and how systems operate.

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Education gaps and government control create barriers to ethical technology development


Ethics must be embedded as core competency, not optional extra, requiring systemic shift


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Both speakers, coming from mathematics and engineering backgrounds, stress that technical expertise alone is insufficient and must be combined with broader human and social considerations from the beginning of development processes.

Speakers

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Human insights and diverse perspectives must be central throughout development, not afterthoughts


Safety must be built into technical architecture while earning public trust


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Human rights


Both speakers recognize that technology development often outpaces social and regulatory frameworks, requiring more deliberate approaches that prioritize human needs and diverse perspectives in shaping technological directions.

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Daphne Tuncer

Arguments

Technology develops faster than regulations, requiring people-first approach to shape development


Positive impacts are subjective and require interdisciplinary collaboration beyond silos


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Critique of current technology development paradigms

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Daphne Tuncer
– Marc Bruyere

Arguments

Technology develops faster than regulations, requiring people-first approach to shape development


Narratives in computer network research influence development and need explicit examination


Multi-disciplinary groups and feedback processes are essential for ethical decision-making


Explanation

Despite coming from different cultural and professional backgrounds (Russian activist, French academic, industry researcher), these speakers converge on fundamental critiques of how technology is currently developed, all calling for more reflective and human-centered approaches.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Individual responsibility in technology oversight

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Individual participation and oversight are crucial for data protection


Different cultures require respect for varying perspectives on ethical networking


Explanation

Unexpectedly, both the activist from an authoritarian context and the academic researcher emphasize individual agency and responsibility, suggesting that despite systemic challenges, personal engagement remains crucial across different political contexts.


Topics

Human rights | Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate remarkable consensus on core principles: the need for interdisciplinary collaboration, the importance of dedicating time and resources to ethical considerations, the IGF’s role as a crucial convening platform, and the necessity of treating technology as socio-technical systems rather than purely technical ones.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with strong implications for the field. The agreement spans across different professional backgrounds (academics, industry, activists) and cultural contexts (European, Russian, French), suggesting these principles represent fundamental requirements for ethical networking rather than culturally specific preferences. This consensus provides a solid foundation for developing actionable frameworks and policies, though implementation challenges remain significant given the systemic changes required.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Role of technology in addressing societal gaps and inequalities

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Technology can either bridge or widen gaps between global north and south


Different cultures require respect for varying perspectives on ethical networking


Summary

Alexander emphasizes that technology alone cannot close gaps and requires constant oversight to prevent abuse, particularly citing government misuse in less democratic countries. Dennis focuses more on respecting cultural differences and making IGF more international, without the same emphasis on technology’s potential for abuse.


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Primary responsibility for ensuring ethical technology development

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Individual participation and oversight are crucial for data protection


Human insights and diverse perspectives must be central throughout development, not afterthoughts


Safety must be built into technical architecture while earning public trust


Summary

Alexander places primary responsibility on individuals (‘You are your own insurance’), while Maurice and Dennis emphasize the responsibility of developers and engineers to integrate diverse perspectives and build safety into systems from the start.


Topics

Human rights | Development | Infrastructure


Approach to evaluating human components in networks

Speakers

– Maurice Chiodo
– Marc Bruyere
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Networks must be evaluated as socio-technical systems considering human-machine interactions


Quantitative and qualitative spaces require different approaches for system evaluation


Human components cannot be viewed like technical components due to different motivations


Summary

Maurice advocates for comprehensive socio-technical system evaluation with specific failure mode analysis, Marc emphasizes the fundamental difference between quantitative and qualitative evaluation spaces, while Dennis focuses on understanding human identity and characteristics as distinct from technical components.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Unexpected differences

Speed and efficiency versus ethical consideration in technology development

Speakers

– Daphne Tuncer
– Marc Bruyere

Arguments

Narratives in computer network research influence development and need explicit examination


Multi-disciplinary groups and feedback processes are essential for ethical decision-making


Explanation

While both speakers advocate for more thoughtful technology development, Daphne specifically challenges the narrative that ‘fast is good’ and argues that ethical principles require time for consideration, while Marc focuses on the practical need for feedback processes without questioning the underlying speed-focused paradigm. This represents an unexpected philosophical divide about whether current performance-oriented narratives should be fundamentally questioned.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center around the balance of responsibility between individuals versus institutions for ethical technology development, different approaches to evaluating human-technical system interactions, and varying perspectives on how technology impacts global inequalities.


Disagreement level

The level of disagreement is moderate but significant. While speakers share common goals of ethical technology development and inclusive governance, they have fundamentally different views on implementation strategies and responsibility allocation. These disagreements have important implications as they reflect broader tensions in internet governance between individual agency versus institutional responsibility, technical versus social approaches to evaluation, and optimistic versus cautious views of technology’s role in addressing global inequalities. The disagreements suggest that achieving consensus on practical implementation of ethical networking principles will require substantial dialogue and compromise among different philosophical approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize that current educational and systemic approaches are inadequate for addressing ethical technology challenges, requiring fundamental changes in how people are trained and how systems operate.

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Education gaps and government control create barriers to ethical technology development


Ethics must be embedded as core competency, not optional extra, requiring systemic shift


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Both speakers, coming from mathematics and engineering backgrounds, stress that technical expertise alone is insufficient and must be combined with broader human and social considerations from the beginning of development processes.

Speakers

– Maurice Chiodo
– Dennis Mueller

Arguments

Human insights and diverse perspectives must be central throughout development, not afterthoughts


Safety must be built into technical architecture while earning public trust


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Human rights


Both speakers recognize that technology development often outpaces social and regulatory frameworks, requiring more deliberate approaches that prioritize human needs and diverse perspectives in shaping technological directions.

Speakers

– Alexander Isavnin
– Daphne Tuncer

Arguments

Technology develops faster than regulations, requiring people-first approach to shape development


Positive impacts are subjective and require interdisciplinary collaboration beyond silos


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Ethics must be embedded as a core competency in technology development from the beginning, not added as an afterthought


Interdisciplinary collaboration across computer science, mathematics, social sciences, and affected communities is essential for ethical networking


Technology development outpaces regulation, requiring proactive people-first approaches to shape development


Networks must be evaluated as socio-technical systems considering human-machine interactions, not just technical components


The IGF serves as a crucial convener breaking down silos between technical and non-technical experts globally


Perspective diversity is the most critical ingredient for ethical development of emerging technologies


Different cultures and regions have varying approaches to ethics and sustainability that must be respected and understood


Individual participation and continuous oversight are essential for meaningful citizen control over data-driven systems


Narratives in computer network research (like hyperperformance optimization) subconsciously influence development and need explicit examination


Time allocation for ethical considerations and reflection is necessary but often undervalued in fast-paced technology development


Resolutions and action items

Workshop participants plan to produce studies and publications examining the difficult questions raised during the discussion


IGF stakeholders should act as ambassadors spreading integrated ethics-technology perspectives within their respective fields and companies


Researchers should engage in practices that go beyond organizational silos to work collaboratively across disciplines


The IGF should continue facilitating connections between internet governance and traditional standards organizations like IETF and W3C


Participants committed to making this type of workshop a routine practice for ongoing dialogue


Unresolved issues

How to practically democratize ethical networking to ensure meaningful citizen oversight over data-driven public systems


How to bridge the gap between global north and global south dynamics in ethical technology development


How to effectively translate IGF insights and awareness into concrete action beyond the forum


How to balance different cultural definitions of what constitutes ‘positive impacts’ in technology development


How to create practical evaluation tools for assessing human components in network systems


How to ensure adequate time and resources are allocated for ethical considerations in fast-paced development environments


How to prevent technology from widening gaps between different regions while promoting democratic oversight


Suggested compromises

Balancing technical expertise with ethical expertise as ‘two sides of the same coin’ rather than competing priorities


Using the IGF as a platform for confronting diverse perspectives rather than imposing top-down definitions of ethical governance


Focusing on understanding different regional approaches to ethics rather than trying to synchronize them globally


Integrating both quantitative and qualitative evaluation methods to bridge engineering and social science approaches


Combining technical safety architecture with public trust-building as dual responsibilities for developers


Thought provoking comments

At the beginning of the internet, there was no privacy considerations or security considerations because scientists have created internet for their own needs. They thought that only such good guys with scientific approaches will exist on the internet. But actually, a lot happens since that. A lot of people came here, evil people, bad people, governments, corporations, and so on.

Speaker

Alexander Isavnin


Reason

This comment provides a crucial historical perspective that reframes the entire discussion about ethical networking. It highlights the fundamental disconnect between original design assumptions and current reality, showing how technological development often outpaces ethical considerations and regulatory frameworks.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from theoretical ethical principles to concrete historical lessons, establishing a foundation for understanding why current ethical challenges exist. It influenced subsequent speakers to consider the gap between technological development and governance, and reinforced the theme that emerged throughout the discussion about the need for proactive rather than reactive ethical frameworks.


Think of a teeny details who has very profound impact today. Then the design on that IPv4, they actually place the source address before the destination address… this teeny details is actually using a lot of power and electricity every time for very long time, big impact on the consummation of electricity… Because all the routers have to wait, have to wait to the destination field before having the source.

Speaker

Marc Bruyere


Reason

This technical example brilliantly illustrates how seemingly minor design decisions can have massive, unforeseen consequences at scale. It demonstrates the interconnection between technical choices and environmental sustainability in a concrete, understandable way.


Impact

This comment provided a perfect segue into the next question about emerging technologies and became a touchstone for the discussion. It grounded abstract ethical principles in tangible consequences, showing other participants how technical decisions have real-world impacts. Sara even noted it was ‘a wonderful segue,’ indicating how it shaped the conversation’s flow.


From an engineer’s viewpoint, there are three key aspects to ethical development here. Perspective, perspective, and perspective… We work deep within technical systems, but technologies like AI, in the internet of things, are fundamentally human endeavors.

Speaker

Maurice Chiodo


Reason

This comment cuts through complexity to identify the single most critical element for ethical technology development. The repetition of ‘perspective’ emphasizes its paramount importance, while the insight that technologies are ‘fundamentally human endeavors’ reframes technical work as inherently social.


Impact

This became a recurring theme that other speakers referenced and built upon. Dennis explicitly reiterated ‘Perspective is really what matters here from my perspective,’ showing how Maurice’s framing influenced the discussion. It shifted focus from technical solutions to human-centered approaches and established perspective-taking as a core competency for ethical development.


So, I think, kind of, the key word here in this question is positive impacts, because positive for who and relative to what?… what one might consider as being positive might be well perceived as negative by another.

Speaker

Daphne Tuncer


Reason

This comment challenges the fundamental assumption underlying the question about ‘positive impacts’ by exposing the subjectivity inherent in value judgments. It forces recognition that ethical frameworks cannot be universal and must account for diverse perspectives and contexts.


Impact

This observation deepened the analytical level of the discussion by questioning basic assumptions. It reinforced Alexander’s earlier points about cultural differences and influenced the later discussion about the IGF’s role in bringing together diverse global perspectives. It moved the conversation from seeking universal solutions to acknowledging the need for inclusive, multi-perspective approaches.


Ethics is not an optional extra or a bolt-on. It’s something that we must fundamentally embed within everything we do… principles like safety and sustainability cannot be bolted on at the end of a project, especially with decentralized technologies such as the internet, where retrospective fixes can be very difficult or even impossible.

Speaker

Dennis Mueller


Reason

This comment challenges the common industry practice of treating ethics as an afterthought and provides a compelling technical argument for why this approach fails with decentralized systems. It reframes ethics from a compliance issue to a fundamental design requirement.


Impact

This insight influenced the discussion about systemic change and the need for new approaches to technical education and development. It supported the emerging consensus about the need for interdisciplinary collaboration and helped establish the argument for why current approaches to technology development are insufficient for addressing ethical challenges.


The more pertinent question really to consider here is how to evaluate the network as a socio-technical system. So humans and technical components cannot be assessed in isolation, their value and risks emerge from their interaction.

Speaker

Maurice Chiodo


Reason

This comment reframes the final question by rejecting the premise that human and technical components can be evaluated separately. It introduces the concept of emergent properties from human-technology interaction, which is a sophisticated systems thinking approach.


Impact

This reframing elevated the final discussion by moving beyond simple human vs. technical distinctions to a more nuanced understanding of complex systems. It provided a framework that other speakers could build upon and demonstrated how the conversation had evolved from basic ethical principles to sophisticated systems analysis.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by introducing historical context, concrete examples, and sophisticated frameworks that moved the conversation from abstract principles to practical understanding. Alexander’s historical perspective established why ethical challenges exist, while Marc’s IPv4 example grounded abstract concepts in tangible consequences. Maurice’s emphasis on perspective became a central theme that influenced multiple speakers, while Daphne’s questioning of ‘positive impacts’ challenged basic assumptions and deepened analytical thinking. Dennis’s ‘not a bolt-on’ insight reinforced the need for systemic change, and Maurice’s socio-technical systems framing provided sophisticated closure. Together, these comments created a progression from problem identification through concrete examples to sophisticated solutions, while consistently emphasizing the human-centered, culturally-aware, and interdisciplinary nature of ethical technology development. The discussion evolved from individual ethical considerations to systemic understanding of technology as fundamentally social and requiring diverse perspectives for responsible governance.


Follow-up questions

How can we better integrate interdisciplinary collaboration between computer scientists, mathematicians, social scientists, and other fields to address ethical networking challenges?

Speaker

Daphne Tuncer


Explanation

Daphne emphasized the need to move beyond silos in research and work together across disciplines to agree on shared values and assess impacts, but the specific mechanisms for achieving this integration need further exploration


How can we develop practical tools and methodologies for researchers to conduct surveys, consultations, and analyze human feedback on networking systems?

Speaker

Daphne Tuncer


Explanation

Daphne mentioned that computer network researchers don’t necessarily have the tools to access human perception and feedback, indicating a need for practical methodologies to bridge this gap


How can we better educate young people about the ethical implications of technology development to prevent unethical behavior?

Speaker

Alexander Isavnin


Explanation

Alexander highlighted the lack of general education about technology impact among young developers and hackers, suggesting this as an area requiring further research and development


How can we strengthen the relationship and interaction between IGF and technical standards organizations like IETF, W3C, and others?

Speaker

Marc Bruyere


Explanation

Marc noted that while there are some gateways between IGF and technical standards organizations, this relationship needs to be strengthened to have more influence on technological standardization


How can we translate IGF insights and awareness into concrete action within technical communities and organizations?

Speaker

Dennis Mueller


Explanation

Dennis pointed out that while IGF is effective at identifying issues, the challenge is how to spread this awareness to technical practitioners who often view their work as separate from ethics and sustainability


How can we develop comprehensive evaluation methods for socio-technical systems that account for human-machine interface failures and exogenous circumstances?

Speaker

Maurice Chiodo


Explanation

Maurice outlined the need for evaluation methods that go beyond purely technical or human components to assess the interaction between humans and technical systems, but specific methodologies need development


How can we ensure meaningful citizen oversight over data-driven public systems through democratized ethical networking?

Speaker

Henan Zahir (audience member)


Explanation

This question from the audience addresses the broader challenge of public participation in overseeing technological systems that affect citizens


How do global north and global south dynamics affect the implementation of ethical networking principles?

Speaker

Anna Gretel Ichazu (audience member)


Explanation

This audience question highlights the need to understand how different regional contexts and power dynamics influence the application of ethical networking principles


How can we continue the research project on computer networking ethics and human learning of new systems mentioned by Keith Goldstein?

Speaker

Keith Goldstein


Explanation

Keith mentioned an ongoing research project with Daphne and Marc on computer networking ethics and how humans learn new systems, suggesting this work needs continuation and development


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Open Forum #66 the Ecosystem for Digital Cooperation in Development

Open Forum #66 the Ecosystem for Digital Cooperation in Development

Session at a glance

Summary

This open forum discussion focused on “The Ecosystem of Digital Cooperation in Development,” examining how various stakeholders can collaborate to bridge the digital divide and build inclusive digital public infrastructure. The session was organized by the Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, University of Oslo, and BASIC Internet Foundation, bringing together representatives from government agencies, NGOs, academia, and youth organizations.


The discussion highlighted that 2.6 billion people remain offline globally, creating significant barriers to accessing essential services and deepening inequalities. Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation (NORAD) representative Tale Jordbakke emphasized Norway’s commitment to digital public goods as open, non-commercial solutions that prevent vendor lock-in and promote democratic principles. Franz von Weizäcker from the German Agency for International Cooperation discussed their work with the African Union on harmonizing digital policies across 55 member states, emphasizing digital sovereignty and avoiding technological dependencies.


Catherine Kimambo from the African Child Project in Tanzania stressed the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches and investing in grassroots innovations, particularly highlighting their School Connectivity Project that provides internet access, devices, skills, and content to rural schools. Youth representative Thomas Aarheim shared personal experiences of digital transformation in education, emphasizing how proper digital infrastructure fundamentally shifts learning possibilities.


University of Oslo President Svein Stolen outlined their Global University Academy initiative, which aims to provide education to one million refugees by 2038 through digital and hybrid solutions. Ethiopian representative Meklit Mintesinot described their E-SHE project, which has successfully implemented digital learning policies, infrastructure, and capacity building across 50 public universities, training over 250,000 students and 20,000 instructors.


Key themes throughout the discussion included the need to break down silos, ensure interoperability of systems, support open-source solutions, and move from dialogue to concrete action. Panelists emphasized that digital public infrastructure should be built with inclusion by design rather than as an afterthought, and stressed the importance of local ownership and sustainability of digital solutions. The discussion concluded with calls for bold visions, continued collaboration, and the recognition that digital transformation represents both an opportunity for leapfrogging development challenges and a tool for achieving greater equity and inclusion globally.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Digital divide and infrastructure challenges**: The discussion highlighted that 2.6 billion people remain offline globally, with this digital exclusion limiting access to essential services and deepening inequalities. Panelists emphasized the need for digital public infrastructure (DPI) as a foundation for public services across health, education, and community access.


– **Digital Public Goods and open-source solutions**: Multiple panelists stressed the importance of open, non-commercial digital solutions that prevent vendor lock-in and promote collaboration. Norway’s role in the Digital Public Goods Alliance and support for solutions like MOSIP and OpenCRVS were highlighted as examples of this approach.


– **Multi-stakeholder partnerships and ecosystem thinking**: The conversation emphasized breaking down silos between government, NGOs, academia, private sector, and civil society. Panelists discussed the need for coordinated efforts rather than isolated initiatives, with examples from Tanzania’s school connectivity projects and Ethiopia’s e-learning system.


– **Youth engagement and capacity building**: The discussion featured strong youth perspectives on digital inclusion, emphasizing the importance of involving young people not just as beneficiaries but as active contributors to solutions. The conversation highlighted how digital access fundamentally changes educational possibilities and opportunities.


– **From dialogue to action**: A recurring theme was the need to move beyond policy discussions to concrete implementation. Panelists called for better data collection, funding for grassroots innovations, and accountability for turning resolutions into real-world results.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to demonstrate how different actors (government agencies, NGOs, academia, and youth organizations) can contribute to building an inclusive digital ecosystem for development. The goal was to highlight practical examples of digital public infrastructure implementation and identify concrete actions for closing the digital divide, particularly focusing on education and community access.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently collaborative and solution-oriented tone throughout. It began with formal introductions but quickly evolved into an engaged, practical conversation focused on real-world examples and actionable solutions. The tone was optimistic yet realistic about challenges, with panelists showing genuine enthusiasm for partnership opportunities. The youth representatives brought particular energy and urgency to the conversation, especially when calling for moving “from dialogue to action,” which added a constructive sense of accountability to the overall discussion.


Speakers

– **Marianne Knarud**: Project leader for the Global University Academy, a consortia of universities and other stakeholders working together to increase access to higher education for refugees, displaced learners and their communities through digital and hybrid solutions. Session moderator.


– **Tale Jordbakke**: Head of section for partnership at the Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation (NORAD)


– **Franz von Weizacker**: Digital policy expert at the German Agency for International Cooperation (GIZ), heading the economic and digital portfolio of the GIZ Office of the African Union, based in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia


– **Catherine Kimambo**: Founder and executive director of the youth-led NGO African Child Project in Tanzania, focusing on digital public infrastructure in education and inclusion


– **Thomas Aarheim**: Representative of Youth Coalition on Internet Governance


– **Svein Stolen**: President of the University of Oslo


– **Meklit Mintesinot**: Head of the E-SHE (E-Learning for Strengthening Higher Education) project at the Ministry of Education in Ethiopia, joining online


– **Audience**: Multiple audience members asking questions, including Pons Light from the Gambia NRI Focal Point and board member of the Association for Progressive Communication, and Mohamed Abdi Ali, executive director from Somali civil society platform Kole Tsonsa based in Somalia


**Additional speakers:**


– **Josef Noll**: From the University of Oslo, mentioned as co-moderator keeping track of online activities, though not directly quoted in the transcript


Full session report

# The Ecosystem of Digital Cooperation in Development: A Forum Report


## Introduction and Context


This open forum discussion, organised by the Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, University of Oslo, and BASIC Internet Foundation, brought together stakeholders to examine “The Ecosystem of Digital Cooperation in Development.” The session was moderated by Marianne Knarud, Project Leader for the Global University Academy, with Josef Noll co-moderating and tracking online participation. Representatives from government agencies, NGOs, academia, and youth organisations explored how various actors can collaborate to bridge the digital divide and build inclusive digital public infrastructure.


The discussion opened with the stark reality that 2.6 billion people remain offline globally, creating significant barriers to accessing essential services and deepening inequalities. The forum aimed to move beyond theoretical discussions towards practical solutions for addressing these challenges through collaborative approaches.


## Key Stakeholder Perspectives


### Government and Development Agency Approaches


**Norwegian Development Cooperation**


Tale Jordbakke, Head of Section for Partnership at the Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation (NORAD), outlined Norway’s approach to digital development cooperation. She explained that Norway’s strategy centres on digital public goods as open, non-commercial solutions that prevent vendor lock-in and promote democratic principles. This is operationalised through Norway’s participation in the Digital Public Goods Alliance, where they champion solutions like MOSIP (Modular Open Source Identity Platform) and OpenCRVS (Open Civil Registration and Vital Statistics).


Jordbakke noted that digital transformation offers opportunities to achieve more with fewer resources, particularly important given reduced development funding. She emphasised that the focus should be on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening rather than merely deploying technology, with NORAD positioning itself as a facilitator of multi-stakeholder partnerships.


**German International Cooperation**


Frans Weissecker, Digital Policy Expert at the German Agency for International Cooperation (GIZ), described their work with the African Union on harmonising digital policies across 55 member states. His presentation highlighted the complexity of coordinating digital development across diverse national contexts whilst emphasising digital sovereignty as a core principle.


Weissecker’s approach focuses on helping governments remain independent and avoid technological dependencies through strategic policy development and capacity building at the continental level whilst respecting national sovereignty.


### Civil Society and Youth Perspectives


**Youth-Led NGO Approach**


Catherine Kimambo, Founder and Executive Director of the African Child Project in Tanzania, brought a practical implementation perspective to the discussion. Her organisation focuses on digital public infrastructure in education and inclusion, including their School Connectivity Project that provides internet access to rural schools.


Kimambo highlighted a critical gap in Tanzania and across Africa: “we have good policies on paper, but when it comes to implementation, there’s equally to very few that is implemented from the policies.” She emphasised the need to move from dialogue to action, stating “There’s a lot of dialogue that is happening globally but I’d move more into action. How are we moving from dialogue to action?” She also referenced the Dar es Salaam declaration and advocated for better data collection to verify the impact of digital inclusion initiatives.


**Youth Coalition Perspective**


Thomas Aarheim, representing the Youth Coalition on Internet Governance, provided personal testimony about the transformative potential of digital infrastructure. He shared a vivid memory of showing his grandfather an end-of-year paper that incorporated digital resources: “I very distinctly remember showing my now late grandfather one of my end-of-year papers… he almost didn’t believe it because he was in high school in the 1950s” and had to rely on library research.


This generational perspective illustrated how digital tools fundamentally shift educational possibilities by providing access to real-time information and multimedia resources. Aarheim emphasised the importance of local ownership in technology development and highlighted media literacy as crucial for safe online navigation.


### Academic and Higher Education Contributions


**University Leadership**


Svein Stolen, President of the University of Oslo, outlined their Global University Academy initiative, which aims to contribute to reaching one million refugees before 2038 through digital and hybrid solutions, supporting the UNHCR’s 15 by 30 goal.


Stolen advocated for bold action over perfect planning, suggesting a “cut the crap, just do it” approach and being “less afraid of failure.” He emphasised that universities need to work across sectors to transform knowledge into action and maintain international cooperation despite geopolitical challenges.


**Ethiopian Implementation Experience**


Meklit Mintesinot, Head of the E-SHE (E-Learning for Strengthening Higher Education) project at the Ministry of Education in Ethiopia, provided concrete examples of large-scale implementation. Her project has successfully implemented digital learning across 50 public universities, training over 250,000 students and close to 20,000 instructors.


Due to visa delays, Mintesinot participated virtually and described the evolution of their approach: “Initially, we started this project as a vertical approach when it comes to digital public infrastructure. But currently, we’re evolving horizontally. We’re working with different sectors, with the health sector, with the employment sector.” She highlighted how universities can serve as gateways with better infrastructure to connect schools and communities.


## Areas of Consensus


### Digital Public Goods and Open Source Solutions


Speakers showed strong agreement on the importance of open source solutions and digital public goods as foundations for inclusive digital development. Both Jordbakke and Weissecker advocated for these approaches as ways to prevent vendor lock-in, promote democratic principles, and maintain digital sovereignty.


### Multi-Stakeholder Partnerships


All speakers emphasised the importance of collaboration between government, private sector, civil society, and academia. There was consensus that no single actor can address digital development challenges alone, though speakers emphasised different mechanisms for achieving this collaboration.


### Implementation Focus


Both Kimambo and Stolen emphasised the gap between policy creation and implementation, advocating for practical action and understanding root causes of failures rather than continuously developing new policies without implementation.


### Capacity Building


Speakers agreed that providing technology alone is insufficient and that comprehensive capacity building, skills development, and institutional strengthening are essential for sustainable digital transformation.


## Audience Engagement and Questions


The forum included audience participation, with questions addressing how people internalize information differently and concerns about cybersecurity and digital warfare’s impact on future digital cooperation. These questions highlighted emerging challenges that require ongoing attention in digital development work.


## Concrete Commitments and Initiatives


The discussion identified several specific commitments and ongoing initiatives:


– The Global University Academy’s goal of contributing to reaching one million refugees before 2038


– Ethiopia’s E-SHE project expansion across sectors beyond higher education


– Continued championing of open, inclusive digital public goods


– Investment in grassroots youth-led initiatives alongside institutional capacity building


## Key Challenges Identified


### The Implementation Gap


The persistent gap between policy creation and practical implementation emerged as a central challenge, with Kimambo’s observation about good policies on paper but poor implementation resonating throughout the discussion.


### Data and Accountability


The need for better data collection and verification mechanisms to measure progress in digital inclusion initiatives was highlighted as an ongoing challenge.


### Funding Sustainability


Securing sustainable long-term funding for digital public infrastructure remains challenging, particularly in an environment of reduced development aid.


## Conclusion


This forum demonstrated broad consensus on fundamental principles for digital cooperation in development, including the importance of open source solutions, multi-stakeholder partnerships, and practical implementation over policy creation. The discussion highlighted successful examples like Ethiopia’s E-SHE project and Norway’s digital public goods approach, while also identifying persistent challenges around implementation, funding, and data collection.


The forum’s emphasis on moving from dialogue to action, as advocated by Kimambo, combined with concrete commitments like the Global University Academy’s refugee education goal, suggests potential pathways for meaningful progress in addressing the digital divide affecting 2.6 billion people worldwide. The challenge now lies in translating these discussions and commitments into concrete actions that reach those who remain digitally excluded.


Session transcript

Marianne Knarud: Ladies and gentlemen, it’s my great pleasure to welcome you to this open forum titled The Ecosystem of Digital Cooperation in Development. And also a big welcome to viewers who are joining us online. My name is Marianne Knarud. I am the project leader for the Global University Academy, a consortia of universities and other stakeholders working together to increase access to higher education for refugees, displaced learners and their communities through digital and hybrid solutions. And I am very excited to moderate this session, which is organized by the Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the University of Oslo and BASIC Internet Foundation. And with me on stage I have a stellar panel representing various actors of the digital ecosystem that we want to highlight here today from government agencies, NGOs and academia. And also as my co-moderator is Josef Noll from the University of Oslo, who will be keeping track of everything that’s going on online. And we have Tale Jordbakke, head of section for partnership at the Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation. We have Frans Weissecker, digital policy expert at the German Agency for International Cooperation. Catherine Kimambo, founder and executive director of the youth-led NGO African Child Project in Tanzania, focusing on digital public infrastructure in education and inclusion. And Tomas Årheim, representing Youth Coalition on Internet Governance. And we have the president of the University of Oslo, Svein Sturlund. And… And last but not least, we have Meklit Mitesinu, head of the E-Shi project at the Ministry of Education in Ethiopia, joining us online. And before I give the word to our panelists, I will shortly introduce the context for and the goal of this session. Because today, 2.6 billion people remain offline without access to internet, and this digital exclusion really translates into lack of access to essential services. That limits opportunities and deepens inequalities. So the purpose of the session is really to highlight how the different actors can contribute to building an inclusive digital ecosystem for development, and to demonstrate how digital public infrastructure can serve as a cross-cutting foundation for public services, from health information in schools to digital access for communities. And also, what I hope that we will accomplish throughout the session is to also think about how we can go from words to concrete action as we move forward. And each panelist will now have three minutes to highlight their role in the digital ecosystem, and how their institution or organization can contribute to closing the digital divide. And I will give you a little wave once you are approaching your three minutes. So, I want to start with you, Tale. The Norwegian government has been quite active, I would say, in this space, and now also the host of this conference. How do you see NORAD’s role in the ecosystem? Tale?


Tale Jordbakke: First of all, thank you for having NORAD in this panel. In NORAD, we believe that achieving the SDGs can only be done by unlocking opportunities through digital transformation. Digital solutions are key to improve people’s lives at scale. And it’s even more important in these times where the funding for the development sector is cutting. And to answer the panel’s question, how to increase access to digital public infrastructure, we believe the answer lies in digital public goods. These are inclusion, collaboration, scalability, and they will prevent vendor lock-in. By breaking down silos, reducing fragmentation and promoting collaboration and transparency, we can achieve more and ensure that no one is left behind. Norway has been involved from the start as a founding member of the Digital Public Goods Alliance and through investments in open sustainability solutions across sectors, such as health, education, and public administration. DPI now also connects long-term development, humanitarian efforts, democracy, and human rights. That’s why it’s crucial to base DPI on open, non-commercial solutions that counter tech monopolies and promote democratic principles. I believe that Norway here have an advantage. We do have high credibility because we contribute with funding and do not have our own commercial interests. NORAD and Norway support solutions like MOSIP and OpenCRVS and fund initiatives like the World Bank’s ID4D. We collaborate with partners such as Codevelop to allocate financing mechanisms and ensure DPG’s sustainability. To meet these challenges, we need to be working closely with governments and private sector to share responsibility for maintaining and developing this infrastructure. At the same time, it’s important to be honest that there are many challenges that we face. Our capacity is limited. Therefore, we must use our resources wisely, support cross-sectorial solutions, and focus on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening, not just technology. We must also continue to be a bold and visionary donor, willing to take risks where others cannot, and use our position to mobilize more partners and create collaborative funding mechanisms. In conclusion, Norway and NORAD will continue to champion open, inclusive digital public goods as a foundation for DPI, ensuring access, information, services, and opportunities for all across sectors and borders. Together, we can build an ecosystem where DPI serves as a tool for equity and inclusion.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you. Thank you, Tale, for this. And Franz, what about you? How does this look from your perspective?


Franz von Weizacker: Yes, thank you very much. So my name is Franz Weizäcker, and I’m heading our economic and digital portfolio of the GIZ Office of the African Union. And this is based in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. And in GIZ, we are a company that works, is owned by the German government and works on behalf of mostly German and European governments for the sustainable development goals in our partner countries. And Africa is probably the biggest focus because there’s also the fastest growth of internet penetration that we have. And in my role, I work together with the African Union Department for Infrastructure and Energy and working on harmonizing the digital policies in Africa on the continent with the 55 member states of the African Union. GIZ is also endorsing these principles that you just mentioned on open infrastructures, accessible infrastructures, where it can be open source when it comes to software development or open access when it comes to internet offerings and these principles that we endorse are also, we have this partnership with NORAD on the Digital Public Good Alliance, which I very much support and when it comes to the increasingly important topic of digital sovereignty, of how governments can remain sovereign in a digital age and then avoid too many political dependencies that are derived from technological dependencies. In that sense, we in Europe can play a big role in creating this independence by providing and sharing elements for a sovereign government. As we in GIZ, we typically work with our governmental partners together to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals, but of course also we are supporting quite a few of grassroots organizations that are providing very concrete, tangible solutions like in Cameroon, we have also community network projects that are providing internet access for communities. Thank you. Thank you very much, Frans. Catherine, you have


Marianne Knarud: previously highlighted the importance of skills and not just technical solutions in your work. Can you tell us a little bit about the African Child Project and what your take on this is?


Catherine Kimambo: So, there’s a lot that the African Child Project is doing in regards to skills and access. We have like two flagship projects in Tanzania and our first flagship project is the School Connectivity Project where we connect schools in rural Tanzania to internet, making sure that we are not only providing access but also put into perspective things like devices, also skills and content. Because at the end of the day, when we are speaking about digital public infrastructure, I think there’s a notion that we and the other panelists. We will be having a discussion on the policies of the ICTs outside the school premises. So, for us, we’ve had, I think, a lot of success in terms of having multi-stakeholder approach in everything that we do in regards to our project. But also, the policies in Tanzania, I think, it’s, the way we’re seeing harmonization of policies. How are we making sure that we have effective policies on the ground? And also, how can we better have discussions in policies, and how can we better have effective policies on the ground? But also, I think our government is now seeing the importance of not only having policies on paper, but also implementing the resolutions that are written in the policy. I think now that we are coming from the African IGF, where we are discussing a lot about the ICTs multi-stakeholder approach, I think we have to be very clear about that, because those are the very questions. and Jelena Kikwete. We are also working in local talents but also pioneering local solutions across Tanzania. So there’s a lot that is happening and we are happy that we are able to see now there’s a shift of perspective in terms of multi-stakeholder initiative and involvement of civil society in such platforms. But also recognising that big ideas also come from grassroots. So we are seeing that recognition and also involvement of the young people. So we are not only seeing young people working independently, but we are seeing all of us coming together in terms of bridging the divide as a collective.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you very much. Thomas, you’re representing youth today. So it seems, yeah. Well, also with Catherine, I would say. So what is your perspective, taking this from the youth side?


Thomas Aarheim: Well, thank you very much. Well, I can start off by saying I’m a part of a, well, what I’m representing is a youth coalition on internet governance. And this is one of the IGF, like, dynamic groups that the IGF kind of facilitates for. And what we try and do is that we engage, or we try to connect, engage youth from all over the world. And the only way we can do that is obviously through the internet, through an open internet platform. So the way we work is that we have, on the board, we have one representative from each region, the UN-recognized region of the world. Meaning that you will basically get perspectives from any type of culture, any type of background, all walks of life. And that is the idea. Because what we really want to, you know, focus on is to make sure that, you know, digital public infrastructure is inclusive by all means. And that’s what we’re trying to do. That’s what we’re trying to do by design. And not just by afterthought. And what I mean by that is that in And that means that other countries that want to increase or develop their public infrastructure can learn from the failures of previous initiatives, but also, perhaps more importantly, learn from the successes, and maybe allow that to leapfrog into a more interconnected and more access to open internet. And since, yes, like you said, I’m here to provide some sort of youth perspective on digitalization, I thought I’d like to start this off by relating it to my own experience as a digital native, perhaps, I daresay, well, maybe not the only digital native here, but one of the only digital natives here, and I have this vivid memory from how this infrastructure or this development in infrastructure has impacted my education growing up, because if you go back a few years to when I was in high school, I started in 2015, which is a full decade ago now, to be fair, but my year group was the pilot project year group for introducing iPads in the school instead of using textbooks, you know, as an initiative to start digitalizing the classroom. And of course, there was plenty of pushbacks and skepticism, you know, parents were worried about screen time, teachers were worried about losing the crucial battle in the classroom for attention, and of course, these issues had to be taken seriously, and I mean, yeah, I’ll be the first one to admit that there were maybe some, you know, late hours in the Monday afternoon where my attention drifted to apps and then games on the iPad that probably weren’t that educational, but overall, I would say that this project for us and the way we experienced it turned out to be a huge success because it really did change the way we were being taught in the classroom. We were more interconnected, we had more interactiveness and we were more productive throughout our working week. And we also found that it opened up a whole new world of learning. We had access to real-time information, multimedia resources and all the knowledge that the World Wide Web possesses at our fingertips in the classroom. Just to put this into maybe a generational perspective, I very distinctly remember showing my now late grandfather one of my end-of-year papers, topical research papers, and he almost didn’t believe it because he was in high school in the 1950s. What he said is that if he were to put together a piece of paper like this, he’d have to not only comb through dozens and dozens of books, but he had to spend hours and hours in the physical library to get all the sources and get all the material. And this is a moment that’s really stuck with me, not just because it shows how much has changed in a relatively short amount of time, but because it reminded me that access to the right type of tools, digital tools, with them having the infrastructure backing them up, fundamentally shifts what’s possible, especially in education. And that is what DPI really should be. And then, like you said, there are still billions of people who don’t have access to internet. And when you see these micro-examples of how it can look in the field, it really puts into perspective how important it is to really develop this and make sure that everyone has this, that it’s inclusive, so that everyone has access to this gift that we have, which is the internet.


Marianne Knarud: and I’ll leave it at that for now if that’s okay. Thank you very much Thomas and I think it’s safe to say that the future is in pretty safe hands. And going towards the universities, your intervention Thomas really you know it highlights you know the inequalities that lack of access creates and remembering also from the pandemic how how soon Norwegian schools, European schools managed to kind of pivot and just you know be online within two days and then the example that we saw when visiting rural areas in Uganda, you know schools were completely shut down for two years with no learning really happening at all and the consequences of that you can just only imagine right. So being on the topic of education, Svein, you’ve taken the initiative to establish actually the Global University Academy a little over a year ago but the University of Oslo has a long a proud history I would say of initiatives connected to this topic that we are exploring today. Could you say a little bit about how this looks from the University of Oslo’s side? I should first of all say that I’m representing Lesjang here of course.


Svein Stolen: I’m not native digital but I lived through the whole thing using punching cards initially to program different things. So university has been deeply involved really in the creation of the digital world that we see today and you can see that on the outside of the hall here because Josef and his people have something about the history of digitalization in Norway and at university. I think that shows the power of research because you need to be at the forefront of development that’s at the heart of a university but then of course you need to take the knowledge into use as well and then education is really what we need to do. ICT is obviously enlarged at the University of Oslo and I think it’s a big challenge even in Norway to secure. We have to make sure that the digital divide is not opening up too large. If you go to Europe, the challenge is even huger. And then, of course, if you go beyond Europe, it’s really a huge challenge. So for that reason, we have tried to go into an initiative where we try to collaborate on giving education to refugees where the refugees are. So we have an aim to contribute to the 15 by 30 goal of the UNHCR and a modest goal of contributing to one million refugees before 2038. ICT is obviously important in that respect. It’s about giving people Internet access, of course, as we say here today, but also about capacity building. So what we try to do is to say that no one can do everything, but everyone can contribute to some extent. We try to partner up with different universities. We are about 20 universities from four continents. We partner up with UNHCR, UNICEF, and so on, and we try to build on lifelong learning platforms to give micro-credentials that can be stacked and then can be scalable. So we try to lower the threshold for universities to take part, to contribute with programs that give employability, and then to have an ecosystem kind of thinking. Breakdown silos, I hear that from several panelists here today. We are starting in Jordan, close to the border to Syria, in Asraq and Zaatari. Educational offers in ICT by Al-Husayn Technical University. And then we hope that what we do in one space, which is a global, how to say, way of thinking on the educational offer, can be transferred to other places. Like in Uganda, where we are in Adjomani, but of course then the challenge is quite different. In Jordan, UNHCR is in charge of CAMP. Save the Children Jordan is implementing partners, giving us the classrooms and the internet. Adjomani is a much bigger challenge. And we can talk more about that later, I guess. Do you want to highlight some other examples from the University of Oslo? Do you want to highlight some other examples from the University of Oslo? I think that that was talking about global goods. The health information system program is extremely important. I mean, it’s an impressive offer that’s been developed for many years. And I think it’s also an inspiration for what we try to do in here today. And also Josef has a great initiative also on contributing to giving access.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you. And turning to our online panelist, Meklit, you are project manager for the E-SHE. And it’s an Ethiopian initiative that uses e-learning to strengthen higher education across all universities. Could you tell us a little bit about the initiative and how this is helpful for students and learners?


Meklit Mintesinot: OK, thank you, Marianne. Can you hear me? Yes. Great. Actually, I’m honored to be part of this panel discussion. Actually, my initial plan was to join you in person, but I couldn’t make it due to my due to the delay in my visa. Anyways, thanks to technology, I’m able to join from to join you from the comfort of my home. So a brief introduction about myself. My name is Meklit Muntasnot, I’m from Ethiopia. And today I’m speaking on behalf of the E-Learning for Strengthening Higher Education project under the Ministry of Education. So before discussing how our work is contributing to the digital public infrastructure development, just I would like to give you a highlight of the project, what we have been doing, what are our objectives and what we want to achieve through this project. So actually, the E-SHE project, we call it E-SHE, it’s the E-Learning for Strengthening Higher Education project. It is a national initiative. It’s designed to improve the Quality, Accessibility, Inclusion and Resilience of Higher Education, mainly by leveraging digital education. And for the past three, four years, we’ve been implementing it in partnership with the ECOPEAD Ministry of Education, Arizona State University, a local implementing partner called Shia Ashoni and the MasterCard Foundation. They are our financial partners. Actually, they’re the ones who supported the project. So for the past three years, we have been working on policy, on digital education policy, infrastructure system and capacity building. And I would say we have achieved a great success. So actually, the first thing or the first problem that we have been tackling is the policy and the framework issue. So in Ethiopia, actually before this project, we didn’t have a policy that governed digital education or that governed online education. So to tackle that problem, we have managed to develop actually a national e-learning policy, institutional guidelines, directives. And even we have managed to, we have managed to establish e-learning at a direct rates level in every university. Ethiopia has 50 public universities, so currently all these 50 public universities have a direct rates that leads digital education or the digital education initiative. That’s what we have been doing when it comes to policy. Additionally, the other problem that we have been observing was lack of a learning management system and student information systems. So in partnership with Arizona State University, we have customized and rolled out a learning management system for the public, for the 50 public universities. So currently, all the. The public universities have their own learning management system and as well student information system. So that’s the other success we mentioned in this project. And the third intervention area was infrastructure. Actually, we’ve been establishing resource centers, online resource centers, where instructors produce their contents, where students access the contents. So we established the seven multimedia studio online resource centers in seven public universities. And the last one is related with capacity development. Actually, after having the system, after having the policy, after having the infrastructure, the students and the instructors need to know how to operate the system and how to benefit from the system. So in this regard, we have money to provide digital skill training for over 250,000 students from all the 50 public universities. And close to 20,000 instructors were trained on how to design digital content, on how to facilitate online classes. So that’s what we have been doing. Actually, initially, we started this project or we started the SHIP project as a vertical approach when it comes to this digital public infrastructure. But currently, we’re evolving horizontally. We’re working with different sectors, with the health sector, with the employment sector, and with other sectors, so that the youth, especially the youngsters, can benefit from the project. So recently, we’re partnering with the prime minister’s office to cascade. We are facilitating the 50 million coders program, so currently we are facilitating that program and actually it is training 5 million young people so that they can be able to design and code. So we are also facilitating that and we are also working with high schools and regional education bureaus to connect the universities with high schools so that students from remote areas can access the content or can access digital services. So this is what we have been doing for the past 3-4 years. Thank you. Thank you very much for this very inspiring intervention and also highlighting how you can in practice go from the vertical to the horizontal approach. I know for sure that I want to hear more about all of the things that you said after the session and hopefully you all will too.


Marianne Knarud: So Tale and Franz, you are both representing government agencies here in this panel and reflecting on the introductions that we just heard and understanding also the importance of partnership working across but also really involving the whole of society to make sure that we have a truly inclusive system. How can your agencies or government programs be better at really making those connections and also give space for civil society actors? Tale, do you want to go first?


Tale Jordbakke: Sure. I do think that we as a government agency can play a role. Firstly, by being clear on that the policies and principles we support are open source. exclusively open, and that it is the digital public goods for DPI, like the DHS2 that was mentioned here, that NORTH has been supporting for years. When we ensure that the digital development that we support are open source, it can be used by many and be adaptable. So secondly, we can also contribute to mobilize and contribute funding. We need to work on these challenges together, and as an agency, Norwegian government agency, we have been taking early risk by providing catalytic funding for digital public goods, and by ensuring pool resourcing, working through mechanisms like Digital Public Goods Alliance 50 and 5, working with co-develop, we can make sure that we avoid duplication and maximize impact. Thirdly, I think we can support capacity building and knowledge sharing by investing in local expertise and strengthening institutional frameworks. We enable countries to implement, adapt, and sustain digital solutions over time. And lastly, I think that we can act as a bridge builder between sectors and a convener by bridging together stakeholders from government, civil society, private sector, and international partners. We talked about a lot of ideas just before, back on stage here today. We help to ensure that solutions are not developed in silos, but are interoperable and meet real needs across sectors, like health, education, and financial inclusion, as we heard about here today. So, all in all, I think better coordination, creation of the DPI’s ecosystem means committing to openness, partnerships, and long-term sustainability, so that digital transformation truly delivers for everyone, everywhere. Thanks. And Franz, do you have anything to add to that, I’m sure?


Franz von Weizacker: Yeah, so you asked about how we involve civil society in these questions. And of course, as a governmental agency, when we cooperate with other countries, we start talking with the government. That’s in most cases the starting point and also a basis of justification to be there. But then at the same time, depending on the context, we set up different types of multi-stakeholder partnerships. So in the case of digital policy development, it is actually, I mean, it’s not just about developing a policy, but it should be an inclusive policy. So therefore, we do consult with private sector, with civil society, and depending on the context, with researchers, academia, for the policy consulting. And then also in the implementation, if you look at, it depends very much on the context. We always design it according to form follows function, of course. If it’s a municipal level interaction or a national level, depending on that, we set up different types of multi-stakeholder partnerships. And then what we also have in some cases is a direct funding mechanism for civil society. So with the African Union, we set up the African Union Civic Tech Fund, where we currently have 30 grantees from across the continent, from 26 different countries, that are developing a solution, that have developed solutions that are working, that promote civic engagement and participation, and we’re providing funding and expertise to grow and scale these initiatives by the civil society. So there are various mechanisms, and I think we really need to see, in the context, is it education, is it health, and so on, what is the most suitable form of engagement with civil society.


Marianne Knarud: Great, thank you. and Catherine, I wanted to ask you, hearing all of these interventions and discussions that we’ve had, if you were Minister of Digitalization or Minister of International Development, what would be the first thing that you did?


Catherine Kimambo: So for me, if I were Minister of Digitalization, first I’d want to understand why. Maybe why certain things aren’t working, because I think there’s a tendency to always come up with a new standard, come up with a new policy. I think in Tanzania we have this saying that we have good policies on paper, but when it comes to implementation, there’s equally to very few that is implemented from the policies. So I really want to understand why certain things aren’t working. But also when it comes to investing in grassroots ideas, I think there’s a lot that is happening on ground. There’s a lot of great ideas that youth have, but we don’t have resources, I think, to implement such ideas. So maybe trying to really dig deep and understand what are the great ideas. I think we have a good success with school connectivity, because it was a grassroots initiative, but also we are experimenting with affordable solutions, solutions that are scalable, solutions that are fit for purpose. So I think having that understanding of what could be scalable on ground and not having these parachuting ideas where you come up with solutions that are high-end or of high cost that are not sustainable in the long run. I think I could also see what works on ground, but also overseeing implementation or harmonizing the policies, because currently we are having a lot of policies that are coming up, but also they are not harmonized. I want to see how we can have like a common understanding in terms of involving different stakeholders. and others in the field to understand the policies but also how are we coming in together in regard to bringing all the policies to life. But also something else that I’d invest in is in terms of funding. I think funding is a challenge when it comes to youth and how they are operating. So I think I invest more in youth because when it comes to us as youth there’s a lot of capacity building I feel that we are getting but we are not getting a chance to do meaningful work. So maybe less on the capacity building and really funding our ideas in terms of how we can accelerate connectivity and digital inclusion in Tanzania. But also just I think in terms of data I’d really want to understand when we are saying we’ve reached maybe this age group. Is there data for it? Because I think there’s a lot of data that is missing so I’d invest much in having data that really speaks to the results that we are seeing because there’s a lot of we are seeing a lot of stories like this that is happening we’ve reached this amount of people but when for us we are working on ground we are not seeing the shift that is there on the global stages. But also we have been dialoguing a lot. There’s a lot of discussions that are happening but I’d move more into action. How are we moving from dialogue to action? How are we being more action oriented? Because I think there’s a lot of dialogue that is happening globally but even here after dialogues and all this what’s happened? What’s next when you go back to our regional countries? Are we implementing ideas? Are we coming up with results? Or are we only maybe coming up with different resolutions and then when we are meeting again next year we are having another resolution. So I think if I was a Minister of Digitalization I’d move from dialogue to action and really spotlighting the different innovations that are there on ground to bring them to the global presence and maybe that could also bring a change in the digital inclusion and divide.


Marianne Knarud: Hear, hear. Thomas.


Thomas Aarheim: Yeah, no, hear, hear. If I was minister for a day, well, let’s say since I don’t represent any political party and I haven’t yet gotten any vested economic interests or I can just go from a blank slate, I would say that I think it is really important, and that’s why I say this, I think it’s really important to focus that this type of new technology and development in the countries where it happens also stays in the countries where it happens, where they also don’t just become users of technology from foreign aid and foreign companies that do direct investments, but that they also then own this themselves so that they can share that knowledge and that they can start using that as a part of their industry, that it becomes integrated into their local systems and that this creates a form of long-term growth for them. So, in a sense, which probably would make me a really bad minister, I would do it without any strings attached, but we’ll see if that passes in Congress. Yeah, and like we talked about before, out of these billions of people who are without access, a majority, like in these regions and places we’re talking about, the majority of the youth or young population in the world is located here. So, it’s really an investment in the future as well because these regions, these are skills that will last for decades for them. And that’s why it’s really important to get them connected now, get them connected so that they can use this for the next five, six decades and pass this on.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you. And Svein, you can also give us your take on if you were a minister for a day.


Svein Stolen: I have power, so I would like to say that I try to be a cut the crap, just do it director. And I think that what we really need is to be less afraid of failure. We need to try to utilize the power of an institution, and then I think all have to take the same take. How can we do better? For a university, I believe that to utilize the power to take the knowledge into use, because we’re quite good at research, we’re quite good at education, but we have to be a little bit out of the comfort zone in order to transform that knowledge and competence into action. For that reason, I believe in this ecosystem type of thinking, because often when universities work, they work alone, or they work together with other universities, but I don’t think that is going to solve many challenges. We need to work across sectors. That challenges universities, but it also challenges other actors. So to break down the silos. So for that reason, in the Global University Academy, we recently launched a policy paper where we said that, okay, universities are not really flexible, to be honest. So there’s a lot of challenges that are on itself, but I think it’s also a lot of challenges on the other part. Especially, I would like to see that ministries and the politicians, they understand that universities could be used more efficiently in some of these global collaborations. But then they have also to, how to say, give them that task. When we talk with universities in other parts of the world, they say that this is not really within our mandate. I think it should be within the mandate. And for me, that’s also about educating students in our own countries. Because in the Global University, we hope to use the students as part of the classroom. and so on. And if we are going to educate students with a global mind, that’s the way to do it. So I believe in this ecosystem and we should push that and break down silos in my opinion. I think that’s a major takeaway from this session, to break down the silos and figure out how to work more efficiently together. I want to open up for some questions from the Zoom. There is one from Francis Thompson to Thomas and Svein. Does the ease of information access to children and students make them less likely to internalize the information, as in there is less need to digest fully the information and context or even remember it for recall because it is so accessible and easy to find again online? That was a bit unclear. Can you repeat the first part? I got the last part. Yeah, okay, I’ll try again. Does the ease of information access to children and students make them less likely to internalize the information?


Thomas Aarheim: Maybe, probably. We talk about now maybe with this, again like I was talking about earlier in the classroom, this attention span. There are concerns now that with youth and younger people these days getting more and more exposed to really fast-paced flickering images and then very short-pitched information that the concern for maybe more in academia is that you’re not capable of reading a full dissertation anymore, you’re not capable of reading a full book. I don’t think that’s necessarily true. I’m going to sound all the alarms right now and what we’re really talking about is for people to get to the, you know, that might be a late stage problem for a very small part of the world population, if you look at it that way. But I think easier access to information as a whole is a good, that’s a force for good and definitely something we should strive towards. Again, this will maybe later be a really good way for us to use this type of hindsight, like I was saying in the beginning, that you can maybe leapfrog and you can avoid some pitfalls. So I think it’s really important to then, you know, we’ll keep an eye on this, we’ll make sure we keep reading our books, despite being on TikTok or other platforms. But also then take the lessons and really try and learn from them and not just observe them. I don’t know if that answers your question, Svein, what do you think?


Svein Stolen: I think you answered that very well. I think that the attention span is a worry, but the access to information is not really a worry. I’m not very good at remembering anything, I’ve never been, but I manage anyway. And I think that what we need to be able to, I mean, how much more I can do today than I could do when I was a PhD student in 1988? It’s amazing. And I think we are going in the same direction. We have to harness the tools, we have to harness the technology and use it. And strictly, I believe that most of our students understand they can’t fool themselves, because if they use the new equipment in the wrong way, they’re not learning, they understand that. I mean, the students are bright. So I think that we shouldn’t overestimate the challenges. Some part of the student population probably could be tempted, but still, in general, I’m quite optimistic about the student and about technology. Great. And also, if there are questions in the audience, there is a microphone.


Marianne Knarud: We have a microphone on the side, and feel free to take the microphone. While waiting for participants to maybe take the mic, I want to ask a question to Meklit, that’s coming from the Zoom chat. How do you see the pathway from universities to schools and communities? Meklit, you can answer that, and after we will open the mic here in the room. Meklit? Sure, Marine, thank you.


Meklit Mintesinot: That’s an important question. As I mentioned earlier, currently we are working with universities. Actually, in Ethiopia, relatively, the universities have a better infrastructure, internet services, and they also have well-trained personnel. We believe that universities are the gateway. Once working or once capacitating the universities, we can connect them with the highest schools and with the communities. For example, the universities have trained personnel or trained instructors. They have the infrastructure. They also have the resources. They can mobilize resources or they can mobilize financial resources. We’re planning to connect them with the highest schools and to the communities. For example, you can take rural schools that are located in a rural area. In that case, the universities are better positioned to support them. They can support them in connectivity. They can support them in human resources. They can also support them in developing systems and infrastructures. The universities are the gateways, and through that, we can connect the schools, and we can also serve the communities. Thank you very much. And now we have two questions from the audience.


Marianne Knarud: Please state your name before your question and whom it is addressed to. And also please be brief. Thanks.


Audience: Thank you very much. I’m Pons Light from the Gambia NRI Focal Point and also a board member of the Association for Progressive Communication My question goes to Franz and the lady from NORAD and is also connected with SEV. It’s in regards to digital cooperation, which is a major part of the Global Digital Compact that is being implemented. I would like to know how both your agencies, GIZ and NORAD, work with academics in the global north to implement programs in the global south that also incorporates African universities, especially in terms of if you have to set up programs in rural areas that bring about connectivity.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you very much. Thank you very much. And we’ll take the other question as well and then the panel will answer.


Audience: Yeah. My name is Mohamed Abdi Ali. I’m executive director from Somali civil society platform Kole Tsonsa based in Somalia. My question is to the all panelists. I’m thinking positively digital is okay, but negativity. Now digital war started, cyber conflict started. So how in the future influence that barriers the ecosystem of digital cooperation and development? Thank you very much. Thank you very much. So first questions to Tala and Frans, which one want to go first? I can start. Thank you so much for the question.


Marianne Knarud: I believe that… NORAD, for example, supports, like Abhi mentioned, digital public goods, open source solutions. So, the University of Oslo works together with our partners in India, the MOSIP digital ID platforms, and NORAD supports those and have been from the beginning. So we connect universities and academia with the digital public good, the DHS2, which is a help platform. We try to connect our partners, IITB, in Bangalore, in India, with the University of Oslo to go together and learn. And on request of partners and countries in the global south and countries south of Zawahar in Africa, they have requested these kind of systems, and we connect the partners. We can support with the funding, but together we bring partners with knowledge and experience of rolling out and implementing these kind of systems that are open source, that can be built on something built elsewhere, but it can be adopted. It must be modified to the country itself, but it’s a lot cheaper to start with a system that you don’t have to develop. So that is one example how NORAD and Norway work with different countries in global south and connect universities, which are so important to the knowledge that we share and the experience that are often built local and has to be built local. Thank you. And Frans?


Franz von Weizacker: All right. Yeah, thank you, Ponsillet, for your question on also the cooperation with universities to work between universities from the north and the south to implement projects on connectivities. Actually, that’s a topic very close to my heart. Coming from Berlin University of Technology, while I was a student, I was setting up back in 2003 in Kabul, Afghanistan, the computing center at Kabul University. So very hands-on work we did as a student there. also writes that we could be doing much more in this university cooperation, if you compare for example how this used to be done maybe in the United States, they have quite a few faculties from the United States that are implementing hands-on development projects in the global south, and I think it’s a good and successful mode, and in the German system there is typically most university corporations work through the DART, the German Academic Exchange Service, and that was also the one that was funding the cooperation in Kabul that I mentioned earlier, but indeed where we can and where it makes sense, we should be involving universities. Maybe one more example from the European level, as part of the Global Gateway Project, we have the Medusa cable, and that’s basically a cable connecting northern African universities to fiber optics internet infrastructure, and that is part of the agenda that is now being developed in Brussels on infrastructure and connectivity under the Global Gateway Initiative.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you very much. And then there was a question about how to make sure that we are still digitally connected and working together in a time where the world is increasingly in turmoil, I would say. Svein, do you have any reflections on…


Svein Stolen: I understand the question, I mean I became rector eight years ago, everyone talked about the Sustainable Development Goals and the three Os, open science, open innovation, open to the world, and now we are talking about national interest, research security, and geopolitical issues. So to push forward and continue cooperation, so at the University of Oslo, we try to keep all doors open. I got a lot of criticism to work with China, we do, we try to work also on this. this Global University Academy at the present time, because it’s more important than ever. It’s more difficult, of course, but I don’t have any other answer than that. But we really, really need to to work different parts of sector and push towards collaboration. Tale, you wanted to come in there? Yeah, just to build on that. I think also in these times we have to work together


Marianne Knarud: and collaborate to do more with less because there will be less funding. And actually, in terms of digital transformation, this might be an opportunity because these are the leapfrog possibilities that can actually be done through technology. And if we build not silos, that has been said, but open source and shareable and digital public goods, then then we can actually make more out of less. And I think that’s more important than ever. Yeah. Thomas, this is also something that you see when you discuss with your fellow youth representatives. Yeah, and I definitely agree with what was just said. And in a world where, you know, things are getting more, like you say, in turmoil and then it’s that’s the focus.


Thomas Aarheim: I don’t think I think it’s important to keep in mind that it’s not like we want the Internet to disappear, but we really want to be able to navigate the Internet safely. And that means that, yeah, for a lot of youth in today’s reality, we’re going to have to develop, you know, new skills and new tools to be able to, you know, surf online safely. And that’s why you have it’s really important to drive, you know, initiatives that, you know, increase media literacy or, you know, Internet information literacy. You need to be able to know how to spot fake news and that’s going to be key moving forward for anyone who is surfing online.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you very much. We are running out of time, so we’re going to close up this session. So from for all of you, you have, you know, if you could sum up, but then. also think about what is it that we need to do when we leave this room, not just nice words but what are some things that we can all just go out and do to make a difference? Catherine.


Catherine Kimambo: So for me, I still go back to the Dar es Salaam declaration that we had with the African IGF where they were speaking about a unified voice or African voice in global processes. So I think still as Africa, we still need that unified voice in global processes because I still believe we still have the largest number of unconnected people in the Global South. So having a unified voice, what are the plans that we have as a continent? And I think for me going back home, I understand that the work that we do as African Child Projects contribute very much in the key aspect of digital divide, the things like digital skills, connectivity, so we plan to do more of that and I know with the different partners that we have and the desire that they have shown in terms of accelerating digitalization in Tanzania, so there’s more that we are going to do. And hopefully when we meet in the next year of IGF, we will have a lot of concrete and live examples on the ground of what we’ve done and how we’ve succeeded.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you. I want to turn online. Meklit, what would be your final short remarks?


Meklit Mintesinot: Thank you, Maureen. So actually for me, digital public infrastructure, digital service is not just about technology, it’s all about equity, inclusion and access and there are millions of people remaining disconnected and those who couldn’t access the services due to the existing situation, due to lack of infrastructure, due to lack of skill and due to lack of support, so we need to come. We are advocating for public-private development partnerships, so bringing the public sector which is the government, the development sector and even the private sector in availing services or in availing digital services for their use, especially their use actually. As I mentioned earlier, the majority of the population is used in Ethiopia and in Africa and they need to be served and they need to be included and they need to benefit from this initiative. So my call to action is let’s work together, especially we need to include the development and the private sector in enhancing digital services across Africa. So on our side, both the ministry and the project is open to collaborate with interested partners and to make digital services accessible to everyone. That’s what I can say. Thank you.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you very much. And Svein, some short final remarks.


Svein Stolen: I think we need bold visions. We need to continue to work hard and not look for the perfect system that solves everything, but go on the way and try to construct the airplane while flying, so to say. We need to push forward. Vivid picture. Tale?


Tale Jordbakke: I think collaboration. I think connectivity is important, but also the solution that we build has to be open and interoperability. We have to be able to build on each other. We cannot build in every country a different solution every time. It’s too expensive. It’s not smart. We need to be able to share open between each other.


Marianne Knarud: Thank you. Frans?


Franz von Weizacker: Absolutely. Those principles of openness, the principles for digital development are actually amazing. So you need to understand the existing ecosystem. Thank you very much, and that’s it from us. Thank you all for coming, and thank you to this wonderful panel, and also to the very energetic Josef Noll at the University of Oslo for really making this event a reality today.


Marianne Knarud: I think it’s safe to say that without you, this panel would not have been here. So let’s give the panel a big applause, and thank you very much for coming. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. and Fabiana Slok together caught us off guard when they launched their condos in the world after a tropical storm Marts Dam.


T

Tale Jordbakke

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

738 words

Speech time

345 seconds

Digital public goods are key to inclusion, collaboration, and scalability while preventing vendor lock-in

Explanation

Tale argues that digital public goods provide the foundation for achieving the SDGs through digital transformation. These solutions promote inclusion, collaboration, and scalability while preventing vendor lock-in by breaking down silos and reducing fragmentation.


Evidence

Norway’s involvement as founding member of Digital Public Goods Alliance and investments in open sustainability solutions across health, education, and public administration sectors


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Open Source Solutions


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Franz von Weizacker

Agreed on

Open source solutions and digital public goods are essential for inclusive digital development


Open source solutions counter tech monopolies and promote democratic principles

Explanation

Tale emphasizes that digital public infrastructure should be based on open, non-commercial solutions that counter tech monopolies and promote democratic principles. This approach connects long-term development with humanitarian efforts, democracy, and human rights.


Evidence

Norway’s support for solutions like MOSIP and OpenCRVS, funding initiatives like World Bank’s ID4D, and collaboration with partners like Codevelop


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Open Source Solutions


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Franz von Weizacker

Agreed on

Open source solutions and digital public goods are essential for inclusive digital development


Breaking down silos and promoting collaboration across sectors is essential for digital transformation

Explanation

Tale argues that achieving digital transformation requires working closely with governments and private sector to share responsibility for maintaining and developing infrastructure. This collaborative approach is necessary to maximize impact and ensure sustainability.


Evidence

NORAD’s work through mechanisms like Digital Public Goods Alliance and partnerships with various stakeholders across sectors


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Catherine Kimambo
– Meklit Mintesinot
– Svein Stolen

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder partnerships are crucial for effective digital development


Focus should be on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening, not just technology

Explanation

Tale emphasizes that with limited capacity, resources must be used wisely to support cross-sectorial solutions. The focus should be on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening rather than just providing technology.


Evidence

NORAD’s approach of being a bold and visionary donor willing to take risks and mobilize partners through collaborative funding mechanisms


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Development | Capacity development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Catherine Kimambo
– Meklit Mintesinot
– Thomas Aarheim

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are fundamental to digital inclusion


Disagreed with

– Catherine Kimambo

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and resource allocation


Digital transformation offers leapfrog opportunities to do more with less resources

Explanation

Tale argues that in times of reduced funding, digital transformation provides opportunities to achieve more with less resources. Building open source and shareable digital public goods allows for more efficient use of limited resources.


Evidence

The potential for leapfrog possibilities through technology and building systems that are not siloed but shareable


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Digital Divide


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


F

Franz von Weizacker

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

895 words

Speech time

386 seconds

Digital sovereignty helps governments remain independent and avoid technological dependencies

Explanation

Franz emphasizes the importance of digital sovereignty in helping governments remain sovereign in the digital age and avoid political dependencies derived from technological dependencies. Europe can play a role in creating this independence by providing elements for sovereign government.


Evidence

GIZ’s work with African Union on harmonizing digital policies across 55 member states and partnership with NORAD on Digital Public Good Alliance


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Open Source Solutions


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke

Agreed on

Open source solutions and digital public goods are essential for inclusive digital development


Disagreed with

– Catherine Kimambo
– Tale Jordbakke

Disagreed on

Approach to policy development and implementation


M

Meklit Mintesinot

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

1166 words

Speech time

568 seconds

Universities serve as gateways with better infrastructure and trained personnel to connect schools and communities

Explanation

Meklit explains that universities have better infrastructure, internet services, and trained personnel compared to other institutions. They can serve as gateways to connect with high schools and communities, providing support in connectivity, human resources, and system development.


Evidence

Ethiopian universities’ role in supporting rural schools through connectivity, human resources, and infrastructure development as part of the pathway from universities to communities


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Open Source Solutions


Topics

Online education | Development | Infrastructure


Digital skills training is essential – over 250,000 students and 20,000 instructors were trained in Ethiopia

Explanation

Meklit highlights the critical importance of capacity development in digital skills. After establishing systems, policies, and infrastructure, both students and instructors need training to operate and benefit from the systems effectively.


Evidence

E-SHE project’s achievement of training over 250,000 students from 50 public universities and close to 20,000 instructors on digital content design and online class facilitation


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Online education | Capacity development | Development


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Catherine Kimambo
– Thomas Aarheim

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are fundamental to digital inclusion


Policy frameworks and learning management systems are necessary foundations for digital education

Explanation

Meklit explains that before the E-SHE project, Ethiopia lacked policies governing digital education and proper learning management systems. Developing national e-learning policies, institutional guidelines, and customized learning management systems was essential for digital education implementation.


Evidence

Development of national e-learning policy, establishment of e-learning directorates in all 50 public universities, and rollout of learning management systems and student information systems


Major discussion point

Educational Access and Digital Transformation


Topics

Online education | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Public-private development partnerships are needed to enhance digital services across Africa

Explanation

Meklit advocates for bringing together the public sector (government), development sector, and private sector to make digital services accessible to users, especially youth who represent the majority of the population in Ethiopia and Africa.


Evidence

E-SHE project’s partnership model involving Ministry of Education, Arizona State University, local implementing partners, and MasterCard Foundation


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Economic | Online education


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Catherine Kimambo
– Svein Stolen

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder partnerships are crucial for effective digital development


C

Catherine Kimambo

Speech speed

172 words per minute

Speech length

1184 words

Speech time

412 seconds

Multi-stakeholder approaches involving civil society, private sector, and government are crucial for effective implementation

Explanation

Catherine emphasizes the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches in digital infrastructure projects. She highlights the success of involving various stakeholders and the recognition that big ideas come from grassroots, with increased involvement of civil society and youth in policy platforms.


Evidence

African Child Project’s multi-stakeholder approach in School Connectivity Project and recognition of grassroots involvement in policy discussions following African IGF


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Meklit Mintesinot
– Svein Stolen

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder partnerships are crucial for effective digital development


Investment in local talents and pioneering local solutions is important for sustainable development

Explanation

Catherine argues for investing in local talents and developing solutions that are locally relevant and sustainable. She emphasizes the importance of grassroots initiatives and experimenting with affordable, scalable solutions that are fit for purpose.


Evidence

African Child Project’s work in local talent development and their success with school connectivity as a grassroots initiative using affordable and scalable solutions


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Development | Capacity development | Economic


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Meklit Mintesinot
– Thomas Aarheim

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are fundamental to digital inclusion


Good policies exist on paper but implementation remains a major challenge

Explanation

Catherine points out that Tanzania has good policies on paper, but very few are actually implemented effectively. She emphasizes the need to understand why certain things aren’t working rather than constantly creating new standards and policies.


Evidence

Tanzania’s experience with policies that exist on paper but lack effective implementation, and the saying that ‘we have good policies on paper, but when it comes to implementation, there’s equally to very few that is implemented’


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Svein Stolen

Agreed on

Implementation challenges must be addressed through practical action rather than just policy creation


Disagreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Franz von Weizacker

Disagreed on

Approach to policy development and implementation


Funding for youth-led grassroots initiatives is insufficient despite their innovative ideas

Explanation

Catherine argues that while youth have great ideas and receive capacity building, they lack resources to implement their innovations. She advocates for less focus on capacity building and more on funding youth ideas to accelerate connectivity and digital inclusion.


Evidence

African Child Project’s experience with school connectivity success as a grassroots initiative and the general challenge of youth having ideas but lacking implementation resources


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Development | Economic | Capacity development


Disagreed with

– Tale Jordbakke

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and resource allocation


Governments should focus on understanding why existing solutions aren’t working before creating new ones

Explanation

Catherine emphasizes the need to understand root causes of implementation failures rather than continuously developing new policies and standards. She advocates for investing in proven grassroots ideas and ensuring data-driven approaches to measure real impact.


Evidence

Her observation of the tendency to create new standards and policies without understanding implementation failures, and the disconnect between global success stories and ground-level reality


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Data governance


Agreed with

– Svein Stolen

Agreed on

Implementation challenges must be addressed through practical action rather than just policy creation


A unified African voice in global processes is needed since Africa has the largest number of unconnected people

Explanation

Catherine references the Dar es Salaam declaration from African IGF about the need for a unified African voice in global processes. She believes this is crucial since Africa still has the largest number of unconnected people in the Global South.


Evidence

The Dar es Salaam declaration from African IGF and the fact that Africa has the largest number of unconnected people globally


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Digital Divide


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Infrastructure


T

Thomas Aarheim

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

1416 words

Speech time

537 seconds

Digital tools fundamentally shift what’s possible in education by providing access to real-time information and multimedia resources

Explanation

Thomas shares his personal experience as a digital native, describing how iPads in his high school transformed classroom learning through increased interconnectedness, interactiveness, and productivity. He contrasts his research capabilities with his grandfather’s 1950s experience of spending hours in physical libraries.


Evidence

His high school’s pilot project introducing iPads in 2015, the transformation in classroom dynamics, and the comparison with his grandfather’s research methods in the 1950s requiring extensive library visits


Major discussion point

Educational Access and Digital Transformation


Topics

Online education | Digital access | Sociocultural


Technology development should remain in the countries where it’s implemented to create local ownership and long-term growth

Explanation

Thomas argues that it’s important for new technology and development to stay in the countries where it happens, so they don’t just become users of foreign technology but own and integrate it into their local systems. This creates long-term growth and allows knowledge sharing as part of their industry.


Evidence

His emphasis on avoiding dependency on foreign aid and foreign companies’ direct investments, advocating for local ownership and integration


Major discussion point

Youth Perspectives and Future Considerations


Topics

Development | Economic | Digital business models


Investment in youth is crucial since the majority of young people globally are located in regions with limited connectivity

Explanation

Thomas emphasizes that among the billions of people without internet access, the majority of the world’s youth population is located in these regions. Connecting them now is an investment in the future as these skills will last for decades and be passed on to future generations.


Evidence

The demographic reality that most of the world’s youth population is in regions lacking connectivity, and the long-term impact of providing them with digital skills


Major discussion point

Youth Perspectives and Future Considerations


Topics

Development | Digital access | Capacity development


Media literacy and internet information literacy are crucial for safe online navigation

Explanation

Thomas acknowledges that in a world with increasing turmoil and cyber conflicts, youth need to develop new skills and tools to navigate the internet safely. This includes developing media literacy and the ability to spot fake news, which are key for anyone surfing online.


Evidence

The reality of cyber conflicts and the need for youth to develop skills to spot fake news and navigate online safely


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Cybersecurity | Online education | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Catherine Kimambo
– Meklit Mintesinot

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are fundamental to digital inclusion


M

Marianne Knarud

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1626 words

Speech time

702 seconds

2.6 billion people remain offline, creating digital exclusion that limits opportunities and deepens inequalities

Explanation

Marianne sets the context for the discussion by highlighting that 2.6 billion people remain without internet access. This digital exclusion translates into lack of access to essential services, limiting opportunities and deepening existing inequalities.


Evidence

The statistic of 2.6 billion people remaining offline and examples of educational inequalities, such as Norwegian schools pivoting to online learning within two days during the pandemic while rural Ugandan schools were shut down for two years


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Digital Divide


Topics

Digital access | Development | Human rights principles


Access to digital tools creates fundamental inequalities when some have access and others don’t

Explanation

Marianne illustrates how digital access creates stark inequalities by comparing how quickly Norwegian and European schools adapted to online learning during the pandemic versus rural schools in Uganda that remained completely shut down for two years with no learning happening.


Evidence

The contrast between Norwegian schools pivoting to online learning within two days during the pandemic and rural Ugandan schools being shut down for two years with no learning


Major discussion point

Educational Access and Digital Transformation


Topics

Digital access | Online education | Development


S

Svein Stolen

Speech speed

171 words per minute

Speech length

1422 words

Speech time

497 seconds

Universities need to work across sectors rather than alone to transform knowledge into action

Explanation

Svein argues that universities are good at research and education but need to step out of their comfort zone to transform knowledge into action. He believes in ecosystem thinking because universities working alone or only with other universities won’t solve many challenges.


Evidence

The Global University Academy initiative and the policy paper advocating for cross-sector collaboration, plus the observation that universities are not really flexible and face challenges in global collaborations


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Online education | Development | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Tale Jordbakke
– Catherine Kimambo
– Meklit Mintesinot

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder partnerships are crucial for effective digital development


Universities can contribute to refugee education through lifelong learning platforms and micro-credentials

Explanation

Svein describes the Global University Academy’s goal to contribute to UNHCR’s 15 by 30 goal with a modest target of reaching one million refugees by 2038. They use lifelong learning platforms to provide micro-credentials that can be stacked and scaled, partnering with about 20 universities from four continents.


Evidence

The Global University Academy initiative working in Jordan (Azraq and Zaatari camps) and Uganda (Adjumani), partnering with UNHCR, UNICEF, and local implementing partners like Save the Children Jordan


Major discussion point

Educational Access and Digital Transformation


Topics

Online education | Development | Digital access


Bold visions and willingness to take risks are needed rather than seeking perfect solutions

Explanation

Svein advocates for a ‘cut the crap, just do it’ approach, emphasizing the need to be less afraid of failure and to try constructing solutions while implementing them. He believes in pushing forward with bold visions rather than waiting for perfect systems.


Evidence

His philosophy of ‘constructing the airplane while flying’ and the need to utilize institutional power to transform knowledge into action


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Development | Online education | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Catherine Kimambo

Agreed on

Implementation challenges must be addressed through practical action rather than just policy creation


International cooperation must continue despite geopolitical challenges and reduced funding

Explanation

Svein acknowledges the shift from talking about Sustainable Development Goals and openness to discussing national interests and research security. Despite criticism and difficulties, he maintains that cooperation is more important than ever and universities must keep all doors open.


Evidence

His experience as rector over eight years, witnessing the change from focus on SDGs and open science to geopolitical concerns, and receiving criticism for working with China while maintaining the importance of collaboration


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Digital Divide


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | International cooperation


A

Audience

Speech speed

131 words per minute

Speech length

197 words

Speech time

90 seconds

Questions about information access and attention span need consideration but shouldn’t overshadow the benefits of connectivity

Explanation

An audience member raised concerns about whether easy access to information makes children less likely to internalize and remember information. This reflects broader concerns about attention span and deep learning in the digital age.


Evidence

The question about whether ease of information access affects students’ ability to fully digest information and context, and concerns about reduced need for memory retention


Major discussion point

Youth Perspectives and Future Considerations


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural | Child safety online


Agreements

Agreement points

Open source solutions and digital public goods are essential for inclusive digital development

Speakers

– Tale Jordbakke
– Franz von Weizacker

Arguments

Digital public goods are key to inclusion, collaboration, and scalability while preventing vendor lock-in


Open source solutions counter tech monopolies and promote democratic principles


Digital sovereignty helps governments remain independent and avoid technological dependencies


Summary

Both speakers strongly advocate for open source solutions and digital public goods as foundations for digital public infrastructure. They agree that these approaches prevent vendor lock-in, promote democratic principles, and help maintain digital sovereignty while enabling collaboration and scalability.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Multi-stakeholder partnerships are crucial for effective digital development

Speakers

– Tale Jordbakke
– Catherine Kimambo
– Meklit Mintesinot
– Svein Stolen

Arguments

Breaking down silos and promoting collaboration across sectors is essential for digital transformation


Multi-stakeholder approaches involving civil society, private sector, and government are crucial for effective implementation


Public-private development partnerships are needed to enhance digital services across Africa


Universities need to work across sectors rather than alone to transform knowledge into action


Summary

All speakers emphasize the critical importance of breaking down silos and fostering collaboration between government, private sector, civil society, and academia. They agree that no single actor can address digital development challenges alone.


Topics

Development | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Capacity building and skills development are fundamental to digital inclusion

Speakers

– Tale Jordbakke
– Catherine Kimambo
– Meklit Mintesinot
– Thomas Aarheim

Arguments

Focus should be on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening, not just technology


Investment in local talents and pioneering local solutions is important for sustainable development


Digital skills training is essential – over 250,000 students and 20,000 instructors were trained in Ethiopia


Media literacy and internet information literacy are crucial for safe online navigation


Summary

Speakers agree that providing technology alone is insufficient; comprehensive capacity building, skills development, and institutional strengthening are essential for sustainable digital transformation and inclusion.


Topics

Development | Capacity development | Online education


Implementation challenges must be addressed through practical action rather than just policy creation

Speakers

– Catherine Kimambo
– Svein Stolen

Arguments

Good policies exist on paper but implementation remains a major challenge


Governments should focus on understanding why existing solutions aren’t working before creating new ones


Bold visions and willingness to take risks are needed rather than seeking perfect solutions


Summary

Both speakers emphasize the gap between policy creation and implementation, advocating for practical action, understanding root causes of failures, and taking calculated risks rather than continuously developing new policies without implementation.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers, representing youth perspectives, emphasize the importance of local ownership and avoiding dependency on foreign solutions. They advocate for investing in local capacity and ensuring that technology development creates sustainable local growth rather than external dependency.

Speakers

– Catherine Kimambo
– Thomas Aarheim

Arguments

Investment in local talents and pioneering local solutions is important for sustainable development


Technology development should remain in the countries where it’s implemented to create local ownership and long-term growth


Topics

Development | Economic | Capacity development


Both speakers view universities as crucial intermediaries and gateways for extending digital education and services to broader communities. They see universities as having the infrastructure, expertise, and capacity to bridge gaps between different educational levels and serve underserved populations.

Speakers

– Meklit Mintesinot
– Svein Stolen

Arguments

Universities serve as gateways with better infrastructure and trained personnel to connect schools and communities


Universities can contribute to refugee education through lifelong learning platforms and micro-credentials


Topics

Online education | Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers frame digital transformation as both an urgent challenge due to massive exclusion and an opportunity for leapfrogging development constraints, particularly in resource-constrained environments.

Speakers

– Tale Jordbakke
– Marianne Knarud

Arguments

Digital transformation offers leapfrog opportunities to do more with less resources


2.6 billion people remain offline, creating digital exclusion that limits opportunities and deepens inequalities


Topics

Development | Digital access | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Continued international cooperation despite geopolitical tensions

Speakers

– Svein Stolen
– Tale Jordbakke
– Thomas Aarheim

Arguments

International cooperation must continue despite geopolitical challenges and reduced funding


Digital transformation offers leapfrog opportunities to do more with less resources


Media literacy and internet information literacy are crucial for safe online navigation


Explanation

Despite representing different sectors (academia, government agency, youth), these speakers unexpectedly converged on the need to maintain international cooperation and digital connectivity even in times of geopolitical tension and cyber conflicts. They acknowledge challenges but emphasize the importance of continued collaboration and safe navigation rather than isolation.


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Cybersecurity


Technology access benefits outweigh potential negative effects on learning

Speakers

– Thomas Aarheim
– Svein Stolen

Arguments

Digital tools fundamentally shift what’s possible in education by providing access to real-time information and multimedia resources


Questions about information access and attention span need consideration but shouldn’t overshadow the benefits of connectivity


Explanation

When directly confronted with concerns about whether easy access to information might reduce students’ ability to internalize knowledge, both speakers unexpectedly agreed that the benefits of digital access far outweigh potential drawbacks, showing consensus on prioritizing connectivity over concerns about attention span or information retention.


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated remarkably high consensus across multiple key areas: the importance of open source solutions and digital public goods, the necessity of multi-stakeholder partnerships, the critical role of capacity building, and the need for practical implementation over policy creation. There was also strong agreement on the transformative potential of digital tools in education and the importance of local ownership in technology development.


Consensus level

Very high consensus with complementary rather than conflicting perspectives. The speakers represented different sectors (government agencies, academia, civil society, youth) but shared fundamental values about inclusive, collaborative, and sustainable approaches to digital development. This high level of agreement suggests a mature understanding of digital development challenges and broad alignment on solutions, which bodes well for coordinated action in addressing the digital divide and building inclusive digital ecosystems.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to policy development and implementation

Speakers

– Catherine Kimambo
– Tale Jordbakke
– Franz von Weizacker

Arguments

Good policies exist on paper but implementation remains a major challenge


Focus should be on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening, not just technology


Digital sovereignty helps governments remain independent and avoid technological dependencies


Summary

Catherine emphasizes that Tanzania has good policies on paper but implementation is the real challenge, advocating for understanding why existing solutions don’t work before creating new ones. Tale and Franz focus more on creating new frameworks and policies through international cooperation and capacity building approaches.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Funding priorities and resource allocation

Speakers

– Catherine Kimambo
– Tale Jordbakke

Arguments

Funding for youth-led grassroots initiatives is insufficient despite their innovative ideas


Focus should be on normative work, capacity building, and institutional strengthening, not just technology


Summary

Catherine argues for less capacity building and more direct funding of youth ideas, while Tale emphasizes continued focus on capacity building and institutional strengthening as the priority for resource allocation.


Topics

Development | Economic | Capacity development


Unexpected differences

Role of international cooperation in digital development

Speakers

– Thomas Aarheim
– Tale Jordbakke
– Svein Stolen

Arguments

Technology development should remain in the countries where it’s implemented to create local ownership and long-term growth


Breaking down silos and promoting collaboration across sectors is essential for digital transformation


International cooperation must continue despite geopolitical challenges and reduced funding


Explanation

Unexpectedly, there’s tension between Thomas’s advocacy for complete local ownership ‘without strings attached’ and the other speakers’ emphasis on international partnerships and cooperation. This disagreement is surprising given the general consensus on collaboration, but reveals different philosophies about dependency versus partnership in development.


Topics

Development | Economic | International cooperation


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center on implementation approaches (top-down policy vs. grassroots-up solutions), resource allocation priorities (capacity building vs. direct funding), and the role of international cooperation (partnership vs. complete local ownership)


Disagreement level

The level of disagreement is moderate but significant for implementation. While speakers share common goals of digital inclusion and closing the digital divide, their different approaches could lead to conflicting strategies in practice. The disagreements reflect deeper philosophical differences about development approaches – whether change should be driven by policy frameworks and institutional capacity building, or by direct support for grassroots innovations and local ownership.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers, representing youth perspectives, emphasize the importance of local ownership and avoiding dependency on foreign solutions. They advocate for investing in local capacity and ensuring that technology development creates sustainable local growth rather than external dependency.

Speakers

– Catherine Kimambo
– Thomas Aarheim

Arguments

Investment in local talents and pioneering local solutions is important for sustainable development


Technology development should remain in the countries where it’s implemented to create local ownership and long-term growth


Topics

Development | Economic | Capacity development


Both speakers view universities as crucial intermediaries and gateways for extending digital education and services to broader communities. They see universities as having the infrastructure, expertise, and capacity to bridge gaps between different educational levels and serve underserved populations.

Speakers

– Meklit Mintesinot
– Svein Stolen

Arguments

Universities serve as gateways with better infrastructure and trained personnel to connect schools and communities


Universities can contribute to refugee education through lifelong learning platforms and micro-credentials


Topics

Online education | Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers frame digital transformation as both an urgent challenge due to massive exclusion and an opportunity for leapfrogging development constraints, particularly in resource-constrained environments.

Speakers

– Tale Jordbakke
– Marianne Knarud

Arguments

Digital transformation offers leapfrog opportunities to do more with less resources


2.6 billion people remain offline, creating digital exclusion that limits opportunities and deepens inequalities


Topics

Development | Digital access | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital public infrastructure must be built on open source solutions and digital public goods to ensure inclusion, prevent vendor lock-in, and enable democratic participation


Multi-stakeholder partnerships involving government, civil society, private sector, and academia are essential for effective digital transformation and closing the digital divide


Breaking down silos between sectors and organizations is crucial for maximizing impact and avoiding duplication of efforts


Capacity building and skills development are as important as technical infrastructure – focus should be on institutional strengthening, not just technology deployment


Universities can serve as gateways for digital transformation, connecting with schools and communities through their existing infrastructure and trained personnel


Youth perspectives and grassroots innovations must be prioritized and funded, as young people represent the majority of the global population in underconnected regions


Implementation of existing policies is more critical than creating new ones – focus should be on understanding why current solutions aren’t working


Digital transformation offers leapfrog opportunities to achieve more with fewer resources, especially important given reduced development funding


Local ownership and sovereignty of digital solutions is essential to prevent technological dependencies and ensure long-term sustainability


Resolutions and action items

Continue championing open, inclusive digital public goods as foundation for digital public infrastructure across sectors and borders


Mobilize collaborative funding mechanisms and pool resources to avoid duplication and maximize impact


Invest in grassroots youth-led initiatives and provide meaningful funding rather than just capacity building


Develop unified African voice in global digital processes to better represent the continent’s needs


Establish public-private development partnerships to enhance digital services accessibility


Focus on harmonizing existing policies and improving implementation rather than creating new frameworks


Maintain university cooperation and global collaboration despite geopolitical challenges


Move from dialogue to concrete action with measurable results and data-driven outcomes


Develop media literacy and internet safety skills to help users navigate online spaces securely


Unresolved issues

How to effectively measure and track progress in digital inclusion initiatives with reliable data


Balancing information accessibility with concerns about reduced attention spans and information internalization among digital natives


Addressing cybersecurity threats and digital warfare while maintaining open internet cooperation


Securing sustainable long-term funding for digital public infrastructure in an environment of reduced development aid


Ensuring meaningful youth participation beyond capacity building to actual decision-making and implementation roles


Harmonizing multiple overlapping policies and frameworks at national and international levels


Maintaining international digital cooperation amid increasing geopolitical tensions and national security concerns


Suggested compromises

Use ecosystem thinking and cross-sectoral partnerships rather than expecting any single organization to solve all challenges


Adopt ‘form follows function’ approach – design multi-stakeholder partnerships according to specific context and needs rather than one-size-fits-all solutions


Balance risk-taking with practical implementation by being willing to ‘construct the airplane while flying’ rather than waiting for perfect solutions


Combine vertical and horizontal approaches – start with strong institutional foundations (like universities) then expand to broader community connections


Provide funding and expertise without strings attached while still ensuring local ownership and sustainability


Focus on interoperability and building on existing solutions rather than creating entirely new systems in each country


Maintain open doors for international cooperation while addressing legitimate security and sovereignty concerns


Thought provoking comments

I think there’s a notion that we and the other panelists. We will be having a discussion on the policies of the ICTs outside the school premises… But also recognising that big ideas also come from grassroots. So we are seeing that recognition and also involvement of the young people.

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Reason

This comment challenges the top-down approach to digital policy by emphasizing that innovation and solutions often emerge from grassroots level rather than being imposed from above. It shifts focus from theoretical policy discussions to practical, community-driven implementation.


Impact

This comment established a recurring theme throughout the discussion about the importance of grassroots innovation and youth involvement. It influenced subsequent speakers to address how their organizations engage with local communities and avoid ‘parachuting’ solutions from above.


I have this vivid memory from how this infrastructure or this development in infrastructure has impacted my education growing up… Just to put this into maybe a generational perspective, I very distinctly remember showing my now late grandfather one of my end-of-year papers… he almost didn’t believe it because he was in high school in the 1950s.

Speaker

Thomas Aarheim


Reason

This personal narrative powerfully illustrates the transformative potential of digital infrastructure by contrasting generational experiences. It moves the discussion from abstract policy to concrete human impact, making the digital divide tangible and relatable.


Impact

This story became a reference point for understanding educational inequalities. Marianne directly referenced it when discussing how Norwegian schools pivoted online in two days during the pandemic while Ugandan schools remained closed for two years, deepening the conversation about global digital inequities.


So I really want to understand why certain things aren’t working… I think in Tanzania we have this saying that we have good policies on paper, but when it comes to implementation, there’s equally to very few that is implemented from the policies.

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Reason

This comment cuts to the heart of development challenges by highlighting the implementation gap between policy and practice. It challenges the tendency to create new policies without understanding why existing ones fail, advocating for evidence-based approaches.


Impact

This observation shifted the discussion toward practical implementation challenges and the need for accountability. It influenced other panelists to address how their organizations ensure policies translate into real-world impact, moving the conversation from theoretical frameworks to operational realities.


Actually, initially, we started this project or we started the SHIP project as a vertical approach when it comes to this digital public infrastructure. But currently, we’re evolving horizontally. We’re working with different sectors, with the health sector, with the employment sector.

Speaker

Meklit Mintesinot


Reason

This insight demonstrates the evolution from siloed, sector-specific approaches to integrated, cross-sectoral digital infrastructure. It provides a concrete example of how digital public infrastructure can scale and create synergies across different domains.


Impact

This comment reinforced the recurring theme of breaking down silos and influenced the discussion toward ecosystem thinking. It provided a practical model for how vertical initiatives can evolve into horizontal platforms, supporting arguments made by other panelists about interoperability and collaboration.


I think it is really important to focus that this type of new technology and development in the countries where it happens also stays in the countries where it happens… that they also own this themselves so that they can share that knowledge and that they can start using that as a part of their industry.

Speaker

Thomas Aarheim


Reason

This comment addresses the critical issue of digital sovereignty and local ownership, challenging traditional aid models that create dependency. It advocates for sustainable development that builds local capacity rather than external dependence.


Impact

This perspective on ownership and sustainability influenced the final discussion about moving beyond aid relationships to genuine partnerships. It connected with Catherine’s emphasis on grassroots solutions and supported the broader theme of avoiding technological colonialism.


There’s a lot of dialogue that is happening globally but I’d move more into action. How are we moving from dialogue to action? How are we being more action oriented? Because I think there’s a lot of dialogue that is happening globally but even here after dialogues and all this what’s happened?

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Reason

This comment directly challenges the conference format itself and the broader development discourse, calling out the gap between endless discussions and concrete implementation. It demands accountability and results-oriented approaches.


Impact

This intervention created a moment of self-reflection in the discussion and influenced the moderator to explicitly ask panelists for concrete actions they would take ‘when we leave this room.’ It shifted the final portion of the discussion toward specific commitments and actionable next steps.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by challenging conventional development approaches and demanding more authentic, locally-driven solutions. Catherine Kimambo’s interventions were particularly impactful, consistently pushing the conversation from theoretical policy discussions toward practical implementation and grassroots innovation. Thomas Aarheim’s generational perspective and emphasis on local ownership provided powerful framing for understanding both the potential and the equity challenges of digital infrastructure. Meklit’s example of vertical-to-horizontal evolution offered a concrete model for scalable implementation. Together, these comments created a discussion that moved beyond traditional donor-recipient frameworks toward more collaborative, sustainable approaches to digital development. The recurring themes of breaking down silos, ensuring local ownership, and moving from dialogue to action became the defining characteristics of this forum, making it more than just another policy discussion but a call for fundamental change in how digital cooperation is approached.


Follow-up questions

How can we better have discussions in policies, and how can we better have effective policies on the ground?

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Explanation

This addresses the gap between policy creation and implementation, particularly in Tanzania where there are good policies on paper but limited implementation


How are we making sure that we have effective policies on the ground?

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Explanation

This focuses on the practical implementation challenges of digital policies and the need for harmonization of policies


Why certain things aren’t working?

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Explanation

She emphasized the need to understand root causes before creating new standards or policies, particularly regarding why existing policies aren’t being implemented effectively


Is there data for it? When we are saying we’ve reached maybe this age group, is there data for it?

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Explanation

This highlights the need for better data collection and verification of claimed results in digital inclusion initiatives


What’s next when you go back to our regional countries? Are we implementing ideas? Are we coming up with results?

Speaker

Catherine Kimambo


Explanation

This addresses the need to move from dialogue to concrete action and implementation of discussed initiatives


How do you see the pathway from universities to schools and communities?

Speaker

Francis Thompson (via Zoom)


Explanation

This question seeks to understand how digital infrastructure and education can be scaled from higher education institutions to broader community access


Does the ease of information access to children and students make them less likely to internalize the information?

Speaker

Francis Thompson (via Zoom)


Explanation

This addresses concerns about whether easy digital access might reduce deep learning and information retention among students


How in the future influence that barriers the ecosystem of digital cooperation and development?

Speaker

Mohamed Abdi Ali


Explanation

This question addresses how digital warfare and cyber conflicts might impact future digital cooperation and development efforts


How both your agencies, GIZ and NORAD, work with academics in the global north to implement programs in the global south that also incorporates African universities?

Speaker

Pons Light


Explanation

This seeks to understand specific mechanisms for North-South academic cooperation in implementing digital connectivity programs in rural areas


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WS #110 AI Innovation Responsible Development Ethical Imperatives

WS #110 AI Innovation Responsible Development Ethical Imperatives

Session at a glance

Summary

This workshop at the Internet Governance Forum focused on AI innovation, responsible development, and ethical imperatives, co-organized by CAST, the UN Consultative Committee on Information Technology (CCIT), and the Internet Society of China (ISC). The discussion centered on how to foster AI innovation while ensuring responsibility, inclusivity, and alignment with global frameworks like UNESCO’s ethical recommendations and the Global Digital Compact.


Opening speakers emphasized that AI’s transformative power across sectors from agriculture to healthcare must be balanced with addressing challenges such as algorithmic bias, lack of transparency, privacy breaches, and the risk of deepening digital divides. Professor Gong Ke highlighted three core policy dimensions: inclusive development to prevent AI from worsening digital disparities, global governance frameworks that align national policies with international standards, and multi-stakeholder collaboration mechanisms.


UNESCO’s representative, Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoy, stressed that innovation and human rights protection should not be viewed as contradictory goals, emphasizing that good innovation benefits everyone rather than specific groups. He outlined UNESCO’s approach of fostering opportunities, mitigating risks, and prosecuting harms through established international human rights frameworks.


Educational applications of AI received significant attention, with speakers discussing both opportunities for personalized learning and risks including digital poverty, lack of regulation, and the potential reduction of diverse opinions. Professor Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo from Mexico highlighted concerns about AI implementation in education and justice systems without proper ethical consideration, particularly in contexts with existing structural challenges.


Dr. Daisy Selematsela addressed how academic libraries navigate AI integration, discussing challenges around data protection, technical expertise, and financial constraints, while noting benefits like improved search capabilities and 24/7 user support. The workshop concluded with consensus on three key takeaways: AI must bridge rather than deepen global divides, governance requires harmonized national and international frameworks, and ethical design ensures AI serves humanity effectively.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Balancing AI Innovation with Ethical Imperatives**: The central theme focused on how to foster AI technological advancement while ensuring responsible development that aligns with human rights, ethical frameworks, and global standards like UNESCO’s AI ethics recommendations.


– **Inclusive AI Development and Digital Divide Concerns**: Multiple speakers emphasized the need to prevent AI from exacerbating existing digital disparities between and within countries, particularly addressing how developing nations can maintain access to AI technologies and benefits.


– **AI Risks and Challenges in Education**: Extensive discussion on how AI impacts higher education, including concerns about academic integrity, digital poverty, lack of regulation, unauthorized content use, and the need for age-appropriate limitations and data ownership policies.


– **Global Governance and Multi-stakeholder Collaboration**: Speakers addressed the need for international cooperation, harmonized national frameworks, and multi-stakeholder approaches to AI governance, drawing lessons from internet governance models while recognizing AI’s unique vertical complexity.


– **Sector-Specific AI Implementation Challenges**: Detailed examination of AI applications in specific sectors like libraries, justice systems, and education, highlighting both opportunities (automation, personalized learning, 24/7 access) and risks (job displacement, bias, over-dependence on algorithms).


## Overall Purpose:


The workshop aimed to explore how to achieve responsible AI development that promotes innovation while ensuring ethical considerations, human rights protection, and inclusive access. The goal was to foster international dialogue and consensus-building around AI governance frameworks that serve the common good.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently collaborative and constructive tone throughout. Speakers approached the topic with cautious optimism, acknowledging both AI’s transformative potential and its significant risks. The tone was academic and policy-focused, with participants sharing practical experiences and recommendations rather than engaging in debate. There was a strong emphasis on finding common ground and shared values, particularly around human-centric approaches to AI development.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi** – Director for Digital Inclusion at UNESCO


– **Daisy Selematsela** – From the University of Witwatersrand Library, South Africa


– **Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo** – Professor from Mexico


– **Dr Zhang Xiao** – Vice President of SYNLINK, IGF MEGA member and Executive Deputy Director of China IGF


– **Huang Chengqing** – Vice President of Internet Society of China and Director of China IGF


– **Moderator** – David, Deputy Director of China IGF (from ISC – Internet Society of China)


– **Ke GONG** – Professor, Chair of CCIT (Consultative Committee on Information Technology)


– **Dr. Yik Chan Chin** – Professor from Beijing Normal University (Note: The moderator introduced this speaker as “Professor Xiaofeng Tao” and “Professor Qian,” but the speaker identified themselves as “Dr. Yik Chan Chin”)


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Workshop Report: AI Innovation, Responsible Development, and Ethical Imperatives


## Executive Summary


This workshop at the Internet Governance Forum (Workshop 110) brought together international experts to examine the balance between fostering AI innovation and ensuring responsible development. Co-organised by the UN Consultative Committee on Information Technology (CCIT) and the Internet Society of China (ISC), the discussion featured representatives from UNESCO, academic institutions, and governance organisations. The session faced time constraints and technical difficulties that affected the flow of presentations, with some speakers’ remarks being cut short due to scheduling limitations.


## Opening Framework


The workshop was moderated by David from ISC, who serves as Deputy Director of China IGF. Professor Gong Ke, participating online, established the foundational framework by identifying three key policy dimensions: inclusive development to prevent AI from exacerbating digital disparities, the need for global governance frameworks aligned with international standards, and the establishment of multi-stakeholder collaboration mechanisms.


Professor Gong emphasised that international collaboration is essential to maximise AI’s potential while minimising negative impacts, highlighting concerns about AI systems’ lack of explainability, transparency, and issues of bias within algorithmic processes.


## UNESCO’s Perspective on Innovation and Human Rights


Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Director of Digital Inclusion at UNESCO, challenged the narrative that positions innovation and human rights protection as contradictory forces. He argued that these should be viewed as complementary objectives, stating that good innovation should benefit everyone rather than privileged groups.


Godoi outlined UNESCO’s three-pronged approach: fostering opportunities through AI development, mitigating risks through established frameworks, and addressing harms when they occur. He noted that UNESCO builds upon existing international human rights frameworks and mentioned the organisation’s 80th anniversary context. He emphasised that capacity building represents the primary demand from UNESCO’s member states regarding AI ethics implementation.


## Chinese Perspectives on AI Governance


Huang Chengqing, Vice President of the Internet Society of China, emphasised that AI development must be human-oriented, following the principle of “intelligence for good.” He argued that while government guidance is important, effective AI implementation requires participation from all sectors of society.


Ms. Zhang Xiao, Vice President of CENIC IGF MEGA member and Executive Deputy Director of China IGF, provided brief remarks on the complexity of AI governance, noting the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration while acknowledging the challenges involved.


## Educational Sector Concerns


Professor Qian Yiqin from Beijing Normal University raised critical questions about rapid AI implementation in educational settings without adequate consideration of consequences. He identified key risks including the acceleration of digital poverty, insufficient regulatory oversight, and unauthorised use of educational content.


Professor Qian introduced concerns about what he termed “containment of AI-generated content,” describing a problematic cycle where AI systems trained on AI-generated content could lead to deterioration of knowledge quality over time. He also raised questions about age-appropriate AI use and data ownership issues regarding user-generated commercial data.


## Latin American Perspective


Professor Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo from Mexico expressed concern about hasty AI incorporation without adequate ethical reflection, particularly in educational institutions and justice systems. He questioned whether it is legitimate to trust algorithms trained with biased data and whether judges should delegate human judgement to machines.


Professor Pelayo emphasised that critical thinking serves as an essential mediator for ensuring fair AI decisions, arguing that innovation must be guided by law, ethics, and critical reflection rather than pursued as an end in itself.


## Academic Libraries Implementation


Dr. Daisy Selematsela from the University of Witwatersrand Library in South Africa began presenting insights on AI integration in academic libraries, highlighting both opportunities and challenges. However, her presentation was interrupted due to time constraints, preventing a complete discussion of her intended remarks about practical implementation challenges, data protection concerns, and financial constraints affecting institutions in developing countries.


## Workshop Conclusion


Due to time limitations, the moderator provided brief concluding remarks focusing on three key takeaways: inclusion as the foundation for AI development, the necessity of unity in governance approaches, and ensuring that innovation thrives within ethical guidelines. The session ended with an invitation for continued discussion rather than formal comprehensive conclusions.


## Key Challenges Identified


The workshop highlighted several unresolved issues requiring continued attention:


– Balancing rapid AI innovation with adequate regulatory oversight


– Developing mechanisms for international collaboration in AI governance


– Addressing data ownership and concentration issues


– Establishing age-appropriate guidelines for AI use in education


– Preventing AI from accelerating digital divides


## Conclusion


Despite technical difficulties and time constraints that affected the session’s flow, the workshop demonstrated international interest in addressing AI governance challenges through collaborative approaches. The discussion emphasised human-centric AI development and the need for frameworks that ensure AI serves broader societal benefits while addressing risks and inequalities. The abbreviated nature of the session highlighted the complexity of these issues and the need for continued international dialogue on AI governance.


Session transcript

Moderator: Good afternoon distinguished guests, ladies and gentlemen, speakers and participants both on-site and online. So welcome to workshop number 110. The topic of the workshop is AI Innovation, Responsible Development and Ethics Imperatives. The workshop is co-organized by CAST, UN Consolidative Committee on Information Technology, CCIT and Internet Society of China, ISC. So I’m David. You can just call me David because the same pronunciation in Chinese and English of ISC and the Deputy Director of China IGF. I’m honored to moderate today’s session. So here nowadays we stand at a very important moment where AI’s transformative power must align with ethical imperatives. Therefore, the workshop will explore how to foster innovation while ensuring responsibility, inclusivity and alignment with the global digital compact and UNESCO’s ethical frameworks. Okay, let’s begin. First, I would like to introduce the speakers of today. First, Mr. Huang Chengqing, the Vice President of Internet Society of China and the Director of China IGF, and Professor Gong Ke, Chair of CCIT, and Ms. Zhang Xiao, Vice President of CENIC IGF MEGA member and Executive Deputy Director of China IGF. And Mr. Guilherme Canara de Souza Godoy, Director of Digital Inclusion of UNESCO and Professor Qian Yiqin from Beijing Normal University and Professor Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo from Mexico and Dr. Daisy Selematsela from the University of Waywater Slend Library, South Africa. Okay, let’s begin. First, I will invite Professor Gong Ke, Chair of CCIT. He will deliver our opening remarks online. Okay, Professor Gong, the floor is yours.


Ke GONG: Thank you. Thank you, David. Ladies and gentlemen, dear colleagues, on behalf of one of the organizers of this workshop, CCIT, I welcome you all to join this very important discussion. CCIT stands for the Consultative Committee on Information Technology under the China Association for Science and Technology. CCIT has participated in all 20 editions in the past 20 years of IGF, sharing the perspectives and the practices of China’s ICT communities with international partners to promote internet governance to be effective, inclusive, and serves to the common interest of all people. Today, the theme of our workshop is AI innovation, responsible development, and ethical imperatives. Artificial intelligence, in short, AI, is making breakthroughs in numerous fields at an accelerated pace, reshaping sectors ranging from agriculture, manufacturing, transportation, to education, healthcare, social services, and governance. Significantly, artificial intelligence is influencing the development and operation of the Internet and other ICT services. Yet challenges and risks persist. Lack of explainability and transparency in big AI models, weak robustness and precision, potential bias and discrimination, and the danger of exacerbating existing digital divides both between and within countries. To maximize AI’s potential for achieving sustainable development while minimizing its negative impacts, international collaboration and international consensus is essential. Through technical innovation to enhance AI’s explainability, transparency, safety, and robustness, and through proper regulation based on global consensus on AI principles, interoperable standards, and rules, this workshop will address three core policy dimensions. First, inclusive development. How can policies safeguard technology access for developing nations and prevent AI from worsening digital disparities? Second, global governance. How can national frameworks align with the United Nations Global Digital Compact and operationalize UNESCO’s recommendation on the ethics of artificial intelligence? Third, multiple stakeholders collaboration. What mechanism models can foster effective cross-sector and cross-border collaboration, especially in today’s geopolitical context? Dear colleagues, we sincerely invite all of you to actively engage in today’s dialogue, share your insights on establishing an effective global governance models, and jointly chart a course for AI development that drives sustainable transformation and delivers a responsible digital future for all. Thank you again for joining the workshop.


Moderator: Okay, thank you. Thank you for Professor Gong’s opening remarks. And next, we welcome Mr. Huang Chengqing, the Vice President of Internet Society of China and the Director of China IGF. For his opening perspective, Mr. Huang, please.


Huang Chengqing: Ladies and gentlemen, good day to you all. It’s a great pleasure to be here with you at the UN IGF to discuss the innovation and development of artificial intelligence. On behalf of the organizers of this workshop, I would like to extend a warm welcome to all the participants. In recent years, the rapid development of AI technology has profoundly impacted human production and lifestyle. However, it has also brought about many challenges, such as algorithmic bias, privacy breaches, disinformation, deepfakes, and information concludes. How to ensure that the innovation of AI develops in a human-oriented direction has become a crucial issue that needs to be addressed urgently. This issue involves not only technological and… Thank you. This issue involves not only technological and legal aspects, but also ethical and moral considerations. Therefore, clarifying the path to responsible innovation and development of AI and ethical considerations is of great significance for the stable, safe and sustainable development of global AI industry. At present, the innovation and development of AI is of a global affair that requires the participation and cooperation of the international communities. Countries should participate in the global governance of AI with a sense of responsibility. The ultimate goal of AI technology should be to promote human well-being and enhance the overall happiness and quality of the life of the people. An increasing number of international organizations, governments and industry civil society have joined hands to promote AI technology. have introduced ethical principles and governance policies for AI. In November 2021, at the 41st United Nations General Assembly, 193 member states unanimously approved the proposal for artificial intelligence to provide new opportunities to stimulate research and innovation in nuclear physics. In November 2021, at the 41st session of the UNESCO General Conference, 193 member states unanimously adopted the recommendation of Ethics of Artificial Intelligence, which proposed to provide new opportunities to encourage ethical research and innovation and to grant AI technology in human rights and fundamental freedoms, values and ethical considerations, to grant AI technology in human rights and fundamental freedoms, values and ethical considerations. In October 2023, China released the Global AI Governance Initiative. In October 2023, China released the Global AI Governance Initiative, emphasizing the principles of people-oriented and intelligence for good, and provided a Chinese solution for global AI governance, based on the concept of a community with a shared future for mankind. At the same time, we need to recognize that to promote artificial intelligence innovation and to follow the ethical principles of science and technology for good, we need not only the guidance of governments, also need the wide participation of all sectors of the society At the same time, we must recognize that promoting the innovation of AI in accordance with the ethical concept of technology for good requires not only the guidance of governments but also the extensive participation of all sectors of the society The Chinese Internet Association, as a social organization of the Chinese Internet industry has always been committed to promote self-discipline and the construction of social responsibility in China’s Internet industry As a civil society in China, the Internet Society of China has always been committed to promote self-discipline and the construction of social responsibility in China’s Internet industry and has released a number of initiative documents and has released a number of initiative documents and industry conventions Based on the valuable platform of the Internet Governance Forum, ISC also undertakes the work of the China IGF Secretary actively participating in global Internet governance and sharing China’s beneficial practice in data security and algorithm governance Contributing to the global governance of Internet Frontier Technologies with presented by AI technology Ladies and gentlemen, I believe that promoting the development of AI is the most important goal of the Internet Governance Forum The core goal of Responsible Development is to ensure the basic human rights of AI technology, respect human basic rights, promote fair justice, and prevent potential risks. I hope this that through this workshop we can bring together the consensus of all parties through interesting exchanges and cooperations, and work together to contribute to the innovation and development of AI. I wish the workshop a complete success. Thank you all.


Moderator: Thank you Mr. Huang for his opening perspective. And now we turn to our first presentation. First speaker is Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoy, Director for Digital Inclusion at UNESCO. His topic is Shaping Humanistic and Inclusive AI Innovation. Mr. Godoy, you have the floor.


Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi: Thank you very much. First and foremost, thank you so much for the invitation to be here. And the previous two speakers already did part of my job because they explained better than I could do. What are the key characteristics of the UNESCO recommendations on ethics and AI? So probably they saved me a few seconds on this conversation. So the first important thing here, if you need to take just one element of my five minutes, is this one. We shouldn’t put innovation and protection and promotion of human rights as contradictory goals in this conversation about AI. It’s possible to innovate and at the same time protect and promote fundamental freedoms and human rights and be ethical. This should be actually our aim. We shouldn’t negotiate that. Actually, good innovation is very much related to the fact that we are not leaving anyone behind. Otherwise, it’s an innovation that benefits just a specific group in our society. So that said, the spoiler made, this is my conclusion. Let me just go into some specifics. UNESCO is celebrating its 80th anniversary this year. We were created together with the UN system in 1945. And if you look into the very first paragraph of the UNESCO constitution, you will see there that UNESCO is an organization that should promote the free flow of information and ideas. So from the very start of UNESCO, every technological revolution were brought to UNESCO to discuss, well, how we support this technological revolution and at the same time, we keep this mandate of protecting the free flow of information and ideas, which is broadly connected with the overall protection and promotion of the international human rights law system and the international standards that all UNESCO 194 member states have agreed on the first. So, as you can imagine, it’s easy to say, but it’s not that easy to do. And if we want to summarize in a nutshell, it’s what the previous two speakers already said. At the end of the day, when we are looking into and assessing these technological changes, in this case it’s AI, but a few years ago was another thing, tomorrow will be quantum or whatever, we are looking into three big things. We need to find ways to foster the huge opportunities we have with these technological revolutions and fostering these opportunities to everyone. We need to mitigate the risks and eventually we need to prosecute the harms. And it’s not one thing or the other, it’s one thing and the other. And that’s the basic of the governance system, how we do this, how we enhance the opportunities, mitigate the risks and eventually prosecute the harms. In the view of UNESCO and the United Nations system, we do that implementing the international agreements, the international standards that we have agreed on in the first place. In our case, for example, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. So the UNESCO recommendation on ethics and AI actually is a translation to the AI sphere of these 80 years of history in dealing with the different technological changes that we had and how we can assess those changes, keeping in mind these original commitments and principles of our societies. Again, in our case, the human rights system and the Human Rights Declaration. So to conclude, practically speaking, what we are doing now is guaranteeing that our member states are capable of using the recommendation on ethics and AI and assess themselves to understand how ready they are to move to the next step. So more than 70 UNESCO member states have already implemented the readiness assessment methodology, which is a good self-assessment of what is needed to make the jump. And the second big pillar of this conversation for UNESCO vis-à-vis our member states is capacity building. It’s the first demand we have from our member states, is to increase capacity building on these different areas. So very recently we launched in the beginning of June in Paris a global alliance of national schools of governments and public administration in order to create processes of pre-service and in-service training of civil servants in the public sector about these issues. Then finally, to conclude, I’m also the secretary of an important intergovernmental program in UNESCO called Information for All, of which China is a very active member. And in that program, we are always emphasizing, if what we are doing here is not for everyone, for all, then we are missing something. And therefore we need to look into specific issues such as multilingualism, what we do for people with disabilities, or how we reduce gender gaps, and so on and so forth. So thank you and a pleasure to participate in this conversation.


Moderator: Thank you, Mr. Godoy. Next, I will invite Professor Xiaofeng Tao from Beijing Normal University. She will address risks and responsible use of AI in higher education. Okay, Professor Qian, please. Okay, great.


Dr. Yik Chan Chin: Thank you for… Thank you for giving the opportunity to address the ethical issue here. So I choose a particular topic, which is the education, ethics, the AI risk in education. So as we know that, you know, the AI actually poses some unique ethical and risk to the society. For example, like fairness, transparency, privacy issues, especially for the education sector. So therefore, in my presentation, following presentation, I will look at, you know, the risk, AI risk and application of generative AI in higher education. So first of all, what kind of the application, you know, we use at the moment in higher education, for example, like we use AI, generative AI for academic writing and learning support, personalized adaptive learning, pedagogical support, creative education, and so on. And so there’s a kind of opportunity brought by the application of the generative AI, such as we can now we can have more convenient student center opportunity and institutional opportunity and education, innovation, inclusion, reduce the workload and for the, of course, the educational sector and also free up teachers’ times, allowing them to focus on more excellent teaching or innovative teachings. But at the same time, we also notice, you know, that’s the many research has been going on. Look at the risk of generative AI in the educational sector. So there’s several very salient risks. The first one is the acceleration of digital poverty, which means so data reached a poor country will be excluded, you know, from the development of the larger language model or the algorithm. Secondly, is the lack of the national supervision and regulation, which means the technology is too fast. and most of the time it’s the big companies who control the technology, who know how to use it, implement it well actually the regulators are lagging behind to regulate so there’s some kind of gaps between the technological development and the regulation the third one is unauthorized use of content we know that there’s so many legal cases going on at the moment, like intellectual property rights issues and then the fourth one is the un-expandability of a generative model because of the black box nature it’s difficult to understand the reason for them to generate specific content and the fifth one is the containment of AI-generated content I think yesterday there was a report, a paper published, which talked about how the charted GPT, the large-language model actually changed by the content generated by the GPT so there’s a circle, you know, you change it on something which is reliable so the result is, the outcome is reliable again so there’s a serious problem about the reliability of knowledge in the long term and then there’s a lack of the real-world understanding as we know that the large-language model doesn’t really understand the text, the output they give to you we know the mechanism of how the generative AI works and there’s other two risks which is quite significant the one is when we look at education so if we use a large-language model without awareness of risk there’s a big issue about the reduce of diversity of opinions and the marginalize of minority voice because the opinions dominate, you know, the general opinion which is the most common or dominate positions and the deepfake issue as well so there’s some policy recommendation, actually it’s based on the UNESCO’s report of course every country They gave some recommendations, but here I used a recommendation from the U.S. school. So for example, we needed to educate the school and the education institution to improve their understanding of the potential benefit of the risk of artificial intelligence. So they need to understand what is the potential benefit, but at the same time the risk in the education institutions. And secondly, we need to reflect on the long-term impact of generative AI on the education research. So this is because as we noticed that most of the countries are still in the very early stage of adopting AI, generative AI in education. We have some of the advanced countries like China, America, even the EU, but a lot of countries are actually still in the early stage to adapt to AI. So there’s an urgent need for the public debate and police dialogue on the long-term impact of the AI in education, but this kind of debate has to be multi-stakeholder inclusive. And the other one is the definition and implementation of aging limitation of generative AI. What is the aging limitation for users to use AI? Because most of the AI in large number is designed for adults, which is 18 or at least 13 years old. So should we allow primary school students or middle school students under 13 to use charged GBD? So there’s a risk as well. So we need to discuss this. And the last one is about data ownership. So there’s a huge debate about the concentration of structures of data. So what kind of, should we allow the user-generated commercial data to be only owned by the large company, which will kind of manipulate the data? So should we have a huge debate? how we should use those data. So actually, we use a case study from China and the UK, because I do not have much time left, but you are welcome to do some research about these two countries. I think that’s a very interesting case study, because China just announced two guidance. The first guidance, the guidance for the general education of artificial intelligence in primary and secondary school, and the guidance for the use of generative artificial intelligence this year. So they give a very detailed plan, you know, how to use AI in their primary education, secondary education. Of course, there are some, for example, they have a particular approach, for example, moving from the quantitative to application to creation. So they have some pedagogical design, and also want to have a promote kind of international standard collaboration. Well, the UK’s approach is slightly different. UK also published recently and last year, they published very comprehensive guidance in using AI in education context, for example, the safe and effective use of AI. So they more look at the safety issue. Safety should be the top priority when deciding whether to use AI in an educational setting. So these two countries are very interesting for us to explore further. I think we need an urgent debate on this, especially for those countries who haven’t applied AI in their education. So I stop here. Thank you very much.


Moderator: Okay, thank you, Professor Chen. Now I will invite our third speaker, Professor Richardo Israel Robles-Peleo from Mexico, and he will share insights on innovation with responsibility, a legal and ethical perspective. Okay, Professor Peleo, please.


Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo: Thank you very much. Good afternoon, everyone. It is an honor to be here and share a reflection on a topic that is crucial to our present and above all. Our future. Artificial intelligence sends both as a driver of innovation as a legal ethical challenge. AI is transforming all aspects of life from daily activity to critical sectors such as healthcare, education, justice, and security. While AI offers great innovation potential, it also presents significant legal and ethical challenges. Its widespread use demands responsibility. Therefore, it is essential to establish guiding principles, values, regulations, and public policies to ensure the responsible and sustainable use of this resource. Based on my professional experience in Mexico and Latin America, education and the justice system are two key areas that can significantly shape how societies respond to the impact of the AI. Talking about the AI as a source of stress of the students. As I mentioned in IGF in Berlin, it is urgent to apply big data in the design of educational policies. However, it is essential not to lose sight of what the students experience in their daily lives. Hyperconnectivity and constant use of AI-based tools can provoke insanity, destruction, and technological dependence among young people. The pressure to stay updated, the overflow of information, and the algorithms that filter and shape what we consume directly affect their emotional well-being and their ability to develop critical thinking. Despite this, we are witnessing how many educational institutions and even the national education system are hastily incorporating AI without taking the time to analyze its ethical implications. It seems that the urgency to innovate has overtaken the reflection on the human consequences this entails. And what about the artificial intelligence in the justice system? AI is already being used in areas such as crime prediction, evidence analysis, and even sentencing recommendations. However, in countries like Mexico, where the justice system faces deep structural challenges, we must ask, is it legitimate to trust an algorithm trained with biased data? Can a judge delegate their human judgment to a machine? Recently, Mexico established a system for selecting judges that prioritizes popular election over academic training and technical experience, undermining impartiality and legal quality. This reality, combined with work overload, lack of specializing training, and political electoral pressures, may lead to a dangerous trend using AI as a shortcut to issue rulings disregarding the ethical principles and critical analysis that justice requires. And what about the AI versus ethics, morality, and critical thinking? Artificial intelligence makes decisions based on data but lacks autonomy and ethical judgment, which can lead to bias. Ethics enables deliberation on what is right through philosophical principles, although it can become unjust when imposed authoritatively. Morality, rooted in social norms, may exclude if it is not inclusive. In this context, critical is essential for evaluating and questioning automatisms, identifying risks it serves as the key mediator to ensure fair and contextualized decisions. No system is infallible on its own. Critical thinking asks as the essential mediator for fair and contextualized decisions. In conclusion, Artificial Intelligence is already resharpening how we learn, judge, and protect ourselves. However, without ethical guidance, it can threaten human dignity. Its misuse in education, justice, and cyber security highlights the need for strong regulations, inclusive policies, and critical engaged society. Building a fair and sustainable digital world requires not just innovation, but shared responsibility and focus on humanity. Innovation must not be an end itself. It should be guided by law, ethics, and critical reflection. Mexico has the opportunity to build an inclusive, regulated, and people-centered Artificial Intelligence model. That will be true responsible innovation. So, thank you again for allowing me to share these ideas with you, and I look forward to continuing to collaborate in these important forums.


Moderator: Okay, thank you, Professor Pelayo. Now, I will welcome Dr. Daisy Selematsela from the University of Witwatersrand Library, South Africa, and discussing how education institutions leverage libraries to navigate AI challenges and opportunities. Okay, Dr. Selematsela, please.


Daisy Selematsela: Thank you. I just want to highlight on issues faced by academic libraries when we look at the integration of AI in the work that we do. And as you have heard from the other panelists here, issues around that are impacting on higher education and especially the pedagogy side. But coming from the library background, it’s quite important for us when we deal with the collections from academic libraries and how do we do see the interface between the collections that we have. So I just want to touch based on ethical concerns that we have and you have heard a lot that you heard from the previous speakers, that from ethical concerns for us from the library side, we handle vast data. And it’s quite crucial to navigate these ethical dilemmas responsibly from the side of the library side. When we look at technical challenges, we also are looking at issues such as interoperability of our systems because we then also align ourselves with international databases and e-resources and also a lack of technical expertise also hinder our seamless adoption. The other part I want to touch base on is the issues around financial constraints. And here is that as you know that when budgets are cut in universities, libraries are the first ones to be affected by the budget cuts. And this makes it difficult in investing in advanced AI solutions. The other aspect that’s a challenge is the job displacement fears. Concerns exist among staff about the potential use of AI replacing human jobs and actually and especially where we have tools that we use as librarians for the services that we provide. The other challenge that I want to highlight the issues around content digitization. At this day and age, we ensure that our special collections are digitized and we need to ensure that as part of the effectiveness of AI, we need to ensure high quality digital content is essential for optimal functionality. The other aspect is the users. Our library users, students, academics, and researchers at large. User adaptation is quite key, and education, data literacies, and you have heard about pedagogy, I won’t dwell much, but it’s quite key when we look at adoption of our technologies, especially in AR. The other aspect that we pick up as a challenge is interference, or the interference with traditional teaching and learning, and you have heard a little bit about the pedagogical aspect, it’s quite important. The other aspect is the data at risk, or the fragility of access, and here we’re looking at libraries implementing robust data protection strategies, such as encryption, anonymization, and access control measures, because that’s key for the work that we do. The other aspect is the constant uncertainty that we pick up when we are looking at the integration of AI in academic libraries, and here are some key aspects I want to highlight, data quality and reliability. Here we’re looking at the inconsistent or biased data that can lead to unreliable outcomes, making it challenging for us to maintain the accuracy and reliability of AI-driven services in libraries. The other aspect that’s key is technological dependence, and here we’re looking at issues around cyber attacks that actually compromise library resources and services, as you know that with libraries we deal mostly with international platforms and tools. The other aspect is evolving technologies, like I’ve highlighted, that we, for libraries globally, we tend to subscribe to similar tools and databases, and this requires also resource-intensive, which are quite resource-intense, and also impacts on the longevity and stability of our current system, and we need to keep abreast of the evolving technologies. The other aspect is on the issue of ethical and privacy concerns. When we use AI in libraries, we need to ensure that the AI systems that we have are transparent and fair, as an ongoing challenge. The other aspect is the user adaptation, and we can’t overemphasize the involvement of the users of the tools, the databases that we have in libraries, to ensure that equality and access is across the board, as we have heard from a colleague from UNESCO. So, educating users and building their confidence in these technologies, that’s the daily bread that we do in libraries, and it can become difficult. The other aspect is around regulator and policy changes. Libraries must stay informed and compliant with these changes, which can add to the uncertainty that we face. The other aspect that I want to, it’s the benefits that we look into. Under the benefits, the recap in academic libraries, it’s personalized learning. We need to ensure that AI, as the tool, can actually assist us in recommending books, articles, and other resources to ensure that personalized learning of the user. This tailored approach would also enhance the learning experience of our students and researchers. The other aspect is regarding automation of repetitive tasks. We do a lot of cataloging, which are routine work, and indexing and inventory management. And we see the use of AI actually allowing librarians to focus more on complex tasks and intellectually demanding activities, and that’s how we see the movement with the AI tools. Improved data management and analysis. Also, we see AI tools that can help and manage, analyze large data sets, making it easier to derive meaningful insight and support on research activities. And the other aspect, no library can work or be effective without access to its resources 24-7, irrespective of where you are located. And we’re seeing AI-powered chatbots. and virtual assistants can provide around-the-clock support to users answering queries and assisting library services at any given time. The other aspects that AI offers us that we pick as offering numerous benefits to academic libraries is enhanced search and discoverability. We can’t operate without AI-driven algorithms that can analyze vast data sets quickly, improving the accuracy and efficiency of search results. And this helps our researchers and our students to find relevant information faster. Enhanced accessibility, I can’t dwell much on that. It’s about the speech to text, the text-to-speech and other assistive technologies for disabled users and so forth. When we come to resource planning and collection development, we see predictive analytics that can help librarians plan their resources and develop collections that better meet the needs of their users. And this benefit actually highlight the transformative potential of AI in academic libraries, making them much more efficient, user-friendly, capable and supporting advanced research. The other part that we love much in libraries is the issues around repositories. And our repositories, whether it’s on data repositories or repositories about our collections, also we see the benefits where AI can serve as agents that can also enhance the functionalities of our repositories. And also here we’re looking at content generation, where this includes generating summaries, translations and even new research articles by analyzing and synthesizing information from the repository. The other aspect would be enhanced search and discoverability. Here we’re looking at AI agents that can improve the search and discover process by understanding user queries better and providing more relevant results. and they can also suggest related material that users might find useful. And that’s how we see the growth in how AI can be used in our repositories. Other aspects would relate to automated metadata creation and this will also assist us in reducing the manual effort required when we catalog our collections in the library. The other aspect will be on personalized recommendations. Here AI agents can offer personalized recommendations for books to a particular user, articles and other resources, enhancing the user’s experience. The other aspect will be on interactive learning. Selematsela, time is up. Okay, I will speak only for 5 minutes. Okay, I’m sorry.


Moderator: Okay, thank you Dr. Selematsela. For our special remarks, I will invite Ms. Zhang Xiao, Vice President of SYNLINK, IGF MEGA member and Executive Deputy Director of China IGF. Okay, Ms. Zhang, share your thoughts.


Dr Zhang Xiao: Thank you everyone. I’m glad to be involved in this interesting discussion and I have three points to share after listening to all the distinguished speakers. The first is why we are still talking about innovation and governance. And as I heard some people, especially from industry, that governance could not be too early because AI is still a young baby at this moment. But as we know that you cannot go to the road without a break with your car. So actually I think from the Chinese philosophy, that’s the beauty of the unity of objects. So from the innovation and governance, especially something like ethics, they are not objects. They are aligned with each other in nature, in our philosophy. Because without good governance, we cannot go further. So my second point is that what we can learn from internet governance, because we are here in the Internet Governance Forum, and of course we know that internet governance has the beauty of a modest stakeholder approach. But what’s the difference between AI and internet? As we know, the internet has connected all of us horizontally. But for AI, it has changed each field vertically. So they’ll be more complex, especially in ethics and safety issues. So what we can learn from internet governance is definitely a modest stakeholder, but if we should go further, they’ll be more complex. And the third question is what we can do in the future. Definitely, I think for AI governance people, we should find something. Of course, a modest stakeholder is beautiful. We should listen to different people. But still, we should go further. We need to find something in common. And one thing I think particularly important is ethics value. That should be in my mind as there should be a set of frameworks of ethics as we have done by UNESCO. But I think human-centric is something we all recognize. Human-centric. Because I think AI is more empowering, should be more empowering people, more enabling than just prevent or control the machines. That’s a human behind the machines. So I think human-centric, that means we should raise the awareness of each people, of each person, raise awareness that something is going to happen. And because it becomes too complex and sometimes it’s hard to find something in common. But still, let’s find something in common. I think there is awareness, human-centric, capacity building, and we are all doing, especially like AI. Liu, and Kevin Sekaray. And so, also I think we should have some shared vocabulary including frameworks of ethics and also interoperable standards. So let’s find something common and still allow the beauty of multidisciplinary approaches considering the different culture and backgrounds. So actually I think it’s very important that we can learn something from Internet governance, the multidisciplinary approach, and also we should be more enabling and responsible for AI because it has been more complex and also has ethics inside. That’s my very short comments. Thank you. Okay.


Moderator: Thank you, Ms. Zhang. So here we still only have six meetings because in my schedule we have a free discussion, but the time is up. Okay, I will make a conclusion. So we have three critical takeaways emerged. First, inclusion is a foundation. AI must bridge, not deepen, global divides, especially in the global South. And second, governance requires unity and national frameworks must harmonize with international norms like UNESCO’s ethic recommendation. And third, innovation thrives with guiding rails. Ethical by design ensures AI serves humanity, not vice versa. So if you have some questions, we can make a discussion and maybe we can have some more discussion and dialogues after the workshop. And so we believe that through our shared efforts, AI can become a force for good advancing economic and and the social development and creating a better future for all. So do you have some questions you can ask and our speakers maybe will answer you. Do you have four minutes? If you have questions, you can raise your up. So I’m very glad to meet you in this workshop. And on behalf of CCIT, IFC and China IGF, I think I thank our brilliant speakers, engaged participants and IGF secretary, especially the IGF secretary. So thank you, IGF, for giving us an important and equal platform to share our experiences and discuss the problems and share the opinions. So we hope that IGF will hold continuously. Maybe it’s our the same hope. Okay, the time is up. If you want to make more collaboration, we can discuss and make some more dialogue after the workshop. Okay. Thank you. Beggan construction of the builder’s house, located in the CAIA-7INAUDIBLE FORTRESS, along the United States- scenic South Saudi Arabia border coating. The house was designed to have been perfect for military educational purposes. The building has over 300 rooms and was designed for international students. Another biggest achievement of this way of building is the display of white-house mapping using RealFleet mapping. It depicts the tuning unit of the G-whooce itself, Ding therelilalada bebealina dingerelemang e Bea prestige under the PE who HE DA French who Pen dingerelemang e Bea prestige under the PE who HE DA French who Pen dingerelemang e Bea prestige under the PE who HE DA French who HE DA Pen dingerelemang e Bea prestige under the The case settled, the prime subject of a special report resulted in the failing investigation. For more information visit www.FEMA.gov director & producer machine visual effects ORIENTAL CINEMATOGRAPHY ditto sitter speech MASTER DITTO PHENOMENAL INVISIBLE FRANKIENSTEIN DILEMMA DOMINGUEZ Thanks For Watching!!


G

Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

794 words

Speech time

363 seconds

Innovation and protection of human rights should not be contradictory goals in AI development

Explanation

Godoi argues that it is possible to innovate while simultaneously protecting and promoting fundamental freedoms and human rights in an ethical manner. He emphasizes that good innovation is related to not leaving anyone behind, as innovation that benefits only specific groups is inadequate.


Evidence

UNESCO’s 80-year history of dealing with technological revolutions while maintaining mandate of protecting free flow of information and ideas; Universal Declaration of Human Rights as foundation


Major discussion point

AI Innovation and Responsible Development Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Agreed with

– Huang Chengqing
– Dr Zhang Xiao

Agreed on

Human-centric approach as fundamental principle for AI development


UNESCO’s 80-year experience in managing technological revolutions provides a foundation for AI governance

Explanation

Godoi explains that UNESCO was created in 1945 with a mandate to promote free flow of information and ideas, and has dealt with every technological revolution since then. The UNESCO recommendation on ethics and AI translates this 80-year experience to the AI sphere while maintaining original commitments to human rights principles.


Evidence

UNESCO constitution’s first paragraph about promoting free flow of information and ideas; Universal Declaration of Human Rights; UNESCO recommendation on ethics and AI


Major discussion point

Global Governance and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Ke GONG
– Huang Chengqing
– Moderator

Agreed on

Need for international collaboration and unified governance frameworks


Good innovation should benefit everyone, not just specific groups in society

Explanation

Godoi emphasizes that if innovation is not for everyone, then something is missing. He stresses the need to look into specific issues such as multilingualism, accessibility for people with disabilities, and reducing gender gaps to ensure inclusive development.


Evidence

UNESCO’s Information for All program where China is an active member; focus on multilingualism, people with disabilities, and gender gaps


Major discussion point

Inclusive Development and Digital Divide


Topics

Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Ke GONG
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin
– Moderator

Agreed on

AI must address rather than exacerbate digital divides and inequality


Capacity building is the primary demand from UNESCO member states for AI implementation

Explanation

Godoi states that capacity building is the first demand UNESCO receives from member states regarding AI implementation. UNESCO has launched initiatives to address this need through training programs for civil servants and public sector workers.


Evidence

Over 70 UNESCO member states have implemented readiness assessment methodology; launch of global alliance of national schools of governments and public administration in June in Paris


Major discussion point

Inclusive Development and Digital Divide


Topics

Capacity development | Development


H

Huang Chengqing

Speech speed

83 words per minute

Speech length

704 words

Speech time

503 seconds

AI development must be human-oriented and follow the principle of “intelligence for good”

Explanation

Huang argues that AI technology should ultimately promote human well-being and enhance the overall happiness and quality of life for people. He emphasizes that ensuring AI innovation develops in a human-oriented direction is a crucial issue that needs urgent attention.


Evidence

China’s Global AI Governance Initiative released in October 2023, emphasizing people-oriented principles and intelligence for good based on community with shared future for mankind


Major discussion point

AI Innovation and Responsible Development Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Dr Zhang Xiao

Agreed on

Human-centric approach as fundamental principle for AI development


Countries should participate in global AI governance with a sense of responsibility

Explanation

Huang emphasizes that AI innovation and development is a global affair requiring international community participation and cooperation. He argues that countries must engage in global AI governance responsibly to address the challenges and ensure sustainable development.


Evidence

UNESCO’s 193 member states unanimously adopted recommendation on Ethics of Artificial Intelligence in November 2021; China’s Global AI Governance Initiative as example of responsible participation


Major discussion point

Global Governance and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Ke GONG
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Moderator

Agreed on

Need for international collaboration and unified governance frameworks


AI implementation requires extensive participation from all sectors of society, not just government guidance

Explanation

Huang argues that promoting AI innovation according to ethical principles requires not only government guidance but also wide participation from all sectors of society. He emphasizes the role of civil society organizations in promoting self-discipline and social responsibility.


Evidence

Internet Society of China’s work in promoting self-discipline and social responsibility in China’s Internet industry; release of initiative documents and industry conventions; China IGF’s participation in global Internet governance


Major discussion point

Inclusive Development and Digital Divide


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Dr Zhang Xiao
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder participation essential for effective AI governance


K

Ke GONG

Speech speed

81 words per minute

Speech length

354 words

Speech time

261 seconds

International collaboration and consensus are essential to maximize AI’s potential while minimizing negative impacts

Explanation

Gong argues that to maximize AI’s potential for sustainable development while minimizing negative impacts, international collaboration and consensus are essential. This includes technical innovation to enhance AI’s capabilities and proper regulation based on global consensus on AI principles and standards.


Evidence

CCIT’s participation in all 20 editions of IGF over 20 years; need for technical innovation to enhance AI’s explainability, transparency, safety, and robustness


Major discussion point

Global Governance and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Huang Chengqing
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Moderator

Agreed on

Need for international collaboration and unified governance frameworks


National frameworks must align with UN Global Digital Compact and UNESCO’s ethical recommendations

Explanation

Gong emphasizes that global governance requires national frameworks to align with international standards, specifically mentioning the United Nations Global Digital Compact and UNESCO’s recommendation on the ethics of artificial intelligence. This alignment is crucial for effective AI governance.


Evidence

Reference to UN Global Digital Compact and UNESCO’s recommendation on ethics of artificial intelligence as key international frameworks


Major discussion point

Global Governance and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


AI systems lack explainability, transparency, and may contain bias and discrimination

Explanation

Gong identifies key challenges and risks in AI systems, including lack of explainability and transparency in big AI models, weak robustness and precision, and potential bias and discrimination. He also warns about the danger of exacerbating existing digital divides between and within countries.


Evidence

Identification of specific technical challenges: lack of explainability and transparency in big AI models, weak robustness and precision, potential bias and discrimination


Major discussion point

Ethical Concerns and Risk Mitigation


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Policies must safeguard technology access for developing nations and prevent AI from worsening digital disparities

Explanation

Gong addresses the need for inclusive development policies that ensure technology access for developing nations and prevent AI from exacerbating digital divides. This is presented as one of three core policy dimensions that the workshop aims to address.


Evidence

Identification of digital divides both between and within countries as a key challenge; inclusive development as one of three core policy dimensions


Major discussion point

Inclusive Development and Digital Divide


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin
– Moderator

Agreed on

AI must address rather than exacerbate digital divides and inequality


D

Dr. Yik Chan Chin

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

1105 words

Speech time

460 seconds

AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education

Explanation

Dr. Chin identifies several salient risks of generative AI in education, including acceleration of digital poverty where data-poor countries are excluded from AI development, lack of national supervision and regulation due to the fast pace of technology, and unauthorized use of content leading to intellectual property issues.


Evidence

Legal cases regarding intellectual property rights; gap between technological development and regulation; exclusion of data-poor countries from large language model development


Major discussion point

Educational Sector Challenges and Opportunities


Topics

Online education | Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Ke GONG
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Moderator

Agreed on

AI must address rather than exacerbate digital divides and inequality


Disagreed with

– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo

Disagreed on

Pace and approach to AI implementation in education


There are concerns about reliability of AI-generated content and reduction of diversity of opinions

Explanation

Dr. Chin warns about the contamination of AI-generated content, citing how ChatGPT and large language models can be changed by content they generate, creating unreliable knowledge cycles. She also expresses concern about AI reducing diversity of opinions and marginalizing minority voices by favoring dominant positions.


Evidence

Recent paper published about how ChatGPT large-language model changed by GPT-generated content; AI’s tendency to favor most common or dominant positions over minority voices


Major discussion point

Ethical Concerns and Risk Mitigation


Topics

Human rights principles | Content policy


R

Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo

Speech speed

113 words per minute

Speech length

633 words

Speech time

333 seconds

Educational institutions are hastily incorporating AI without analyzing ethical implications

Explanation

Pelayo argues that many educational institutions and national education systems are rapidly incorporating AI without taking time to analyze ethical implications. He suggests that the urgency to innovate has overtaken reflection on human consequences, particularly regarding student stress and technological dependence.


Evidence

Observation of hyperconnectivity and constant AI tool use causing anxiety, distraction, and technological dependence among young people; pressure to stay updated and information overflow affecting emotional well-being


Major discussion point

Educational Sector Challenges and Opportunities


Topics

Online education | Human rights principles


Disagreed with

– Dr. Yik Chan Chin

Disagreed on

Pace and approach to AI implementation in education


Innovation must be guided by law, ethics, and critical reflection rather than being an end in itself

Explanation

Pelayo emphasizes that innovation should not be pursued as an end in itself but must be guided by legal frameworks, ethical considerations, and critical reflection. He argues for building an inclusive, regulated, and people-centered AI model as true responsible innovation.


Evidence

Mexico’s opportunity to build inclusive, regulated, and people-centered AI model; emphasis on shared responsibility and focus on humanity


Major discussion point

AI Innovation and Responsible Development Framework


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Critical thinking serves as essential mediator for fair and contextualized AI decisions

Explanation

Pelayo argues that while AI makes decisions based on data but lacks autonomy and ethical judgment, and ethics and morality have their own limitations, critical thinking serves as the key mediator to ensure fair and contextualized decisions. He emphasizes that no system is infallible on its own.


Evidence

Analysis of AI’s data-based decision making without ethical judgment; ethics’ potential for injustice when imposed authoritatively; morality’s potential for exclusion if not inclusive


Major discussion point

Ethical Concerns and Risk Mitigation


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


D

Daisy Selematsela

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

1298 words

Speech time

533 seconds

Academic libraries face challenges with data management, technical expertise, and financial constraints in AI integration

Explanation

Selematsela outlines multiple challenges academic libraries face in AI integration, including ethical concerns with handling vast data, technical challenges like system interoperability and lack of expertise, and financial constraints as libraries are often first affected by university budget cuts.


Evidence

Libraries being first affected by university budget cuts; need for alignment with international databases and e-resources; lack of technical expertise hindering adoption


Major discussion point

Educational Sector Challenges and Opportunities


Topics

Online education | Infrastructure | Development


AI can provide personalized learning, automation of tasks, and enhanced accessibility in educational settings

Explanation

Selematsela highlights numerous benefits AI offers to academic libraries, including personalized learning through resource recommendations, automation of repetitive tasks like cataloging and indexing, and enhanced accessibility through assistive technologies. She also mentions 24/7 support through AI-powered chatbots and improved search capabilities.


Evidence

AI-powered chatbots and virtual assistants for round-the-clock support; speech-to-text and text-to-speech technologies for disabled users; predictive analytics for resource planning; automated metadata creation


Major discussion point

Educational Sector Challenges and Opportunities


Topics

Online education | Rights of persons with disabilities | Development


D

Dr Zhang Xiao

Speech speed

132 words per minute

Speech length

501 words

Speech time

227 seconds

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential but AI governance is more complex than internet governance due to vertical impact across sectors

Explanation

Zhang argues that while internet governance’s multi-stakeholder approach is valuable, AI governance is more complex because unlike the internet which connects people horizontally, AI changes each field vertically. This vertical impact across sectors makes AI governance more complex, especially regarding ethics and safety issues.


Evidence

Comparison between internet’s horizontal connectivity and AI’s vertical field-specific changes; reference to Internet Governance Forum’s multi-stakeholder approach


Major discussion point

Global Governance and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Huang Chengqing
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder participation essential for effective AI governance


Human-centric approach should be the common framework for AI ethics

Explanation

Zhang emphasizes that human-centric principles should be the common framework for AI ethics, arguing that AI should be more empowering and enabling for people rather than just preventing or controlling machines. She stresses the importance of raising awareness and focusing on the humans behind the machines.


Evidence

Reference to UNESCO’s ethics frameworks; emphasis on AI being empowering and enabling rather than controlling; importance of raising individual awareness


Major discussion point

Ethical Concerns and Risk Mitigation


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Huang Chengqing

Agreed on

Human-centric approach as fundamental principle for AI development


M

Moderator

Speech speed

81 words per minute

Speech length

912 words

Speech time

674 seconds

AI’s transformative power must align with ethical imperatives at this critical moment

Explanation

The moderator emphasizes that we are at an important juncture where AI’s transformative capabilities need to be balanced with ethical considerations. The workshop aims to explore how to foster innovation while ensuring responsibility, inclusivity and alignment with global frameworks.


Evidence

Reference to global digital compact and UNESCO’s ethical frameworks as guiding principles


Major discussion point

AI Innovation and Responsible Development Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Three critical takeaways emerged from the discussion on AI governance

Explanation

The moderator summarizes three key conclusions: inclusion as foundation where AI must bridge rather than deepen global divides, governance requiring unity through harmonized national and international frameworks, and innovation thriving with ethical guidelines. These takeaways represent the core consensus from the workshop discussions.


Evidence

Reference to UNESCO’s ethic recommendations and the need for AI to serve humanity rather than vice versa


Major discussion point

Global Governance and International Cooperation


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Legal and regulatory


Shared efforts can make AI a force for good advancing economic and social development

Explanation

The moderator concludes that through collaborative efforts, AI can become a positive force that advances both economic and social development while creating a better future for all. This represents an optimistic vision for AI’s potential when properly governed and ethically implemented.


Evidence

Workshop discussions and speaker presentations demonstrating various approaches to responsible AI development


Major discussion point

AI Innovation and Responsible Development Framework


Topics

Development | Human rights principles


Agreements

Agreement points

Human-centric approach as fundamental principle for AI development

Speakers

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Huang Chengqing
– Dr Zhang Xiao

Arguments

Innovation and protection of human rights should not be contradictory goals in AI development


AI development must be human-oriented and follow the principle of “intelligence for good”


Human-centric approach should be the common framework for AI ethics


Summary

All three speakers emphasize that AI development must prioritize human welfare and rights, with AI serving humanity rather than the reverse. They agree that human-centric principles should guide AI innovation and governance.


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Need for international collaboration and unified governance frameworks

Speakers

– Ke GONG
– Huang Chengqing
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Moderator

Arguments

International collaboration and consensus are essential to maximize AI’s potential while minimizing negative impacts


Countries should participate in global AI governance with a sense of responsibility


UNESCO’s 80-year experience in managing technological revolutions provides a foundation for AI governance


Governance requiring unity through harmonized national and international frameworks


Summary

Speakers unanimously agree that AI governance requires international cooperation and alignment between national frameworks and global standards like UNESCO’s recommendations and the UN Global Digital Compact.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights principles


Multi-stakeholder participation essential for effective AI governance

Speakers

– Huang Chengqing
– Dr Zhang Xiao
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi

Arguments

AI implementation requires extensive participation from all sectors of society, not just government guidance


Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential but AI governance is more complex than internet governance due to vertical impact across sectors


Good innovation should benefit everyone, not just specific groups in society


Summary

Speakers agree that effective AI governance cannot rely solely on government action but requires participation from all sectors of society, though they acknowledge AI governance is more complex than previous technological governance models.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Interdisciplinary approaches


AI must address rather than exacerbate digital divides and inequality

Speakers

– Ke GONG
– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin
– Moderator

Arguments

Policies must safeguard technology access for developing nations and prevent AI from worsening digital disparities


Good innovation should benefit everyone, not just specific groups in society


AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education


AI must bridge rather than deepen global divides


Summary

All speakers recognize that AI development risks widening existing inequalities and agree that inclusive policies are essential to ensure AI benefits all populations, particularly in developing nations and educational contexts.


Topics

Development | Digital access | Human rights principles


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers express concern about the rushed implementation of AI in educational settings without proper consideration of ethical implications and risks to students and educational quality.

Speakers

– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin

Arguments

Educational institutions are hastily incorporating AI without analyzing ethical implications


AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education


Topics

Online education | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the importance of human judgment and critical thinking in AI systems, arguing that technology should empower rather than replace human decision-making capabilities.

Speakers

– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo
– Dr Zhang Xiao

Arguments

Critical thinking serves as essential mediator for fair and contextualized AI decisions


Human-centric approach should be the common framework for AI ethics


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Both speakers highlight the practical challenges educational institutions face in implementing AI, including resource constraints, technical limitations, and the need for proper oversight and regulation.

Speakers

– Daisy Selematsela
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin

Arguments

Academic libraries face challenges with data management, technical expertise, and financial constraints in AI integration


AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education


Topics

Online education | Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Innovation and ethics as complementary rather than competing forces

Speakers

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo
– Moderator

Arguments

Innovation and protection of human rights should not be contradictory goals in AI development


Innovation must be guided by law, ethics, and critical reflection rather than being an end in itself


Innovation thriving with ethical guidelines


Explanation

Unexpectedly, speakers from different backgrounds (UNESCO, academia, moderation) converged on rejecting the common industry narrative that ethics and regulation slow innovation, instead arguing they are mutually reinforcing.


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Development


AI governance complexity exceeding internet governance challenges

Speakers

– Dr Zhang Xiao
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin
– Daisy Selematsela

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential but AI governance is more complex than internet governance due to vertical impact across sectors


There are concerns about reliability of AI-generated content and reduction of diversity of opinions


Academic libraries face challenges with data management, technical expertise, and financial constraints in AI integration


Explanation

Despite coming from different sectors (governance, education, libraries), these speakers unexpectedly agreed that AI presents fundamentally different and more complex challenges than previous internet governance models, requiring new approaches.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Interdisciplinary approaches | Online education


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated remarkable consensus on core principles: human-centric AI development, need for international cooperation, multi-stakeholder participation, and inclusive development that addresses rather than exacerbates digital divides. They also agreed on the complexity of AI governance challenges and the complementary relationship between innovation and ethics.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on fundamental principles with strong implications for AI governance. The agreement across diverse stakeholders (UNESCO, government, academia, civil society) from different regions (China, Mexico, South Africa, Brazil) suggests these principles have broad international support and could form the foundation for global AI governance frameworks. The consensus particularly strengthens the legitimacy of UNESCO’s ethical recommendations and the multi-stakeholder approach pioneered in internet governance, while acknowledging the need for more sophisticated governance mechanisms for AI’s unique challenges.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Pace and approach to AI implementation in education

Speakers

– Dr. Yik Chan Chin
– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo

Arguments

AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education


Educational institutions are hastily incorporating AI without analyzing ethical implications


Summary

Both speakers identify problems with current AI implementation in education, but Dr. Chin focuses on systemic risks like digital poverty and regulatory gaps, while Pelayo emphasizes the rushed adoption without ethical consideration and its psychological impact on students


Topics

Online education | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Complexity of AI governance compared to internet governance

Speakers

– Dr Zhang Xiao

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential but AI governance is more complex than internet governance due to vertical impact across sectors


Explanation

Zhang uniquely argues that AI governance is fundamentally more complex than internet governance because AI impacts sectors vertically rather than connecting horizontally like the internet. This perspective wasn’t directly addressed by other speakers, creating an implicit disagreement about whether existing internet governance models are sufficient for AI


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Interdisciplinary approaches


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers showed remarkable consensus on core principles (human-centric AI, need for ethical frameworks, international cooperation) but differed primarily on implementation approaches and emphasis. The main areas of disagreement were subtle, focusing on methodology rather than fundamental goals.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers largely agreed on fundamental principles but showed different perspectives on implementation strategies, regulatory approaches, and the complexity of governance challenges. This suggests a mature field where basic principles are established but practical implementation remains contested.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers express concern about the rushed implementation of AI in educational settings without proper consideration of ethical implications and risks to students and educational quality.

Speakers

– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin

Arguments

Educational institutions are hastily incorporating AI without analyzing ethical implications


AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education


Topics

Online education | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the importance of human judgment and critical thinking in AI systems, arguing that technology should empower rather than replace human decision-making capabilities.

Speakers

– Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo
– Dr Zhang Xiao

Arguments

Critical thinking serves as essential mediator for fair and contextualized AI decisions


Human-centric approach should be the common framework for AI ethics


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Both speakers highlight the practical challenges educational institutions face in implementing AI, including resource constraints, technical limitations, and the need for proper oversight and regulation.

Speakers

– Daisy Selematsela
– Dr. Yik Chan Chin

Arguments

Academic libraries face challenges with data management, technical expertise, and financial constraints in AI integration


AI poses risks of accelerating digital poverty, lack of supervision, and unauthorized content use in education


Topics

Online education | Development | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Innovation and human rights protection should be complementary, not contradictory goals in AI development


AI governance requires a human-centric approach with international collaboration and consensus-building


Multi-stakeholder participation is essential, but AI governance is more complex than internet governance due to its vertical impact across all sectors


Educational institutions are rapidly adopting AI without sufficient consideration of ethical implications and long-term consequences


Three core policy dimensions must be addressed: inclusive development, global governance alignment, and multi-stakeholder collaboration


Critical thinking serves as an essential mediator for ensuring fair and contextualized AI decisions


Capacity building is the primary demand from member states for responsible AI implementation


AI must bridge rather than deepen global digital divides, particularly affecting developing nations


Resolutions and action items

UNESCO member states should implement the readiness assessment methodology for AI ethics (over 70 states have already done so)


Educational institutions need to improve understanding of AI benefits and risks before implementation


Countries should develop national frameworks that align with UN Global Digital Compact and UNESCO ethical recommendations


Academic libraries should implement robust data protection strategies including encryption, anonymization, and access control measures


Establish age limitations and guidelines for generative AI use in educational settings


Promote international collaboration through shared vocabulary, ethical frameworks, and interoperable standards


Unresolved issues

How to effectively balance rapid AI innovation with adequate regulatory oversight


Specific mechanisms for cross-border and cross-sector collaboration in current geopolitical context


Data ownership and concentration issues regarding user-generated commercial data


Age limitations for AI use in primary and secondary education settings


How to address the reliability concerns of AI-generated content contaminating training data


Specific strategies for preventing AI from accelerating digital poverty in developing nations


How to maintain diversity of opinions and prevent marginalization of minority voices in AI systems


Suggested compromises

Find common ground through shared ethical frameworks while allowing for cultural and contextual differences


Balance innovation speed with responsible development by implementing ‘ethical by design’ principles


Combine government guidance with extensive participation from all sectors of society


Learn from internet governance’s multi-stakeholder approach while adapting to AI’s greater complexity


Focus on human-centric values as universal foundation while accommodating different national approaches


Prioritize capacity building and awareness-raising as foundational steps before full AI implementation


Thought provoking comments

We shouldn’t put innovation and protection and promotion of human rights as contradictory goals in this conversation about AI. It’s possible to innovate and at the same time protect and promote fundamental freedoms and human rights and be ethical. This should be actually our aim. We shouldn’t negotiate that. Actually, good innovation is very much related to the fact that we are not leaving anyone behind.

Speaker

Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi (UNESCO)


Reason

This comment reframes the entire AI governance debate by challenging the false dichotomy between innovation and ethics. It’s particularly insightful because it positions ethical considerations not as barriers to innovation, but as essential components of truly beneficial innovation.


Impact

This comment set the philosophical foundation for the entire discussion, establishing that the workshop would not debate whether to choose between innovation or ethics, but rather how to achieve both simultaneously. It influenced subsequent speakers to focus on practical implementation rather than justifying the need for ethical AI.


The containment of AI-generated content… there’s a circle, you know, you change it on something which is reliable so the result is, the outcome is reliable again so there’s a serious problem about the reliability of knowledge in the long term

Speaker

Dr. Yik Chan Chin (Beijing Normal University)


Reason

This observation about the recursive degradation of AI-generated content introduces a profound epistemological concern that hadn’t been addressed by previous speakers. It highlights how AI systems trained on AI-generated content could lead to a deterioration of knowledge quality over time.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from immediate ethical concerns to long-term systemic risks, introducing a new dimension of complexity that other speakers hadn’t considered. It deepened the conversation by highlighting how current AI practices could have cascading effects on future knowledge systems.


What’s the difference between AI and internet? As we know, the internet has connected all of us horizontally. But for AI, it has changed each field vertically. So they’ll be more complex, especially in ethics and safety issues.

Speaker

Dr Zhang Xiao (China IGF)


Reason

This metaphor brilliantly distinguishes between horizontal connectivity (internet) and vertical transformation (AI), providing a new framework for understanding why AI governance is fundamentally different and more complex than internet governance.


Impact

This comment provided a conceptual breakthrough that helped explain why existing internet governance models, while useful, are insufficient for AI governance. It influenced the discussion’s conclusion by highlighting the need for new approaches that account for AI’s sector-specific vertical impacts.


Despite this, we are witnessing how many educational institutions and even the national education system are hastily incorporating AI without taking the time to analyze its ethical implications. It seems that the urgency to innovate has overtaken the reflection on the human consequences this entails.

Speaker

Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo (Mexico)


Reason

This observation critically challenges the rush to adopt AI in education and justice systems, highlighting the dangerous gap between technological implementation and ethical reflection. It’s particularly powerful because it connects abstract ethical principles to concrete institutional failures.


Impact

This comment introduced a sense of urgency and critique that hadn’t been present in earlier presentations, shifting the tone from theoretical discussion to practical concern about current harmful practices. It prompted deeper consideration of implementation timelines and the need for ethical frameworks before, not after, AI adoption.


When budgets are cut in universities, libraries are the first ones to be affected by the budget cuts. And this makes it difficult in investing in advanced AI solutions… The other challenge that I want to highlight the issues around content digitization.

Speaker

Daisy Selematsela (University of Witwatersrand)


Reason

This comment grounds the AI ethics discussion in practical resource constraints and infrastructure challenges, particularly highlighting how global inequalities manifest in AI adoption. It brings attention to often-overlooked institutional players (libraries) in AI governance.


Impact

This perspective added a crucial dimension of practical implementation challenges that the previous speakers had not addressed, showing how ethical AI principles must account for resource disparities and institutional constraints, particularly in developing countries.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a theoretical discussion about AI ethics into a nuanced, multi-dimensional conversation that addressed philosophical foundations, practical implementation challenges, and long-term systemic risks. The UNESCO representative’s opening reframing eliminated false dichotomies and set a collaborative tone. Dr. Chin’s insight about recursive content degradation introduced temporal complexity to the discussion. Dr. Zhang’s horizontal/vertical metaphor provided a new conceptual framework for understanding AI governance complexity. Professor Pelayo’s critique of hasty implementation added urgency and practical grounding, while Dr. Selematsela’s focus on resource constraints highlighted global inequality issues. Together, these comments created a comprehensive discussion that moved from abstract principles to concrete challenges, establishing both the philosophical necessity and practical complexity of responsible AI development.


Follow-up questions

How can policies safeguard technology access for developing nations and prevent AI from worsening digital disparities?

Speaker

Ke GONG


Explanation

This addresses the critical issue of inclusive development and ensuring AI benefits reach all countries, not just developed ones


How can national frameworks align with the United Nations Global Digital Compact and operationalize UNESCO’s recommendation on the ethics of artificial intelligence?

Speaker

Ke GONG


Explanation

This focuses on harmonizing global governance approaches and ensuring consistent implementation of ethical AI principles across nations


What mechanism models can foster effective cross-sector and cross-border collaboration, especially in today’s geopolitical context?

Speaker

Ke GONG


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of maintaining international cooperation on AI governance despite current geopolitical tensions


What is the aging limitation for users to use AI? Should we allow primary school students or middle school students under 13 to use ChatGPT?

Speaker

Dr. Yik Chan Chin


Explanation

This raises important questions about age-appropriate AI use in education and the need for age-based restrictions on AI tools


Should we allow the user-generated commercial data to be only owned by the large company, which will manipulate the data?

Speaker

Dr. Yik Chan Chin


Explanation

This addresses critical questions about data ownership, concentration of power, and fair use of user-generated data in AI systems


Is it legitimate to trust an algorithm trained with biased data? Can a judge delegate their human judgment to a machine?

Speaker

Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo


Explanation

This raises fundamental questions about the role of AI in judicial systems and the limits of algorithmic decision-making in justice


How do we ensure that AI systems in libraries are transparent and fair as an ongoing challenge?

Speaker

Daisy Selematsela


Explanation

This addresses the need for ongoing research into maintaining transparency and fairness in AI systems used in academic and library contexts


What can we learn from internet governance for AI governance, considering AI changes each field vertically while internet connects horizontally?

Speaker

Dr Zhang Xiao


Explanation

This suggests the need for research into adapting internet governance models for the more complex, sector-specific challenges of AI governance


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Open Forum #60 Cooperating for Digital Resilience and Prosperity

Open Forum #60 Cooperating for Digital Resilience and Prosperity

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion was hosted by the Digital Cooperation Organization (DCO) at the Internet Governance Forum, focusing on “Cooperation for Digital Resilience and Prosperity” and how to operationalize trust, resilience, and equity in digital spaces. The session brought together experts from various international organizations, governments, and regions to explore moving from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation of digital cooperation initiatives.


Hassan Nasser, DCO’s Special Envoy for Multilateral Affairs, opened by highlighting the organization’s mission to accelerate inclusive digital economic growth across its 16 member states spanning Africa, Europe, the Middle East, and Asia. He emphasized the challenge of fragmentation in the current multilateral system and introduced DCO’s Digital Economy Navigator as a tool to provide common assessment and understanding of digital economy priorities across 50 countries globally.


The panelists shared diverse regional perspectives and experiences. Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi from Nigeria discussed Africa’s priorities in diversifying from resource-dependent economies to digital-focused growth, emphasizing the need for continental cooperation and leveraging the Global Digital Compact. Representatives from WIPO, ERIA, and other organizations highlighted the importance of intellectual property frameworks, innovation ecosystems, and regional integration models in fostering digital transformation.


A key theme throughout the discussion was the critical need for better coordination between existing mechanisms like the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), the Internet Governance Forum (IGF), and the newly adopted Global Digital Compact (GDC). Speakers emphasized avoiding duplication while building on established foundations and ensuring that global frameworks translate into concrete local implementation.


The conversation underscored significant digital divides that persist globally, with examples showing vast differences in digital adoption rates between developed and developing regions. Panelists stressed that successful digital transformation requires not just technological adoption but also cultural and organizational evolution, supported by capacity building and multi-stakeholder cooperation. The discussion concluded with calls for continued collaboration beyond formal forums to ensure that digital prosperity benefits all regions and populations.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Digital Cooperation and Multilateral Frameworks**: The session focused on operationalizing cooperation between international organizations, governments, and stakeholders to build digital resilience and prosperity, with emphasis on moving from theoretical discussions to practical implementation of frameworks like the Global Digital Compact (GDC) and World Summit on Information Society (WSIS).


– **Regional Digital Transformation Priorities**: Panelists shared diverse regional perspectives on digital economy development, including Nigeria’s shift from oil-dependent economy to digital diversification, ASEAN’s transnational AI innovation ecosystems, and the need for unified African positioning in global digital governance.


– **Innovation Ecosystems and Intellectual Property**: Discussion of how organizations like WIPO support digital innovation through IP frameworks, infrastructure, and global databases, while balancing protection for creators with access to information and fostering startup-friendly environments across different regions.


– **Implementation Challenges and Digital Divides**: Recognition of significant gaps between policy development and practical implementation, highlighting disparities in digital adoption (e.g., 80% online shopping in Norway vs. less than 5% in Africa) and the need for capacity building, infrastructure development, and culturally-adapted solutions.


– **Integration of Existing Mechanisms**: Strong emphasis on avoiding duplication by building upon established frameworks like WSIS and IGF, with National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) serving as key vehicles for implementing GDC principles at local levels and ensuring multi-stakeholder participation.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore practical pathways for international digital cooperation, focusing on how to translate global digital governance frameworks into concrete actions that promote inclusive, sustainable digital transformation across different regions and development levels.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently collaborative and constructive tone throughout. It was professional yet engaging, with participants demonstrating mutual respect and genuine interest in learning from each other’s experiences. The tone remained optimistic about the potential for cooperation despite acknowledging significant challenges, and there was a clear sense of urgency about moving from discussion to implementation. The moderator effectively maintained momentum while allowing for substantive exchanges, and the session concluded on an encouraging note with invitations for continued dialogue.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Sameem Ghaffar** – Multilateral Engagements Senior Manager at DCO (Digital Cooperation Organization), session facilitator


– **Giulia Ajmone Marsan** – Head of Startup and Digital Inclusion at ERIA (Economic Research Institute for ASEAN), former innovation economist at OECD


– **Liz Giener** – Strategist at Nortel, based in the US


– **Helen McGowan** – Senior Business Partnership Manager at DCO, online moderator based in Riyadh


– **Ryszard Frelek** – Representative from WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization)


– **Hassan Nasser** – Special Envoy for Multilateral Affairs at DCO


– **Concertina Tossa** – Head of International Affairs at the Italian Agency for Digital, expert in digital governance and IT policies


– **Torbjorn Fredriksson** – Head of the E-Commerce and Digital Economy Branch of UNCTAD, based in Geneva


– **Audience** – Various audience members asking questions


– **Luca Belli** – Professor of Digital Governance and Regulation at the FGV Law School in Brazil


– **Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi** – Director of Corporate Planning and Strategy at the National IT Development Agency of Nigeria


**Additional speakers:**


– **Edwin Chung** – From DotAsia, serves as secretariat for the Asia Pacific Regional IGF


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Cooperation for Digital Resilience and Prosperity


## Executive Summary


This session, hosted by the Digital Cooperation Organisation (DCO) at the Internet Governance Forum, brought together international experts to explore practical pathways for operationalizing trust, resilience, and equity in digital spaces. Facilitated by Sameem Ghaffar with online moderation by Helen McGowan from Riyadh, the discussion focused on moving “from pledges to policies, from theory to practice” in digital cooperation initiatives.


The conversation featured diverse regional perspectives from Africa, Asia-Pacific, Europe, Latin America, and North America, examining how to integrate the newly adopted Global Digital Compact (GDC) with existing mechanisms such as the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) and Internet Governance Forum (IGF). Participants emphasized the need for enhanced collaboration in an increasingly fragmented world while addressing persistent digital divides and implementation challenges.


## Opening Context and Framework


Hassan Nasser, DCO’s Special Envoy for Multilateral Affairs, established the foundational context by highlighting the challenges facing digital cooperation efforts in “a more fragmented world.” He explained that “this is, of course, the reason why DCO was established, addressing those barriers, but also leveraging the opportunities coming from digital economy.”


DCO’s positioning as an intergovernmental organisation spanning 16 member states across Africa, Europe, the Middle East, and Asia was presented as a response to fragmentation across agendas, mandates, and resources. Nasser introduced the Digital Economy Navigator as a practical tool providing common assessment and understanding of digital economy priorities across 50 countries globally, with plans for a second edition incorporating stakeholder feedback.


He also referenced DCO’s four-year agenda adopted in Jordan and the Cotonou Declaration from May 2024, emphasizing the organization’s commitment to moving beyond theoretical frameworks toward concrete implementation.


## Regional Perspectives on Digital Transformation


### African Economic Diversification


Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi from Nigeria’s National IT Development Agency highlighted Africa’s strategic shift from resource-dependent economies toward digital diversification. He explained that Nigeria “has had a monolistic economy, that is we are very dependent on mineral resources. And recently there has been a marked deviation from only depending on that.”


He emphasized the accessibility of digital opportunities and their potential to leverage Africa’s human resources, particularly its youthful population. However, he acknowledged that “local infrastructure availability and understanding implementation paths remain difficult terrain requiring international cooperation.”


### ASEAN Innovation Ecosystems


Giulia Ajmone Marsan from the Economic Research Institute for ASEAN (ERIA) presented insights on transnational innovation ecosystems in the Asia-Pacific region. Her organization focuses on developing AI innovation ecosystems through strategic partnerships and skills transfer programmes that transcend national boundaries.


Marsan emphasized breaking traditional regional boundaries, arguing that “organisations should break regional boundaries and learn across continents rather than limiting themselves to geographic labels.” This approach has enabled ASEAN countries to develop sophisticated digital innovation capabilities through collaborative frameworks combining technological advancement with sustainable development goals.


### Latin American Implementation Gaps


Luca Belli from FGV Law School in Brazil highlighted the gap between policy development and practical implementation, noting that “Latin America has comprehensive data protection laws but lacks regional framework for unified digital market,” despite having multiple regional organisations and 19 countries with data protection legislation.


He emphasized that “political momentum is always a very difficult element to guess,” identifying political will as often the missing ingredient in digital cooperation initiatives. Interestingly, he noted that “BRICS countries successfully achieved enhanced cooperation in cybersecurity and AI governance despite being informal club governance system.”


## Intellectual Property and Innovation Frameworks


Ryszard Frelek from the World Intellectual Property Organisation (WIPO) provided insights into IP ecosystems supporting digital innovation. He emphasized that effective IP frameworks require a “comprehensive approach including legal framework, infrastructure, industry-academia collaboration, and financing access.”


Frelek highlighted the growing importance of intangible assets, noting that their value reached significant levels in 2023, becoming increasingly important for SMEs and local businesses globally. WIPO’s support encompasses national IP strategy design, research and data provision through global databases, and capacity building programmes tailored to different development levels.


## Implementation Challenges and Digital Divides


### Quantifying Global Disparities


Torbjörn Fredriksson from UNCTAD provided stark evidence of persistent digital divides, observing that “in Norway, for instance, more than 80% of people are shopping online on a daily basis. In Africa, it’s typically less than 5%.” This disparity illustrated that while advanced economies debate AI governance, vast populations remain excluded from basic digital economic opportunities.


Fredriksson emphasized that “basic digital challenges remain despite AI advancement, requiring attention to fundamental access and opportunity issues.” He also highlighted coordination inefficiencies, noting “there are still too many examples of duplications of work, something that we need to minimize, especially in these times of shrinking resources for technical assistance and capacity building.”


### Practical Implementation Solutions


Liz Giener from Nortel challenged conventional assumptions about digital transformation requirements, arguing that “many governments overestimate or maybe oversold the need for a heavy legacy IT investment.” She provided examples from Estonia and Finland demonstrating how “lean modular architecture, trusted digital identity, and public-private partnerships” enable countries to leapfrog traditional infrastructure development stages.


Giener emphasized that “citizen-centric service design more effective than technology-first approaches” and announced Nortel’s upcoming entry into the LATAM market, providing practical frameworks for addressing digital inclusion challenges while building sustainable digital governance capabilities.


## Framework Integration and Governance Mechanisms


### Global Digital Compact and WSIS Integration


Concertina Tossa from Italy’s Agency for Digital emphasized that the “Global Digital Compact marks significant milestone in digital governance evolution, building on existing WSIS foundations.” She advocated for “effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication and maximize resources.”


Tossa suggested that the upcoming WSIS+20 review process presents an opportunity to integrate GDC objectives systematically rather than creating separate implementation mechanisms. She explained that “National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) can serve as operational mechanisms for translating GDC implementation at local levels.”


### Interactive Discussion on NRI Implementation


Edwin Chung from DotAsia, representing the Asia Pacific Regional IGF secretariat, raised practical questions about how NRIs can concretely implement GDC components at local levels. This inquiry sparked discussion about clearer guidance and support mechanisms to help regional and national IGF communities translate global commitments into actionable local programmes.


The discussion highlighted the potential for over 180 NRIs worldwide to “incorporate GDC objectives into agenda setting and report outcomes back to global frameworks,” leveraging existing multi-stakeholder participation mechanisms and local contextual knowledge.


## Cross-Regional Learning and Collaboration Models


Hassan Nasser emphasized the importance of “South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation essential for achieving global digital transformation goals.” This approach recognizes that developing countries often face similar challenges and can learn effectively from each other’s experiences.


Fredriksson highlighted the E-Trade for All partnership as demonstrating an “effective model for bringing 35 organisations together with common vision,” showing how multiple international organizations can coordinate around shared objectives while maintaining distinct mandates and expertise areas.


## Future Directions and Commitments


The discussion concluded with concrete commitments for continued collaboration. DCO committed to maintaining multi-stakeholder dialogue beyond the session, including at upcoming conferences, and developing a second edition of the Digital Economy Navigator incorporating stakeholder feedback.


Participants agreed that NRIs should systematically incorporate GDC objectives into their agenda setting and report outcomes back to global frameworks. The emphasis on continued informal dialogue and networking highlighted recognition that formal sessions alone cannot address complex coordination challenges.


## Conclusion


This session demonstrated both the potential and challenges of international digital cooperation in an increasingly complex global environment. The strong consensus around multi-stakeholder cooperation, building upon existing frameworks, and comprehensive ecosystem approaches provides a foundation for continued collaboration.


The diversity of regional perspectives highlighted the value of inclusive multi-stakeholder dialogue while illustrating the complexity of developing cooperation frameworks that can address vastly different development contexts simultaneously. The emphasis on moving from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation reflects growing maturity in digital governance discussions, with recognition that effective cooperation requires sustained commitment, innovative partnership models, and adaptive approaches that can evolve with rapidly changing technological and geopolitical contexts.


Session transcript

Sameem Ghaffar: This is, I think, one of the first sessions. Good morning, everybody. Welcome to the session hosted by DCO, Digital Cooperation Organization. We’re very, very pleased to have you here in the room and to have our participants online with us. I’m Samim Ghaffar, I’m Multilateral Engagements Senior Manager at DCO, and it’s my honor and pleasure to facilitate this session here today. We have with us online our colleagues from back in Riyadh, Helen McGowan, Senior Business Partnership Manager, who will be moderating online as well. We’ll be taking questions in the second segment of this session. The first session will be a panel discussion. We have with us a very distinguished panel of experts that have been assembled from various areas of expertise, and we’re very happy to have you in the room today. We thank you very warmly and would like also to thank the organizers of the IGF and warm thanks to the Norwegian government for their hospitality. Today the session entitled Cooperation for Digital Resilience and Prosperity, we don’t aim for it to be just a theoretical discussion. It’s about operationalizing trust, resilience, and equity in digital space. It’s about moving from pledges to policies, from theory to practice. We’ll be looking at the USIS and IGF discussions and also how the GDC adds to that very important equation. We have with us our Special Envoy for Multilateral Affairs, Hassan Nassar, and I will be giving him the floor for his opening remarks. Over to you, Hassan.


Hassan Nasser: Thank you very much, Samim. Thank you, everyone. Good morning in Oslo. This is, I think, one of the first sessions, so thank you for joining early. I really want to thank, of course, the organizers, the host country, the IGF Secretariat and all the stakeholders involved in this forum. For DCO, this is the second participation to IGF, and I know some of the participants here have a long experience in this forum. DCO was founded only four years ago as a unique intergovernmental organization mandated to accelerate inclusive and sustainable growth of the digital economy. With this mandate, we are supporting 16 member states across Africa, Europe, Middle East and Asia. And this mandate is mainly focusing on this aspect of digital enablers, digital business and digital society. Last year, during the IGF hosted in Riyadh, which is also the headquarter of the DCO, we had a first forum to explore the areas of digital cooperation, because, again, we think that this is the way forward to build digital prosperity and to ensure resilience of the digital economy. We are facing today a more fragmented world, and this is, of course, the reason why DCO was established, addressing those barriers, but also leveraging the opportunities coming from digital economy in terms of creation of jobs, creating of new opportunities and innovation. For today’s discussion, as mentioned by Samin, we really want to look and explore new cooperation. That’s why we have made sure that we have with us partners from member states, from other international organizations and from other governments. There is a space for all stakeholders, and the IGF is the good example of a multi-stakeholder process when it comes to digital cooperation and building a more safe, open and sustainable and inclusive digital future for all. In the DCO General Assembly hosted in February by the government of Jordan, the 16-member state adopted the four-year agenda for the organization. This four-year agenda focuses on specific elements which have been designed to really cover and ensure joint efforts. When we look at the current multilateral system, we can see, I think we can all see, the main challenge in terms of fragmentation, fragmentation of agendas, fragmentation of mandates, fragmentation of resources, and in DCO, we really want to address this issue of fragmentation by providing a common assessment, a common understanding of what is the situation today when it comes to digital economy. That’s why DCO, during the Summit of the Future hosted in the UN headquarters in New York September 24, launched the Digital Economy Navigator. The Digital Economy Navigator has been designed as a joint solution shared with all stakeholders to understand what are the priorities today, what is the situation today when it comes to digital economy, looking at the different aspects from digital enablers, digital society and digital business. This Digital Economy Navigator today covers not only the 16 DCO member states, but it covers a total of 50 countries around the world. We have shared the findings, the data of this Navigator, and we are currently working on a new edition of this Navigator. To work on this second edition of the Navigator, we will of course engage with all stakeholders to get their feedback, their input, and also to see how to activate and implement the findings coming from this tool. So today’s discussion for us is really an opportunity to start this multi-stakeholder dialogue when it comes to understanding better the digital economy. With the Digital Economy Navigator, we also hope to identify the right priorities for the member states, for all stakeholders, to then define where to invest and where to concentrate and coordinate efforts to build a more inclusive and sustainable digital economy. This cooperation will also help us to define and to ensure resilience of the digital economy, which as we’ve seen over the last years is a key issue and a key challenge for developing countries, but also for industrialized countries. So I’m really looking forward to the discussion today. We really want this to be an open discussion. We want to hear from other partners, other stakeholders. We really also invite you to connect beyond this session to make sure that we can continue this dialogue during IGF and beyond. We will be also attending the FFD4 next week in Sevilla, looking at financing development for digital economy, and we really continue to open this conversation for a more inclusive digital future. Thank you very much, and back to you, Sami.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you very much, Hassan, for these very interesting and clarifying remarks. We have with us today in the room five panelists, experts, but also two online. We have Oktat and Nortel. I will go a bit further later on into the introduction. But let me turn my first question of this panel to Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi. He’s a Director of Corporate Planning and Strategy at the National IT Development Agency of Nigeria. Nigeria is one of the member states of DCO, a very active member state and is championing a lot of digital transformation, and we’re very happy to have him in the room to clarify the priorities of the government of Nigeria, especially in light of the Cotonou Declaration that was adopted in May 2025 last month on the Worcester Review for Africa. So Dr., good morning, and I’m very happy to have you. What would be the priorities of Nigeria going forward? And we will keep this question three minutes, so we can give chance to everybody in the first part of this discussion. What would be the priorities and how does the multi-stakeholder approach support the priorities of the Nigerian government in the digital economy? Okay. Thank you very much, Moderator.


Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi: I’m very happy to be amongst you today for this discussion. The priorities of Nigeria in the area of digital cooperation as well as the WSIS Declaration in Cotonou, I think the digital economy, it’s vastly gaining ground in all that we do, it’s like as you all know. The digital economy of Nigeria has had a monolistic economy, that is we are very dependent on mineral resources. And recently there has been a marked deviation from only depending on that. So we take the digital economy as a priority area now because of the accessibility, because of its lack of critical investments, quite unlike the exploration of oil and all that. Here we are going to tap our vast human resources as well as harness the youthful age that we have in the country. So our priorities are shifting to this so that we can diversify our economy. And I’m sure most African countries as well are setting up policies as well as framework strategies to ensure that they tap from this digital economy offerings that are available to all of us. So going forward from that, answering your question directly, the Nigerian government has taken strategic steps to make sure that we tap from the multistakeholderism that’s proposed by the WSIS plus 20. And judging from the Cotonou Declaration, talking from the African perspective, we’ve decided that this time around the African nations should come together in unison and in an inclusive manner to position themselves to uphold leadership roles in the information society. The implication is that we must have a means of working together, tap from the strengths of others and then utilize, uplift the weaknesses that are found amongst us because it’s obvious that there are various levels of proficiency as well as capacity to utilize the digital offerings that we have. Most importantly, some countries are not at the forefront of the digital technology while others are much higher. So for us to be able to leverage on this availability and carry on the leadership role, there needs to be that inclusivity and more like an averaging effect. Those who have the strength will pull up those who are weak in the areas of providing policy assistance and all that. So that positions us in a very good position to see how we can benefit from the DCO arrangement and all strategies that are being formulated and planned for. So we intend to do that, passing through a unified African position in such a way that whatever we can benefit from the offerings of the DCO, we are going to key into it. The Global Digital Compact as well, which provides for some citizen-centric digital economy provisions will all tap into that. So we look forward to actually working with the DCO to make sure that the digital economy, all the provisions we’ve made and even the digital economy, all provisions that are made are tapped from and we’re going to benefit from all of that. Thank you very much.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you very much, Doctor. This collaboration at national, regional, continental level cannot happen without innovation. So I’ll turn my gaze to Richard from WIPO and I’d like to ask him, how is WIPO supporting and fostering innovation through their digital IP standards and how do they balance creativity and openness with standards? Over to you, Richard.


Ryszard Frelek: Thanks so much, Samin. And thank you, of course, to DCO and Hassan and all your colleagues for inviting WIPO to join this very interesting panel. Allow me first to perhaps highlight that when thinking about intellectual property, of course, there is the legal framework, which is important, but other aspects are equally important that shape this conducive IP ecosystem. This includes, of course, the infrastructure that helps the innovators and creators more easily to protect and manage their IP. This is about collaboration between the industry and the academia. This is about accessing the financing by startups and SMEs. And finally, of course, this is also about making sure that everyone everywhere is aware of how they can benefit from the IP system. And all of these elements and many, many more should be really taken into account when creating a national IP ecosystem that fosters innovation, creativity, and allows all entrepreneurs, including, of course, the digital ones, to thrive. This system is, of course, built to provide both the protection for our amazing innovators and creators through copyright, trademarks, patents, and many other IP rights, but also it gives them access to all the information contained, for example, in the patent information systems. So, of course, WIPO provides all entrepreneurs with services to more easily and cost-effectively protect their IP rights across borders, but also through, for example, the patent scope, we provide them with free-to-use global databases, which include, for example, in this case of patent scope, 122 million patent documents available, of course, for everyone to use. And as you know, WIPO, of course, works with our member states on many different areas and we support them in many different ways. Let me maybe just focus here on and mention three of them. So, first, we support our member states to design their national IP strategy, which take into account all these many different elements of the IP ecosystem, the legal provisions, the infrastructure, the financing, the awareness, so that we can help together work with our member states to tailor their IP ecosystem to help their local innovators and creators. Second, of course, we provide research and data that guide the policymakers world over, whether on an international or local level. So, for example, we have the Global Innovation Index, which is one of our flagship publications that ranks 130 economies and also specifies their innovation weaknesses and strengths. We have the IP statistic reports or, of course, we have the patent insight reports on the future of technologies. The third element, which is, of course, also very close to our heart, is that through a range of programs and initiatives, such as the IP management clinics or the work of our WIPO Academy, we want to help the local innovators understand how they can benefit from the IP system so that in the end of the day, they can successfully run their business, their initiative using this system. Of course, being here allowed me to also mention that we have the WIPO Conversation, which is this open, inclusive, also multi-stakeholder platform, where we provide everyone with a leading global setting to discuss the impacts on frontier technologies on all the relevant IP rights and, of course, to bridge that existing gap. So, over the past five years, 12,000 people, experts from the global experts, many of them attending, by the way, IGF, but also local innovators have been participating, and sessions focus on such areas as data, the metaverse in the past, but also, of course, as everywhere, AI. But what is also important following these conversations is that we launch a range of tools and underground projects. So, for example, we have the AI and IP Policy Toolkit or the upcoming AI Infrastructure Interchange. And this is the part where I can, of course, say so much more, and I love talking about these things, but I see the clock ticking. So, let me perhaps just mention as well that, of course, WIPO, in 2024, the Member States of WIPO have approved two international treaties, which is something we’re, of course, very proud of. Let me say by ending that, of course, as WIPO, we are here to serve the digital innovators, the creators, the entrepreneurs, and across the world, and we look forward to working with DCEO and all the many partners attending IGF and beyond to make sure that all our innovators and creators can benefit from IP.


Sameem Ghaffar: Many thanks, Samim, and over to you. Thank you very much, Richard. We hear a lot, and DCEO also subscribes to the notion of data-based policymaking. Let me turn to Julia Ajmon-Mossan, who is the Head of Startup and Digital Inclusion at IRIA, Economic Research Institute for ASEAN. What insights can you offer us from the global frameworks, like the GDC and regional integration models from the ASEAN countries? You are also a former innovation economist at the OECD, you have a wide range of experience. So what would be the insights you can give us on building interoperability and resilience into digital economies?


Giulia Ajmone Marsan: Thank you Samim. It’s a great pleasure to be here with all my fellow panelists. Thank you DCO, Hassan, for this kind invitation. So cooperations when it comes to digital innovation, it’s very much at the core of what we do. We are an international organization of 16 member countries based in Indonesia, in Jakarta. Our member countries are the 10 Southeast Asian economies, ASEAN, plus Korea, China, Japan, India, New Zealand and Australia. So we are very much at the center of the Asia-Pacific and Indo-Pacific. And we have recently established, thanks to the generous contribution of the government of Japan, our Digital Innovation and Sustainable Economy Center, IDISC. We are very interested, through the activity of the center, to explore the relationship between digital innovation and the Sustainable Development Goals, DSDGs. And that’s because through our activities we want to develop insights, but also policy dialogue, capacity building, to support a digital transformation that is compatible and conducive to the SDG framework, which is very much what the UN Global Digital Compact is about at the end, and I think also very much what many of my colleagues on the panel are working on. Let me give you a couple of examples. For instance, we are now currently very active in developing both local innovation ecosystem within Southeast Asia, but also in some cases transnational ones. And this is when our conversation today about international and global cooperation becomes so important. We are active in developing a strategic document called ASEAN-Japan AI Innovation Co-Creation Roadmap that will go directly to Ministers for Economic Development of ASEAN and Japan, where we are really looking at, on one hand, the strengths and areas of improvement of these 11 countries, but also ways to really develop a multinational AI innovation ecosystem based on connections of people, based on skills transfers between different areas of the world. Some countries of these 11 countries are benefiting from very young, tech-savvy, dynamic population. In other cases, aging economies, they may need to think about how to develop a very effective relationship with these young entrepreneurs that are developing fantastic start-ups, but also digital innovations. So this is one example of something that is very much in relation to our discussion today. We also know that, you know, just looking at our region is not enough in a globalized world. As Hassan was telling us earlier today, that global collaboration is becoming more difficult, but nevertheless, we need to keep trying and keep developing our relationships. And that’s because there is so much to be learned. So we are very active in certain G20 work, notably, and this is something I personally very much committed to, the work of a new engagement group of the G20 called Startup20 that is currently led by South Africa, the G20 Chair this year. But we had the pleasure to work also very, very well with India and Brazil last year. And this is again, you know, a global group that is pushing for the development of a global innovation ecosystem, looking at the strengths of different countries and also complementarities. And the idea is also to basically build a global dialogue. We are just at the beginning of this adventure. It’s a working group that was established under India three years ago, but nevertheless, it’s something very interesting because on one hand, we can share the very good lessons that we see in our region and learn from other regions in the world. We had a very, very interesting number of exchanges last year under Brazil, lots of, you know, interesting developments that could be pushed forward in terms of collaboration between Indonesia and Brazil, for instance, because of the size of the economy, certain sectoral specialization, including in digital innovation and so on and so forth. Coming back, you know, to the Pacific area, we are also very pleased to collaborate with APEC, the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation, this year under Korea. We are in touch with the Korean Ministry for Startup and SMEs, you know, and we will actively contribute to something that is called Global Eco-Innovation Forum. It will take place under the APEC Ministerial Week on MSMEs. And there, we will look at how to combine the digital transformation with the green transformation. So once again, you know, this idea to connect different SDGs, both at local level and international level. And maybe, you know, because we are probably short in time, let me just conclude by saying that even our collaboration with GCC countries is becoming more important than ever, especially after the two summits, ASEAN-GCC. So this is also another area where I really look forward to staying in touch with DCO, the countries in the Gulf, and you know, all the panelists that are present here today, because there is a lot that we can do. Thank you very much.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you, Giulia. I know there is a lot of nuggets and experiences from the areas of work that each of us are doing. And let’s keep it under two to three minutes, and in the second part of the panel, you can maybe share a bit more on your experience. We have next Concertina Tossa, the Head of International Affairs at the Italian Agency for Digital. Concertina is a very distinguished expert in digital governance and IT policies globally and also now at national level. We would like to have your experience regarding the GDC process and existing mechanisms like WSIS, IGF, and national and regional initiatives. How do they contribute to address challenges in the digital economy, based on your experience both at the transnational levels and local levels? How does GDC and those platforms have to solve these problems?


Concertina Tossa: Okay, so thank you for this invitation, it’s a pleasure to be a speaker in such an important panel. So the Global Digital Compact marks a significant milestone in the evolution of the global digital governance, and this is a result that began several years ago with the High-Level Panel on Digital Cooperation, continuing with the Roadmap for Digital Cooperation, and also was further shaped by our Common Agenda. And the GDC seeks to respond to complex challenges of digital transformation through coordinated global efforts aimed to building an inclusive, open, secure, and equitable and sustainable digital future for everyone. But in this context, it’s essential to foster synergy between the GDC and existing processes, and in particular, with the World Summit on Information Society, which has been active for more than 20 years, and even if in the last 20 years the digital landscape has evolved significantly with new priorities such as data governance, artificial intelligence, and biosecurity, the foundational principles of the WSIS remain relevant and complementary to those of the GDC. So the upcoming WSIS Plus 20 review process, it’s an important moment, it’s a key opportunity to strengthen and update the WSIS framework, incorporating the GDC objectives and priorities, and to avoid redundancy and duplication. So it’s an important moment to discuss which mechanism could facilitate this integration. And in this scenario, the IGF continues to serve as a primary platform for an inclusive dialogue among all digital stakeholders. Since its inception in 2006, the IGF has grown from a discussion forum to a structured ecosystem, including dynamic coalition, best practice forum, policy network, and especially the network of national and regional initiatives that now are comprising over 180 initiatives worldwide. The NRIs could play a strategic role in the local implementation of the GDC. Their multi-stakeholder structure and their close connection to the local context make them particularly well-suited to monitor the implementation of GDC principles at local level, to promote inclusive participation in digital policy development, to collect and transmit local needs, recommendations, best practice to the local level. So the NRI can act as an operational mechanism for translating and tracking the GDC implementation at the national and regional level, to ensure that the principles are not confined to the diplomatic or theoretical sphere, but are concretely reflected in public policies and local practices. So in conclusion, I think that the success of the GDC will depend heavily on the international community’s ability to build on and reinforce existing participatory frameworks. The IGF and the NRIs must be seen not just as a forum for dialogue, but as essential players in monitoring, implementing, and aligning Global Digital Policy with National and Local Realities. Thank you.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you very much, Cantatina. We have with us online Torbjörn Fredriksson, Head of the E-Commerce and Digital Economy Branch of OCTAD. Tobjörn?


Torbjorn Fredriksson: Well, thank you very much, moderator, and greetings here from Geneva. I wish I was there with you in Norway to celebrate the 20-year anniversary of IGF. The fast pace, I think we see on the digital landscape change, represents a huge challenge for governments when it comes to developing adequate policy responses. You know, this challenge is not made easier by the fact that governing digitalization cuts across so many different policy domains. And in order for the global community, including multilateral organizations like UNCTAD, WIPO, ITU, and others, to serve the needs of our member states in this context, it’s really important that we also manage to connect the dots between what every different organization is doing. And I think this can be achieved in multiple ways. We have already mentioned the key processes like the WSIS, GDC, etc. And the WSIS, for example, it was extremely important to help clarify which organizations that should take the lead in various areas. For example, UNCTAD, ITC, and the Universal Postal Union lead together in the area of e-business. It is also clarified that the IGF would be housed under UNDESA, even if it’s a very multi-stakeholder forum. The GDC, meanwhile, it helped to highlight certain areas that deserve more attention than what was previously noted in the WSIS outcome documents and in the Agenda 2030 for Sustainable Development. So, for example, we have the area of inclusivity and sustainability aspects of the digital economy. We have the human rights online. You have the data governance and the artificial intelligence that were given added impetus through the GDC. If I go to the area of UNCTAD, in the area of e-commerce and the digital economy, we have also taken an initiative to create what we call E-Trade for All, which is a partnership with a common vision to support developing countries that are trailing behind in what we call e-trade readiness. And by bringing 35 partners together, including AREA, WIPO, and DCO, it helps us to better understand what different organizations are doing and how we can find better ways to work together to achieve common goals. Unfortunately, there are still too many examples of duplications of work, something that we need to minimize, especially in these times of shrinking resources for technical assistance and capacity building, as well as for dialogue. When new initiatives are developed, we also need to ensure effective integration with existing mechanisms. So I agree there very much with Conchitina. That’s why it’s so important that when it comes to the GDC, that we make full use of the existing mechanisms that were born out of the WSIS process. And this is also what member states agreed upon in the most recent session of the UN Commission on Science and Technology for develop full integration of efforts between the GDC and WSIS is what we need. I’ll stop there. Thank you so much again.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you very much for these enlightening remarks, Torbjörn. I’ll shift my focus to Professor Luca Belli, Professor of Digital Governance and Regulation at the FGV Law School in Brazil. He has a lot more responsibilities and titles, but in the interest of time, let me just cut to the question. You’ve done a lot of research, Professor, in LATAM and BRICS countries. What lessons can you share that can accelerate the multilateral digital prosperity and bridge the gap for Global South?


Luca Belli: Thank you very much, Samim, and also Hassan for organizing this very timely discussion. And so as Samim was mentioning, we do a lot of research at the Center for Technology and Society on various issues that are very much of interest for DCO and its members and also for the participants here, especially data governance, digital transformation, AI, cybersecurity. And so I wanted to share a little bit of findings of two of our flagship projects, one dedicated to digital policies in the BRICS grouping, Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa, and the six more that have joined last year, including some DCO members. And then the other one called CPDP LATAM, which is an annual conference we organize on data governance in LATAM and includes also a lot of research and research and policy proposals also to increase convergence of data governance in LATAM. So first of all, I think that from what emerges from our research is that to trigger digital transformation, to facilitate it, there are multiple levers, right? First of all, policy frameworks that must be coherent, especially when you want to share them amongst multiple organizations or members of an organization. Then you have to have a sort of agile governance system because digital technologies are evolving and also the threats. So we also focus a lot on cybersecurity and the evolving landscape of digital threats is something extremely important to take care. And the only way to do it is to having a very agile multi-stakeholder governance to continuously cooperate with also non-governmental stakeholders that have their hands on cybersecurity. And then strategic investments. So it’s not only about policy priorities, but also having the funds to translate this into concrete actions. And this is not only through hardware and software, it’s also through capacity building for humans, which is the most important part. Now, how these elements play out in the two very different groupings that we work on, which are the BRICS and LATAM. Let me provide you two very telling examples to illustrate how this may work more or less successfully depending on the maturity of the mechanism, on the alignment of the priorities, but also I think one of the most important elements that we frequently forget is the political impetus and support that there is to achieve the results. BRICS, it has not been created as a club governance mechanism specifically for digital policies, but it sort of became one, at least digital policies, especially cybersecurity, cybercrime, AI have emerged as priorities, especially since the Snowden revelation in 2013, when then it was created a specific working group on ICT security. And it’s very interesting because it has triggered a sort of what in intergovernance jargon we call enhanced cooperation process, which is not common, but in practice, it worked over the past 10 years. And a case in point is the adoption of the UN Convention Against Cybercrime, which was an initiative basically of Russia and China supported by BRICS and their allied countries and brokered thanks to the very skillful work of the Brazilian diplomacy that managed to achieve this result. And again, we can criticize the text as any convention, but for me, what is relevant is to see the concrete result of this mechanism, which is not even in IGO and intergovernmental organization, is a club governance system like the G7 or the G20. Now, a counter example in the last 30 seconds I have at my disposal about LATAM, which is a very interesting example. We do a lot of research on data governance in LATAM. And 19 countries already have data protection laws in LATAM, all very similar because they all copy and paste from Europe, but diverse because they all have to adapt them to the national idiosyncrasies in cultural and legal terms. There are already several organizations that work supposedly effectively at the regional level from the Organization of American States, the Union of South American Nations, the Mercosur and all the partners. But despite already having all adopted laws and having organizations, there is no regional framework which would be extremely valuable not only to harmonize the policy, but also to allow a unique data market and fostering more cooperation at the regional level. So as one of the results of our conference last year, we produced also not only a study on these frameworks, but also a suggestion of what would be a regional framework. I know that DCO does not have Latin American members, but maybe in the future they will have. And so we already prepared the work for you if you want to use it. It is in open access. And also we have shared it with Brazilian colleagues that are chairing the Mercosur in December. So I don’t know. I mean, political momentum is always a very difficult element to guess, but maybe there might be now some political momentum to put in practice these ideas. Thank you very much.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you, Professor. Liz Giener is a very experienced strategist at Nortel and they have developed a lot of solutions. And what is very interesting is the collaboration and support to both public and private sector. Liz, what will be the lessons that you can share with us from Global North, but also extrapolating to Global South? What will be the experience of implementing digital solutions so that all these talks we’re having at the global level can be translated into action?


Liz Giener: Thank you. And thank you for the invitation to join you all today. And hello from the US where I am currently sitting. Nortel’s global headquarters is in Estonia and we’re celebrating our 25th anniversary this year. And I am in the US. and soon to be announcing as well, our entry into LATAM. So very thrilled for this news. Previously from Nortel’s experience, deploying digital solutions across Europe, the Middle East, Africa and North America, I wanted to speak to some of the underestimated enablers that can accelerate readiness and resilience for governments that may have a limited infrastructure. So the first one of four is having a lean modular digital architecture. Many governments overestimate or maybe oversold the need for a heavy legacy IT investment. So one example that we can reference is our work in Botswana where we helped the Botswana Unified Revenue Service leapfrog to a modern API based tax system running in the cloud and integrated with existing systems. This was without the need for major infrastructure upgrades. Secondly, I would focus on looking at trusted digital identity. This probably seems like a no brainer, but some governments often deprioritize digital identity, yet it is foundational for trusted scalable services. In both Estonia and Finland, Nortel helped implement national digital ID platforms that now enable seamless access to services across health, finance, government, and this dramatically increases both reach and resilience. And touching more directly your question on cross-sector partnerships, public-private collaboration accelerates resilience. In Oman, Nortel brought together government, telecommunications operators and banks to co-create citizen services, expanding access farther and faster than the government could do acting alone. Probably the most important, especially when you want to make sure that you are focused on trust and the trust of your citizens, is citizen-centric service design. Many programs focus on technology first, and it’s very easy to think this way rather than focusing on users. In both Lithuania and in Oman, Nortel led with user-centered design, ensuring that services were accessible across mobile-first channels. And this was a critical factor in markets that have a patchy infrastructure. So I want to enforce that with the right enablers, which include modular architecture, trusted identity, public-private collaboration, and human-centered design, many governments can leapfrog constraints, not just work around them. Nortel’s experience shows that even in limited infrastructure settings, it’s possible to build digital ecosystems that drive real resilience, inclusion, and in the end, and ideally, long-term prosperity. Thank you very much for including me today.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you very much, Lisa. I’m happy to have your perspectives. And I’d like to give the floor very quickly to Hassan again, just to synthesize a little bit. There’s a lot of angles, a lot of perspectives here. What do you make out of this, Hassan?


Hassan Nasser: Yeah, that’s, before we open probably for discussion, I think this is amazing. We have been from Asia to Latin America, passing by Africa and Europe in a few minutes. We’ve heard private sector, UN agencies, government entities. I think what we get from that is, first of all, there is a huge potential of digital economy to really help prosperity, to really help human development, as long as we make sure that this transformation, this digital transformation, this new economy, which is now becoming probably the economy, is also aligned with SDGs and with principle that we are all caring about. To do that, I think the other takeaway from me so far is we need cooperation. And that’s easy to say, that’s not easy to do. Because to have this cooperation, we need to share principle. We need to have also a common language. We need to have respect as well, which sometimes seems to be difficult in this world today. In terms of common principle and common ambition, we believe that the GDC was a big achievement to define, let’s say, direction of travel. And of course, we need to build with existing foundation, as mentioned by the panelists. We have very strong foundation, 20 years ago, defined to help us. So now we have, let’s say, this political commitment coming out of the summit of the future. We have an existing mechanism that we need to reinvent and refresh and support. We need also to really ensure that there is an openness when it comes to listening to different perspective. Today, we have on this panel, so this global South perspective, South-South cooperation, triangular cooperation will remain an essential part of what we are trying to achieve. So from DCO perspective, and I’m really curious, of course, to hear from the participants, from the audience as well, our commitment is to really support the consolidation of this mechanism to foster cooperation based on openness, based on shared knowledge, based on common language and common principles. But again, we have limited time. We hope that after this forum, we have a lot of coffees that will help us to continue the conversation.


Sameem Ghaffar: So back to you, Samim, and I hope we have some questions as well. Thank you very much, Hasan. We would really like to apologize to our audience because we couldn’t keep the interactive session as long as we wanted to be. But we open the floor for questions in the room, and then we’ll have time to take questions online as well. Helen is assisting online. The floor is open. If you don’t have questions from the room, and let me see if we can take a question from our live audience. Helen, over to you.


Helen McGowan: Hello, Samim. Hello, everybody in Norway. There aren’t any questions online yet to take forward. So hopefully somebody in the room will participate and have a question there.


Sameem Ghaffar: Well, in that case, I will- Torbjörn has a question. Yes, Torbjörn, please go ahead.


Torbjorn Fredriksson: Just to break the ice. Thank you so much. Let me just comment on one thing that Hasan said here. We’re talking about the digital economy now becoming the economy. I wish that was the case in all parts of the world, but I think it’s so important to keep in mind that we still have very huge divide, especially in the digital economy. Just to give one example, in Norway, for instance, more than 80% of people are shopping online on a daily basis. In Africa, it’s typically less than 5%. So I think it’s so important to keep this in mind, although we are carried away sometimes by all the amazing things that are happening with AI and so on and so forth. Many of the basic challenges still remain if we’re gonna make sure that the digital revolution brings value and opportunities full-scale in many parts of the development world.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you, Torbjörn. If any of the participants and speakers would like also to share, maybe they didn’t have a chance to complete their thoughts earlier, I’m happy to do that. Richard, we’ll go from left to right.


Ryszard Frelek: Thanks so much. I mean, I can reconfirm absolutely that cooperation is extremely important and DCEO, UNCTAD, thank you, of course, for having us as well as the partner for E-Trade. For all, we’re always very happily contributing with our IP expertise in E-Trade for all, but also in many different forums, including DCEO here in IGF and so forth. It’s just to perhaps using that opportunity for a quick conclusion is that just to perhaps say that the value of intangibles has been growing rapidly over these 25 years and it reached the 62 trillion US dollars worth in 2023 and intangibles, which are, of course, many of them protected by intellectual property are not only increasingly becoming important for some of the biggest companies, but even more especially it’s becoming important for the SMEs, the local businesses or innovative and creative individuals in every corner of the world. And WIPO together with all the partners is there to serve them.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you, Richard. We’ll go back to the room. We have a question from the audience, please, sir.


Audience: Thank you. This Edwin Chung from DotAsia. We actually serve as the secretariat for the Asia Pacific Regional IGF. I heard, I forgot who mentioned this from the panel, but about kind of the success of the GDC and implementing it into the NRIs. I think that’s a very interesting direction and something that is really important for the NRI community to understand. But how is that envisioned? What components of the GDC would you see more concretely being both promoted, advocated and implemented in the NRIs? I guess that’s sort of my question. I forgot who- It’ll be addressed to Concettina. Thank you very much.


Concertina Tossa: So as you know, I mean, the NRI as the national and regional expression of the IGF worldwide and there, there are so many issues that are part of GDC objectives that are discussed, managed and also directed. I was speaking about artificial intelligence, data governance, digital divide. I mean, all those issues are discussed at the NRIs level. So I think that’s an important space where, I mean, coming from this discussion, it could also monitor. This vision should be reported to the GDC but also to the other UN entities. I think this is an important process that should start after each IGF ends and after each national and regional initiative ends. It’s important to communicate, to spread results and to create these linkages that now are I think a little bit weak, this is what I think.


Audience: That’s a very good clarification, if I understand correctly then really what you’re suggesting is NRIs take the GDC as part of the input to their agenda setting as well as look at how the outcomes or outputs or the reporting could tie in back to the GDC. I think that makes a lot of sense. Thank you very much.


Giulia Ajmone Marsan: Giulia, do you have any comments on that question because the question was addressed from the region of your concern? No specific comment. I think that Conchettina has already addressed the question very well. Let me just add that I think she mentioned the UN system but of course there are also organizations beyond the UN system. We work a lot and very happily with the UN system but nevertheless this is a global effort. So I see the Global Digital Compact as a kind of vision. I mentioned at the beginning of my intervention that even us are very interested in this relationship between digital transformation and sustainable development goals. So it is something that is going to inspire a lot of organizations and stakeholders around the world. Again, multi-stakeholder approach, I think that some other speakers mentioned this before me. So whether we are private, multilateral, local, this is something that we need to work together and we also need to learn how to work together and in some cases we need to also learn our respective portfolios and mandates. But let me just add something before we move on. I think it’s also very important to be open to learn across regions. So before I was based in Paris, you mentioned I was working for another very big multilateral organization. Then I moved to Asia and I just realized that now that I’m based in Asia, not everybody of course, we had a wonderful conversation with Luca just before this panel, but don’t look at us as just an Asian organization. Of course we have expertise on Asia but we want to learn from Europe, the Americas, Africa, everywhere in the world. We also have lessons to share. So I think this is very important to try to break a little bit these boundaries, think outside the box and learn from different regions without just labeling institutions, this is Asia, this is Africa, it has nothing to do with me so it’s not interesting. Because every day, even through G20 South Africa, I’m learning so much about the continent and so many lessons that are so relevant for the economic development and prosperity of our member states.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you. We have time just for 30 seconds to Professor Luca, a doctor, and Liz.


Luca Belli: Luca. Yeah, I will use my 30 seconds wisely. So just to reiterate a couple of points that I think are key here, which is the fact that again, when we’re speaking about the GDC or any kind of other effort aimed at transforming digitally a nation, a company, a society, this is not only about adoption of technology, it’s not only a technological shift, it’s also an evolution, a cultural evolution and an organizational evolution, right? And so I think sometimes amongst academics we are a little bit frustrated because there are a lot of very nice declarations, policies, and even regulation at the national level that sounds fantastic in theory, but then the practice is very far. And so I think that the challenge here and how multi-stakeholder interaction could be explored more is to translate these excellent sometimes policy objectives into concrete actions. So to make it percolate from policy level, concrete change, capacity building is essential. And to let simply public servants know that the policy exists or capacity building is essential to make people understand they have an opportunity. And I mean, cyber security is a very good example. People consider it a cost, but if you make them understand that it’s an opportunity for business, they will consider it a business as an opportunity to invest money and time in it. I’m speaking too much, I’m seeing from your glance, so I will stop here. We have one minute to go. But just to conclude, let me tell you something that I think the DCO has a very good role in it because many regions in the world do not have a player like DCO that could help articulating this.


Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi: Thank you very much. I think you wrapped it up for us, but I would like to still give the floor to Dr. Ford. Last comment. My comments will go in the area of disparities between the whole system, globally and then regionally as well as nationally. As the professor said, there are beautiful policies and regulations and all that are out there, but the implementation is difficult. Now how do we address these differences? Local levels, infrastructure availability, as well as understanding the nitty-gritty of the implementation path that these things will take is a difficult terrain. I think the people in Africa will stand to benefit from these international corporations, but our peculiar issues will have to be put in the picture as well. So that is my final words for this. Thank you.


Sameem Ghaffar: Thank you very much. That’s a beautiful statement. Unfortunately, we cannot go further along this very, very exciting discussion, and we’ve come to an end of it, unfortunately, and we’re getting queues that I have to wrap up. Thank you very, very much. Everybody in the room, our panelists, online audience, and the organizers and everybody else involved from DCO’s side to support this. We’ve been in a very, very engaging session, and we hope that you’ve learned from this, and like Hassan said, we have time for coffee after for any other further discussion. Thank you. Thank you very, very much, and I hope you enjoyed it.


H

Hassan Nasser

Speech speed

137 words per minute

Speech length

1121 words

Speech time

487 seconds

DCO serves as unique intergovernmental organization addressing fragmentation in digital economy through common assessment and understanding

Explanation

Hassan argues that DCO was established to address the fragmentation in the current multilateral system, including fragmentation of agendas, mandates, and resources. The organization provides a common assessment and understanding of the digital economy situation through tools like the Digital Economy Navigator.


Evidence

DCO launched the Digital Economy Navigator during the Summit of the Future at UN headquarters, covering 50 countries worldwide and focusing on digital enablers, digital society, and digital business aspects


Major discussion point

Digital Cooperation and Multilateral Frameworks


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Concertina Tossa
– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Agreed on

Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication


Disagreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Disagreed on

Scope and urgency of digital divide challenges


South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation essential for achieving global digital transformation goals

Explanation

Hassan emphasizes that global South perspectives and South-South cooperation will remain an essential part of what they are trying to achieve in digital transformation. He advocates for openness when listening to different perspectives and building cooperation based on shared knowledge and common principles.


Evidence

The panel included perspectives from Asia to Latin America, passing by Africa and Europe, with representation from private sector, UN agencies, and government entities


Major discussion point

Cross-Regional Learning and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Concertina Tossa
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan
– Luca Belli

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation essential for successful digital transformation


C

Concertina Tossa

Speech speed

117 words per minute

Speech length

592 words

Speech time

302 seconds

Global Digital Compact marks significant milestone in digital governance evolution, building on existing WSIS foundations

Explanation

Concertina argues that the GDC represents a significant milestone that began with the High-Level Panel on Digital Cooperation and continued with the Roadmap for Digital Cooperation. She emphasizes that while the digital landscape has evolved significantly in 20 years, the foundational principles of WSIS remain relevant and complementary to the GDC.


Evidence

The GDC process began several years ago with the High-Level Panel on Digital Cooperation, continuing with the Roadmap for Digital Cooperation, and was shaped by the Common Agenda, addressing new priorities like data governance, AI, and biosecurity


Major discussion point

Digital Cooperation and Multilateral Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Hassan Nasser
– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Agreed on

Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication


Disagreed with

– Luca Belli

Disagreed on

Effectiveness of existing versus new frameworks


Multi-stakeholder cooperation essential for translating global digital policies into local realities

Explanation

Concertina emphasizes that the success of the GDC depends on the international community’s ability to build on and reinforce existing participatory frameworks. She argues that IGF and NRIs must be seen as essential players in monitoring, implementing, and aligning global digital policy with national and local realities.


Evidence

The IGF has grown from a discussion forum to a structured ecosystem including dynamic coalitions, best practice forums, policy networks, and over 180 national and regional initiatives worldwide


Major discussion point

Digital Cooperation and Multilateral Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Hassan Nasser
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan
– Luca Belli

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation essential for successful digital transformation


National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) can serve as operational mechanisms for translating GDC implementation at local levels

Explanation

Concertina argues that NRIs are particularly well-suited to monitor GDC implementation at local levels due to their multi-stakeholder structure and close connection to local contexts. They can promote inclusive participation in digital policy development and collect local needs and best practices.


Evidence

NRIs comprise over 180 initiatives worldwide and can act as operational mechanisms for translating and tracking GDC implementation at national and regional levels


Major discussion point

National and Regional IGF Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


NRIs should incorporate GDC objectives into agenda setting and report outcomes back to global frameworks

Explanation

Concertina suggests that NRIs should take the GDC as input for their agenda setting and ensure that outcomes and outputs tie back to the GDC. She emphasizes the importance of communicating results and creating linkages that are currently weak.


Evidence

NRIs discuss issues that are part of GDC objectives including artificial intelligence, data governance, and digital divide


Major discussion point

National and Regional IGF Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


IGF ecosystem has grown from discussion forum to structured system with over 180 initiatives worldwide

Explanation

Concertina describes how the IGF has evolved since 2006 from a simple discussion forum into a comprehensive ecosystem that includes various components like dynamic coalitions, best practice forums, and policy networks. This growth demonstrates the maturation of multi-stakeholder digital governance.


Evidence

The IGF now includes dynamic coalitions, best practice forums, policy networks, and a network of national and regional initiatives comprising over 180 initiatives worldwide


Major discussion point

National and Regional IGF Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


T

Torbjorn Fredriksson

Speech speed

163 words per minute

Speech length

642 words

Speech time

236 seconds

Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication and maximize resources

Explanation

Torbjorn argues that there are too many examples of duplication of work that need to be minimized, especially given shrinking resources for technical assistance and capacity building. He emphasizes the importance of making full use of existing mechanisms born out of the WSIS process when implementing the GDC.


Evidence

WSIS helped clarify organizational leadership roles, with UNCTAD, ITC, and Universal Postal Union leading in e-business, and IGF being housed under UNDESA. The GDC highlighted areas needing more attention like inclusivity, sustainability, human rights online, data governance, and AI


Major discussion point

Digital Cooperation and Multilateral Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Hassan Nasser
– Concertina Tossa

Agreed on

Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication


Significant digital economy participation gaps exist between developed and developing regions, with Africa at less than 5% online shopping versus Norway’s 80%

Explanation

Torbjorn challenges the notion that digital economy is becoming ‘the economy’ everywhere, highlighting massive disparities in digital participation. He uses online shopping as a concrete example to illustrate the digital divide between developed and developing regions.


Evidence

In Norway, more than 80% of people shop online daily, while in Africa it’s typically less than 5%


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Global Disparities


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Agreed on

Importance of addressing digital divide and ensuring inclusive participation


Disagreed with

– Hassan Nasser

Disagreed on

Scope and urgency of digital divide challenges


Basic digital challenges remain despite AI advancement, requiring attention to fundamental access and opportunity issues

Explanation

Torbjorn warns against being carried away by advanced technologies like AI while many basic challenges remain unaddressed. He emphasizes the importance of ensuring the digital revolution brings value and opportunities to all parts of the developing world.


Evidence

Despite amazing developments in AI and other advanced technologies, fundamental access and participation gaps persist in many developing regions


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Global Disparities


Topics

Development | Economic


E-Trade for All partnership demonstrates effective model for bringing 35 organizations together with common vision

Explanation

Torbjorn describes E-Trade for All as a successful partnership model that brings together multiple organizations with a common vision to support developing countries lagging in e-trade readiness. This initiative helps organizations understand each other’s work and find better ways to collaborate.


Evidence

E-Trade for All includes 35 partners including AREA, WIPO, and DCO, working together to support developing countries in e-trade readiness


Major discussion point

Cross-Regional Learning and Collaboration


Topics

Economic | Development


L

Luca Belli

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

1122 words

Speech time

436 seconds

Political momentum and support crucial for successful implementation of digital governance frameworks

Explanation

Luca argues that beyond policy frameworks and governance systems, political impetus and support are among the most important elements for achieving concrete results in digital transformation. He emphasizes that political momentum is often forgotten but essential for translating policies into action.


Evidence

The BRICS working group on ICT security created in 2013 after Snowden revelations led to the adoption of the UN Convention Against Cybercrime, brokered by Brazilian diplomacy and supported by BRICS countries


Major discussion point

Digital Cooperation and Multilateral Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


BRICS countries successfully achieved enhanced cooperation in cybersecurity and AI governance despite being informal club governance system

Explanation

Luca highlights how BRICS, despite not being created specifically for digital governance, became an effective mechanism for digital policies, especially in cybersecurity and AI. He describes this as an enhanced cooperation process that worked over the past 10 years.


Evidence

BRICS created a specific working group on ICT security in 2013 and successfully led the adoption of the UN Convention Against Cybercrime, demonstrating concrete results from this informal governance mechanism


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Transformation and Innovation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Latin America has comprehensive data protection laws but lacks regional framework for unified digital market

Explanation

Luca points out the paradox that while 19 LATAM countries have data protection laws (all similar because they copy from Europe but diverse due to national adaptations), there is no regional framework despite having multiple regional organizations. This lack of regional coordination prevents the creation of a unified data market.


Evidence

19 countries in LATAM already have data protection laws, and several organizations work at regional level (OAS, UNASUR, Mercosur), but no regional framework exists for data governance harmonization


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Transformation and Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Implementation challenges exist between excellent policies and practical application, requiring focus on capacity building and cultural change

Explanation

Luca expresses frustration that many excellent declarations, policies, and regulations exist in theory but practice is very far from these ideals. He emphasizes that digital transformation is not just technological but also cultural and organizational evolution requiring concrete capacity building efforts.


Evidence

Cybersecurity is often considered a cost, but when people understand it as a business opportunity, they will invest money and time in it


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Implementation Solutions


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Ryszard Frelek
– Liz Giener

Agreed on

Digital transformation requires comprehensive ecosystem approach beyond just technology


Disagreed with

– Concertina Tossa

Disagreed on

Effectiveness of existing versus new frameworks


D

Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

642 words

Speech time

344 seconds

Nigeria prioritizing digital economy diversification from oil dependency, leveraging human resources and youth population

Explanation

Dr. Wario explains that Nigeria is shifting from its monolithic economy dependent on mineral resources to prioritizing the digital economy. He emphasizes that digital economy offers accessibility and requires less critical investment compared to oil exploration, allowing Nigeria to tap into its vast human resources and youthful population.


Evidence

Nigeria has had a monolithic economy very dependent on mineral resources, but digital economy offers accessibility and lacks the critical investments required for oil exploration, allowing the country to harness its vast human resources and youthful age demographics


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Transformation and Innovation


Topics

Economic | Development


African nations need unified continental approach to leverage digital opportunities and address capacity gaps

Explanation

Dr. Wario argues that African nations should come together in unison and in an inclusive manner to position themselves for leadership roles in the information society. He emphasizes the need for an averaging effect where stronger countries help weaker ones through policy assistance and capacity building.


Evidence

The Cotonou Declaration proposes that African nations work together inclusively, with those having strengths pulling up those who are weak in areas of policy assistance, as there are various levels of proficiency and capacity to utilize digital offerings


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Transformation and Innovation


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Agreed on

Importance of addressing digital divide and ensuring inclusive participation


Local infrastructure availability and understanding implementation paths remain difficult terrain requiring international cooperation

Explanation

Dr. Wario acknowledges that while there are beautiful policies and regulations globally, implementation is difficult due to disparities at global, regional, and national levels. He emphasizes that local peculiarities and infrastructure challenges need to be considered in international cooperation efforts.


Evidence

There are disparities between global, regional, and national levels in terms of local infrastructure availability and understanding the implementation paths that digital transformation will take


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Implementation Solutions


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Regional peculiarities and local contexts must be considered in international digital cooperation efforts

Explanation

Dr. Wario emphasizes that while Africa stands to benefit from international cooperation, the continent’s peculiar issues must be put into the picture. He argues that local contexts and specific challenges need to be addressed in global digital cooperation frameworks.


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Global Disparities


Topics

Development | Economic


G

Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

1188 words

Speech time

448 seconds

ASEAN region developing transnational AI innovation ecosystems through strategic partnerships and skills transfer

Explanation

Giulia describes how ERIA is developing the ASEAN-Japan AI Innovation Co-Creation Roadmap that will go to Ministers for Economic Development. This initiative focuses on creating multinational AI innovation ecosystems based on people connections and skills transfers between countries with different strengths.


Evidence

ERIA established the Digital Innovation and Sustainable Economy Center (IDISC) and is developing the ASEAN-Japan AI Innovation Co-Creation Roadmap covering 11 countries, connecting young tech-savvy populations with aging economies that need dynamic entrepreneurs


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Transformation and Innovation


Topics

Economic | Development


Digital transformation requires combining with green transformation and sustainable development goals

Explanation

Giulia explains that ERIA’s Digital Innovation and Sustainable Economy Center explores the relationship between digital innovation and SDGs. They are working on combining digital transformation with green transformation through initiatives like the Global Eco-Innovation Forum under APEC.


Evidence

ERIA’s IDISC center focuses on the relationship between digital innovation and SDGs, and they are contributing to the Global Eco-Innovation Forum under APEC Ministerial Week on MSMEs to combine digital and green transformations


Major discussion point

Cross-Regional Learning and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi

Agreed on

Importance of addressing digital divide and ensuring inclusive participation


Organizations should break regional boundaries and learn across continents rather than limiting themselves to geographic labels

Explanation

Giulia argues against labeling institutions by region and emphasizes the importance of learning across different regions. She advocates for thinking outside the box and learning from different continents without dismissing organizations based on their geographic location.


Evidence

Through G20 South Africa work, she is learning about the African continent and finding lessons relevant for economic development and prosperity of ERIA’s member states, despite being based in Asia


Major discussion point

Cross-Regional Learning and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Hassan Nasser
– Concertina Tossa
– Luca Belli

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation essential for successful digital transformation


R

Ryszard Frelek

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

909 words

Speech time

365 seconds

IP ecosystem requires comprehensive approach including legal framework, infrastructure, industry-academia collaboration, and financing access

Explanation

Ryszard argues that intellectual property involves more than just legal frameworks – it requires a conducive IP ecosystem that includes infrastructure to help innovators protect and manage IP, collaboration between industry and academia, access to financing by startups and SMEs, and awareness of how to benefit from the IP system.


Evidence

WIPO provides services for cross-border IP protection and free global databases like Patent Scope with 122 million patent documents available for everyone to use


Major discussion point

Intellectual Property and Innovation Ecosystem


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Luca Belli
– Liz Giener

Agreed on

Digital transformation requires comprehensive ecosystem approach beyond just technology


WIPO supports member states through national IP strategy design, research and data provision, and capacity building programs

Explanation

Ryszard outlines three main ways WIPO supports member states: helping design national IP strategies that consider all ecosystem elements, providing research and data to guide policymakers, and offering programs to help local innovators understand how to benefit from the IP system.


Evidence

WIPO provides the Global Innovation Index ranking 130 economies, IP statistics reports, patent insight reports, IP management clinics, WIPO Academy programs, and the WIPO Conversation platform with 12,000 global experts participating over five years


Major discussion point

Intellectual Property and Innovation Ecosystem


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Development


Value of intangibles reached $62 trillion in 2023, becoming increasingly important for SMEs and local businesses globally

Explanation

Ryszard emphasizes that the value of intangibles has been growing rapidly and is becoming important not just for big companies but especially for SMEs, local businesses, and innovative individuals worldwide. This highlights the growing importance of IP protection for smaller entities.


Evidence

The value of intangibles reached 62 trillion US dollars in 2023, and WIPO member states approved two international treaties in 2024


Major discussion point

Intellectual Property and Innovation Ecosystem


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Economic


L

Liz Giener

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

420 words

Speech time

195 seconds

Governments can leapfrog infrastructure constraints through lean modular architecture, trusted digital identity, and public-private partnerships

Explanation

Liz argues that governments often overestimate the need for heavy legacy IT investment and can instead use lean modular digital architecture to leapfrog constraints. She emphasizes the importance of trusted digital identity as foundational for scalable services and public-private collaboration for accelerating resilience.


Evidence

Nortel helped Botswana Unified Revenue Service leapfrog to a modern API-based tax system in the cloud without major infrastructure upgrades, and implemented national digital ID platforms in Estonia and Finland enabling seamless access across sectors


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Implementation Solutions


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Citizen-centric service design more effective than technology-first approaches for building accessible digital services

Explanation

Liz emphasizes that many programs focus on technology first rather than users, but citizen-centric service design is more effective. She argues for leading with user-centered design to ensure services are accessible across mobile-first channels, especially in markets with patchy infrastructure.


Evidence

In Lithuania and Oman, Nortel led with user-centered design ensuring services were accessible across mobile-first channels, which was critical in markets with patchy infrastructure


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Implementation Solutions


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Ryszard Frelek
– Luca Belli

Agreed on

Digital transformation requires comprehensive ecosystem approach beyond just technology


S

Sameem Ghaffar

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

1286 words

Speech time

567 seconds

Session facilitation and coordination between online and in-person participants requires careful management

Explanation

Sameem demonstrates throughout the session the complexity of managing a hybrid event with both in-room panelists and online participants. He coordinates timing, manages speaker transitions, and ensures both audiences are engaged while maintaining the session structure.


Evidence

The session included panelists both in the room in Oslo and online from various locations, with Helen McGowan moderating online participation from Riyadh


Major discussion point

National and Regional IGF Implementation


Topics

Development


H

Helen McGowan

Speech speed

152 words per minute

Speech length

28 words

Speech time

11 seconds

Online participation coordination and question management essential for inclusive multi-stakeholder dialogue

Explanation

Helen’s role demonstrates the importance of coordinating online participation in multi-stakeholder forums. She manages online questions and ensures remote participants can contribute to the discussion, highlighting the need for inclusive participation mechanisms.


Evidence

Helen coordinated online participation from Riyadh and managed online questions during the interactive session


Major discussion point

National and Regional IGF Implementation


Topics

Development


A

Audience

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

166 words

Speech time

77 seconds

Regional IGF communities need concrete understanding of how to implement GDC components at local level

Explanation

The audience member from DotAsia, representing the Asia Pacific Regional IGF secretariat, asks for concrete guidance on how NRIs can promote, advocate, and implement GDC components. This reflects the practical need for translating global frameworks into actionable regional initiatives.


Evidence

Edwin Chung from DotAsia serves as secretariat for Asia Pacific Regional IGF and seeks clarity on which GDC components would be most suitable for NRI implementation


Major discussion point

National and Regional IGF Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication

Speakers

– Hassan Nasser
– Concertina Tossa
– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Arguments

DCO serves as unique intergovernmental organization addressing fragmentation in digital economy through common assessment and understanding


Global Digital Compact marks significant milestone in digital governance evolution, building on existing WSIS foundations


Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication and maximize resources


Summary

All three speakers emphasize the importance of building on existing frameworks like WSIS rather than creating parallel systems, with focus on addressing fragmentation and maximizing limited resources


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Multi-stakeholder cooperation essential for successful digital transformation

Speakers

– Hassan Nasser
– Concertina Tossa
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan
– Luca Belli

Arguments

South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation essential for achieving global digital transformation goals


Multi-stakeholder cooperation essential for translating global digital policies into local realities


Organizations should break regional boundaries and learn across continents rather than limiting themselves to geographic labels


Implementation challenges exist between excellent policies and practical application, requiring focus on capacity building and cultural change


Summary

Speakers unanimously agree that multi-stakeholder approaches involving different regions, sectors, and levels of governance are crucial for effective digital transformation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Digital transformation requires comprehensive ecosystem approach beyond just technology

Speakers

– Ryszard Frelek
– Luca Belli
– Liz Giener

Arguments

IP ecosystem requires comprehensive approach including legal framework, infrastructure, industry-academia collaboration, and financing access


Implementation challenges exist between excellent policies and practical application, requiring focus on capacity building and cultural change


Citizen-centric service design more effective than technology-first approaches for building accessible digital services


Summary

All speakers agree that successful digital transformation requires holistic approaches that consider legal, cultural, organizational, and human factors, not just technological solutions


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Intellectual property rights


Importance of addressing digital divide and ensuring inclusive participation

Speakers

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Arguments

Significant digital economy participation gaps exist between developed and developing regions, with Africa at less than 5% online shopping versus Norway’s 80%


African nations need unified continental approach to leverage digital opportunities and address capacity gaps


Digital transformation requires combining with green transformation and sustainable development goals


Summary

Speakers acknowledge significant disparities in digital participation and emphasize the need for inclusive approaches that address capacity gaps and ensure equitable access


Topics

Development | Economic | Sustainable development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of cross-regional learning and cooperation, moving beyond traditional geographic boundaries to foster global digital development

Speakers

– Hassan Nasser
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Arguments

South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation essential for achieving global digital transformation goals


Organizations should break regional boundaries and learn across continents rather than limiting themselves to geographic labels


Topics

Development | Economic


Both speakers advocate for building upon existing WSIS mechanisms rather than creating new parallel systems, emphasizing the need to strengthen and update current frameworks

Speakers

– Concertina Tossa
– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Arguments

Global Digital Compact marks significant milestone in digital governance evolution, building on existing WSIS foundations


Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication and maximize resources


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers highlight the gap between policy formulation and practical implementation, emphasizing the need for capacity building and addressing local contextual challenges

Speakers

– Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi
– Luca Belli

Arguments

Local infrastructure availability and understanding implementation paths remain difficult terrain requiring international cooperation


Implementation challenges exist between excellent policies and practical application, requiring focus on capacity building and cultural change


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Political momentum as crucial factor for digital governance success

Speakers

– Luca Belli
– Hassan Nasser

Arguments

Political momentum and support crucial for successful implementation of digital governance frameworks


South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation essential for achieving global digital transformation goals


Explanation

While technical and policy aspects are often emphasized in digital governance discussions, both speakers unexpectedly converged on the critical importance of political will and momentum for translating frameworks into concrete results


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Value of informal governance mechanisms alongside formal institutions

Speakers

– Luca Belli
– Concertina Tossa

Arguments

BRICS countries successfully achieved enhanced cooperation in cybersecurity and AI governance despite being informal club governance system


National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) can serve as operational mechanisms for translating GDC implementation at local levels


Explanation

Both speakers recognize that informal or semi-formal mechanisms (BRICS club governance and NRIs) can be as effective as formal intergovernmental organizations in achieving digital governance objectives


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around the need for multi-stakeholder cooperation, building on existing frameworks rather than creating new ones, addressing digital divides, and taking comprehensive ecosystem approaches to digital transformation. Speakers consistently emphasized the importance of translating global policies into local realities through capacity building and inclusive participation.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary perspectives rather than conflicting viewpoints. The agreement suggests a mature understanding of digital governance challenges and a shared commitment to collaborative, inclusive approaches. This consensus provides a strong foundation for implementing initiatives like the Global Digital Compact and strengthening existing mechanisms like WSIS and IGF.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Scope and urgency of digital divide challenges

Speakers

– Hassan Nasser
– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Arguments

DCO serves as unique intergovernmental organization addressing fragmentation in digital economy through common assessment and understanding


Significant digital economy participation gaps exist between developed and developing regions, with Africa at less than 5% online shopping versus Norway’s 80%


Summary

Hassan presents an optimistic view suggesting digital economy is becoming ‘the economy’ and focuses on coordination mechanisms, while Torbjorn challenges this notion by highlighting massive participation gaps and emphasizing that basic challenges remain unaddressed despite technological advances


Topics

Development | Economic


Effectiveness of existing versus new frameworks

Speakers

– Concertina Tossa
– Luca Belli

Arguments

Global Digital Compact marks significant milestone in digital governance evolution, building on existing WSIS foundations


Implementation challenges exist between excellent policies and practical application, requiring focus on capacity building and cultural change


Summary

Concertina emphasizes building on existing frameworks like WSIS and integrating them with GDC, while Luca expresses frustration that excellent policies exist but implementation remains poor, suggesting structural problems with current approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Unexpected differences

Regional cooperation effectiveness

Speakers

– Luca Belli
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Arguments

Latin America has comprehensive data protection laws but lacks regional framework for unified digital market


ASEAN region developing transnational AI innovation ecosystems through strategic partnerships and skills transfer


Explanation

Unexpectedly, two regions with similar organizational structures show contrasting results – LATAM has laws but lacks coordination despite multiple regional organizations, while ASEAN successfully develops transnational innovation ecosystems. This highlights that institutional presence doesn’t guarantee effective cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed subtle but significant disagreements on the urgency of digital divide challenges, the effectiveness of current policy frameworks, and approaches to regional cooperation. While speakers generally agreed on goals like digital inclusion and cooperation, they differed on assessment of current progress and optimal strategies.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with significant implications – the differences in perspective on whether digital transformation is progressing adequately versus facing fundamental implementation challenges could lead to very different policy priorities and resource allocation decisions. The contrast between optimistic coordination-focused approaches and more critical implementation-focused perspectives suggests underlying tensions about the effectiveness of current multilateral digital governance approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of cross-regional learning and cooperation, moving beyond traditional geographic boundaries to foster global digital development

Speakers

– Hassan Nasser
– Giulia Ajmone Marsan

Arguments

South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation essential for achieving global digital transformation goals


Organizations should break regional boundaries and learn across continents rather than limiting themselves to geographic labels


Topics

Development | Economic


Both speakers advocate for building upon existing WSIS mechanisms rather than creating new parallel systems, emphasizing the need to strengthen and update current frameworks

Speakers

– Concertina Tossa
– Torbjorn Fredriksson

Arguments

Global Digital Compact marks significant milestone in digital governance evolution, building on existing WSIS foundations


Need for effective integration between GDC and existing mechanisms like WSIS to avoid duplication and maximize resources


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers highlight the gap between policy formulation and practical implementation, emphasizing the need for capacity building and addressing local contextual challenges

Speakers

– Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi
– Luca Belli

Arguments

Local infrastructure availability and understanding implementation paths remain difficult terrain requiring international cooperation


Implementation challenges exist between excellent policies and practical application, requiring focus on capacity building and cultural change


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital cooperation requires moving from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation, with emphasis on translating global policies into local realities


The Global Digital Compact (GDC) should build upon existing mechanisms like WSIS and IGF rather than creating duplicative structures, with effective integration being crucial for success


Multi-stakeholder cooperation is essential for digital transformation, requiring collaboration between governments, international organizations, private sector, and civil society


Significant digital divides persist globally, with developing regions like Africa having less than 5% online shopping participation compared to 80% in developed countries like Norway


Regional approaches to digital transformation vary significantly, with successful models emerging from ASEAN, BRICS, and other regional groupings that can provide lessons for cross-regional learning


Digital transformation is not just technological but requires cultural and organizational evolution, with capacity building being fundamental to success


National and Regional IGF Initiatives (NRIs) can serve as operational mechanisms for implementing GDC principles at local levels, bridging global frameworks with national realities


Intellectual property ecosystems require comprehensive approaches including legal frameworks, infrastructure, financing access, and capacity building to support innovation


Governments can leapfrog infrastructure constraints through lean modular architecture, trusted digital identity systems, and strategic public-private partnerships


Resolutions and action items

DCO committed to continue multi-stakeholder dialogue beyond the session and at upcoming FFD4 conference in Sevilla


DCO to work on second edition of Digital Economy Navigator with stakeholder input and feedback


NRIs should incorporate GDC objectives into their agenda setting and report outcomes back to global frameworks


Participants encouraged to continue conversations through informal networking and coffee meetings after the session


Organizations should strengthen coordination to minimize duplication of work, especially given shrinking resources for technical assistance


WIPO to continue collaboration with DCO and other partners through E-Trade for All partnership and other initiatives


Unresolved issues

How to effectively bridge the implementation gap between excellent policies and practical application at local levels


Specific mechanisms for integrating GDC with existing WSIS frameworks without creating redundancy


How to address infrastructure and capacity disparities between developed and developing regions


Concrete methods for translating global digital governance frameworks into actionable national policies


How to ensure adequate political momentum and support for sustained digital cooperation initiatives


Ways to address the fragmentation of agendas, mandates, and resources in the current multilateral system


How to balance regional peculiarities and local contexts with international standardization efforts


Suggested compromises

Use existing WSIS+20 review process as opportunity to integrate GDC objectives rather than creating separate mechanisms


Leverage NRIs as bridge between global frameworks and local implementation to avoid top-down approaches


Focus on South-South cooperation and triangular cooperation models to complement traditional North-South assistance


Combine digital transformation initiatives with green transformation and SDG alignment to maximize impact


Break regional boundaries in learning and collaboration while respecting local contexts and needs


Prioritize citizen-centric service design over technology-first approaches to ensure accessibility and adoption


Thought provoking comments

We are facing today a more fragmented world, and this is, of course, the reason why DCO was established, addressing those barriers, but also leveraging the opportunities coming from digital economy… When we look at the current multilateral system, we can see, I think we can all see, the main challenge in terms of fragmentation, fragmentation of agendas, fragmentation of mandates, fragmentation of resources

Speaker

Hassan Nasser


Reason

This comment was insightful because it directly addressed one of the core challenges in global digital governance – the paradox of needing cooperation in an increasingly fragmented world. It reframed the discussion from theoretical cooperation to practical solutions for overcoming systemic fragmentation.


Impact

This set the foundational theme for the entire discussion, with subsequent speakers consistently returning to themes of cooperation, integration, and avoiding duplication. It established fragmentation as the central problem that all panelists would address from their respective domains.


The digital economy of Nigeria has had a monolistic economy, that is we are very dependent on mineral resources. And recently there has been a marked deviation from only depending on that. So we take the digital economy as a priority area now because of the accessibility, because of its lack of critical investments, quite unlike the exploration of oil and all that.

Speaker

Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it highlighted how digital transformation can serve as economic diversification strategy for resource-dependent economies, offering a concrete example of digital economy as a development pathway that requires less capital investment than traditional industries.


Impact

This shifted the discussion from abstract policy frameworks to concrete national strategies, demonstrating how digital cooperation can address real economic challenges. It grounded the theoretical discussions in practical development needs.


Unfortunately, there are still too many examples of duplications of work, something that we need to minimize, especially in these times of shrinking resources for technical assistance and capacity building… When new initiatives are developed, we also need to ensure effective integration with existing mechanisms.

Speaker

Torbjörn Fredriksson


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it addressed the practical inefficiencies in the current system of digital cooperation, highlighting how resource constraints make coordination not just desirable but essential for effectiveness.


Impact

This comment reinforced Hassan’s earlier point about fragmentation but added the critical dimension of resource scarcity, leading other speakers to emphasize building on existing frameworks rather than creating new ones. It influenced the discussion toward practical integration strategies.


Despite already having all adopted laws and having organizations, there is no regional framework which would be extremely valuable not only to harmonize the policy, but also to allow a unique data market and fostering more cooperation at the regional level… political momentum is always a very difficult element to guess

Speaker

Luca Belli


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it illustrated the gap between having the technical and legal infrastructure for cooperation and actually achieving it, highlighting that political will is often the missing ingredient in digital cooperation initiatives.


Impact

This comment introduced a more nuanced understanding of cooperation challenges, moving beyond technical and policy issues to political economy factors. It prompted reflection on implementation gaps and the role of political leadership in digital transformation.


Many governments overestimate or maybe oversold the need for a heavy legacy IT investment… In both Estonia and Finland, Nortel helped implement national digital ID platforms that now enable seamless access to services across health, finance, government, and this dramatically increases both reach and resilience.

Speaker

Liz Giener


Reason

This comment was insightful because it challenged conventional wisdom about digital infrastructure requirements, suggesting that leapfrogging strategies could be more effective than traditional heavy infrastructure investments, particularly for developing countries.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion toward practical implementation strategies and challenged assumptions about barriers to digital transformation. It provided concrete examples of how countries can achieve digital resilience without massive infrastructure investments.


We’re talking about the digital economy now becoming the economy. I wish that was the case in all parts of the world… Just to give one example, in Norway, for instance, more than 80% of people are shopping online on a daily basis. In Africa, it’s typically less than 5%.

Speaker

Torbjörn Fredriksson


Reason

This comment was particularly thought-provoking because it provided stark quantitative evidence of the digital divide, challenging the assumption that digital transformation is universally advanced and reminding participants of the fundamental inequalities that cooperation efforts must address.


Impact

This comment served as a reality check that grounded the discussion in the persistent challenges of digital inequality. It reinforced the urgency of the cooperation agenda and reminded participants that basic challenges remain alongside advanced AI and emerging technology discussions.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing a progression from problem identification to solution strategies. Hassan’s opening comment about fragmentation set the central challenge, which subsequent speakers addressed from their respective domains. The discussion evolved from abstract cooperation principles to concrete implementation strategies, with speakers building on each other’s insights about resource constraints, political challenges, and practical solutions. The comments created a comprehensive narrative arc: from recognizing systemic fragmentation, through understanding resource and political constraints, to identifying practical pathways for cooperation. Torbjörn’s reality check about digital divides served as an important anchor, ensuring the discussion remained grounded in the fundamental inequalities that make cooperation essential rather than optional. The interplay between these comments created a rich, multi-dimensional understanding of digital cooperation challenges and opportunities.


Follow-up questions

How can the Digital Economy Navigator be expanded and improved for its second edition to better serve stakeholders globally?

Speaker

Hassan Nasser


Explanation

Hassan mentioned they are working on a new edition of the Navigator and will engage with all stakeholders to get feedback and input, indicating a need for further research on how to enhance this tool


How can the fragmentation of multilateral agendas, mandates, and resources be effectively addressed?

Speaker

Hassan Nasser


Explanation

Hassan identified fragmentation as a main challenge in the current multilateral system that DCO wants to address, but the specific mechanisms for doing so require further exploration


What specific mechanisms can facilitate the integration between GDC and existing WSIS frameworks to avoid redundancy and duplication?

Speaker

Concertina Tossa


Explanation

She emphasized this as an important area needing discussion to ensure effective integration without creating overlapping efforts


How can National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs) effectively monitor and implement GDC principles at local levels?

Speaker

Concertina Tossa and Edwin Chung (audience)


Explanation

This was identified as a strategic role for NRIs, but the concrete mechanisms and components of GDC that should be promoted and implemented need further clarification


How can the huge digital divide in e-commerce adoption between developed and developing countries be bridged?

Speaker

Torbjorn Fredriksson


Explanation

He highlighted the stark contrast between Norway (80% online shopping) and Africa (less than 5%), indicating this gap requires targeted research and solutions


How can excellent policy objectives be effectively translated into concrete actions and capacity building?

Speaker

Luca Belli


Explanation

He expressed frustration about the gap between policy declarations and practical implementation, identifying this as a key challenge requiring further research


How can regional frameworks for data governance be developed and implemented, particularly in Latin America?

Speaker

Luca Belli


Explanation

Despite having 19 countries with data protection laws, LATAM lacks a regional framework, and Belli mentioned they have prepared suggestions that need political momentum for implementation


How can peculiar regional and local issues be effectively integrated into international digital cooperation frameworks?

Speaker

Dr. Wario Weh-Dimi


Explanation

He emphasized that while international cooperation is beneficial, local infrastructure availability and implementation challenges specific to regions like Africa need to be considered


How can duplication of work among international organizations be minimized, especially given shrinking resources?

Speaker

Torbjorn Fredriksson


Explanation

He identified this as an ongoing challenge that needs addressing to make better use of limited resources for technical assistance and capacity building


How can the relationship between digital innovation and Sustainable Development Goals be better explored and operationalized?

Speaker

Giulia Ajmone Marsan


Explanation

She mentioned this as a key area of interest for their Digital Innovation and Sustainable Economy Center, requiring further research and policy dialogue


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Networking Session #232 Bringing Safety Communities Together a Fishbowl Style Event

Networking Session #232 Bringing Safety Communities Together a Fishbowl Style Event

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on technology-facilitated gender-based violence (TFGBV) and the need for multisectoral collaboration to address this growing issue. The session brought together researchers, advocates, and practitioners to share findings and identify gaps in current approaches to combating online violence against women and marginalized groups.


Neema Iyer presented research from Uganda’s 2021 elections, revealing that women politicians faced significant sexist and sexualized comments online, which deterred many from using social media for campaigning despite its affordability. Her team also studied AI’s impact on African women, finding under-representation in datasets, algorithmic discrimination, and threats to low-skilled jobs. Notably, their research on perpetrators revealed that many are minors who learn harmful behaviors in peer spaces, highlighting the need for better digital citizenship education for young people.


Ayesha Mago from the Sexual Violence Research Initiative discussed their global research agenda, which identified major gaps in TFGBV prevention strategies, understanding of perpetration patterns, and support for marginalized populations including women with disabilities and LGBTIQ+ individuals. She emphasized the disconnect between policy frameworks and actual survivor needs, noting that many well-intentioned regulations fail to provide meaningful support.


Tom Orrell highlighted the importance of context-specific approaches, sharing examples from the Philippines where local stakeholders collaborated to define TFGBV within their cultural context. The discussion revealed challenges in defining TFGBV boundaries, particularly when online harm translates to offline violence, and the critical need for safe online spaces for criminalized communities who depend on digital platforms for connection and support.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Research findings on women politicians and digital participation**: Discussion of studies showing that women politicians in Uganda faced sexist online violence during the 2021 “scientific election,” leading many to avoid social media campaigning despite its affordability and potential benefits for their campaigns.


– **AI’s discriminatory impact on African women**: Examination of how artificial intelligence systems contain data bias due to under-representation of African women, leading to algorithmic discrimination, digital surveillance issues, labor exploitation, and threats to low-skilled jobs.


– **Perpetrator-focused research and youth involvement**: Findings that a significant proportion of technology-facilitated gender-based violence (TFGBV) perpetrators are minors who learn harmful behaviors in peer spaces online, highlighting the need for education about online empathy and behavior rather than focusing solely on victim-blaming.


– **Breaking down silos between communities**: Multiple speakers emphasized the critical need to connect digital rights advocates, GBV researchers, health professionals, and traditional women’s rights organizations who often work in isolation despite addressing interconnected issues.


– **Implementation challenges and survivor needs**: Discussion of gaps between policy creation and enforcement, particularly around cybercrime laws, and the need to center survivor voices in developing responses rather than focusing primarily on criminalization approaches.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to bring together researchers, practitioners, and advocates from different sectors (digital rights, gender-based violence prevention, health, policy) to share research findings, identify collaboration opportunities, and build a more connected community of practice around technology-facilitated gender-based violence.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and solution-oriented tone throughout. It began formally with research presentations but became increasingly interactive and networking-focused as audience members shared their work and asked questions. The tone was serious given the subject matter but remained constructive and forward-looking, with speakers emphasizing opportunities for partnership and collective action rather than dwelling on problems alone.


Speakers

– **Neema Iyer**: Feminist researcher focusing on technology-facilitated gender-based violence (TFGBV), conducted studies on women politicians in Uganda’s 2021 elections, AI impact on women in Africa, and perpetrator research


– **Ayesha Mago**: Global Advocacy Director at SVRI (Sexual Violence Research Initiative), leads TFGBV work for a global research network that builds evidence on violence against women and children in low- and middle-income countries


– **Tom Orrell**: Works at Development Gateway, involved in implementation work developing tools, platforms, and policy recommendations in-country with local partners


– **Audience**: Various participants including representatives from different organizations and countries


**Additional speakers:**


– **Onu**: Secretary General of Bangladesh Internet Governance Forum


– **Representative from Digital Health and Rights Project**: Researcher studying tech-facilitated abuse among young people in Ghana, Kenya, Colombia, and Vietnam, particularly focusing on HIV communities and LGBTQ+ populations


– **Denny**: Works with organization called Tatl, builds open source software to research and respond to online harms, focuses on detection of online gender-based violence in Indian languages


– **Manpreet**: Works at Chen, involved in Survivor AI project and encryption work related to TFGBV


– **Carla**: Works for Association for Progressive Communications (APC), involved in Women’s Rights Program and Feminist Internet Research Network


– **Mia Marzot**: Digital rights advocacy lead at Oxfam, works with partners from 10 countries in the global south


– **Mohammed Aded Ali**: From Somalia, concerned about increasing digital gender-based violence


– **Santiago Danibia**: From VHRP program, trans man advocate working on safe digital spaces for trans people


– **Oni Kamakwakwa**: From Global Digital Inclusion Partnership, co-founder of Wise for Africa (feminist organization in South Africa working on feminist jurisprudence for gender-based violence cases)


Full session report

# Technology-Facilitated Gender-Based Violence: A Multisectoral Discussion on Research, Collaboration, and Prevention


## Introduction


This collaborative discussion at the Internet Governance Forum brought together researchers, advocates, and practitioners from diverse sectors to address technology-facilitated gender-based violence (TFGBV). The session featured extensive audience participation and networking, creating a dialogue that highlighted both the complexity of TFGBV and the urgent need for coordinated responses across traditional sectoral boundaries.


The discussion was anchored by three main presenters: Neema Iyer, a feminist researcher focusing on TFGBV with extensive experience studying women politicians in Uganda and AI’s impact on African women; Ayesha Mago, Global Advocacy Director at the Sexual Violence Research Initiative (SVRI), who leads TFGBV work for a global research network; and Tom Orrell, who contributed session management and facilitation. The session also featured significant contributions from audience members representing organisations across multiple countries and sectors, including digital rights advocates, health researchers, and women’s rights practitioners.


## Research Findings and Evidence Gaps


### Women Politicians and Digital Participation


Neema Iyer presented compelling research from Uganda’s 2021 elections, which she described as a “scientific election” due to COVID-19 restrictions that made digital campaigning particularly important. Her team’s findings revealed a troubling paradox in digital political participation. Whilst social media campaigning offers significant advantages for women politicians—particularly its affordability compared to traditional media—many women candidates chose to avoid these platforms entirely due to fear of online violence.


“So we actually found out it was actually really quite difficult to find the accounts of women to actually monitor because a lot of them chose to actually stay away from it instead of embracing,” Iyer explained. “Because women actually tend to really benefit from social media campaigning because it’s much more affordable… So it was a bit heartbreaking to see that they weren’t using it to its full capacity.”


The research documented extensive sexist and sexualised comments directed at women politicians, creating a hostile environment that effectively excluded them from affordable campaign tools. This finding illustrates how TFGBV creates structural barriers to democratic participation, moving beyond individual harm to systemic inequality.


### AI’s Discriminatory Impact on African Women


Iyer’s team also conducted groundbreaking research on artificial intelligence’s impact on African women, revealing multiple layers of discrimination embedded in AI systems. Their findings identified under-representation of African women in datasets used to train AI systems, leading to algorithmic discrimination that affects everything from facial recognition technology to hiring algorithms.


The research documented several key areas of concern: digital surveillance disproportionately affecting women, labour exploitation through AI-driven platforms, and threats to low-skilled jobs traditionally held by women. This work expands the understanding of TFGBV beyond social media harassment to encompass broader technological systems that perpetuate gender inequality.


### Global Research Agenda and Evidence Gaps


Ayesha Mago presented findings from SVRI’s global research agenda, which identified significant gaps in current approaches to TFGBV. The research revealed major shortcomings in prevention strategies, with current approaches focusing heavily on detection and punishment rather than addressing root causes.


“And the huge emphasis on detection and incarceration, in fact, is hindering approaches to actually preventing this kind of behaviour online,” Mago observed, challenging the dominant punitive approach to addressing online violence.


SVRI’s work identified particular gaps in understanding TFGBV’s impact on marginalised populations, including women with disabilities and LGBTIQ+ individuals. The research also highlighted a disconnect between policy frameworks and actual survivor needs, noting that many well-intentioned regulations fail to provide meaningful support to those experiencing online violence.


## Perpetrator-Focused Research and Youth Involvement


One of the most significant findings presented was Iyer’s research on TFGBV perpetrators, which revealed that a substantial proportion are minors. This discovery fundamentally challenges conventional approaches to addressing online violence.


“And quite interestingly, we found out that quite a big proportion tend to be minors. So it’s oftentimes children on the internet behaving badly,” Iyer explained. “So the question becomes then, how do we actually reach and teach younger people about how do you behave in online spaces? Because I think as humans, we’re taught so much how to behave in public… But that’s not the case once you build an account online.”


This finding suggests that many young perpetrators learn harmful behaviours in peer spaces online, where traditional social conditioning mechanisms don’t operate. The research indicates a need for education about online empathy and digital citizenship rather than focusing solely on victim-blaming or criminalisation approaches.


## Cross-Sector Collaboration and Breaking Down Silos


A central theme throughout the discussion was the critical need to break down silos between different communities working on related issues. Multiple speakers emphasised that TFGBV requires multisectoral responses that bring together digital rights advocates, GBV researchers, health professionals, and traditional women’s rights organisations.


Mago highlighted SVRI’s approach to fostering collaboration through their 300-member community of practice, which provides safe spaces for challenging conversations and resource sharing. “We run a community of practice… and we found that to be much more successful than these kinds of in-person conferences,” she noted, suggesting that online communities can be more effective for connecting diverse stakeholders globally.


Carla from the Association for Progressive Communications (APC) contributed significantly to this discussion, highlighting their Women’s Rights Program and Feminist Internet Research Network’s work in connecting researchers and advocates across different contexts.


The discussion revealed that whilst there is growing recognition of the need for collaboration, significant barriers remain. Several speakers noted that women’s rights organisations often show resistance to technical topics due to lack of digital skills and confidence, whilst technical communities may lack understanding of gender dynamics and survivor needs.


## Platform Expansion and Emerging Spaces


The discussion highlighted significant gaps in current research focus, particularly regarding platforms where young people are active. Iyer emphasised the need to expand research beyond traditional social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook to include gaming platforms such as Roblox and Fortnite, where many children spend considerable time.


This observation was supported by audience contributions, including research from the Digital Health and Rights Project showing that 75% of young people across four countries (Ghana, Kenya, Colombia, and Vietnam) experienced tech-facilitated abuse, with particularly high rates among LGBTQ+ and HIV-affected populations.


## Legal and Policy Implementation Challenges


Despite the existence of legal frameworks addressing online violence, the discussion revealed significant implementation challenges. Multiple speakers highlighted gaps between policy creation and enforcement, particularly around cybersecurity laws.


Oni Kamakwakwa from the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership provided a stark illustration of these challenges: “However, there is no knowledge of how to enforce it, including within the judiciary as well… But the reality of it is that we have women who continuously get harassed, including serious cases of revenge porn, where even the police are laughing at the incidents because they don’t realise that… this is how we expect judiciary clusters to actually respond to these cases.”


This observation highlighted how deeply embedded attitudes within law enforcement and judicial systems can undermine even well-crafted legal protections.


## Marginalised Communities and Recognition Issues


The discussion gave particular attention to the challenges faced by marginalised communities online. Santiago Danibia, a trans man advocate, raised a particularly poignant question about recognition in digital spaces: “My question is around how we work over that, over not having recognition even in the countries, and how we do or how we help or we move the idea of being recognised in the digital world, if we don’t have safe spaces even in the countries that are supposed to protect us.”


This question highlighted the intersection of legal recognition, safety, and digital inclusion for trans communities and other marginalised groups. The discussion revealed a fundamental tension in digital inclusion work: online spaces are often essential for marginalised communities to connect with support and partners, yet these same spaces can pose significant safety risks.


## Innovative Approaches and Tools


Several audience members shared innovative approaches to addressing TFGBV challenges. Denny from Tatl described building open-source software to research and respond to online harms, with a particular focus on detection of online gender-based violence in Indian languages. This work involved crowdsourcing data and developing machine learning models, with potential for replication across other countries and languages.


Manpreet from Chen discussed the Survivor AI project and encryption work related to TFGBV, highlighting how technical solutions can be developed with survivor needs in mind.


## Areas of Strong Consensus and Future Directions


The discussion revealed remarkable consensus on several key points: the need for cross-sector collaboration, shifting focus from victim-centred approaches to understanding perpetrator behaviour, addressing significant research gaps, and improving implementation of existing laws.


The session generated concrete commitments, including SVRI’s continued funding of research grants in low- and middle-income countries, encouragement for participants to join the TFGBV community of practice, and plans for follow-up networking. Iyer indicated plans to repeat the Uganda elections analysis in 2026 to compare changes over five years.


## Conclusion


This comprehensive discussion demonstrated both the complexity of technology-facilitated gender-based violence and the potential for collaborative responses across traditional sectoral boundaries. The session successfully brought together diverse perspectives and expertise, with extensive audience participation creating a foundation for continued collaboration and coordinated action.


The discussion revealed that whilst significant challenges remain—from definitional issues to implementation gaps—there is strong consensus on priority areas for action. The emphasis on perpetrator-focused research, cross-sector collaboration, and prevention-oriented approaches provides a clear direction for future work.


The collaborative tone and practical focus of the discussion, combined with concrete commitments for follow-up action, suggest that this conversation represents an important step towards more coordinated and effective responses to technology-facilitated gender-based violence.


Session transcript

Neema Iyer: and a number of other women politicians who participated in the 2021 elections in Uganda. And Uganda is actually going into elections again in 2026, that’s Jan next year. And we’re planning to do another analysis so that we can actually compare and look at how things have changed in the past five years. And what we found out is that women face a lot of sexist and sexualized comments online. But I think what was even more interesting, so this particular election, the president of Uganda called it a scientific election because it happened during COVID. And they were trying to reduce the number of rallies that were happening in public. So they said, let’s move more of the campaigning to an online space. But unfortunately, a lot of the women leaders don’t really have digital skills. That’s one, but there’s also the fear of what kind of online violence they might face that they don’t want to deal with. So we actually found out it was actually really quite difficult to find the accounts of women to actually monitor because a lot of them chose to actually stay away from it instead of embracing. Because women actually tend to really benefit from social media campaigning because it’s much more affordable. Like they can’t often afford the rallies or the radio shows or the TV ads, but social media is so much more affordable. So it was a bit heartbreaking to see that they weren’t using it to its full capacity. The next study we had is looking at the impact of AI on women in Africa. And we did this as part of a three-study series looking at what’s happening and what we think will continue to happen. And what we really found is that there’s an under-representation of African women in the data sets itself. So this leads to the kind of data bias. We found there’s a lot of algorithmic discrimination against marginalized women. There’s also issues of digital surveillance and censorship that AI makes very possible. There’s labor exploitation, and it also threatens low-skilled jobs. So just looking more holistically of what is AI doing to harm women in other ways beyond social media, for example. And then the last one I want to touch upon is our recent research on perpetrators. So a lot of research on TFGBV is really focused on women. Women as the victims, women should report, women should go to the police. It’s often that narrative that we see in this kind of research. And we said, OK, let’s just flip the script and see why do people engage in this kind of behavior? Why are the perpetrators of this kind of violence? And quite interestingly, we found out that quite a big proportion tend to be minors. So it’s oftentimes children on the internet behaving badly. And they learn this bad behavior in their peer spaces. So this kind of bad behavior is actually encouraged by their peers in these kind of spaces. So the question becomes then, how do we actually reach and teach younger people about how do you behave in online spaces? Because I think as humans, we’re taught so much how to behave in public. Our parents are constantly telling us what to do, what not to do. Society corrects you all the time. But that’s not the case once you build an account online. There are no rules. You can do whatever you want. You can insult anyone in whatever country. There are no repercussions, right? So it’s really trying to figure out where does this ideological radicalization happen to young people? And why are we focusing so much on victim blaming and platform inaction when there could be other pathways to reach minors to talk about empathy in online spaces? So a lot more work to be done in this sort of space. And just building into that, I think the time is really right for us to start studying the role of masculinity’s ideology. I think as a feminist researcher, we talk so much about feminist research, but I don’t think we dive deeply enough into the masculinities and what’s going on there and what is the connection to TFGBV. What are the perpetrator pathways? What does reformation look like? Why do people reform? What does that cause? And more importantly, I think we need to start looking at other platforms. I think we have focused for a long time on Twitter, Facebook. But if you look at the number of children that are playing Roblox that are on Fortnite, and I feel like we’ve barely touched the iceberg of what goes on there. So there’s a lot more research to be done, and I really hope we’ll have space to have that conversation. But I’ll pass it on to Aisha.


Ayesha Mago: Thank you, Nima. And thank you, Tom. And I think, actually, just listening to both Tom and Nima, it’s more clear than ever why we’re actually doing this together. And it’s a perfect segue from you, Nima, from what you were saying about research. Because I’m Aisha from the SVRI, that’s the Sexual Violence Research Initiative. I’m the Global Advocacy Director there, and I lead our TFGBV work. And SVRI is a global research network that builds evidence on violence against women and violence against children in low- and middle-income countries. And we do that to find out, really, what works and what doesn’t work, and to try and gather that information to really strengthen the field of violence programming and practitioners and policymaking and all of that, and at the same time, really strengthen researchers in low- and middle-income countries where there often aren’t the resources that they need to be. Within this, of course, there is a huge amount of work being done on TFGBV right now, and we do have quite a large evidence base. But there are still some really major gaps. In fact, as Nima has already mentioned, one of the key gaps is around perpetration. What we decided to do was, with some partners, the Association for Progressive Communications, UN Women, and the Global Partnership to End Online Harassment and Abuse, which is a coalition of multiple countries working on this, we decided to actually run a consultative process to create a research agenda for the field. And the point of that research agenda was to say, okay, we know there’s a lot of evidence out there, but where are the real gaps? And once we have conducted this process and identified these gaps, then we can work with researchers, with practitioners, with funders to persuade them to put resources where the real gaps are, and where the field as a whole is saying those gaps are. So we had feedback from hundreds and hundreds of people from around the world. I won’t go into the process, it’s way too long, but please do feel free to come and ask me if you’re interested in this. Because we really do believe in research priority setting as a sort of key thing for the field. And one of the areas we found that we really do not know much about is prevention, what works to prevent TFGBV, right? That includes tech company accountability, and as Tom mentioned, this whole area around safety by design and how to actually persuade tech companies to engage in that. But it also includes all the work Nima’s just talked about around perpetration. How do you stop people from perpetrating? And how do you deal with some of these really, really impactful studies that are showing that it is young people and lots of research that’s coming out of various places now that’s showing that the huge emphasis on detection and incarceration, in fact, is hindering approaches to actually preventing this kind of behavior online. We also found a big gap was on specific populations, and those are the populations that are most impacted by TFGBV. So that includes, you know, marginalized groups of women, such as women with disabilities, LGBTIQ+, populations, refugee and migrant women. So there’s an enormous invisibilization of these people in the research, even though we know that the impacts are the highest on them. Where there is data, it’s not just aggregated. Then there’s a whole area around survivor needs, and we’re going to try and talk about that a little bit more today, but it was around, like, what do survivors actually want in terms of services, and are all these policies and regulations and legal frameworks and stuff actually meeting that in any way? So the research agenda is a big part of our work on TFGBV. The other part is that we support a number of research grants all over the world, but in low- and middle-income countries, trying to drill down specifically into the areas of gaps that I’ve mentioned, and, you know, it might be work in Colombia on an app, working with the police to identify online grooming. It might be in South Africa on TFGBV and how it’s impacting specific communities of women with disabilities, young people in Nepal, gender disinformation in India. So a whole range of different research grants that we are funding, and actually a whole bunch of other stuff, but the one I want to mention I think is highly relevant in this context of bringing safety communities together is our community of practice. So we run a TFGBV community of practice. There are more than 300 members of it now. It really is a safe space to convene, to have really challenging conversations, to share resources, to share work, and right now we’re working on a partnership with UN Women where we are actually engaging in a whole series of policy dialogues so that some of the key messages, again, coming from the field can be fed into the larger global frameworks, and so that we can start saying, okay, what’s missing? What’s the field thing is missing, and, you know, how do we use the strength of some of the multilateral organizations, such as the UN, to actually get those messages across? So I mean, I’m going to stop there, other than just to say in terms of Internet Governance Forum, it’s a very, very different space for SVRI, but I think one of the key things that we really wanted to do was to start breaking some of the silos between digital rights and GBV researchers and practitioners, and we know that this is, you know, a huge, huge issue that needs multisectoral responses, but often we are not talking in the same rooms to each other, so that’s sort of a key goal for me here. Thank you.


Tom Orrell: Thank you. Thank you both. And thank you all for listening to us, and now it’s your turn to also get involved, so there’s no escape now, you’re not allowed to get up and walk away. We have a few questions for discussion, but actually before moving to those, we’d love to hear any reflections, thoughts, or any experiences of work that you’ve been doing on TFGBV, if you’d like to share with us, that would be great. We had hoped this would be a less formal networking session. This is the stage we were given. We didn’t expect to be standing on stage. Perhaps… We can go down. Should we sit on the edge of the stage, maybe, and that’s a nice kind of balance? Yeah. Yeah. Let’s go around. I’m going to just jump down. Oh. Not working. Oh, you have to lean. But… Oh, wow, that’s really… No, no one has a mic. No, for the live stream. Oh. Is it okay? All right, cool. Amazing. So would anyone like to jump in with any questions or experience sharing? And we can always move on to the conversation questions as well. One second, one second. Thank you. How do I change slides?


Audience: Good afternoon. My name is Onu from Bangladesh. I’m looking after Bangladesh Internet Governance Forum. I’m a Secretary General. Thank you very much. Your session and conversation is very well. But I have one observation regarding Ayesha. You mentioned the research funding you provide the community. You mentioned India. Do you have any planned research regarding this agenda in Bangladesh?


Ayesha Mago: So I don’t think we currently have a research grant in Bangladesh. But every year we do another set of research grants. But I don’t think we have one in Bangladesh right now, no. And not on TFGBV for sure. But we have funded research grants in Bangladesh on violence against women, yes.


Audience: Okay, okay. Your organization already involved any organization in Bangladesh?


Ayesha Mago: In the past, definitely. We’ve had partners there, yes. But I mean, we are not currently working with Bangladesh on this issue. But we would love to be. So let’s chat.


Audience: This is a bit of a comment on our work. And some questions that would be interesting to hear more about. So myself and my two colleagues, we’re from the Digital Health and Rights Project. So we’re really looking at things from a health angle. Particularly rooted in the HIV movement and communities living with and affected by HIV. We’ve just concluded a study with 300 young people in Ghana, Kenya, Colombia, and Vietnam. And we found that 75% of young people in our study had experienced tech-facilitated abuse. Some of that is along gender lines. A lot of that is around being LGBTQ+, or being part of a criminalized population of people living with HIV. So yeah, we’re really interested to connect with everyone. And learn more about this space and how we can be more engaged as we cross over multiple different spaces. And also, we really found that we were struggling to define tech-facilitated abuse and the bounds of it. So a lot of the young people were experiencing harm online, or the beginnings of harm. And then it translated into offline harm. And how we defined that was a really interesting piece of what we were talking about as a project. And the kind of classic phrase of your rights must be protected online as they are offline. And whether that really applies, because it’s quite a spectrum of both online and offline abuse. And the other really interesting conversation we’re having, and I think you kind of touched on it just there, was should we advocate for criminalization, and what other options are there? So yeah, those are the kind of questions that we would bring and want to discuss and learn more from others about. Amazing. Thank you very much. Hey, I’ll just add to the conversation around breaking silos. My name’s Denny, I’m with an organization called Tatl. Denny, we were supposed to meet. So we build open source software to research and respond to online harms. And OGPV is also one of our verticals for us. Our incentive to start this OGPV project was the lack of data sets and tooling when it comes to detection of online gender-based violence in Indian languages. So I feel like over the last two years, we’ve kind of created like a recipe where we started crowdsourcing slurs in Indian languages, annotating them and filtering them, consolidating them, whatever. And then co-create resources and machine learning models to detect OGPV in Indian languages. And I think the reason to share this with a larger group like this is that I think the process can be replicated across countries or across languages. And so happy to chat with other people who are looking to do something similar. Awesome. Super interesting. Thank you for sharing. It’s such amazing work. The lady at the back over here. And I thought there was another hand as well. Hi, my name is Manpreet from Chen. I think most of you have connected with us in different ways. Our current work, we’re actually working on Survivor AI, looking at helping, I think, again, I think all of you have connected in different ways, but just with the general other participants. Working on Survivor AI, working with where individual survivors can come onto the platform and create an escalation letter to support them and take down with any images on various different platforms. And we’re also working with European organizations around encryption and looking at how that actually impacts TBFGBV. And so, yeah, a lot of our resources around healing are in different languages as well and supporting that. So I think there’s some opportunities to connect and collaborate on different aspects around encryption and Survivor AI. Definitely, yeah, definitely. Thank you. Hi, hello everyone. I am Carla and I work for the Association for Progressive Communications. So first, thank you for starting this important conversation at the Internet Governance Forum and connecting the spaces because I think it’s quite relevant to have this conversation here as well. And I’m a huge fan of SVRI and policy and the work that they do and the work that we do together. I’m happy to say that APC, as some of you mentioned it too, that you have worked with us and we work with you. And it’s happy to see that there are more people that we can collaborate with on online gender-based violence or now TFGBV and these acronyms that we have on this subject. And yes, as APC, we have different approaches to the issue. And these approaches include as well research, capacity building, movement building. So APC has the Women’s Rights Program and in the Women’s Rights Program we have the Feminist Internet Research Network. And right now we are on the third cycle of research, specifically on technology-facilitated gender-based violence. We also have the platform GenderIT.org and through the platform it’s a think tank of feminist advocates who bring their voices and share from their own experiences on issues related to feminist internet, including technology-facilitated gender-based violence. We also have the Feminist Principles of the Internet and one of the principles is specifically on violence. So anyway, that’s just a very broad, small introduction of the work that APC does. We have a booth if you want to go and take a look. But I’m just excited to be here and to share with you and to learn from you as well, so thank you.


Neema Iyer: I’d also like to mention that the first project that I mentioned where we did the Africa-wide research was part of the Feminist Internet Research Network and it was really being a part of that network that actually set all our other feminist work in motion. I think it was really a transformative program and yeah, I just really appreciate having been a part of it all those years ago.


Audience: That’s great. Hi, thank you so much for convening this space. My name is Mia Marzot and I work for Oxfam. I’m the digital rights advocacy lead and particularly also have a booth right around the corner because we’re bringing together partners from 10 different countries in the so-called global south with the aim of making sure that the needs and perspectives of communities that are not necessarily always in these spaces are here. So we see Oxfam’s roles as acting a bit as a convener or raising the voices of the feminist young activists and organizations that we work with and partner with. And on that point, because you mentioned breaking silos and also the importance of making sure that this evidence that you’re gathering or the projects that you’re implementing are actually acted upon, that they don’t just remain words on a page as much as important it is to have words on a page. It’s great to see you guys here, but in, I guess, my question is in the more traditional spaces that have been looking at women’s rights and safety of women and girls, which opportunities do you see coming up, as in where can the technical community or the private sector tech companies should be engaging with? One place that comes to mind is the CSW, the Commission on the Status of Women. This year’s meeting had a very, very small focus on tech-facilitated gender-based violence and very little mention of it, although it’s an increasingly prevalent and important issue. So I guess my question is, what has been your experience in trying to bring some of the people that are maybe in this community, in these other spaces, and what opportunities do you see coming up where maybe we can join forces a little bit more as organizations or people concerned with this issue? We’ll come around here. Thank you very much for your presentation, much appreciated. My name is Mohammed Aded Ali, I’m from Somalia. Gender-based violence by digital is increasing, mainly women and girls, because blackmailing as well as harassing is an arena of digital issues. So, in your research, your prospective strategy, how that increasing violence can reduce, as well as who can take the responsibility of that increasing, because some of the country doesn’t have any policy or regulatory protecting the women and girls. That’s my question, thank you very much. Thank you.


Tom Orrell: We’ll come back to that. Thank you so much for all those reflections and inputs. We have some more, I was going to say, are there any more? Please keep it coming. We’ve got about 15 minutes left, so we can keep doing this for a few more minutes. Yeah, we can keep the conversation going. And also, if people want to respond to things that they’ve heard and questions that they’ve heard from others, please do jump in. It’s not just us.


Neema Iyer: If you have questions on things other people have mentioned.


Audience: Hi, my name is Santiago Danibia. I’m from the VHRP program, as my colleague said. So, I have a question. It’s around doing the project. We experienced the need to bring safe spaces, digital spaces, to trans people, making advocacy and incidency, over and even in the idea of a recognition of trans people in the difference, because usually when people talk about trans people, they only assume that trans people are trans women. I’m a trans man, and getting the idea of people recognizing myself and my community and my population around we being trans also has been one of our needs. And I wanted to ask a question, because you know that recently in the UK, the categorization about a woman becomes really hard for trans women, because they stop being recognized as women. So, my question is around how we work over that, over not having recognition even in the countries, and how we do or how we help or we move the idea of being recognized in the digital world, if we don’t have safe spaces even in the countries that are supposed to protect us. That’s a question.


Ayesha Mago: Possible question. That is such a hard question. I know. Nima, you take that. That joke is very nuanced as well.


Audience: Hello, my name is Oni Kamakwakwa. I’m from the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership, where we work on advancing meaningful connectivity for the global majority. And I guess my question is how do we make sure that standards for inclusion, for digital inclusion, begin to more boldly identify online safety as one of the things that actually impedes inclusion? So, it’s very uncomfortable to continuously be advocating for digital inclusion when there’s a whole population that is endangered by being included online specifically. So, that’s just one question. Also, personally, I’m a co-founder of a feminist organization in South Africa called Wise for Africa, that works on building feminist jurisprudence in how courts address gender-based violence specifically. And one of the things we’ve observed with online violence against women is that we always have really great policies, cybersecurity laws that criminalize the behavior. However, there is no knowledge of how to enforce it, including within the judiciary as well. Any insights and examples you can share with us for how we actually get past that hurdle? Because I feel like we are stuck on celebrating this amazing law. But the reality of it is that we have women who continuously get harassed, including serious cases of revenge porn, where even the police are laughing at the incidents because they don’t realize that, in the same way you see someone speeding down the highway and you chase them because they’ve broken a law, this is how we expect judiciary clusters to actually respond to these cases. So, are we making any progress, really, on the legal front, in terms of just enforcing these amazing policies and cybercrime laws that we are adopting?


Ayesha Mago: Sure.


Neema Iyer: There was a question on how to bring other spaces in. I do find some of the other questions were very difficult questions, but this one I feel I can answer. I actually want to talk about another research project that we had. It’s called Afrofeminist Data Futures. In that project, we talked to women’s rights organizations from all across Africa. I think we spoke to 40 organizations, but we mapped all of them, and we asked them about how they use data, their thoughts on data, just what do they think of their data future. We did this study in different languages. We did it with an Anglophone group, a Francophone group, and a Lusophone group. What I think was one of the most interesting insights is that as you moved across these languages, so countries colonized by the English, the French, and the Portuguese, you could really see, also going back to questions of digital inclusion, that there was a lesser and lesser understanding or skill level of digital skills. What I really felt was that there was a resistance to talking about data, to talking about digital rights, because they felt that it was really outside their domain of expertise. They felt like, okay, I’ve been doing women’s rights for many years, I understand this, I understand the pain of all these other issues, but when it came to talking about anything technical, they really would shy away. I’ve actually also experienced this when I’ve done trainings. I’ve done trainings with the most amazing people, talking about their times in Uganda, all the things they’ve been through, and then I come to train them on a data collection tool, and they become a different person. They just suddenly are very helpless. And so I think it really comes down to bringing them into the spaces, so us going into those spaces and them coming into our spaces, and getting rid of that fear of not knowing. So yeah, I think sort of what you’re doing, like bringing organizations to this convening, I think are really, really important. I also know the… Have you heard of the African School of Internet Governance? It’s another really amazing program. So I think all these programs, like FUN, AFRICIG, I think they’re so instrumental in bringing these different voices. And I don’t know if there are similar initiatives in other countries, but I think that they are very instrumental and there should be more of them. So answering that question.


Ayesha Mago: Great. Pass it on to you. So I wanted to quickly pick up on what you had mentioned about the measurement issues, because that’s a really, really big gap. And just very quickly, what I wanted to say was it came up big time in the research agenda that we still don’t have clear definitions. So how can we deal with, measure all of that? Lots of organizations are doing work on this. So I’ll share resources with you. And I’d love to hear more about your study as well. Remind me of other questions. I’ve got a whole list.


Tom Orrell: Okay, go on. I think there was a good question about where can the technical community and private sector companies be engaged in these spaces? Where can we join forces a little bit more?


Ayesha Mago: Right. I mean, just to add to what Nima was saying, I’m sure you have some ideas on this as well. But just to add, one thing we have found really successful, and maybe more successful than these in-person conferences, is something like the community of practice. Because people from all over the world and from all sorts of different sectors come to those meetings. And I mean, although they are online, it is a chance to really exchange views, exchange work, get to know about people’s programming and stuff that’s happening in all sorts of places that you just don’t. And often forums like this are actually very difficult to make those connections, right? I mean, I went to RightsCon last year, and I found it really hard to actually just keep a handle on things. So I would say those sorts of online communities are great spaces. And to keep pulling the tech sector in and not let them say no, I think that’s important. Yeah, I mean,


Tom Orrell: I’d add a couple of points to that on that particular question. From our perspective, and at Development Gateway, we do a lot of implementation work. So we work in-country with local partners to kind of develop tools, develop platforms, develop policy recommendations in-country. And I think from that development point of view, the closer you are to the context, the better your community is going to be and the more effective it’s likely to be. In the Philippines, we convened a two-day workshop bringing together national regulators, the local police force, representatives from city-level gender-based violence desks, together with media, media academics, local civil society groups, international civil society groups, UN women, all of these people in a room together. And we spent the first day basically talking about what TFGBV was in the Philippines. What is it here? Some people work on online. It’s a besmirchment and defamatory practice essentially, but it is a form of TFGBV when it’s gendered and it has become that in the country. So you uncover the nuances and the local practices and the local issues when you engage with people at that level. I think the value and the relevance of fora like the IGF is sharing and learning and building those communities of practice across country, across regions, across thematic areas, learning from each other, hopefully building synergies and sharing information as we move forward through those online spaces. But I think it’s also important for us to be able to feed into policy discussions and policy outcomes. What exactly we want to be saying, I don’t know, beyond platforms should be accountable for removing bad content. But I think that’s a very tricky question. There were a couple of other points I wanted to make in relation to some of the other questions. We’ve got about three and a half minutes, I’m not going to hog it all, don’t worry. I think you’re doing some really interesting work there on that intersection of SRH. Some of the comments that I just make I think apply to what you were saying as well, which is how do you actually define the parameters of TFGBV? I wanted to share a really cool experience that I had talking to someone who worked on sexual and reproductive health in the Philippines. She was part of the workshop I just mentioned, and she works for a local foundation in the Philippines that supports the training and deployment of frontline SRH workers. It hadn’t actually occurred to me, okay, wow, how do you integrate TFGBV into the work of a frontline SRH worker? Because it is a form of mental well-being that they need to support when you’re dealing especially with younger people who have this enormous access and presence online. For me, it was just a really interesting thing that I hadn’t, hands up, I hadn’t thought of that intersection before. But I think it just goes to show just how pervasive the digital aspect of our lives is. The point that you made about online harms then manifesting in the physical world, I think it’s been true for a while. But I think with TFGBV issues in particular, it’s especially poignant and especially painful I think for survivors, especially image-based abuse, et cetera. Those images, even when removed from some platforms, are likely to be somewhere in cyberspace for perpetuity, in perpetuity really. So the damage can be extremely long-lasting in the physical world. And that link with SRH I think is something that’s well worth teasing out. And what can we learn from successful SRH approaches over the last 20, 30 years, and how do we apply that to TFGBV? Those are some of the things I wanted to just share. We have about a minute and a half each. Maybe some final thoughts from my colleagues here, and then final thoughts really quickly.


Ayesha Mago: One and a half minutes. I just wanted to say one thing about what you were saying about how can you be recognized online when you are not recognized in the real world? I mean, we know both are the real world. And I do not have an answer for that question. But what I will say is that this incredibly difficult line specifically for communities that are discriminated against in public life, and therefore how important it is actually to access the online space, and then how do you navigate that online space? And it connects to what our colleague behind was also saying about like, but the online space is dangerous. But that online space is critical, right? Because for many people in communities that are criminalized, that is in fact the only space they have sometimes to connect with support communities, to connect with intimate partners, all of that. So while I do not have an answer to that, I think your point just makes it so much more important around how we have to make online spaces safe. And we have to keep fighting that fight. Yeah. Yeah.


Neema Iyer: I think I will take the last 15 seconds to just say thank you to everyone who contributed, everyone who asked questions. I think we were able to get the networking going a little bit. It was really interesting to hear about all the work that you are doing. So thank you for coming and making the session less awkward. I really appreciate it. Thank you all for being here. Thank you. Thank you so much. We did want to just say as well, for those who are interested in taking the network forward, there is a bar in the next room. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.


N

Neema Iyer

Speech speed

187 words per minute

Speech length

1426 words

Speech time

455 seconds

Women politicians in Uganda faced sexist comments online but avoided digital campaigning due to lack of skills and fear of violence, missing affordable campaign opportunities

Explanation

During Uganda’s 2021 ‘scientific election’ held during COVID, the government encouraged online campaigning to reduce public rallies. However, women politicians largely avoided social media despite it being more affordable than traditional campaigning methods like rallies, radio, or TV ads due to lack of digital skills and fear of online violence.


Evidence

Study of women politicians in Uganda’s 2021 elections; difficulty finding women’s accounts to monitor because they chose to stay away from online spaces; comparison with traditional expensive campaign methods


Major discussion point

Digital exclusion of women in political participation


Topics

Gender rights online | Development


AI impact research shows under-representation of African women in datasets, leading to algorithmic discrimination and various harms beyond social media

Explanation

Research on AI’s impact on women in Africa revealed systematic bias in datasets that under-represent African women. This leads to multiple forms of harm including algorithmic discrimination against marginalized women, digital surveillance, censorship, labor exploitation, and threats to low-skilled jobs.


Evidence

Three-study series on AI impact; findings of data bias, algorithmic discrimination, digital surveillance and censorship issues, labor exploitation, and job displacement threats


Major discussion point

AI bias and discrimination against African women


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles


Research on perpetrators reveals many are minors who learn harmful behavior from peers, suggesting need for education on online empathy rather than victim-blaming

Explanation

Studies focusing on perpetrators of TFGBV found that a significant proportion are minors who learn harmful behavior in peer spaces where such conduct is encouraged. This suggests the need to shift focus from victim-blaming to educating young people about appropriate online behavior and empathy.


Evidence

Research on perpetrators showing high proportion of minors; observation that bad behavior is learned and encouraged in peer spaces; comparison with offline social correction mechanisms


Major discussion point

Prevention through education rather than victim-focused approaches


Topics

Children rights | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Ayesha Mago

Agreed on

Focus on perpetrators and prevention rather than victim-blaming


Need to study masculinity ideologies and perpetrator pathways for reformation rather than focusing solely on feminist research

Explanation

As a feminist researcher, there’s recognition that the field focuses heavily on feminist research but doesn’t adequately examine masculinities and their connection to TFGBV. Understanding perpetrator pathways, reformation processes, and underlying ideological factors is crucial for comprehensive solutions.


Evidence

Acknowledgment of gap in masculinity research; questions about perpetrator pathways, reformation causes, and ideological radicalization of young people


Major discussion point

Need for comprehensive research including masculinity studies


Topics

Gender rights online | Sociocultural


Research needs to expand beyond Twitter and Facebook to platforms like Roblox and Fortnite where many children are active

Explanation

Current TFGBV research has focused primarily on traditional social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook, but there’s a significant gap in understanding what happens on gaming platforms where large numbers of children are active. This represents an untapped area of research that could reveal important insights about online harm to minors.


Evidence

Observation about focus on Twitter and Facebook; mention of large numbers of children on Roblox and Fortnite; statement that ‘we’ve barely touched the iceberg of what goes on there’


Major discussion point

Expanding research to gaming platforms


Topics

Children rights | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Ayesha Mago
– Audience

Agreed on

Research gaps and need for better definitions


Women’s rights organizations across Africa show resistance to technical topics due to lack of digital skills and confidence

Explanation

Research with 40 women’s rights organizations across Anglophone, Francophone, and Lusophone Africa revealed decreasing digital skills and understanding across these language groups. Organizations that were confident in traditional women’s rights work became hesitant and resistant when discussing technical or data-related topics.


Evidence

Afrofeminist Data Futures research with 40 organizations across different language groups; observed pattern of decreasing digital skills from English to French to Portuguese colonized countries; personal training experiences showing transformation from confident to helpless when technical topics introduced


Major discussion point

Digital divide in women’s rights organizations


Topics

Development | Gender rights online


Agreed with

– Ayesha Mago
– Tom Orrell
– Audience

Agreed on

Need for cross-sector collaboration and breaking down silos


A

Ayesha Mago

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

1556 words

Speech time

518 seconds

Major research gaps exist in prevention strategies, specific marginalized populations, and survivor needs that current policies don’t address

Explanation

Through a consultative process with hundreds of participants worldwide, SVRI identified key gaps in TFGBV research including lack of knowledge about prevention methods, insufficient focus on marginalized groups most impacted by TFGBV, and inadequate understanding of what survivors actually want from services and policies.


Evidence

Consultative process with hundreds of participants globally; identification of gaps in prevention research, marginalized populations (women with disabilities, LGBTIQ+, refugee and migrant women), and survivor needs assessment


Major discussion point

Systematic gaps in TFGBV research priorities


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Neema Iyer
– Audience

Agreed on

Research gaps and need for better definitions


SVRI funds research grants globally in low- and middle-income countries to address identified evidence gaps

Explanation

SVRI supports multiple research grants worldwide specifically targeting the identified gaps in TFGBV research. These grants focus on practical applications and specific community needs in various countries and contexts.


Evidence

Examples of funded research: Colombia app working with police on online grooming, South Africa research on TFGBV impact on women with disabilities, young people research in Nepal, gender disinformation research in India


Major discussion point

Targeted funding for TFGBV research gaps


Topics

Development | Gender rights online


Breaking silos between digital rights and GBV researchers is crucial for multisectoral responses to TFGBV

Explanation

TFGBV requires multisectoral responses, but digital rights advocates and GBV researchers often work in separate spaces without adequate communication. Breaking down these silos is essential for effective collaborative responses to the issue.


Evidence

Recognition that different sectors often don’t talk in the same rooms; participation in Internet Governance Forum as different space for SVRI to bridge these communities


Major discussion point

Need for cross-sector collaboration


Topics

Gender rights online | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Neema Iyer
– Tom Orrell
– Audience

Agreed on

Need for cross-sector collaboration and breaking down silos


SVRI runs a 300-member community of practice providing safe spaces for challenging conversations and resource sharing

Explanation

The TFGBV community of practice serves as a safe convening space for over 300 members to engage in difficult conversations, share resources and work, and collaborate on policy dialogues with organizations like UN Women to influence global frameworks.


Evidence

300+ member community of practice; partnership with UN Women for policy dialogues; focus on feeding field messages into larger global frameworks


Major discussion point

Community building for TFGBV practitioners


Topics

Gender rights online | Interdisciplinary approaches


Research shows emphasis on detection and incarceration hinders prevention approaches to online harmful behavior

Explanation

Emerging research from various locations indicates that the heavy focus on detecting and incarcerating perpetrators of online harm actually impedes efforts to prevent such behavior from occurring in the first place. This suggests a need to rebalance approaches toward prevention.


Evidence

Research coming from various places showing detection and incarceration approaches hinder prevention


Major discussion point

Rethinking criminal justice approaches to online harm


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Audience

Agreed on

Implementation and enforcement gaps in existing laws


Online communities of practice are more successful than in-person conferences for connecting diverse sectors globally

Explanation

Online community platforms have proven more effective than large in-person conferences for facilitating meaningful connections between people from different sectors worldwide. These platforms allow for better exchange of views, work sharing, and relationship building across geographical and sectoral boundaries.


Evidence

Comparison with difficulty making connections at RightsCon; success of online community meetings bringing together people from all sectors and locations globally


Major discussion point

Effectiveness of online vs in-person networking


Topics

Interdisciplinary approaches | Development


Clear definitions are still lacking, making measurement and response difficult across organizations

Explanation

The research agenda process revealed that organizations still lack clear, consistent definitions of TFGBV, which creates significant challenges for measuring the problem and developing appropriate responses. This definitional gap is a fundamental barrier to effective action.


Evidence

Finding from research agenda that clear definitions don’t exist; acknowledgment that measurement is impossible without proper definitions


Major discussion point

Need for standardized TFGBV definitions


Topics

Gender rights online | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Neema Iyer
– Audience

Agreed on

Research gaps and need for better definitions


Online spaces are critical for criminalized communities to connect with support and partners, making safety even more important

Explanation

For communities that face discrimination or criminalization in public life, online spaces often represent the only available avenue to connect with support networks and intimate partners. This makes the safety of online spaces not just important but essential for these vulnerable populations.


Evidence

Recognition that online space is critical for criminalized communities; acknowledgment that it may be the only space for connection with support communities and intimate partners


Major discussion point

Online safety as essential for marginalized communities


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles


T

Tom Orrell

Speech speed

175 words per minute

Speech length

973 words

Speech time

333 seconds

Context-specific implementation with local partners brings together diverse stakeholders more effectively than broad international forums

Explanation

Implementation work that engages closely with local contexts and partners proves more effective for building meaningful collaboration. Bringing together diverse local stakeholders including regulators, police, gender-based violence desks, media, academics, and civil society in country-specific settings allows for more nuanced understanding and relevant solutions.


Evidence

Two-day workshop in Philippines bringing together national regulators, local police, city-level GBV desks, media academics, local and international civil society, UN Women; discovery of local TFGBV manifestations like online defamation practices


Major discussion point

Importance of localized, multi-stakeholder approaches


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago
– Audience

Agreed on

Need for cross-sector collaboration and breaking down silos


A

Audience

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1862 words

Speech time

807 seconds

75% of young people in study across four countries experienced tech-facilitated abuse, particularly LGBTQ+ and HIV-affected populations

Explanation

A comprehensive study of 300 young people across Ghana, Kenya, Colombia, and Vietnam found that three-quarters had experienced tech-facilitated abuse. The abuse was particularly prevalent among LGBTQ+ individuals and people living with or affected by HIV, representing criminalized or marginalized populations.


Evidence

Study of 300 young people across four countries (Ghana, Kenya, Colombia, Vietnam); 75% prevalence rate; specific targeting of LGBTQ+ and HIV-affected populations


Major discussion point

High prevalence of tech-facilitated abuse among vulnerable youth


Topics

Gender rights online | Children rights


Lack of datasets and detection tools for online gender-based violence in Indian languages led to crowdsourcing and machine learning model development

Explanation

The absence of adequate datasets and detection tools for online gender-based violence in Indian languages prompted the development of innovative solutions. This involved crowdsourcing slurs in Indian languages, annotating and filtering them, then creating machine learning models for detection, with the process being replicable across other countries and languages.


Evidence

Two-year project creating recipe for crowdsourcing slurs in Indian languages; annotation and filtering process; development of machine learning models; replicable process across countries/languages


Major discussion point

Language-specific tools for OGBV detection


Topics

Multilingualism | Gender rights online


Countries lack policies or regulations protecting women and girls from increasing digital gender-based violence

Explanation

Many countries, particularly in regions like Somalia, lack adequate policy frameworks or regulatory mechanisms to protect women and girls from the rising tide of digital gender-based violence, including blackmail and harassment. This policy gap leaves victims without legal recourse or protection.


Evidence

Reference to Somalia and similar countries lacking policy or regulatory protection; mention of increasing blackmail and harassment of women and girls


Major discussion point

Policy gaps in protecting women from digital violence


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Gender rights online


Despite good cybersecurity laws criminalizing behavior, there’s lack of knowledge on enforcement within judiciary systems

Explanation

While many countries have developed comprehensive cybersecurity laws that criminalize online gender-based violence, there remains a significant gap in knowledge and capacity for enforcement within judicial systems. This creates a disconnect between policy and practice, leaving laws ineffective despite their existence.


Evidence

Observation of great policies and cybersecurity laws that criminalize behavior; lack of enforcement knowledge in judiciary; example from South Africa context


Major discussion point

Implementation gap between laws and enforcement


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Ayesha Mago

Agreed on

Implementation and enforcement gaps in existing laws


Police and courts often don’t understand severity of cases like revenge porn, treating them dismissively rather than as serious crimes

Explanation

Law enforcement and judicial systems frequently fail to recognize the severity of technology-facilitated gender-based violence cases such as revenge porn. Instead of treating these as serious criminal matters equivalent to other law violations, police often respond with dismissive attitudes, laughing at incidents rather than pursuing proper legal action.


Evidence

Example of police laughing at revenge porn cases; comparison with expectation that police chase speeding drivers for law violations; call for similar response to TFGBV cases


Major discussion point

Lack of understanding of TFGBV severity in justice systems


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Gender rights online


Agreed with

– Ayesha Mago

Agreed on

Implementation and enforcement gaps in existing laws


Difficulty in defining tech-facilitated abuse boundaries when online harm translates to offline harm across a spectrum

Explanation

Organizations struggle with defining the boundaries of tech-facilitated abuse because harm often begins online but translates into offline consequences, creating a spectrum of abuse that challenges traditional categorizations. This definitional challenge complicates research, policy development, and response strategies.


Evidence

Experience of young people experiencing harm online that translated to offline harm; struggle with defining bounds of tech-facilitated abuse; spectrum nature of online-offline abuse


Major discussion point

Definitional challenges in tech-facilitated abuse


Topics

Gender rights online | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago

Agreed on

Research gaps and need for better definitions


Need to address how online safety impediments affect digital inclusion efforts for vulnerable populations

Explanation

Digital inclusion advocacy faces a fundamental challenge when online spaces are unsafe for vulnerable populations, particularly women and marginalized groups. The lack of online safety actually impedes inclusion efforts, creating an uncomfortable tension between promoting digital participation and protecting vulnerable users from harm.


Evidence

Recognition that advocating for digital inclusion is uncomfortable when whole populations are endangered by being included online


Major discussion point

Tension between digital inclusion and online safety


Topics

Development | Gender rights online


Trans people need safe digital spaces and recognition, but face challenges when not recognized legally in their countries

Explanation

Transgender individuals, including both trans women and trans men, require safe digital spaces and recognition of their diverse identities. However, they face significant challenges in accessing these safe spaces online when their countries don’t legally recognize their gender identity or provide protection, as seen in recent UK policy changes affecting trans women’s legal recognition.


Evidence

Reference to UK categorization changes affecting trans women’s recognition; personal experience as trans man seeking recognition; need for safe spaces for advocacy and community building


Major discussion point

Legal recognition challenges affecting online safety for trans people


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for cross-sector collaboration and breaking down silos

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago
– Tom Orrell
– Audience

Arguments

Breaking silos between digital rights and GBV researchers is crucial for multisectoral responses to TFGBV


Context-specific implementation with local partners brings together diverse stakeholders more effectively than broad international forums


Women’s rights organizations across Africa show resistance to technical topics due to lack of digital skills and confidence


Summary

All speakers agreed that TFGBV requires multisectoral responses and that breaking down silos between different communities (digital rights, GBV researchers, women’s rights organizations, technical communities) is essential for effective solutions.


Topics

Gender rights online | Interdisciplinary approaches | Development


Research gaps and need for better definitions

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago
– Audience

Arguments

Research needs to expand beyond Twitter and Facebook to platforms like Roblox and Fortnite where many children are active


Major research gaps exist in prevention strategies, specific marginalized populations, and survivor needs that current policies don’t address


Clear definitions are still lacking, making measurement and response difficult across organizations


Difficulty in defining tech-facilitated abuse boundaries when online harm translates to offline harm across a spectrum


Summary

Speakers consistently identified significant gaps in TFGBV research, including lack of clear definitions, insufficient focus on prevention, and need to expand research to new platforms and marginalized populations.


Topics

Gender rights online | Legal and regulatory | Children rights


Focus on perpetrators and prevention rather than victim-blaming

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago

Arguments

Research on perpetrators reveals many are minors who learn harmful behavior from peers, suggesting need for education on online empathy rather than victim-blaming


Research shows emphasis on detection and incarceration hinders prevention approaches to online harmful behavior


Summary

Both speakers advocated for shifting focus from victim-centered approaches to understanding and preventing perpetrator behavior, particularly among young people.


Topics

Gender rights online | Children rights | Cybersecurity


Implementation and enforcement gaps in existing laws

Speakers

– Ayesha Mago
– Audience

Arguments

Research shows emphasis on detection and incarceration hinders prevention approaches to online harmful behavior


Despite good cybersecurity laws criminalizing behavior, there’s lack of knowledge on enforcement within judiciary systems


Police and courts often don’t understand severity of cases like revenge porn, treating them dismissively rather than as serious crimes


Summary

Speakers agreed that while laws exist to address TFGBV, there are significant gaps in implementation and enforcement, with justice systems lacking understanding of the severity of these crimes.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Gender rights online | Cybersecurity


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the need for more comprehensive research approaches that go beyond traditional victim-focused studies to understand perpetrator behavior and develop prevention strategies.

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago

Arguments

Need to study masculinity ideologies and perpetrator pathways for reformation rather than focusing solely on feminist research


Major research gaps exist in prevention strategies, specific marginalized populations, and survivor needs that current policies don’t address


Topics

Gender rights online | Sociocultural | Human rights principles


Both recognized the paradox that vulnerable and marginalized communities most need online spaces for connection and support, yet these same spaces pose significant safety risks, creating tension in digital inclusion efforts.

Speakers

– Ayesha Mago
– Audience

Arguments

Online spaces are critical for criminalized communities to connect with support and partners, making safety even more important


Need to address how online safety impediments affect digital inclusion efforts for vulnerable populations


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles | Development


Both emphasized the importance of working within local contexts and building capacity among traditional women’s rights organizations to engage with technical aspects of TFGBV.

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Tom Orrell

Arguments

Women’s rights organizations across Africa show resistance to technical topics due to lack of digital skills and confidence


Context-specific implementation with local partners brings together diverse stakeholders more effectively than broad international forums


Topics

Development | Gender rights online | Interdisciplinary approaches


Unexpected consensus

Online communities more effective than in-person conferences

Speakers

– Ayesha Mago
– Tom Orrell

Arguments

Online communities of practice are more successful than in-person conferences for connecting diverse sectors globally


Context-specific implementation with local partners brings together diverse stakeholders more effectively than broad international forums


Explanation

Despite being at an in-person conference (IGF), speakers agreed that online communities and local context-specific gatherings are more effective for meaningful collaboration than large international forums, which is somewhat counterintuitive given the setting.


Topics

Interdisciplinary approaches | Development


Gaming platforms as critical research frontier

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Audience

Arguments

Research needs to expand beyond Twitter and Facebook to platforms like Roblox and Fortnite where many children are active


75% of young people in study across four countries experienced tech-facilitated abuse, particularly LGBTQ+ and HIV-affected populations


Explanation

The consensus on gaming platforms as a critical but understudied area for TFGBV research was unexpected, as these platforms are often not considered in traditional discussions of online gender-based violence.


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Cybersecurity


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around the need for cross-sector collaboration, shifting from victim-focused to prevention-focused approaches, addressing research and definitional gaps, and recognizing implementation challenges in existing legal frameworks. Speakers also agreed on the importance of local context and the particular vulnerabilities of marginalized communities online.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary rather than conflicting viewpoints. The agreement suggests a mature field where practitioners and researchers have identified common challenges and are aligned on priority areas for action. This consensus provides a strong foundation for collaborative efforts and coordinated advocacy, though the challenge remains in translating this agreement into concrete action across different sectors and contexts.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Unexpected differences

Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed minimal disagreement, with speakers largely building on each other’s points collaboratively. The only disagreements were methodological – about whether online or in-person engagement is more effective, and different emphases on prevention strategies.


Disagreement level

Very low level of disagreement. This was primarily a collaborative knowledge-sharing session rather than a debate. The speakers demonstrated strong alignment on core issues and complementary expertise. The methodological differences actually strengthen the overall approach by offering multiple pathways to address TFGBV, suggesting that different strategies may be appropriate for different contexts and stakeholders.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the need for more comprehensive research approaches that go beyond traditional victim-focused studies to understand perpetrator behavior and develop prevention strategies.

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Ayesha Mago

Arguments

Need to study masculinity ideologies and perpetrator pathways for reformation rather than focusing solely on feminist research


Major research gaps exist in prevention strategies, specific marginalized populations, and survivor needs that current policies don’t address


Topics

Gender rights online | Sociocultural | Human rights principles


Both recognized the paradox that vulnerable and marginalized communities most need online spaces for connection and support, yet these same spaces pose significant safety risks, creating tension in digital inclusion efforts.

Speakers

– Ayesha Mago
– Audience

Arguments

Online spaces are critical for criminalized communities to connect with support and partners, making safety even more important


Need to address how online safety impediments affect digital inclusion efforts for vulnerable populations


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles | Development


Both emphasized the importance of working within local contexts and building capacity among traditional women’s rights organizations to engage with technical aspects of TFGBV.

Speakers

– Neema Iyer
– Tom Orrell

Arguments

Women’s rights organizations across Africa show resistance to technical topics due to lack of digital skills and confidence


Context-specific implementation with local partners brings together diverse stakeholders more effectively than broad international forums


Topics

Development | Gender rights online | Interdisciplinary approaches


Takeaways

Key takeaways

TFGBV research reveals significant gaps in prevention strategies, with current approaches focusing too heavily on victim-blaming rather than perpetrator intervention and education


Many TFGBV perpetrators are minors who learn harmful behavior from peers, indicating need for early intervention and online empathy education rather than criminalization approaches


Women politicians and marginalized communities avoid beneficial digital spaces due to fear of online violence, missing opportunities for affordable campaigning and community connection


Cross-sector collaboration between digital rights advocates and GBV researchers is essential but currently limited by siloed approaches and lack of shared spaces


AI and algorithmic systems perpetuate discrimination against African women and marginalized groups due to under-representation in datasets


Legal frameworks exist but enforcement remains problematic due to lack of understanding within judiciary and law enforcement systems


Online communities of practice are more effective than in-person conferences for connecting diverse global stakeholders across sectors


Research must expand beyond mainstream platforms like Twitter and Facebook to include gaming platforms where many children are active


Context-specific, local implementation with diverse stakeholders is more effective than broad international approaches


Resolutions and action items

SVRI to continue funding research grants in low- and middle-income countries targeting identified evidence gaps


Participants encouraged to join the 300-member TFGBV community of practice for ongoing collaboration


Follow-up networking planned for bar session to continue building connections


Uganda elections analysis to be repeated in 2026 to compare changes over five years


Replication of Indian language OGPV detection process across other countries and languages


Continued policy dialogues with UN Women to feed field messages into global frameworks


Unresolved issues

How to ensure legal recognition and safety for trans people in digital spaces when they lack recognition in their home countries


How to balance digital inclusion advocacy with online safety concerns for vulnerable populations


How to effectively enforce existing cybersecurity laws and educate judiciary systems on TFGBV severity


How to define clear boundaries of tech-facilitated abuse when online and offline harms intersect


How to bring technical and private sector communities into traditional women’s rights spaces like CSW


How to address increasing digital gender-based violence in countries lacking protective policies


How to overcome digital skills gaps and technical intimidation among women’s rights organizations


Suggested compromises

Using online communities of practice as alternative to challenging in-person conference networking


Focusing on local, context-specific implementation while maintaining global knowledge sharing through forums like IGF


Shifting from criminalization-focused approaches to education and prevention strategies for young perpetrators


Combining survivor-centered approaches with perpetrator-focused research rather than choosing one over the other


Thought provoking comments

So we actually found out it was actually really quite difficult to find the accounts of women to actually monitor because a lot of them chose to actually stay away from it instead of embracing. Because women actually tend to really benefit from social media campaigning because it’s much more affordable… So it was a bit heartbreaking to see that they weren’t using it to its full capacity.

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Reason

This comment reveals a profound paradox in digital participation – that the very tool that could democratize political participation for women (social media) becomes inaccessible due to fear of violence. It challenges the assumption that digital spaces are inherently empowering and highlights how online violence creates systemic barriers to political participation.


Impact

This insight reframed the discussion from simply addressing online violence to understanding how it creates structural inequalities. It established the foundation for later discussions about digital inclusion and safety, showing how online violence isn’t just individual harm but a barrier to democratic participation.


And quite interestingly, we found out that quite a big proportion tend to be minors. So it’s oftentimes children on the internet behaving badly… So the question becomes then, how do we actually reach and teach younger people about how do you behave in online spaces? Because I think as humans, we’re taught so much how to behave in public… But that’s not the case once you build an account online.

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Reason

This comment fundamentally shifts the narrative from victim-blaming to understanding perpetration patterns. It challenges the typical focus on adult perpetrators and introduces the concept that online spaces lack the social conditioning mechanisms that exist in physical spaces. This insight suggests entirely different intervention strategies.


Impact

This observation redirected the conversation toward prevention and education rather than just response and punishment. It influenced later audience questions about enforcement versus other approaches, and sparked discussion about how to create accountability in digital spaces where traditional social norms don’t automatically apply.


And the huge emphasis on detection and incarceration, in fact, is hindering approaches to actually preventing this kind of behavior online.

Speaker

Ayesha Mago


Reason

This comment challenges the dominant punitive approach to addressing online violence, suggesting that current strategies may be counterproductive. It introduces a critical perspective on criminal justice responses and opens space for alternative approaches focused on prevention and rehabilitation.


Impact

This insight prompted several audience members to question criminalization approaches, including the audience member who asked ‘should we advocate for criminalization, and what other options are there?’ It shifted the discussion toward more nuanced approaches to addressing perpetration.


So, it’s very uncomfortable to continuously be advocating for digital inclusion when there’s a whole population that is endangered by being included online specifically.

Speaker

Oni Kamakwakwa


Reason

This comment exposes a fundamental tension in digital rights work – the conflict between promoting digital access and acknowledging that digital spaces can be dangerous for marginalized groups. It challenges the field to grapple with this uncomfortable reality rather than treating inclusion as an unqualified good.


Impact

This observation deepened the complexity of the discussion by highlighting how safety and inclusion can be in tension. It connected to earlier points about women politicians avoiding social media and reinforced the need for safety-first approaches to digital inclusion.


My question is around how we work over that, over not having recognition even in the countries, and how we do or how we help or we move the idea of being recognized in the digital world, if we don’t have safe spaces even in the countries that are supposed to protect us.

Speaker

Santiago Danibia


Reason

This question from a trans man highlights how offline marginalization compounds online vulnerability. It challenges the discussion to consider how digital safety intersects with broader systems of recognition and protection, particularly for trans communities facing legal erasure.


Impact

This question prompted Ayesha Mago to acknowledge the complexity of the issue and emphasize how critical online spaces become for criminalized communities, even when dangerous. It added intersectional depth to the conversation and highlighted how online safety is particularly crucial for those without offline protections.


However, there is no knowledge of how to enforce it, including within the judiciary as well… But the reality of it is that we have women who continuously get harassed, including serious cases of revenge porn, where even the police are laughing at the incidents because they don’t realize that… this is how we expect judiciary clusters to actually respond to these cases.

Speaker

Oni Kamakwakwa


Reason

This comment exposes the gap between policy and implementation, showing how even good laws fail without proper understanding and training. The detail about police laughing at cases illustrates how deeply embedded attitudes undermine legal protections.


Impact

This observation grounded the theoretical discussion in practical realities of implementation. It highlighted that having laws isn’t enough and that cultural change within institutions is necessary for meaningful progress.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by challenging conventional approaches and revealing systemic complexities. The conversation evolved from a focus on documenting harm to understanding structural barriers, from punitive responses to prevention strategies, and from simple solutions to nuanced intersectional analysis. The most impactful comments introduced paradoxes – such as digital tools being both empowering and dangerous, or inclusion efforts potentially increasing harm – that forced participants to grapple with uncomfortable tensions in the field. The discussion became increasingly sophisticated as speakers built on each other’s insights, moving from individual experiences to systemic analysis and from single-sector solutions to multi-stakeholder approaches. The audience participation was particularly valuable in bringing diverse perspectives that deepened the complexity of the conversation and highlighted implementation challenges that pure research or policy discussions might miss.


Follow-up questions

How do we actually reach and teach younger people about how to behave in online spaces?

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Explanation

This is important because research shows that a significant proportion of TFGBV perpetrators are minors who learn bad behavior in peer spaces online, where there are no clear rules or consequences unlike in physical public spaces.


Where does this ideological radicalization happen to young people?

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Explanation

Understanding the pathways of radicalization is crucial for developing effective prevention strategies targeting young perpetrators of online violence.


What is the role of masculinity’s ideology in TFGBV?

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Explanation

This research gap is important because while there’s extensive feminist research on TFGBV, there’s insufficient exploration of masculinities and their connection to perpetration.


What are the perpetrator pathways and what does reformation look like?

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Explanation

Understanding how people become perpetrators and how they can be reformed is essential for developing effective intervention and prevention programs.


What goes on in gaming platforms like Roblox and Fortnite regarding TFGBV?

Speaker

Neema Iyer


Explanation

This is a significant research gap as many children use these platforms, but research has focused primarily on traditional social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook.


Do you have any planned research regarding this agenda in Bangladesh?

Speaker

Onu from Bangladesh


Explanation

This represents a geographic gap in current research coverage and potential for expanding TFGBV research to underrepresented regions.


How do we define tech-facilitated abuse and its bounds, especially when harm translates from online to offline?

Speaker

Digital Health and Rights Project representative


Explanation

Clear definitions are crucial for research, policy development, and intervention strategies, especially given the interconnected nature of online and offline harm.


Should we advocate for criminalization of TFGBV, and what other options are there?

Speaker

Digital Health and Rights Project representative


Explanation

This is important because research shows that emphasis on detection and incarceration may actually hinder approaches to preventing online violence.


How can the process of creating datasets and machine learning models for OGPV detection be replicated across countries or languages?

Speaker

Denny from Tatl


Explanation

This addresses the critical gap in detection tools for non-English languages and could improve global capacity for identifying and responding to TFGBV.


Where can the technical community or private sector tech companies engage with traditional women’s rights spaces?

Speaker

Mia Marzot from Oxfam


Explanation

Breaking down silos between technical and women’s rights communities is essential for comprehensive approaches to addressing TFGBV.


How can increasing digital violence be reduced and who can take responsibility, especially in countries without protective policies?

Speaker

Mohammed Aded Ali from Somalia


Explanation

This addresses the urgent need for prevention strategies and accountability mechanisms, particularly in contexts with weak regulatory frameworks.


How do we help trans people gain recognition in the digital world when they don’t have safe spaces even in countries that are supposed to protect them?

Speaker

Santiago Danibia


Explanation

This highlights the intersection of legal recognition, safety, and digital inclusion for marginalized communities, particularly trans individuals.


How do we make sure that standards for digital inclusion identify online safety as an impediment to inclusion?

Speaker

Oni Kamakwakwa


Explanation

This is crucial because promoting digital inclusion without addressing safety concerns can actually endanger vulnerable populations.


How do we get past the hurdle of enforcing cybersecurity laws and policies, including within the judiciary?

Speaker

Oni Kamakwakwa


Explanation

This addresses the critical gap between policy development and implementation, where good laws exist but enforcement mechanisms and knowledge are lacking.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Networking Session #74 Mapping and Addressing Digital Rights Capacities and Threats

Networking Session #74 Mapping and Addressing Digital Rights Capacities and Threats

Session at a glance

Summary

This networking session at the Internet Governance Forum focused on mapping digital rights capacities and threats in global majority communities, presented by Oxfam’s Recipe Project in partnership with civil society organizations from multiple countries. The discussion aimed to identify current challenges and foster stronger partnerships to ensure inclusive digital governance that leaves no one behind.


Representatives from Vietnam, Bolivia, Cambodia, Somalia, and Palestine shared findings from comprehensive research involving over 1,000 respondents across nine countries. Common themes emerged across all regions, including significant digital literacy gaps, inadequate legal frameworks for digital rights protection, and widespread experiences of digital violence. In Vietnam, despite rapid digitalization, none of the 63 provincial service portals meet accessibility standards, and 44% of people cannot distinguish between accurate and fake information online. Bolivia reported that 77% of respondents experienced digital security incidents, with 62% facing digital violence, particularly affecting human rights defenders and women activists.


Cambodia highlighted that fewer than 30% of citizens possess adequate digital navigation skills, while lacking comprehensive cybersecurity and data protection laws. Somalia found that while 98% have internet access, only 28% understand risks of sharing personal information, and 42% experienced digital violence. Palestine presented the most severe situation, with systematic surveillance, censorship, and discriminatory infrastructure limiting Palestinian access to advanced networks while Israeli settlers enjoy full connectivity.


The panelists emphasized the importance of bottom-up approaches, multi-stakeholder dialogue, and capacity building for marginalized communities. An audience member from Zambia reinforced the need for balanced approaches to cybersecurity that protect both safety and freedom of expression. The session concluded with calls for continued collaboration between technical communities and civil society to address misinformation while preserving digital rights.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Digital divide and access inequalities**: Multiple speakers highlighted significant gaps in digital access, with rural areas particularly affected (70% in Bolivia, limited infrastructure in Cambodia and Somalia), and the need for meaningful connectivity rather than just basic access.


– **Digital literacy and capacity building challenges**: All countries reported low digital literacy rates (under 30% in Cambodia, widespread gaps in Palestine), emphasizing the need for comprehensive training programs and bottom-up approaches to build digital skills in marginalized communities.


– **Digital violence and security threats**: Speakers documented high rates of digital violence, particularly gender-based (77% in Bolivia experienced digital security incidents, 42% in Somalia faced digital violence), including harassment, hate speech, and threats targeting human rights defenders and activists.


– **Inadequate legal frameworks and governance gaps**: Most countries lack comprehensive digital rights legislation, with laws still in draft form or inadequately protecting citizens from surveillance, data misuse, and online violations, while policy development often excludes marginalized voices.


– **Multi-stakeholder collaboration and advocacy strategies**: Organizations emphasized the importance of building coalitions, creating networks (like Bolivia’s feminist collectives), and engaging in policy dialogue to bridge grassroots communities with policymakers for more inclusive digital governance.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to map current digital rights capacities and threats in Global Majority communities through the RECIPE project, share research findings from nine countries, and foster partnerships between civil society organizations to address digital inequalities and promote human rights in the digital age.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, collaborative, and solution-oriented tone throughout. While speakers acknowledged serious challenges and violations, they balanced concern with optimism by highlighting ongoing efforts and practical solutions. The tone remained constructive and forward-looking, emphasizing collective action and shared learning rather than dwelling on problems alone.


Speakers

– **Mia Marzotto** – Digital Rights Advocacy Lead at Oxfam


– **Online moderator** – (Role/title not specified, appears to be Luan Mendez based on context)


– **Audience** – Enes Mafuta from Zambia, Standards Engineer


– **Khadeja Ibrahim** – International Advocacy Officer at the Palestinian NGO, Miftah


– **Cristian Leon** – Executive Director of Fundacion Internet Bolivia.org


– **Tran Thi Tuyet** – Program Manager for the Institute for Policy Studies and Media Development in Vietnam (also referred to as “Snow”)


– **Mohamed Aded Ali** – Executive Director of Somalia Non-State Actors (SONSA)


– **Theary Luy** – Head of Program at the Cooperation Committee for Cambodia


**Additional speakers:**


– **Luan Mendez** – Project Coordinator of the Centro SOS Digital at Fundacion Internet Bolivia (mentioned as online moderator but appears to be the same as “Online moderator”)


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Mapping Digital Rights Capacities and Threats in Global Majority Communities


## Executive Summary


This networking session at the Internet Governance Forum presented findings from Oxfam’s Recipe Project, a comprehensive initiative examining digital rights capacities and threats across global majority communities. The discussion brought together civil society representatives from Vietnam, Bolivia, Cambodia, Somalia, and Palestine to share research findings from nine countries involving over 1,000 respondents. The session revealed concerning patterns of digital rights violations, infrastructure inequalities, and governance gaps while highlighting innovative community-driven solutions and advocacy strategies.


## Research Methodology and Scope


Mia Marzotto, Digital Rights Advocacy Lead at Oxfam, introduced the Recipe Project as a multi-country research initiative co-funded by the European Union. The project examined four critical dimensions: digital literacy levels, internet access quality, experiences of digital violence, and existing prevention measures. The research methodology emphasized bottom-up approaches, engaging directly with marginalized communities to understand their lived experiences of digital rights challenges.


The comprehensive scope of the research spanned nine countries with over 1,000 respondents, though five countries were presented in detail during this session. This approach enabled the identification of common patterns while respecting regional specificities across diverse geographical and political contexts.


## Country-Specific Findings and Challenges


### Vietnam: Policy Development Gaps


Snow from the Institute for Policy Studies and Media Development in Vietnam presented findings highlighting significant gaps in digital policy development. Despite government-led digitalization efforts, fundamental accessibility problems persist, with none of Vietnam’s 63 provincial public service portals meeting user-friendliness standards.


The research revealed that 44% of Vietnamese respondents cannot distinguish between accurate and fake information online, indicating significant digital literacy gaps. More concerning is the systematic exclusion of marginalized communities from policy development processes. As Snow explained, digital policies remain largely developed through top-down approaches led by state agencies, with consultation processes that are “often formalistic and lack meaningful engagement.”


Snow presented four fundamental lessons from Vietnam’s experience: the need for meaningful participation of marginalized communities in policy development, the importance of addressing digital literacy gaps, the requirement for user-friendly digital infrastructure, and the necessity of moving beyond formalistic consultation to genuine engagement.


### Bolivia: High Rates of Digital Violence


The Bolivian findings, presented by online moderator Luan Mendez, revealed alarming statistics. An overwhelming 77% of respondents experienced digital security incidents, while 62% faced digital violence. Most significantly, 77% of those experiencing digital violence identified a specific relationship between these attacks and their status as human rights defenders.


Bolivia faces severe connectivity challenges, with a 30% digital divide in urban areas expanding to 70% in rural regions. These infrastructure gaps compound the vulnerability of already marginalized communities to digital rights violations.


However, Bolivia also demonstrated innovative civil society responses, including the creation of feminist collective networks providing digital security support through peer-to-peer methodologies. These networks represent a community-driven approach to building digital rights capacity.


### Cambodia: Capacity Building Through Networks


Theary Luy from the Cooperation Committee for Cambodia (CCC) presented findings showing that fewer than 30% of Cambodian citizens possess adequate skills to navigate the digital world safely. This digital literacy gap particularly affects rural youth and grassroots organizations.


CCC represents 200 NGOs and collaborates with over 400 provincial NGOs, providing a broad network for capacity building. Cambodia’s legal framework remains incomplete, lacking comprehensive cybersecurity, cybercrime, and personal data protection laws despite having digital government policies.


The Cambodian response emphasizes peer-to-peer capacity building, with grassroots organizations trained to become trainers themselves. As Theary explained, their multi-stakeholder policy dialogue serves as “not a consultation, but it’s a way to build trust” and ensure genuine community voice consideration in policy development.


### Somalia: Connectivity Without Protection


Mohamed Aded Ali from Somalia Non-State Actors (SONSA) presented a paradoxical situation where 98% of the population has internet connectivity, yet significant protection gaps persist. Only 28% of users understand the risks of sharing personal information online, while 42% experience digital violence, with 37% reporting gender-based incidents.


Somalia’s regulatory landscape includes various bodies such as the Digital Rights Authority (DBA) and National Identification and Registration Authority (NERA), but has limited legislative framework, with policies remaining in draft form or under cabinet review.


The Somali response includes establishing a digital task force committee comprising decision makers, civil society organizations, and technology companies, representing a multi-stakeholder approach to addressing digital rights challenges.


### Palestine: Systematic Digital Discrimination


Khadeja Ibrahim from the Palestinian NGO Miftah presented findings documenting systematic digital rights violations including surveillance, censorship, and discriminatory infrastructure access. Palestinians use 3G networks while Israeli settlers in the West Bank have access to 4G and 5G networks, creating stark technological inequality.


Khadeja mentioned specific AI tools being used including Blue Wolf, Lavender, and Where’s Daddy, as well as the impact of Facebook law and anti-terrorism legislation. Palestinian civil society organizations face additional challenges, with 72% unaware of local digital rights legislation and 75% lacking technological resources.


Despite these constraints, Palestinian organizations participate in the Palestinian Digital Rights Initiative Coalition, maintaining coordination and knowledge sharing to build collective capacity under extremely difficult circumstances.


## Common Challenges and Themes


### Digital Literacy Gaps


All speakers identified digital literacy gaps as a fundamental barrier to digital rights protection. The consistency of this challenge across diverse contexts—from Vietnam’s 44% unable to identify misinformation to Cambodia’s under-30% digital navigation skills—demonstrates this as a universal challenge requiring coordinated responses.


### Widespread Digital Violence


The research documented high rates of digital violence across all regions, with particular targeting of human rights defenders and gender-based violence. Bolivia’s finding that 77% of digital violence victims linked attacks to their human rights defender status demonstrates how digital spaces are weaponized to silence advocacy and activism.


### Inadequate Legal Frameworks


All countries face significant gaps in legal frameworks for digital rights protection. Laws are either missing entirely, remain in draft form, or lack meaningful stakeholder participation in development. This regulatory vacuum leaves citizens without recourse when digital rights violations occur.


### Infrastructure Inequalities


The research revealed how digital infrastructure serves as a mechanism of exclusion. Palestine’s discriminatory network access and Bolivia’s 70% rural digital divide demonstrate how unequal access reinforces existing inequalities.


## Civil Society Responses and Innovation


Despite significant challenges, civil society organizations across all regions developed innovative capacity-building strategies sharing common characteristics: peer-to-peer learning, community ownership of solutions, and network-based approaches.


Bolivia’s feminist collective networks, Cambodia’s train-the-trainer models, and Vietnam’s grassroots consultation advocacy all demonstrate community-driven approaches. These methods recognize that communities possess knowledge about their own needs and can develop contextually appropriate solutions.


Multi-stakeholder collaboration emerged as important but requiring genuine participation rather than tokenistic consultation. Cambodia’s policy dialogue platform and Somalia’s digital task force committee represent attempts to create meaningful engagement across sectors.


## Areas of Consensus and Tension


Strong consensus emerged regarding fundamental challenges: digital literacy gaps, inadequate legal frameworks, high rates of digital violence, and the need for bottom-up approaches. This consensus across diverse contexts suggests these are universal challenges in digital rights implementation.


However, tensions remain around balancing security and rights. Audience member Enes Mafuta from Zambia highlighted how cybersecurity laws enacted without transparency can create public backlash and restrict legitimate activities, reflecting broader challenges in digital governance where security concerns can justify restrictions on rights.


## Key Insights and Future Directions


The research demonstrates that digital rights violations follow systematic patterns reflecting broader inequalities and governance failures. This systemic nature requires comprehensive responses addressing root causes rather than individual incidents.


The success of peer-to-peer capacity building approaches suggests need for sustained investment in these methodologies. Supporting organizations to become trainers and knowledge sharers multiplies impact while building local ownership and sustainable capacity.


The Recipe Project demonstrates the value of sustained collaboration between civil society organizations across different contexts, enabling ongoing learning and mutual support while respecting local autonomy.


## Conclusion


This networking session successfully demonstrated both the universal nature of digital rights challenges and the innovative capacity of civil society organizations to develop contextually appropriate responses. The research findings reveal concerning patterns requiring urgent attention, while also highlighting remarkable innovation in community-driven capacity building and advocacy strategies.


The strong consensus among speakers on both challenges and solutions suggests significant potential for coordinated action and mutual learning. Moving forward, the digital rights community must build on these foundations while addressing ongoing challenges around resources, legal frameworks, and coordination mechanisms.


As Mia concluded, the session emphasized the need for continued collaboration between technical communities and civil society to address challenges like misinformation while preserving digital rights. This collaborative approach, grounded in community knowledge and meaningful participation, offers a promising path toward more inclusive digital governance.


Session transcript

Mia Marzotto: Good morning, everyone. Thank you for joining us for this networking session titled Mapping and Addressing Digital Rights Capacities and Threats. My name is Mia Marzotto, and I’m the Digital Rights Advocacy Lead at Oxfam. This week at the IGF, we heard many times how the deployment of digital technologies in more areas of our daily lives and the rapid rise of artificial intelligence increases the urgency with which human rights in a digital age must be prioritized. So with this session, we want to focus on what the current landscape looks like in terms of digital rights capacities and threats in global majority communities and encourage new or stronger partnerships and connections between progressive actors in the digital governance space so that we can collectively ensure that we turn the critical commitment of leaving no one behind into reality. With Oxfam, we believe that effective digital governance should advocate for and protect the rights and interests of all people and that their needs and experiences should really determine the future course of the digital age. Our mission is to end inequality, and this includes tackling the issue of digital inequality as we see a growing concerning gap between those who benefit from digital technologies and those who don’t. This is why in mid-2024, we launched Recipe, a multi-year project co-funded by the European Union that aims to promote fundamental rights in the digital age in partnership with with civil society organizations from 10 countries, working with some of the most vulnerable people in society for whom the risks as well as the opportunities related to digital technologies are the greatest. So this session will proceed as follows. First, we’ll hear from five representatives from the civil society organizations involved in the Recipe Project, who will present key information extracted from primary research and analysis recently conducted, providing sort of like a snapshot of the current situation of digital rights capacities and threats in a diverse set of global majority countries. And then we will move into a discussion and of course encourage reflections and questions from the audience, both in the room and online. So without further ado, let me quickly introduce my panel here of distinguished speakers, starting with Mohamed Aded Ali. He’s the Executive Director of Somalia Non-State Actors. To my right here, Tran Thi Tuyet, Program Manager for the Institute for Policy Studies and Media Development in Vietnam. Theary Luy, Head of Program at the Cooperation Committee for Cambodia. And at the end of the table, Christian Leon, Executive Director of Fundacion Internet Bolivia.org. Joining us online, we also have Khadeja Ibrahim, who’s the International Advocacy Officer at the Palestinian NGO, Mifta. And Luan Mendez, Project Coordinator of the Centro SOS Digital at Fundacion Internet Bolivia, who will also be our online moderator. So before focusing on the countries, I just wanna make a quick few remarks on the overall methodology and demographics. and Theary Luy. So, this is a summary of the demographics of the multi-country assessment we conducted under the Recipe Project to map the digital landscape threats and opportunities. So this was an assessment that included a comprehensive set of questions related to four main topics, digital literacy and internet access, digital violence and safety, and current measures to prevent digital violence, as well as perceptions on the further action needed to prevent digital rights violations. We had over a thousand respondents across nine countries, representing a range of groups, including community members, activists, journalists, and members of civil society organizations. And of course, we also looked at existing literature and other relevant studies, and importantly validated the findings through workshops with the groups involved. So I will now pass it on to our panel to present key findings from each country, as well as provide an overview of ongoing efforts and lessons learned in their work to promote digital rights and accountable internet governance in their respective contexts. Snow, would you like to start?


Tran Thi Tuyet: Hello, everyone, and it’s nice to meet you all here. I’m Snow from the Institute for Policy Study and Media Development of Think Tank based in Vietnam, focusing on digital technology policies. And it’s my honor to be here, and thank you so much, MIA and Osmar Malan, for giving us this opportunity to share here. And without further delay, I will start my presentation now. In Vietnam, digital transformation, or truyền đổi sổ, has been a national priority in recent years, with the government recognizing that digitalization is a comprehensive socioeconomic shift. The government leaves no one behind commitment aimed to guarantee that all citizens can benefit from and participate in the digital era. The cornerstone of this vision is to ensure digital rights for everyone. But despite notable progress, the reality for many is still marked by the barrier to digital access and participation. So our challenge and opportunity is to ensure that digital rights are not just a slogan, but a reality for all. In Vietnam, more and more people are using digital services. Each day, between three to six million log into this platform. This is three to four times more than just a year ago. Nearly half of all government services are now fully online. This number reflects the country’s strong push for digitalization. But the real question is, do this positive number actually means everyone can access to these services? While official reports show promising figures, significant challenges remain in digital infrastructure, digital skills, and digital access. According to our research in mid-2024, none of Vietnam’s 63 provincial public service portals fully meet standards for user-friendliness or accessibility, even though these portals are the main gateway for government services. So for marginalized communities, such as the migrant workers, getting access to these services is even more critical, since it is a necessity for them for claiming the entitlement under essential social protection policies. As digital services become a part of daily life in Vietnam, concern about data protection and online safety are growing, and Vietnam has also started building legal frameworks such as the personal data protection decree and a new law, but challenges still remain. Personal data protection leak and the buying and selling of personal info without the identification still happen. And misinformation in the online digital environment is common as 44% of people in our recent research Research also say that they cannot clarify the information they saw was accurate or fake. So this confusion makes it easier for the scammers, especially among people with limited digital skills, like the marginalized community. A survey by the National Cyber Security Association found that one in every 220 smartphone users in Vietnam has fallen victim to online scams. These challenges stem from several core issues that our analysis has identified. Digital policy in Vietnam are still largely developed through a top-down approach led by state agencies with consultation processes that are often formalistic and lack of meaningful engagement. There remains an absence of participation from the marginalized communities and their representative organizations during both the design and implementation of digital policies. Furthermore, there is a lack of robust coordination mechanism between the public sector, the private sector, the civil society, and relevant stakeholders that advocate for digital rights. So from the perspective of a policy research organization, we observe both remarkable and persistent challenges. Hence, our policy recommendations aim to provide a strategic roadmap that integrates both the policy, the technical, and the cooperative dimensions. So we would like to highlight four fundamental lessons. The first one is digital transformation as a multi-component ecosystem requiring synchronization between policy, technology, and people. The second one, inclusive policy design with a tentative participation mechanism and grassroots support institution is necessary. The third one, ensuring digital rights as a prerequisite for greater public participation in the transformation process. especially for marginalised groups. And the fourth one established multi-level, multi-layer and multilateral cooperation mechanism to strengthen the capacity, voice and policy influence of social organisation and disadvantaged community. So before I conclude my presentation, I would like to invite you to explore our research on this topic. Our detailed recommendations are available via the QR code on the screen. And we hope that Vietnam’s experience and lesson learned can contribute to the global conversation on digital rights for all. Thanks for your attention.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you, Snow, very much. From Vietnam to Bolivia. Christian, please.


Cristian Leon: Sure. Thank you, Mia. Good morning to all the wonderful panellists and the friends participating on site and online. So I represent an organisation called Internet Bolivia Foundation that is a digital rights organisation established in 2018. We work to generate digital inclusion, protection of digital rights and the fostering of capacities for the most vulnerable populations, especially in the fight against digital gender violence. We do this in a context in which three things are combined. The first one is a digital divide that still affects 30% of the population in urban areas and almost 70% in the rural areas. So we are really far from achieving a meaningful connectivity. The second thing is a strong perspective from the government and legislators to push forward a digital transformation, but the digital transformation more motivated in digital technosolutionism than in real necessities. And this is exposing people to potential abuses to their rights, such as privacy, freedom of speech, participation, among others, and see a very hostile environment. for Human Rights Defenders, for Women Activists, for LGBTQIA populations, all the vulnerable populations. So they are connected but without any safeguards to their participation. That is why most of our work has been focused on fostering the capacities of these populations and advocating for the respect of our rights. And that is why we are working with the RECIPE group to join forces together with other organizations from the Global South and the Global North for achieving these objectives. So we made a mapping of the current threats. And my colleague Luan, she’s connected. She will explain to you a little more about our results. So Luan, please.


Online moderator: Thank you very much. Hi, everyone in the session. Good morning. Well, about the key findings, we saw that 77% suffered a digital security incident and 62% experienced some type of digital violence in the last year. Another important result was that 77% said that the actions of digital violence affect them may have a specific relationship with their status as human rights defenders. That is a very important result. And another thing that the four main threats identified were harassment, hate speech, physical or sexual threats, and public defamation. So in order to respond to that, one way of responding to the previous result was the creation of a network of feminist collectives. Some of the objectives of this network are to generate support for digital security among and others. The first thing was the methodologies with pedagogical and practical dynamics were identified such as awareness-raising sessions, space for horizontal reflection, and articulation for advocacy in public policies in the political arena. This network seeks to provide support to victims and carry out collective prevention actions. It’s important to mention that this network is composed for a very large feminist collective in Bolivia that now are working in strategies and creating horizontal pedagogical methodologies in order to improve their skills in digital security.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you very much to you both. Theary, do you want to talk to us about Cambodia?


Theary Luy: Yes, thank you, Mia, and good morning all. I’m honored to speak with you on behalf of the Cooperation Committee for Cambodia, CCC. CCC, we are a membership-based organization in Cambodia that works in the inclusive partnership to promote good governance, enabling environment, and sustainability for civil society organizations in Cambodia. Currently, we have 200 NGOs as a member, including the local and international NGOs. Besides that, we also have the collaboration with the provincial-based NGOs that work at the ground level with their members, more than 400 NGOs. And back to the digital context in Cambodia, Cambodia stands as a digital crossroad that over the past… Last decade, we witnessed the rapid growth of the Internet and the transformative power of the social media in how our people communicate, engage, and access to the information. However, this digital growth has not come without challenges. So I would like to highlight the challenges based on the key findings of the research. First is about the digital literacy remain alarmingly low in Cambodia. Based on the research, fewer than 30% of Cambodians, especially rural youth and grassroots civil society organizations, posted the skill needed to navigate the digital world safely and effectively. This digital divide is not just about the access to technology, but it’s about the access to the opportunity to participation and to the protection. And second, our legal framework is still catching up. Cambodians have a digital government policy 2022 to 2035, which focuses on the three pillars that I mentioned about the digital government, digital economy, and the digital citizen. However, Cambodia lacks comprehensive law. Several laws are in the draft form. They are in process. This law includes cybersecurity law, cybercrime law, and personal data protection law. And the last one, the third, the absence of the clear and the right-based legislation make the citizen vulnerable to surveillance, misinformation, and data misuse. This leads to the growing of the stress in the digital platform due to the online scam, online gaming. There are a lot of things that we must urgently reveal. However, there is a hope and there is an action. At CCC, we are working with the provincial NGO network to promote the digital awareness and security. These local organizations are not only receiving training, but they are becoming trainers themselves to transfer the knowledge to their members and also their communities. And we are also engaging the youth and the social influencers to lead the public campaigns that make digital rights relevant. Another thing is about the main importance of our work in the policy dialogue. In Cambodia, we believe in the multi-stakeholder approach and the inclusive dialogue. We are bringing together the government, civil society, development partners, and also the private sector to raise awareness of the digital law and policy and to ensure the voice of the civil society are heard and shaping them. So for us, this multi-stakeholder dialogue is not a consultation, but it’s a way to build trust among key stakeholders. So from this effort, we learned that the local ownership, inclusive dialogue, and the youth engagement are the key building the digital future that is safe and equitable and empowering for the Cambodian citizens and also the world. Thank you.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you, Thierry. Mohamed?


Mohamed Aded Ali: Thank you very much. My name is Mohamed Aded Ali. I’m the Executive Director of Somali Civil Society Network, namely SONSA. SONSA is a multisectoral platform of the civil society organization dedicated to promoting I would like to thank the panelists as well as the IGF community and IGF Norway particular secretariat that organized this significant event. In general context, in Somalia, media oversight and regulatory barriers are limited digital advocacy in human rights, gender, economic, climate justice, and democracy. But the digital access can help drive equitable development, accountability, governance, gender, equality, climate actions, and human rights that empowers citizens to voice needs and hold leaders accountable. Increasing digital capacity, rights, awareness, and security practices to navigate constituents and maximum impact is critical for Somali civil society organizations. In Somalia, we have different stakeholders that engage in the digital and Internet sector, which is institutional sectors, private sectors, and other civil society organizations, mainly human rights defenders. We have Digital Rights Authority, DBA. We have National Identification and Registration Authority, NERA. We have National Communication Authority, NCA. We have Somali National Telecommunication and Technology Institute, as well as we have touch companies as a private sector actors, as well as we have human rights organizations and defenders. In early 2024, SOMSA conducted mapping and assessment addressing digital rights capacity, and that capacity focuses on Internet access, digital literacy, social media, users, digital rights awareness, digital violence, and digital security. The findings that we found during the assessment is, number one, internet access, 98% of the population connected primary networks from their home, workplace, use internet cafes, public services, and friendly networks. In terms of digital literacy, 98% reported that digital literacy is very important, as well as 90% can send messages through their mobiles as well as to receive their emails. In terms of social media users, Facebook and TikTok, 44% of the population, mainly youngest, they are using social media in terms of Facebook and TikTok. As well as there is YouTube, 32% uses YouTube as a user. As well as there is Twitter, which politicians and decision makers use as a professionality and a purpose of their work and displaying their achievement in terms of government institutions. As well as the assessment raises digital rights awareness, 28% understand risks and sharing personal information online. As well as digital violence, 42% experience digital violence, whereby 37% reports gender-based incidents like male harassment and other sexual offensive issues. In terms of digital security, 44% have basic incidents like account thefts and other scams. 69% adopted basic measures, blocking reporting updates, but advanced practices and secure communication and multi-security authorization remain limited. We have As ongoing efforts, as strategies, as lessons learned, strengthen the civil society organizations in digital skills, such to deliver workshops and corruption, privacy-seeking, patient and cyber security attack awareness, security communication and safe device practices, as well as, it is very important, raising public awareness, launch a nationwide campaign on tech-facilitated gender-based violence and online safety through radio, social media, as well as community forums. The other one, engage policymakers, it is very important to convene policy dialogue and roundtable connecting civil society organizations with regulatory decision-makers to align ICT framework with digital rights protection, sustain capacity building, distribute practical toolkits, ag digital safety checklist, incident reports, guides, templates, privacy policies, and provide follow-up support so CSO can apply and update practice over time. So thank you very much, I need to conclude my presentation, over to you.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you, Mohamed. We’ll now go to Khadeja, who’s online, thank you.


Khadeja Ibrahim: Hello, everyone, thank you for having me, and thank you, Mia. Just a second. Yeah, so I’m calling in from the West Bank, I work with the organization called Muftah, we work domestically on promoting good governance and democracy, and highlighting how Israeli violations affect women and girls in gender-specific ways. So to give a quick background, when we talk about digital rights violations, they’re unfortunately non-existent, the digital rights are non-existent. We face a variety of violations. To give a quick overview, Israel’s use of advanced surveillance, including biometric data. We’ve seen the development of AI tools such as Blue Wolf and Lavender and Where’s Daddy, which are deployed to monitor and control Palestinian movement, often without legal oversight. We also have a lot of social media censorship. Palestinian content is subject to arbitrary censorship, account suspensions and surveillance on platforms like Facebook and Instagram. The Facebook law and vague anti-terrorism legislation are weaponized to criminalize online dissent and restrict freedom of expression. There’s also repressive technology infrastructure in the occupied West Bank and the Gaza Strip, so discriminatory practice limit Palestinian access to ICT infrastructure. For example, Palestinians still use 3G Internet network, while Israeli settlers who are illegally living in the West Bank have full access to 4G and 5G networks. We’re also seeing a huge shrink in civic space, so civil society actors, journalists, and activists face intimidation, arrest and spyware targeting through Israeli technologies. So, to speak of the mapping assessment that we’ve done at Muftah, we collected questionnaires from 55 Palestinian organizations based in the West Bank, including Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip. Some of the key findings from that mapping assessment. First, we see a widespread gap in digital awareness and security capacity. So, 23% of CSOs lack basic knowledge of digital rights. Only 14.5 of them raise their awareness of digital threats as high. 52% have no digital rights protection policies. We also see that after October 2023, there’s been severe challenges. 40% of institutions face direct digital violations. We also see institutional vulnerability due to limited resources, so nearly 75% of CSOs lack technological resources, 55% lack digital knowledge, and 36% lack legal support, and small or medium-sized institutions are more vulnerable. Nearly 86% of CSOs received no technological or legal support post-October 2023, when the risks were more high. There’s also a lack of legal and policy frameworks, so 72% of CSOs are unaware of local digital rights legislation. Over half of them believe that existing cybercrime laws may be ineffective or unsure of their effectiveness. Nearly 62% of CSOs believe that the Palestinian government is not doing enough to protect digital rights. And we see an overwhelming majority of them need urgent, there’s an urgent need for capacity building and international support. And this means many of them seek security training, and they want training on digital rights to raise awareness. So, to speak of the main activities that we’ve been doing at Muftah, we’ve had two rounds of trainings on digital rights for CSOs and CBOs from marginalized communities across the West Bank. We’ve had a policy meeting with CSOs on the cybercrimes draft law. We’ve hosted a diplomatic briefing with diplomats based in Palestine on our digital rights report. We also are continuing to produce social media content based on the evidence-based research. We also plan to start a podcast series based on it as well. And we have participated at the Palestinian Digital Activism Forum back in March, which is hosted by the organization Hemna. And we will continue doing the work that we have been doing for the past year. So that’s it from my end. Thank you.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you very much Khadeja and thank you all so much for the presentations. I just would like to underline how clear it is every time I hear you guys speak that as much as there are clear differences between the various countries you come from and the communities you work with. There are some common digital rights threats and issues and also some important work from civil society organizations like the ones you represent, which shows that a better, more rights respecting digital ecosystem is possible. So we want to open it up to any questions or reflections from the audience to any of the speakers or in general. We have a few questions that we came up that we would like to hear from you. But of course, any and all questions are welcome also from those listening in online. So there are mics to the side of the room in case anybody wants to ask any questions. Otherwise, I know I have questions for our panel here. Any questions? Okay, maybe I can break the ice with a question to you all and then I’ll also monitor online if there are any questions. One question to all any of you who want to answer. Can you share a little bit more what you have done in terms of sharing these important research findings and analyses with stakeholders and duty bearers at the national level? International level and if there have been any reactions or actions taken on their part and then how have you communicated about those actions back to the groups involved in the research to establish meaningful two-way accountability in digital governance. Anybody would like to start?


Theary Luy: Yeah, from Cambodia actually, based on the finding that we conducted research in Cambodia, we organized a workshop that disseminated the finding to the civil society and other stakeholders on that, and based on that, we validated the request. Like I mentioned about the action that we conduct at the ground level in terms of the training to the grassroots organization and also the community there. And for that, not only the awareness raising on the digital, but also about the policy implementation at the national level that need the voice of the community, voice of the civil society that work there to consideration in the policy framework. So the policy dialogue that I mentioned is very important. Actually, we plan in 3rd July and also the end of this year for the policy dialogue that allow the audience, the community, and the civil society at the ground level and their representative to meet with the policy maker to raise all the challenges. So that’s why the multi-stakeholder dialogue is very important. That’s not for the consultation, but it’s the platform that change and consider the demand of the community. Yes, thank you.


Cristian Leon: Yeah, as Luan mentioned in Bolivia, we are creating this network of grassroots women organizations that they want to work together in these issues, but from a bottom-up perspective with the idea of not only creating tools, digital security tools or others, but also to carry out advocacy actions together. And this is really important because in Bolivia we are in a moment of elections, and you know these moments really normally open the windows to create new policies and to discuss things with politicians. So I think this is a very key moment in order to organize, to create coalitions and to do advocacy together. So this is one of the actions that we are doing with Internet Bolivia Foundation.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you. Mohamed?


Mohamed Aded Ali: Yeah, thank you very much. In our context, in terms of digital arena is a new ecosystem because mostly the civil society organizations and other individuals have a challenge in terms of capacity, you know, knowledge in the digital. Mostly in Somalia, the private sector as well as the civil society organizations are concentrated in terms of digitalization and as well as using other technologies. But mostly the population of the community still didn’t have much knowledge on digital. After we started this RECIPI project, we engaged different stakeholders. The decision makers are, for example, the government institutions. In terms of legislative, some of them still they are drafting and some of the policies are on the disk of cabinet and still not passed yet. So that’s the way we are, our context. But in terms of our engagement, we make coordination with different stakeholders. We established a digital platform organization as a digital task force committee, which comprises decision makers, civil society organizations, and tech companies to work together, considering digitalization is a part of basic rights of individuals. Thank you.


Mia Marzotto: Thanks, Mohamed. Perhaps, Khadija, would you like to come in on this? I know you mentioned the Palestine Digital Activism Forum, but maybe there’s more.


Khadeja Ibrahim: Yes, so we’re actually part of the Palestinian Digital Rights Initiative Coalition, which is a group of CSOs who work in the realm of digital rights within Palestine. So we contribute with them on a monthly basis, share findings, insights, and kind of just learn from each other, also learn about upcoming opportunities from one another as well. So it was through this coalition that we were actually encouraged also to apply to PDAF, to the Palestinian Digital Rights Activism Forum. This was a two-day forum of speakers, panels, workshops, teaching about digital rights in Palestine. So we participated in that and we were able to reach, you know, an audience within Palestine, like students, other organizations, other activists. So that was a really great opportunity for us as well. In addition to that, we just continue to share our content online through social media. We find that social media is a very effective tool to reach people, not only internationally, We have students at universities in Palestine who have reached out to us because of our content asking more questions, maybe they were doing research on the topic, so we were able to help them in that capacity. Thank you.


Mia Marzotto: Snow, yeah?


Tran Thi Tuyet: Yeah, actually, for IPS in Vietnam, we act as a bridge and facilitator for this process. Usually we follow a bottom-up approach, which means that we’re starting from the grassroots level through survey, consultation, and other, like, participatory activities to collect inputs from all relevant stakeholders. Once we have gathered sufficient perspective, we organize in-depth discussion with policymakers to share the findings, and through that, these findings are always accompanied with clear and actionable recommendations, so that we can work alongside with policymakers to drive positive change. For example, over the last three years, we have been heavily involved in the issue related to digital governance and online public service delivery, and once the concrete recommendations – we have the recommendation about consolidating our own 63 provincial portal into a single national portal, as I have mentioned in my presentation, then it was adopted by the policymaker. And additionally, our user experiences assessment are now being adopted as part of the national standards, and we continue to work closely with the policymaker and other government authorities to refine these standards. And when recommendations are taken on board, it’s become much easier to bring the policymaker, government agencies representative, and other civil society organizations together for direct dialogue, and I think that’s all.


Mia Marzotto: Thank you. Any brave souls in the room with questions, reflections? No? Okay. Then I do have a final, oh yeah, please. Would you like to come up to the mic? Thank you. Hello.


Audience: Thank you, everyone. I don’t know if you can hear me. Yes. Yes. So my name is Enes Mafuta. I’m from Zambia. I’m coming from the technical background. I’m a standards engineer. So I’ll just talk briefly on, I think, question three on digital rights and how international governance community should prioritize more respecting. So I’ve seen all your amazing presentation and how you’ve highlighted. One thing that I’ve noticed is that they are more interlinked with the issues that we’re facing in different regions. You talk of Asia, South America, Africa. There’s one common denominator, and that is digital literacy, which has been a challenge in terms of accessing the rights. So with regards to that question, one of the things that I would like to see the international community to work on is, you see, access is a right. We’ve said it, access is a right. But there’s something that will always block access. When it comes to the government, they’ll say they are safeguarding platforms from misinformation, deepfakes, and everything. So there’s need to balance this cybersecurity resilience by while upholding freedom of expression and also access. One of the example that I would give you is under a few minutes is how my country has enact, has amended the cybersecurity crime and law of 2025. And this bill was assented in a private manner. So when this bill was assented in a private manner, then the society came to learn about it It created a perception out there to say this is a bad law They are trying to curtail our freedom of speech and access and everything So it was a situation where now people started throwing memes, insults and everything So there was those types of arrests and stuff like that. In a nutshell I wouldn’t blame the government because there were some cyber Crime offenders, but on the other hand, there were some people who were ignorant about this law So there were not much awareness and everything. So I would encourage the civil society space at least to advocate for Algorithm detection that can tackle misinformation and also this deepfakes because Once an information which is wrong is sent out there It is weaponized and once it is weaponized It creates a perception in the minds of users and when it creates that perception in the mind of users The users themselves they are going to be limited by that information. They are going to accept it So in short, they are going to accept that definition And when you accept that definition it will end up limiting you and when you are limited by that information you believe it So you live with it because it’s a lie. So this is just my observation about this So let’s work together technical community civil society. Let’s find ways on how we can tackle these Misinformation and defects. Thank you very much


Mia Marzotto: Thank you very much. I’m aware. We have only one minute left I’m sure like there’s lots of thoughts around me on this I think this is definitely something that we the reason why spaces like the IGF are really important in the multi-stakeholder Approach is very important, right? And and I think that in in that Balancing exercise which you mentioned having a diversity of voices and experiences participate is is really important to find the right balance because because it is a balancing act indeed. Like I mentioned, this is the start of the conversation, hopefully, although I know that it may be the last day of this IGF, but we do want to continue the conversation. There are some resources at the back, and of course you can come up to us to have our contact details. I want to thank you all, panelists, and also to those online, and those in the room, and the technical team making this hybrid session possible. Again, thank you, and have safe travels back home, and let’s continue the discussion. Thanks again. Thank you.


M

Mia Marzotto

Speech speed

131 words per minute

Speech length

1236 words

Speech time

564 seconds

Multi-country research conducted across 9 countries with over 1000 respondents examining digital literacy, internet access, digital violence, and prevention measures

Explanation

Oxfam’s Recipe Project conducted comprehensive research across nine countries to map digital rights capacities and threats. The assessment included questions on four main topics: digital literacy and internet access, digital violence and safety, current prevention measures, and perceptions on needed actions to prevent digital rights violations.


Evidence

Over 1000 respondents across nine countries, representing community members, activists, journalists, and civil society organizations. Findings were validated through workshops with involved groups.


Major discussion point

Digital Rights Landscape and Threats Assessment


Topics

Development | Human rights


Importance of multi-stakeholder approach in IGF spaces for finding right balance in digital governance

Explanation

The multi-stakeholder approach is essential for balancing different interests in digital governance, particularly when addressing the tension between cybersecurity measures and freedom of expression. Having diverse voices and experiences participate is crucial for finding the right balance in this complex area.


Evidence

Reference to IGF as important space for multi-stakeholder dialogue and the balancing exercise between security and rights


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Policy Dialogue


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Audience

Disagreed on

Balance between cybersecurity measures and freedom of expression


O

Online moderator

Speech speed

98 words per minute

Speech length

214 words

Speech time

130 seconds

77% of respondents in Bolivia suffered digital security incidents and 62% experienced digital violence, with 77% linking attacks to their human rights defender status

Explanation

Research findings from Bolivia reveal extremely high rates of digital security incidents and violence among respondents. Most significantly, the vast majority of those experiencing digital violence believe it is directly related to their work as human rights defenders, indicating targeted attacks.


Evidence

Four main threats identified: harassment, hate speech, physical or sexual threats, and public defamation. Creation of network of feminist collectives as response strategy.


Major discussion point

Digital Rights Landscape and Threats Assessment


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Khadeja Ibrahim
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Agreed on

High prevalence of digital violence and security incidents


A

Audience

Speech speed

163 words per minute

Speech length

489 words

Speech time

179 seconds

Need for balanced approach between cybersecurity resilience and freedom of expression, with civil society advocacy for algorithm detection to tackle misinformation

Explanation

There is a critical need to balance cybersecurity measures with protecting freedom of expression and access rights. Governments often justify restricting access by citing protection from misinformation and deepfakes, but this can lead to overreach and curtailment of legitimate expression.


Evidence

Example from Zambia where cybersecurity crime law was amended and assented privately, leading to arrests and public backlash due to lack of awareness and consultation


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Policy Dialogue


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Agreed on

Digital literacy gaps as fundamental barrier to digital rights


Disagreed with

– Mia Marzotto

Disagreed on

Balance between cybersecurity measures and freedom of expression


K

Khadeja Ibrahim

Speech speed

132 words per minute

Speech length

814 words

Speech time

367 seconds

Palestinian organizations face widespread digital rights violations including surveillance, censorship, and discriminatory infrastructure access

Explanation

Palestinian civil society faces comprehensive digital rights violations including advanced surveillance through AI tools, social media censorship, and repressive technology policies. These violations are systematic and affect all aspects of digital participation and expression.


Evidence

Israel’s use of AI tools like Blue Wolf, Lavender, and Where’s Daddy for surveillance; arbitrary censorship on Facebook and Instagram; weaponization of anti-terrorism legislation


Major discussion point

Digital Rights Landscape and Threats Assessment


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Online moderator
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Agreed on

High prevalence of digital violence and security incidents


Palestinians use 3G networks while Israeli settlers access 4G/5G, demonstrating discriminatory technology infrastructure

Explanation

There is clear discriminatory practice in technology infrastructure provision, where Palestinians in occupied territories are limited to older 3G networks while Israeli settlers illegally living in the same areas have full access to modern 4G and 5G networks. This creates a two-tiered system based on ethnicity and political status.


Evidence

Specific comparison between Palestinian access to 3G versus Israeli settler access to 4G and 5G networks in the West Bank


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Access Challenges


Topics

Development | Human rights | Infrastructure


72% of Palestinian CSOs are unaware of local digital rights legislation and believe government efforts are insufficient

Explanation

There is a significant knowledge gap among Palestinian civil society organizations regarding digital rights legislation, with the vast majority unaware of existing laws. Additionally, most organizations believe their government is not doing enough to protect digital rights, indicating both awareness and policy implementation failures.


Evidence

Over half believe existing cybercrime laws may be ineffective or are unsure of their effectiveness; nearly 62% believe Palestinian government efforts are insufficient


Major discussion point

Policy and Legal Framework Gaps


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Agreed on

Inadequate legal and policy frameworks for digital rights protection


Palestinian organizations participating in Digital Rights Initiative Coalition for monthly coordination and knowledge sharing

Explanation

Palestinian civil society has organized into a coalition that meets regularly to coordinate efforts, share findings and insights, and learn from each other’s experiences. This coalition serves as a platform for mutual support and collective action on digital rights issues.


Evidence

Monthly meetings of the coalition, participation in Palestinian Digital Activism Forum, sharing opportunities and learning from each other


Major discussion point

Civil Society Capacity Building and Response Strategies


Topics

Human rights | Development


C

Cristian Leon

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

398 words

Speech time

200 seconds

Bolivia faces 30% digital divide in urban areas and 70% in rural areas, far from meaningful connectivity

Explanation

Bolivia has significant connectivity challenges with substantial portions of both urban and rural populations lacking internet access. The rural-urban divide is particularly stark, with rural areas facing much higher rates of digital exclusion, indicating the country is far from achieving universal meaningful connectivity.


Evidence

Specific statistics showing 30% digital divide in urban areas versus 70% in rural areas; context of government push for digital transformation without addressing basic access


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Access Challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Creation of feminist collective networks in Bolivia to provide digital security support and advocacy through horizontal pedagogical methodologies

Explanation

In response to high rates of digital violence, Bolivian organizations have created networks of feminist collectives that focus on mutual support and capacity building. These networks use horizontal learning approaches and combine direct support for victims with collective advocacy for policy change.


Evidence

Network composed of large feminist collectives working on digital security strategies; methodologies include awareness-raising sessions, horizontal reflection spaces, and advocacy for public policies


Major discussion point

Civil Society Capacity Building and Response Strategies


Topics

Human rights | Development


T

Tran Thi Tuyet

Speech speed

132 words per minute

Speech length

938 words

Speech time

425 seconds

Vietnam’s 63 provincial public service portals fail to meet user-friendliness standards despite government digitalization push

Explanation

Despite Vietnam’s strong commitment to digital transformation and the fact that nearly half of government services are now online, none of the provincial portals meet basic accessibility and user-friendliness standards. This creates particular barriers for marginalized communities like migrant workers who need these services for social protection.


Evidence

Nearly half of all government services are fully online; 3-6 million daily users on digital platforms; specific mention of challenges for migrant workers accessing social protection services


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Access Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Vietnam lacks meaningful participation from marginalized communities in top-down digital policy development

Explanation

Vietnam’s digital policy development follows a top-down approach led by state agencies, with consultation processes that are often formalistic rather than substantive. There is a notable absence of participation from marginalized communities and their representative organizations in both policy design and implementation phases.


Evidence

Consultation processes described as ‘formalistic and lack meaningful engagement’; absence of marginalized communities in policy design and implementation; lack of coordination between public, private, and civil society sectors


Major discussion point

Policy and Legal Framework Gaps


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali
– Khadeja Ibrahim

Agreed on

Inadequate legal and policy frameworks for digital rights protection


Disagreed with

– Theary Luy

Disagreed on

Approach to policy development – top-down versus bottom-up methodologies


Vietnam’s bottom-up approach involves grassroots consultation followed by policymaker engagement with actionable recommendations

Explanation

The Institute for Policy Studies uses a bottom-up methodology starting with grassroots surveys and consultations to gather stakeholder input, then organizes discussions with policymakers to share findings. Their approach emphasizes providing clear, actionable recommendations that can drive concrete policy changes.


Evidence

Example of recommendation to consolidate 63 provincial portals into single national portal being adopted; user experience assessments becoming part of national standards; continued collaboration with policymakers to refine standards


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Policy Dialogue


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


M

Mohamed Aded Ali

Speech speed

106 words per minute

Speech length

764 words

Speech time

430 seconds

In Somalia, 42% experience digital violence with 37% reporting gender-based incidents, while 44% face basic security incidents like account theft and scams

Explanation

Somalia shows significant rates of digital violence and security incidents, with a notable gender dimension to the violence experienced. The prevalence of basic security incidents like account theft indicates widespread vulnerabilities in digital security practices among the population.


Evidence

98% internet connectivity from various sources; 69% adopted basic security measures like blocking and reporting but advanced practices remain limited; 28% understand risks of sharing personal information online


Major discussion point

Digital Rights Landscape and Threats Assessment


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Online moderator
– Khadeja Ibrahim

Agreed on

High prevalence of digital violence and security incidents


Somalia shows 98% internet connectivity but limited advanced security practices and digital literacy gaps

Explanation

While Somalia has achieved high levels of basic internet connectivity through various means including home, workplace, and public access points, there remain significant gaps in digital literacy and advanced security practices. Most people can perform basic functions but lack sophisticated digital skills.


Evidence

98% connected through various networks; 90% can send messages and receive emails; 44% use Facebook and TikTok; only 28% understand risks of sharing personal information; advanced security practices remain limited


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Access Challenges


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Audience

Agreed on

Digital literacy gaps as fundamental barrier to digital rights


Somalia has various regulatory bodies but limited legislative framework with policies still in draft or cabinet review

Explanation

Somalia has established multiple institutional bodies to oversee digital and telecommunications sectors, including regulatory authorities and technical institutes. However, the legislative framework remains incomplete with many policies still in development stages rather than being implemented.


Evidence

Multiple institutions mentioned: Digital Rights Authority, National Identification and Registration Authority, National Communication Authority, Somali National Telecommunication and Technology Institute; policies described as ‘still drafting’ or ‘on desk of cabinet’


Major discussion point

Policy and Legal Framework Gaps


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Khadeja Ibrahim

Agreed on

Inadequate legal and policy frameworks for digital rights protection


Establishment of digital task force committee in Somalia comprising decision makers, CSOs, and tech companies

Explanation

Somalia has created a collaborative platform bringing together government decision makers, civil society organizations, and private sector tech companies to work collectively on digitalization issues. This multi-stakeholder approach recognizes digitalization as a basic right that requires coordinated effort across sectors.


Evidence

Digital task force committee includes decision makers, civil society organizations, and tech companies; focus on digitalization as basic rights of individuals


Major discussion point

Civil Society Capacity Building and Response Strategies


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


T

Theary Luy

Speech speed

116 words per minute

Speech length

736 words

Speech time

379 seconds

In Cambodia, fewer than 30% of citizens possess skills to navigate digital world safely, with particular gaps among rural youth and grassroots organizations

Explanation

Cambodia faces a severe digital literacy crisis with the vast majority of citizens lacking the skills needed for safe and effective digital participation. The problem is particularly acute among rural youth and grassroots civil society organizations, creating a significant barrier to digital inclusion and protection.


Evidence

Digital divide described as ‘not just about access to technology, but access to opportunity, participation and protection’; specific mention of rural youth and grassroots CSOs as most affected groups


Major discussion point

Digital Rights Landscape and Threats Assessment


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Mohamed Aded Ali
– Audience

Agreed on

Digital literacy gaps as fundamental barrier to digital rights


Cambodia lacks comprehensive cybersecurity, cybercrime, and personal data protection laws despite having digital government policy

Explanation

While Cambodia has established a digital government policy framework for 2022-2035 focusing on digital government, economy, and citizenship, the country lacks essential legal protections. Key laws including cybersecurity, cybercrime, and personal data protection remain in draft form, leaving citizens vulnerable.


Evidence

Digital government policy 2022-2035 with three pillars mentioned; cybersecurity law, cybercrime law, and personal data protection law all described as ‘in draft form’ and ‘in process’


Major discussion point

Policy and Legal Framework Gaps


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Mohamed Aded Ali
– Khadeja Ibrahim

Agreed on

Inadequate legal and policy frameworks for digital rights protection


Training grassroots organizations in Cambodia to become trainers themselves, transferring knowledge to communities

Explanation

Cambodia’s approach involves building capacity at the grassroots level by training local organizations who then become trainers for their own members and communities. This creates a multiplier effect and ensures knowledge transfer is culturally appropriate and sustainable.


Evidence

Work with provincial NGO networks; local organizations ‘not only receiving training but becoming trainers themselves’; engagement with youth and social influencers for public campaigns


Major discussion point

Civil Society Capacity Building and Response Strategies


Topics

Development | Human rights


Policy dialogue in Cambodia serves as platform for community voice consideration rather than mere consultation

Explanation

Cambodia emphasizes that their multi-stakeholder policy dialogue goes beyond traditional consultation to become a genuine platform for incorporating community voices into policy decisions. This approach aims to build trust among stakeholders and ensure meaningful participation in shaping digital laws and policies.


Evidence

Multi-stakeholder approach bringing together government, civil society, development partners, and private sector; policy dialogue described as ‘not consultation, but way to build trust’ and ‘platform that change and consider demand of community’


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Policy Dialogue


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Tran Thi Tuyet

Disagreed on

Approach to policy development – top-down versus bottom-up methodologies


Agreements

Agreement points

Digital literacy gaps as fundamental barrier to digital rights

Speakers

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali
– Audience

Arguments

Vietnam lacks meaningful participation from marginalized communities in top-down digital policy development


In Cambodia, fewer than 30% of citizens possess skills to navigate digital world safely, with particular gaps among rural youth and grassroots organizations


Somalia shows 98% internet connectivity but limited advanced security practices and digital literacy gaps


Need for balanced approach between cybersecurity resilience and freedom of expression, with civil society advocacy for algorithm detection to tackle misinformation


Summary

All speakers identified digital literacy as a critical challenge affecting their populations’ ability to safely and effectively participate in digital spaces, with particular impact on marginalized communities


Topics

Development | Human rights


High prevalence of digital violence and security incidents

Speakers

– Online moderator
– Khadeja Ibrahim
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Arguments

77% of respondents in Bolivia suffered digital security incidents and 62% experienced digital violence, with 77% linking attacks to their human rights defender status


Palestinian organizations face widespread digital rights violations including surveillance, censorship, and discriminatory infrastructure access


In Somalia, 42% experience digital violence with 37% reporting gender-based incidents, while 44% face basic security incidents like account theft and scams


Summary

Multiple countries report extremely high rates of digital violence and security incidents, with particular targeting of human rights defenders and gender-based violence


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


Inadequate legal and policy frameworks for digital rights protection

Speakers

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali
– Khadeja Ibrahim

Arguments

Vietnam lacks meaningful participation from marginalized communities in top-down digital policy development


Cambodia lacks comprehensive cybersecurity, cybercrime, and personal data protection laws despite having digital government policy


Somalia has various regulatory bodies but limited legislative framework with policies still in draft or cabinet review


72% of Palestinian CSOs are unaware of local digital rights legislation and believe government efforts are insufficient


Summary

All countries face significant gaps in legal frameworks for digital rights protection, with laws either missing, in draft form, or lacking meaningful stakeholder participation in development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Similar viewpoints

All speakers emphasized bottom-up, community-driven approaches to building digital rights capacity, with focus on training local organizations to become trainers and creating multi-stakeholder platforms for collaboration

Speakers

– Cristian Leon
– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Arguments

Creation of feminist collective networks in Bolivia to provide digital security support and advocacy through horizontal pedagogical methodologies


Vietnam’s bottom-up approach involves grassroots consultation followed by policymaker engagement with actionable recommendations


Training grassroots organizations in Cambodia to become trainers themselves, transferring knowledge to communities


Establishment of digital task force committee in Somalia comprising decision makers, CSOs, and tech companies


Topics

Development | Human rights


Strong consensus on the importance of meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement that goes beyond consultation to genuine participation in policy development and implementation

Speakers

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mia Marzotto
– Audience

Arguments

Vietnam’s bottom-up approach involves grassroots consultation followed by policymaker engagement with actionable recommendations


Policy dialogue in Cambodia serves as platform for community voice consideration rather than mere consultation


Importance of multi-stakeholder approach in IGF spaces for finding right balance in digital governance


Need for balanced approach between cybersecurity resilience and freedom of expression, with civil society advocacy for algorithm detection to tackle misinformation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Unexpected consensus

Infrastructure disparities as tool of discrimination and control

Speakers

– Khadeja Ibrahim
– Cristian Leon

Arguments

Palestinians use 3G networks while Israeli settlers access 4G/5G, demonstrating discriminatory technology infrastructure


Bolivia faces 30% digital divide in urban areas and 70% in rural areas, far from meaningful connectivity


Explanation

Both speakers highlighted how infrastructure access disparities serve as mechanisms of exclusion and control, whether through deliberate discrimination (Palestine) or systemic neglect (Bolivia rural areas)


Topics

Development | Human rights | Infrastructure


Gender-specific targeting in digital violence across different contexts

Speakers

– Online moderator
– Mohamed Aded Ali
– Cristian Leon

Arguments

77% of respondents in Bolivia suffered digital security incidents and 62% experienced digital violence, with 77% linking attacks to their human rights defender status


In Somalia, 42% experience digital violence with 37% reporting gender-based incidents, while 44% face basic security incidents like account theft and scams


Creation of feminist collective networks in Bolivia to provide digital security support and advocacy through horizontal pedagogical methodologies


Explanation

Unexpected consensus emerged on the gendered nature of digital violence across very different political and social contexts, leading to similar feminist organizing responses


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus exists among speakers on fundamental challenges including digital literacy gaps, inadequate legal frameworks, high rates of digital violence, and the need for bottom-up, multi-stakeholder approaches to digital rights protection


Consensus level

High level of consensus despite diverse geographical and political contexts, suggesting these are universal challenges in digital rights implementation. The agreement on solutions – particularly community-driven capacity building and meaningful stakeholder engagement – indicates potential for coordinated global action and shared learning across regions


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to policy development – top-down versus bottom-up methodologies

Speakers

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy

Arguments

Vietnam lacks meaningful participation from marginalized communities in top-down digital policy development


Policy dialogue in Cambodia serves as platform for community voice consideration rather than mere consultation


Summary

Vietnam’s speaker critiques top-down policy approaches as formalistic, while Cambodia’s speaker presents their multi-stakeholder dialogue as genuinely inclusive, suggesting different views on what constitutes meaningful participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


Balance between cybersecurity measures and freedom of expression

Speakers

– Audience
– Mia Marzotto

Arguments

Need for balanced approach between cybersecurity resilience and freedom of expression, with civil society advocacy for algorithm detection to tackle misinformation


Importance of multi-stakeholder approach in IGF spaces for finding right balance in digital governance


Summary

The audience member emphasizes technical solutions like algorithm detection for misinformation, while the moderator focuses on multi-stakeholder processes for balance, representing different approaches to the same challenge


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

No significant unexpected disagreements identified

Speakers

Arguments

Explanation

The session was structured as a collaborative sharing of experiences rather than a debate, with speakers presenting complementary rather than conflicting perspectives on digital rights challenges


Topics

Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed minimal direct disagreement, with most differences arising from varying national contexts and implementation approaches rather than fundamental philosophical disagreements about digital rights


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with high consensus on core issues. The main tensions were around implementation methodologies rather than goals, which suggests strong potential for collaborative solutions and knowledge sharing across different contexts


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

All speakers emphasized bottom-up, community-driven approaches to building digital rights capacity, with focus on training local organizations to become trainers and creating multi-stakeholder platforms for collaboration

Speakers

– Cristian Leon
– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mohamed Aded Ali

Arguments

Creation of feminist collective networks in Bolivia to provide digital security support and advocacy through horizontal pedagogical methodologies


Vietnam’s bottom-up approach involves grassroots consultation followed by policymaker engagement with actionable recommendations


Training grassroots organizations in Cambodia to become trainers themselves, transferring knowledge to communities


Establishment of digital task force committee in Somalia comprising decision makers, CSOs, and tech companies


Topics

Development | Human rights


Strong consensus on the importance of meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement that goes beyond consultation to genuine participation in policy development and implementation

Speakers

– Tran Thi Tuyet
– Theary Luy
– Mia Marzotto
– Audience

Arguments

Vietnam’s bottom-up approach involves grassroots consultation followed by policymaker engagement with actionable recommendations


Policy dialogue in Cambodia serves as platform for community voice consideration rather than mere consultation


Importance of multi-stakeholder approach in IGF spaces for finding right balance in digital governance


Need for balanced approach between cybersecurity resilience and freedom of expression, with civil society advocacy for algorithm detection to tackle misinformation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital rights violations are widespread across Global South countries, with common patterns including low digital literacy (under 30% in Cambodia), high rates of digital violence (77% in Bolivia experienced security incidents), and inadequate legal frameworks


Marginalized communities face the greatest digital risks, particularly women, human rights defenders, rural populations, and migrant workers who lack access to protective measures and digital skills


Top-down policy approaches without meaningful community participation are ineffective – successful digital governance requires bottom-up engagement and multi-stakeholder dialogue


Civil society organizations are developing innovative capacity-building strategies including peer-to-peer training models, feminist collective networks, and horizontal pedagogical methodologies


Infrastructure discrimination exists even within countries (Palestinians have 3G while Israeli settlers have 4G/5G access), highlighting how digital divides can be tools of oppression


Digital transformation initiatives often prioritize techno-solutionism over addressing real community needs and protecting fundamental rights


Resolutions and action items

Continue multi-country collaboration through the Recipe Project to strengthen civil society digital rights advocacy


Establish and maintain regular coordination mechanisms like Cambodia’s multi-stakeholder policy dialogues and Palestine’s Digital Rights Initiative Coalition


Develop practical toolkits and resources for digital security training that can be adapted across different contexts


Create networks of grassroots organizations (like Bolivia’s feminist collectives) to provide peer support and collective advocacy


Engage with upcoming political opportunities like Bolivia’s elections to advocate for digital rights policy reforms


Maintain ongoing capacity building programs where trained organizations become trainers for their communities


Unresolved issues

How to balance cybersecurity measures with freedom of expression and access rights without government overreach


Lack of comprehensive legal frameworks in most countries (cybersecurity, data protection, and cybercrime laws still in draft stages)


Limited resources for civil society organizations – 75% of Palestinian CSOs lack technological resources and 55% lack digital knowledge


Misinformation and deepfakes detection while preserving legitimate discourse and avoiding censorship


Meaningful participation mechanisms for marginalized communities in digital policy development processes


Coordination between public sector, private sector, and civil society remains weak across all countries presented


Suggested compromises

Multi-stakeholder dialogue platforms that serve as genuine policy consideration forums rather than mere consultation exercises


Algorithm detection systems for misinformation that involve civil society advocacy to ensure they don’t restrict legitimate expression


Gradual policy implementation with community feedback loops, as demonstrated by Vietnam’s approach of grassroots consultation followed by policymaker engagement


Hybrid approaches combining government digitalization initiatives with civil society-led capacity building for vulnerable populations


International support frameworks that respect local ownership while providing technical and legal assistance to under-resourced organizations


Thought provoking comments

Digital policy in Vietnam are still largely developed through a top-down approach led by state agencies with consultation processes that are often formalistic and lack of meaningful engagement. There remains an absence of participation from the marginalized communities and their representative organizations during both the design and implementation of digital policies.

Speaker

Tran Thi Tuyet (Snow)


Reason

This comment is insightful because it identifies a fundamental structural problem in digital governance – the disconnect between policy creation and the communities most affected by these policies. It moves beyond surface-level issues to examine the root cause of digital inequality: exclusionary policymaking processes.


Impact

This observation established a critical framework that other panelists built upon throughout the discussion. It shifted the conversation from merely cataloging digital rights violations to examining the systemic governance failures that enable these violations, setting the tone for deeper structural analysis.


77% said that the actions of digital violence affect them may have a specific relationship with their status as human rights defenders.

Speaker

Luan Mendez


Reason

This statistic is particularly thought-provoking because it reveals how digital violence is not random but strategically targeted at those working for social change. It demonstrates how digital spaces are being weaponized to silence advocacy and activism, making it a tool of oppression rather than liberation.


Impact

This finding elevated the discussion from general digital safety concerns to understanding digital violence as a deliberate tactic to suppress civil society. It helped frame subsequent discussions around the need for protective measures specifically for vulnerable groups and activists.


Palestinians still use 3G Internet network, while Israeli settlers who are illegally living in the West Bank have full access to 4G and 5G networks.

Speaker

Khadeja Ibrahim


Reason

This comment is profoundly insightful because it illustrates how digital infrastructure itself can be a tool of discrimination and control. It shows how seemingly technical decisions about network access are actually political choices that reinforce existing power imbalances and human rights violations.


Impact

This stark example of digital apartheid provided concrete evidence of how digital rights violations intersect with broader systems of oppression. It challenged participants to think beyond individual privacy concerns to consider how digital infrastructure can institutionalize inequality.


There’s need to balance this cybersecurity resilience by while upholding freedom of expression and also access… when this bill was assented in a private manner, then the society came to learn about it. It created a perception out there to say this is a bad law… So there were those types of arrests and stuff like that.

Speaker

Enes Mafuta (audience member)


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it highlights the complex tension between legitimate security concerns and rights protection, while also demonstrating how lack of transparency and participation in lawmaking can undermine both security and rights objectives. It shows how process matters as much as content in digital governance.


Impact

This intervention shifted the discussion toward the practical challenges of implementing digital governance, moving from problem identification to the nuanced realities of balancing competing interests. It prompted reflection on the importance of inclusive, transparent policymaking processes.


Digital transformation as a multi-component ecosystem requiring synchronization between policy, technology, and people… ensuring digital rights as a prerequisite for greater public participation in the transformation process.

Speaker

Tran Thi Tuyet (Snow)


Reason

This insight reframes digital transformation from a purely technological process to a holistic social transformation that requires careful coordination of multiple elements. It positions digital rights not as an add-on consideration but as foundational to successful digital transformation.


Impact

This systems thinking approach influenced how other panelists framed their recommendations, moving the conversation toward comprehensive, coordinated responses rather than piecemeal solutions. It helped establish digital rights as central rather than peripheral to development goals.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by elevating it from a simple catalog of digital rights violations to a sophisticated analysis of systemic governance failures and structural inequalities. The conversation evolved from problem identification to root cause analysis, with participants building on each other’s insights to develop a comprehensive understanding of how digital rights violations are embedded in broader systems of power and exclusion. The comments collectively demonstrated that digital rights issues cannot be addressed through technical solutions alone but require fundamental changes to governance processes, power structures, and approaches to development. The discussion successfully connected local experiences to global patterns, showing how similar exclusionary processes manifest across different contexts while respecting the unique circumstances of each region represented.


Follow-up questions

How can algorithm detection be developed and implemented to tackle misinformation and deepfakes while maintaining freedom of expression?

Speaker

Enes Mafuta (audience member from Zambia)


Explanation

This addresses the critical balance between cybersecurity resilience and upholding freedom of expression and access rights, particularly important given how misinformation can be weaponized and create limiting perceptions in users’ minds


How can the technical community and civil society work together more effectively to find solutions for tackling misinformation and deepfakes?

Speaker

Enes Mafuta (audience member from Zambia)


Explanation

This collaborative approach is essential for addressing the common challenges of digital literacy and misinformation that appear across different regions (Asia, South America, Africa)


How can governments better balance cybersecurity measures with protecting citizens’ rights to access and freedom of expression?

Speaker

Enes Mafuta (audience member from Zambia)


Explanation

This question arose from the example of Zambia’s cybersecurity law amendment that was enacted privately, leading to public backlash and arrests, highlighting the need for transparent processes and public awareness


What are the most effective methods for raising public awareness about new digital laws and policies to prevent ignorance-based violations?

Speaker

Enes Mafuta (audience member from Zambia)


Explanation

This addresses the gap between policy implementation and public understanding, which can lead to unintentional violations and subsequent arrests or restrictions


How can meaningful two-way accountability in digital governance be better established between research findings and the communities involved?

Speaker

Mia Marzotto


Explanation

This question seeks to understand how organizations can ensure that research findings lead to actionable changes and that communities are kept informed about the impact of their participation in research


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WS #225 Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities

WS #225 Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on bridging the connectivity gap for excluded communities, examining innovative solutions and policies to achieve meaningful, affordable, and inclusive internet access for all. The panel, moderated by Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu from Paradigm Initiative, brought together experts from the Internet Society, Global Digital Inclusion Partnership, and Internet Bolivia to address last-mile connectivity challenges.


Christopher Locke from the Internet Society emphasized that while emerging technologies like low-earth orbit satellites show promise for connecting remote areas, sustainability remains a challenge due to pricing instability and regulatory issues. He stressed the importance of community readiness and building local capacity for network management, noting that successful community networks require both technical training and business model development. Onika Makwakwa from the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership advocated for treating connectivity as a human right and reforming universal service funds to address demand-side issues like digital skills and device affordability. She highlighted the need for gender-disaggregated data and moving beyond basic connectivity metrics to measure meaningful access.


Leon Cristian from Internet Bolivia presented a more sobering perspective, outlining four key complexities: emerging technologies creating new problems around data sovereignty, regulatory power imbalances between states and big tech companies, the breakdown of cooperative governance models, and the emergence of a new digital divide around advanced computing capabilities. The discussion revealed that despite 20 years since the World Summit on the Information Society, similar connectivity gaps persist, requiring context-informed, people-focused solutions that go beyond traditional market-driven approaches to embrace community-centered models and multi-stakeholder collaboration.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Last-mile connectivity challenges and innovative solutions**: The panel explored how emerging technologies like low-Earth orbit satellites (LEO) and 5G can bridge connectivity gaps, particularly in remote and underserved communities. However, sustainability issues around pricing, regulatory frameworks, and infrastructure capacity remain significant barriers.


– **Moving beyond basic connectivity to meaningful access**: Panelists emphasized the need to shift from simply providing internet access to ensuring meaningful connectivity that includes digital literacy, local content in native languages, affordable devices, and daily reliable access rather than the current standard of usage “once every three months.”


– **Community-centered networks and sustainability models**: Extensive discussion on community networks as viable alternatives to traditional telecom models, with emphasis on local ownership, management, and diverse business models including cooperatives. The Internet Society’s community readiness toolkit and grant programs were highlighted as examples of supporting sustainable community-led initiatives.


– **Policy and regulatory reform needs**: Strong calls for reforming Universal Service and Access Funds, opening spectrum for community networks, treating connectivity as a public good and human right, and creating enabling regulatory environments that support diverse stakeholders rather than just large telecommunications companies.


– **Growing complexity of the digital divide**: Recognition that the digital divide is becoming more complex with new challenges including data sovereignty, regulatory power imbalances between states and big tech companies, and emerging technology gaps (AI, quantum computing) that create additional layers of exclusion for developing countries.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to generate actionable insights for bridging the connectivity gap for excluded communities, focusing on innovative solutions, policies, and business models to achieve meaningful, affordable, and inclusive connectivity for all by 2030, particularly in the Global South.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional but increasingly urgent tone throughout. It began optimistically with solution-focused presentations but became more sobering as panelists acknowledged the persistent challenges and growing complexities. The tone shifted from technical problem-solving to more critical assessments of systemic failures, with speakers expressing frustration about the lack of progress 20 years after initial digital divide discussions. Despite the challenges highlighted, the conversation concluded on a constructive note with concrete recommendations and examples of successful community-led initiatives.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu** – Chief Operating Officer at Paradigm Initiative (nonprofit dedicated to promotion of digital inclusion and digital rights in Africa and the Global South); Session moderator


– **Christopher Locke** – Works with Internet Society, involved in community-led connectivity programs and ISOC Foundation


– **Thobekile Matimbe** – Senior Manager Partnerships and Engagements for Paradigm Initiative; Expert in human rights-based advocacy


– **Onica Makwakwa** – Executive Director Global Digital Inclusion Partnership; Has worked for 25 years driving gender and equity-focused policy


– **Leon Cristian** – Executive Director of Internet Bolivia; Advisor to governments on digital rights


– **Audience** – Multiple audience members who asked questions during the Q&A session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Sani Suleiman** – Colleague of Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu, mentioned as online moderator gathering questions and comments (though did not speak in the transcript)


– **Bara Kotieno** – Chair of the Association of Community Networks in Kenya


– **Leo** – Representative from United Republic of Tanzania


– **Lee McKnight** – Professor at Syracuse University in the United States


– **Lisa Dakanay** – From the Institute for Social Entrepreneurship in Asia


Full session report

# Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities: A Comprehensive Discussion Report


## Introduction and Context


This panel discussion, moderated by Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu, Chief Operating Officer at Paradigm Initiative, brought together leading experts to examine innovative solutions and policies for achieving meaningful, affordable, and inclusive internet access for excluded communities. The conversation addressed the persistent challenge that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, indicating that current approaches require fundamental reassessment.


The panel featured Christopher Locke from the Internet Society, who focuses on community-led connectivity programmes; Onica Makwakwa, Executive Director of the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership with extensive experience in gender and equity-focused policy; Leon Cristian, Executive Director of Internet Bolivia and government advisor on digital rights; and Thobekile Matimbe, Senior Manager for Partnerships and Engagements at Paradigm Initiative. The discussion also included valuable contributions from audience members, including Bara Kotieno from Kenya’s Association of Community Networks and other participants from across the global digital inclusion community.


## Emerging Technologies: Opportunities and Challenges


### Low Earth Orbit Satellites: Promise and Limitations


Christopher Locke examined the potential of Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellites to bridge connectivity gaps in remote areas, while highlighting significant challenges that complicate their deployment. “We’re still in the very early stages of Leo Internet,” Locke explained, “and not only is the price initially expensive, but also we’re increasingly seeing that as the networks become clogged, the prices sometimes are quite dynamic based on demand.” He cited examples from African cities where Starlink services are “pretty much booked out,” illustrating how capacity constraints create new barriers to access.


Locke emphasized that while LEO satellites offer solutions for remote connectivity, sustainability remains problematic due to pricing instability and regulatory frameworks that haven’t kept pace with technological development. The infrastructure requires significant investment in ground stations and local capacity building, making it unsuitable as a standalone solution for underserved communities.


### Regulatory and Sovereignty Challenges


Leon Cristian provided a critical perspective on how emerging technologies create new regulatory challenges. His most striking example concerned data sovereignty: “Starlink is operating in my country without permission,” he revealed, explaining how the company told Bolivian authorities, “I don’t need that, I don’t need to put an office in your country. I can operate and I can provide my services even if I don’t fulfil all their requirements.”


This example illustrates broader challenges where technological solutions can undermine national sovereignty and regulatory frameworks. Cristian identified emerging complexities including problems related to data sovereignty and spectrum allocation, regulatory power imbalances between states and technology companies, and what he termed an evolving “digital divide.”


### The Expanding Digital Divide


Cristian introduced the concept of an evolving digital divide that extends beyond basic connectivity. “Now the digital divide is not only about having or not meaningful connectivity,” he explained, “it’s also about having enough capacity to run AIs, quantum computation, blockchains, cryptos… So there is another connectivity divide, there is another digital divide that is happening right now.”


This observation challenges current approaches to digital inclusion by suggesting that while efforts focus on basic connectivity, new technological requirements are creating additional layers of exclusion that countries in the Global South must navigate simultaneously.


## Community Networks: Alternative Connectivity Models


### Beyond Traditional Telecommunications


Christopher Locke presented community networks as viable alternatives to traditional telecommunications models, emphasizing the need to move beyond conventional thinking. “We need to understand there are many business models to providing connectivity,” he argued. “Mimicking a small version of being a telco isn’t the way to build a sustainable community network. There are co-op models, there are many other models that allow us to develop that.”


The Internet Society’s approach focuses on community readiness evaluation that encompasses technology solutions alongside business and governance training. Locke stressed that community networks are “not mini-telcos but community organisations providing vital services in ways that make sense for local communities.”


### Real-World Implementation and Success Stories


Bara Kotieno from Kenya provided concrete examples of progress, noting that Kenya has established 20 community networks with a target of 100. This demonstrates the viability of the model while highlighting the ongoing need to focus on sustainability components beyond initial establishment.


The discussion revealed that successful community networks require comprehensive approaches that include technical training, business model development, and governance structures. Locke emphasized that the Internet Society’s community readiness toolkit and grant programmes support sustainable community-led initiatives, but the ultimate goal is local self-sufficiency rather than continued dependence on external funding.


### Sustainability and Local Ownership


The sustainability of community networks emerged as a central concern. Locke emphasized that successful community networks must develop sustainable business models that can cover costs through local pricing systems rather than depending on continuous grants. This requires innovative approaches that balance community service with financial viability.


Leon Cristian reinforced the importance of community participation, arguing that “including local communities brings diversity and indigenous perspectives essential for building technology for the future.” This emphasis reflects a shift away from top-down technology deployment towards participatory approaches that center community needs and capabilities.


## Policy Reform and Regulatory Innovation


### Universal Service Funds: Untapped Potential


Onica Makwakwa highlighted significant problems with Universal Service and Access Funds, revealing that these potentially transformative resources are largely underutilized and lack transparency. Thobekile Matimbe reported that “less than four out of 27 African countries are transparent about Universal Service Fund resources and initiatives,” highlighting the scale of the accountability deficit.


Makwakwa argued for comprehensive reform of these funds, emphasizing the need for “public reporting and openness to addressing demand-side issues like digital skills and devices.” Current approaches focus primarily on infrastructure deployment while neglecting the broader ecosystem of digital inclusion, including digital literacy, local content development, and device affordability.


### Enabling Regulatory Frameworks


The need for enabling regulatory frameworks emerged as critical for scaling community networks. Thobekile Matimbe emphasized that “enabling regulatory frameworks are essential for community-centred connectivity initiatives to thrive with multi-stakeholder approaches.”


Christopher Locke argued that “governments should support different connectivity solutions through affordable spectrum licensing rather than viewing it as income stream.” This represents a fundamental shift in how spectrum is conceptualized – from a revenue-generating asset to a development tool that can enable community-led connectivity initiatives.


### Connectivity as a Human Right


Strong consensus emerged around treating connectivity as a fundamental human right rather than a market commodity. Onica Makwakwa argued that “universal affordable access should be prioritised as a right, embedded in development policies and rights frameworks.”


Leon Cristian reinforced this perspective by arguing that “market failures require public investment and public-private alliances with greater community participation.” This represents a significant departure from market-led approaches that have dominated connectivity policy, acknowledging that market mechanisms alone cannot deliver universal access.


## Redefining Meaningful Connectivity and Addressing Barriers


### Beyond Basic Access Metrics


Onica Makwakwa delivered a powerful critique of current connectivity measurement standards, arguing that “defining a connected person as someone who uses internet once every three months is underwhelming.” This highlights how inadequate measurement standards mask the reality of digital exclusion and prevent effective policy responses.


The discussion revealed that meaningful connectivity requires regular access with adequate speeds, not the basic connectivity measured by national averages that currently dominate policy discussions. Makwakwa emphasized that current data collection lacks gender and income level disaggregation, making it difficult to measure true impact on underserved populations.


### The Device Affordability Crisis


Device affordability emerged as a critical barrier that receives insufficient attention in connectivity discussions. Makwakwa revealed that people often spend significant portions of household income on purchasing devices, with high taxation on devices creating additional barriers. These costs create insurmountable barriers for low-income populations, even where network infrastructure is available.


The discussion challenged conventional approaches to device affordability that focus on financing schemes rather than addressing root causes of high costs. Makwakwa argued for “actually lowering initial device costs through local assembly and right to repair” rather than simply making expensive devices more accessible through credit arrangements.


“We need to stop having poor policies for poor people,” Makwakwa declared. “Poor phones for poor people… There’s a big difference between you can afford a phone over three months and you can afford a phone now.” This reframing challenges approaches to digital inclusion by demanding dignity and equity rather than accepting second-class solutions.


### Digital Literacy and Holistic Approaches


The discussion emphasized that connectivity without digital literacy and relevant local content fails to deliver meaningful benefits. Investment is needed in digital literacy programmes, local content development in local languages, and online safety education to ensure that connectivity translates into empowerment rather than mere access.


This holistic approach recognizes that technical connectivity is only the foundation for digital participation. Without complementary investments in skills, content, and safety, connectivity provision may fail to deliver transformative benefits.


## Economic Models and Alternative Approaches


### Moving Beyond Profit-Centric Models


The discussion revealed strong consensus that traditional profit-centric telecommunications models are insufficient for achieving universal connectivity. Christopher Locke advocated for “multiple business models beyond profit-centric telco models, including co-op models for sustainable community networks.”


Leon Cristian reinforced this perspective by arguing that market failures require public investment and public-private alliances with greater community participation. This acknowledgement of market limitations opens space for alternative approaches that combine public investment, community ownership, and social enterprise models.


### Spectrum as a Development Tool


Christopher Locke’s argument that governments should use “spectrum licensing as a development tool rather than primarily as government revenue generation” represents a significant policy shift. This approach recognizes spectrum as a public resource that should be managed to maximize social benefit rather than simply generate government income.


By making spectrum more accessible and affordable for community-serving organizations, governments can enable local solutions that complement commercial telecommunications infrastructure while serving communities that are not commercially viable for traditional operators.


## Challenges and Political Realities


### Political Understanding and Support


Thobekile Matimbe provided a revealing illustration of political resistance to digital inclusion through an anecdote about engaging with government officials: “I have been in one engagement with one government on the African continent where we are discussing digital inclusion for underserved communities and the feedback was from one member of parliament that look, do you really think my grandmother needs a smartphone?”


This example reveals the fundamental disconnect between policymakers and the reality of digital inclusion needs. It illustrates how basic assumptions about who deserves connectivity access still need to be challenged at the highest levels of government, highlighting that technical and policy solutions require political will and understanding to achieve scale and impact.


### Implementation Complexities


The discussion revealed various implementation challenges, from regulatory power imbalances with global technology companies to the need for new governance frameworks that can accommodate diverse stakeholders and business models. These challenges require nuanced approaches that balance the benefits of global connectivity solutions with legitimate concerns about sovereignty and local control.


## Areas of Consensus and Future Directions


### Community-Centered Approaches


Despite different perspectives on specific solutions, all speakers demonstrated strong consensus around the need for community-centered approaches to connectivity. This consensus spans technical implementation, business model development, and policy design, reflecting recognition that top-down approaches have failed to deliver universal access.


The community-centered consensus includes meaningful community participation in solution design, local ownership and management of connectivity infrastructure, and business models that serve community needs rather than simply maximizing profits.


### Rights-Based Framework


Strong consensus emerged around treating connectivity as a fundamental right that requires government intervention and public investment. This rights-based approach provides a foundation for arguing that market failures justify public intervention and that universal access is a legitimate government responsibility.


### Need for Systemic Change


Perhaps most significantly, speakers demonstrated consensus that current approaches to digital inclusion have fundamentally failed to deliver results. The persistence of massive connectivity gaps indicates that incremental improvements to existing approaches are insufficient, creating space for more transformative alternatives including community networks, public investment, and regulatory reform.


## Conclusion


This comprehensive discussion revealed that bridging the connectivity gap for excluded communities requires fundamental changes to current approaches rather than incremental improvements. The persistence of massive digital divides indicates that alternative approaches centered on community needs, human rights, and public investment are essential.


The conversation highlighted both the promise and complexity of emerging solutions, from LEO satellites to community networks, while emphasizing that technology alone cannot solve connectivity challenges without appropriate social, economic, and political frameworks. The emerging consensus around community-centered approaches, rights-based frameworks, and the need for systemic change provides a foundation for more transformative interventions.


However, significant challenges remain, including developing sustainable business models for community networks, addressing regulatory power imbalances with global technology companies, and creating measurement frameworks for meaningful connectivity. Addressing these challenges will require continued collaboration, innovation, and political commitment to digital inclusion as a fundamental development priority.


The discussion ultimately demonstrated that bridging the connectivity gap is not simply a technical challenge but a comprehensive development undertaking that requires coordinated action across multiple sectors and stakeholders. The path forward demands both urgency to address the immediate needs of unconnected populations and patience to build sustainable, community-centered solutions that can deliver lasting transformation.


Session transcript

Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Hello. And welcome to this session titled Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities. My name is Nnena Polugochukwu, and I’m the Chief Operating Officer at Paradigm Initiative, which is a nonprofit dedicated to the promotion of digital inclusion and digital rights in Africa and the Global South. I’m honored today to guide today’s conversation on a challenge that sits at the intersection of infrastructure, equity, and human rights, asking the question, how do we ensure meaningful, affordable, and inclusive connectivity for all? While Internet access has significantly expanded globally, millions remain unconnected, particularly in rural, remote, and underserved regions. Bridging the last-mile connectivity gap is crucial for ensuring digital inclusion and achieving meaningful connectivity and access for all. Today’s conversation will explore innovative solutions, policies, and business models aimed at addressing last-mile challenges, including community networks, public-private partnerships, emerging technologies like low-Earth orbit satellites, 5G expansion, and alternative spectrum management approaches. So this session aims to generate actionable insights to inform global Internet governance discussions, ensuring that unserved and underserved populations’ equity and Senior Manager Partnerships and Engagements for Paradigm Initiative and also an expert in human rights-based advocacy. I also have with me Onika Makwakwa, Executive Director Global Digital Inclusion Partnership. She has worked for 25 years driving gender and equity-focused policy. And I also have with me Leon Cristian, the Executive Director of Internet Bolivia. So today online, I also have my colleague Sani Suleiman who will be moderating and will be gathering questions and comments during plenary at the end of the panel discussion. So welcome once again, and I think we will dive right in and go for it as my colleague always says. So I’ll start the conversation today with Chris. So drawing from your leadership and your background in building digital economies, how can emerging technologies like I mentioned, low earth orbit satellites and 5G be leveraged to bridge the connectivity gap in a sustainable way?


Christopher Locke: Thank you and thank you for inviting me to the panel. It’s lovely to be here. We are relatively agnostic at the Internet Society about what connectivity platforms people use to connect. and the work we do with our community-led connectivity program. We have programs around the world that use a wide variety of platforms, whether it’s Fiber, whether it’s Leos, whether it’s mobile. But what we have seen increasingly in the work that we do is how Leos in particular can really help bridge remote communities for blindingly obvious reasons, in that, you know, having satellites allows us to get connectivity to communities that otherwise would not be covered by Fiber platforms or not be covered by mobile platforms. And we’re seeing that increasingly, particularly in some island states. There’s a very strong focus in the new Fiber strategy for the Internet Society on connecting small island states. And what we’ve seen particularly in the Pacific region is that satellite is increasingly becoming the norm for connectivity and is helping connect remote islands in exciting new ways. So indeed, in some cases, we’re seeing communities and islands where Starlink is becoming the largest ISP in the island. And actually, the majority of Internet is coming over satellite platforms. So there are huge opportunities for the way that Leos can work. And as more are launched and the prices come down, it becomes more affordable. Sustainability, though, we think is still an issue. And sustainability comes from two different areas. Firstly, obviously, is price. We’re still in the very early stages of Leo Internet. And not only is the price initially expensive, but also we’re increasingly seeing that as the networks become clogged, the prices sometimes are quite dynamic based on demand. So having coverage from a Leo constellation, having coverage from a Leo provider, can absolutely provide connectivity to a remote area. But if the pricing is again unstable, and if, as we are seeing at the moment in some African cities with Starlink, where they’re pretty much booked out. Mike Jensen, Leon Cristian, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Leon Cristian, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Leon Cristian, Mike Jensen, Leon Cristian, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Mike Jensen, Leon Cristian, Mike Jensen, But at the moment, we’re really still in the early stages and the pricing issues and the regulatory issues are still to be solved


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Chris, and I love that you’ve touched on some of the lessons. I think that you’re already learning in implementing these solutions and talking about sustainability and the regulatory frameworks So with ISOC foundation, how do you evaluate? Talking about sustainability, how do you evaluate the impact and are there specific examples you can give with some of the lessons that you have shared that can show how they can be replicated across these local communities because you specifically mentioned communities in Africa. Are there any specific examples? How are you evaluating? What are the lessons and then how can those be replicated?


Christopher Locke: Yeah, the evaluation for us starts before the program begins So we have a very good community readiness toolkit that we use when we’re working on a potential project And what we do with that toolkit is not only evaluate the technological solution But as is implied in the title, we evaluate the community. We’re trying to understand who is going to be leading this for the community What is the governance structure and the support structure within the community for? Is it a school? Is it a local organization? You know who is going to be owning and maintaining the network and then you know How can we provide training to support them not only just in the crimping of the wires But also then in understanding what sustainability looks like. On a panel I was on yesterday when we were looking at kind of innovative financing in this space We were talking about the need when we develop community networks to develop them with business training as well as with technology training and what we want to be able to do is provide Our grant capital and our capacity building support to get local communities off the ground with their community centered connectivity solutions The next phase after that shouldn’t be another grant. The next phase should be that there is real sustainability and the community network because they’re able to build a pricing model that allows them to kind of cover the costs of the community. Often with schools, that’s where schools can sell connectivity to the local community via voucher systems or whatever system works and support that out. But what we like to see in our community readiness toolkit is that the technology solution is there that’s fit for that particular need, whatever the geographic need of that community is, but then from a business model perspective that you’re building a community network that is sustainable because it actually meets the needs of the community, can be managed by the community and is economically sustainable as well.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Chris. My takeaways from there is to be creative around regulation, around licensing and focusing also on building capacities of the community networks, ensuring that they are ready to manage these networks themselves and keep them sustainable. Thank you very much. So moving from connectivity and more to meaningful access, I’ll come to you, Onika. So drawing from your leadership of the GDIP, what evidence-based policy and regulatory frameworks can best improve affordability and inclusion and support last mile community initiatives such as the ones that Chris has given us examples of?


Onica Makwakwa: Great. Thank you so much for that question and thanks for inviting us to this panel. It’s always wonderful when we come to IGF and talk about these things to also have a partner like Internet Society that’s actually on the implementation side of making sure that some of these ideas have an opportunity to be tested out in communities. So in terms of, you know, focusing on this last mile connectivity initiatives that are affordable and accessible to everyone, it’s really important for us to. continue to support policy frameworks that are people-centered at first and that are designed through a lens of equity, human rights, and accountability. Because when we look at who is not connected at the moment, those tend to be the population that tends to benefit the most out of being connected when we talk about transformative qualities of connectivity. So the first thing that I would say is that we need to prioritize universal affordable access as a right. You know we need governments to embed digital access in development policies and frameworks and in the rights framework as well. Treating connectivity as a public good and not just nice to have a luxurious thing. This includes setting very ambitious universal service goals and enshrining them in the right to meaningful connectivity that focuses on regular access, reliable access that is high quality, as well as affordable internet and devices for people to be able to benefit from digital technologies. The other item is we need to reform universal service and access funds. I think we’ve been talking about this for a really long time. It is quite evident and we’ve done quite an audit a few years ago looking at universal service and access fund, how they’re deployed, how effective they are, and you know it’s quite clear that regulators should open, you know, that countries should continue to utilize universal service access funds in a lot better way. Perhaps even being open to addressing some of the demand side issues of connectivity like digital skills and affordable devices. So it’s not all just about infrastructure but beginning to address I’m here with the CEO of the World Bank, and I’m here to talk about the importance of public reporting. We need public reporting because we can’t continue to have gatherings like this where we keep talking about how we don’t really know the impact of universal services and access funds or that there are funds that are not utilized. And enabling community networks and innovative models, regulators need to open up spectrum, and that’s beginning to happen as we see with some of the work that internet society organizations have been doing around community networks and funding connectivity, community-based initiatives. And one of the things that’s really key that Chris mentioned in training for business and for technical skills, we need to be open to different financial models for connecting everyone. I think that the pure commercial model alone is not going to be a size that fits all communities, so we need to be open to the fact that, you know, in a continent like Africa, for example, where so many people live on less than $2 per day, we might, even if a country reaches the affordability level, remember that’s based on averages. We have to be willing to think about subsidies to certain communities or co-op model connectivity that allows those who may never be able to afford connectivity to be able to still have access as a public good and as a right for them to be connected, you know, mandating inclusive infrastructure sharing. And open access is something we’ve talked about, I think, at literally every IGF and gathering of this kind, and we need to see more and more efforts to prevent monopolies so that we’re truly building connectivity strategies that focus on everyone being included. And lastly, integrating digital inclusion in broader economic and social policies. Connectivity policies need to be linked with the investments in digital literacy, local content devices, and online safety issues, because those issues also drive the experience of people online. So I often say that we want everyone to go online to do what exactly, read English, be on Facebook? I don’t think so. I think there’s a lot more, if we’re talking about digital and transformation, we need to invest more in some of the other things that ensure people are able to fully benefit meaningfully from being online, including relevant local content in local languages that people are able to consume. And lastly, I’ll just summarize by saying that policy and regulatory frameworks need to work for the last mile, and they need to focus on being inclusive by design, accountable in delivery. Accountability is just one of those things that I’m pained by. I feel like we’re just not seeing enough of that. And transformative in the impact, we are not just connecting people for access. It has to be beyond access. What is it that they’re able to do to improve and change their lives by being connected? So we need to put that at the center, so that it’s all grounded in equity, actively dismantling structural barriers, and lastly, not leaving women behind. We’ve done a lot of work on connected resilience, which is a study that looks at gendered experiences of women. I invite you to read that report and just really see what the lived experiences of women is through meaningful connectivity and you will really get a picture of how we’ve barely scraped the surface in terms of being inclusive in our connectivity efforts. Thank you.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Anika. I had a follow-up question that I believe you already started to answer and that was around how we can move frameworks beyond just connectivity to ensure, like you said, meaningful access through digital literacy, cultural relevance, developing local content. Maybe touch a bit more on that and also share what do you think are the metrics that we should adopt to be able to measure? You’ve given us some things that, you know, inclusive design, accountability and delivery, very specific mandates as well. How would we know that we have gotten there? What are the metrics? How would we measure that?


Onica Makwakwa: Yes, great question, actually. So it’s really important that we measure what we want to see impact in, right? You know, so we are still struggling at just having data that’s segregated even by gender, believe it or not. In 2025, we are not collecting gender desegregated data. We are not collecting data that’s desegregated by income levels. And we learned this when we used to do the affordability index report because, you know, a lot of these indices rely on national averages. So if you take a country, for example, like South Africa, and you measure it on affordability based on the one gig for no more than 2% of household income, the country actually comes out as being quite affordable, right? However, when you take the population, because South Africa is a country where more than 50% of the population lives on less than half the average GNI. So when you take the population and you splice it by income quantiles, We’ve got these incredible instruments like your National Broadband Plan that can be mute. In fact, if you take a lot of National Broadband Plans and just do a web search of women, you’ll maybe find one or two, but no real measurement of how are we going to know we’ve actually succeeded. Is it 10% of the women, 30% of the women? We just have not been clear. So we’ve got an opportunity to make sure that our instruments that we measure our connectivity, our gaps with, are very clear and articulate on what the target and that goal is. Is it 40% of the unconnected? What percentage of that is women and what percentage is rural? Women are also not a monolithic group. So really getting into all those intersections of how we are connecting people is really important, but also moving away from measuring on basic connectivity. I’m a big advocate of us raising the standards. At the global level, the standard of a connected person is someone who uses the internet once every three months is so underwhelming that we need to just really, I think those of us who are going to WSIS need to really talk a lot about how that standard needs to improve. Meaningful connectivity is about daily access, especially when we are talking about the age of artificial intelligence and the things that… Thank you so much for joining us. We have a lot of things that we want to do, you know, we want to do in terms of digitization of public services, daily access and limited access, 4G speed at minimum, if we truly want people to do the kinds of things that, you know, we are promising them for transformation, because the truth is, we need to stop having poor policies for poor people. You know, poor phones for poor people. We need to do a lot of things, so let’s work on real device affordability strategies, not device financing. There’s a big difference between you can afford a phone over three months and you can afford a phone now, you know? So we need to, I feel like we really have not started to do the work in terms of driving affordability, in terms of making sure that there’s rich and relevant content, that there’s a way to make sure that all of the services that we’re providing are accessible for all of the people, and that’s really what we’re doing, and we’re doing this very much in English, which is not a majority language for most of our population.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: So, yeah, I mean, I think, you know, looking at all of the instruments that we have, including our digital development policies in general, to see how they are explicit about, you know, the kind of vision that we’ve set for the world, the kind of, you know, white kind of work that we’ve done on the kind of connectivity goals to achieve a high- quality and affordable access. And a lot of what you just said about the kind of work that we’ve done on the kind of connectivity goals to achieve a high- quality and affordable accessibility, and our partnership-building efforts. So in what role do you do public-private partnerships And community driven models play in ensuring access to the Internet.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, Nnenna, for talking about public private partnerships and obviously access to the Internet for our communities. I think we’ve already begun to, you know, unpack community centred initiatives, connectivity initiatives and how they are important. And when we’re looking at it from the perspective of those initiatives, it is clear that it’s a multistakeholder approach. It’s all hands on deck in terms of laying out what is important, what should be there for meaningful connectivity. I need to highlight the importance of, you know, obviously a relevant and appropriate regulatory environment that ensures that, you know, connectivity and meaningful connectivity is reached and attained, especially for excluded communities. And this is something at the heart of our work at Paradigm Initiative, focusing on, you know, those who are underserved in rural communities and research from ITU last year, you know, presented that at least 38% of Africans of the African population is online. The digital divide is not something that has, you know, been eradicated at this point. Even as we look at attainment of the Sustainable Development Goals, we still have a big gap that is there. And we are now even moving away from just connectivity, but saying there should be meaningful connectivity. And what does that mean for collaboration and, you know, putting all hands on deck in terms of ensuring that this is a reality for our communities. So I think in that vein, it’s clear that, you know, in addressing that gap, you know, there’s need for that regulatory framework that ensures that, you know, community-centered community connectivity initiatives can thrive. and also that even the private sector is also able to come on board. I think Onyeka touched on the Universal Service Fund and it’s something that we’ve done research on at Paradigm Initiative through our State of Digital Rights and Inclusion in Africa report, LONDA, and looking at the 2024 report, it shows that, you know, from the 27 reported countries, we have less than four countries that really are transparent about those resources and what they’re doing with them, what they’re collecting and how they’re gathering those resources through the support of the private sector. There’s also not transparency about the initiatives that are even being rolled out and there’s not enough support even for whatever, you know, community centers for connectivity, how they’re being run and how they’re being sustained so that they’re not just something that’s put up in communities and as hubs, but it’s something that is sustained. And I like the fact that as well there’s, you know, a lot of support from a lot of civil society actors that are, you know, running other initiatives as well to support this and I think Paradigm Initiative has done a lot of work on life legacy, ensuring that they bring digital literacy to communities and putting their hands on deck and also engaging the government as well as a key partner to say, here we are, we can collaborate and ensure we expand, you know, the reach of digital literacy in communities that are underserved. And I think one of the key important things as we also talk about some of the work that we’ve done under the Local Networks Initiative together with AEPC, I think it’s been key to highlight the importance of social impact when these community-centered connectivity initiatives are being rolled out, ensuring that communities also are on board at the table of describing or rather articulating the vision of this initiative so that there’s tangible, meaningful, you know, benefit for the communities as well when we’re looking at even inclusion as a whole, bringing voices on board, what are the key things they want to see, what they want to benefit from these initiatives and how they can also be a critical stakeholder in ensuring that they are sustainable. I think it is something that is important. I will highlight of course as we are discussing the world summit on information society and looking at how far we have come 20 years later. I think it is really concerning that where we are right now. We are at a place where 20 years later we are still discussing the digital divide and articulating similar gaps that we articulated as far back as 2002, 2003 where we still need to see enabling policies that are ensuring that this happens. We still need to see great cooperation across diverse stakeholders to ensure that there is meaningful connectivity. We still see a really broad digital divide and how can we as we engage in these conversations be able to speak truth to ourselves and say do we really want to see this change? Do we really want to see the needle move? Because where we are, we are still where we were and we want to be able to ensure that we prioritize this. Even in national budgeting processes we have actually governments making sure that they prioritize this. I have been in one engagement with one government on the African continent where we are discussing digital inclusion for underserved communities and the feedback was from one member of parliament that look, do you really think my grandmother needs a smartphone? And you are like okay, at this day and age we are still debating the importance of access to digital technologies for our communities. So how far can we move? I think we need to be at a place where we speak truth to ourselves and say look, we cannot leave anyone behind and this is not an educated elitist conversation but it is a conversation that really ensures that. especially the Universal Services Fund and community initiatives


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: because I believe also that transparency fosters trust, it makes building of this public-private partnerships even stronger. So thank you, Tobekele. I’ll come to you now, Cristian. Thank you for being here today. So looking ahead to 2030, now we’ve been saying set goals, what do we want to see, what do we want to achieve? And having, you know, advised governments on digital rights, what innovation, be it technological or policy-based, has the potential to make today’s digital divide obsolete and how can we prepare for that future now?


Leon Cristian: All right, thank you, Nnena. Good morning to all the wonderful panelists and the friends participating online and on-site. I want to talk more about the complexities of this debate right now, not perhaps in a very positive way because actually we are seeing a lot of complexities in the world. You know, 2030 looks so in the future right now that let’s expect to reach 2026 first. All right, from what I have been hearing these days at the IGF, There are, I think, four challenges that we have to address. Let’s don’t expect that these things actually make things more complex to to, you know, close the digital divide. The first one I want to talk about, I think Christopher also mentioned it, is the emerging of new technologies such as low-orbit satellites, which are, of course, rapidly solving connectivity problems, especially in the most remote areas. For countries with very big digital divides and low resources, such as my country, Bolivia, these kind of connections seem actually an interesting solution, so we should take them into into account, but at the same time, also these technologies are generating new problems, problems that perhaps we didn’t have before, related to data sovereignty, spectrum allocation, national security, among others. And the second thing, the second challenge, is the regulatory power imbalances that now are growing between states and big tech companies. Countries of the global majority have today a minimum capacity to demand the fulfillment of guarantees and rights of these companies. This is something that we all know, but going back to the first complexity that I mentioned, for example, Starlink is operating in my country without permission. How this happened? Because my government asked Starlink to have a complaints office in order to operate in Bolivia, but since Starlink is so powerful and such a big company, they said, I don’t need that, I don’t need to put an office in your country. I can operate and I can provide my services even if I don’t fulfill all their requirements. So that is happening. And how we can do accountability to these companies if they don’t even want to invest in one office in one country like Bolivia. The third complexity is about the disappearance of a governance model based on cooperation. In a world in international crisis it is becoming increasingly difficult to think of models of internet governance because particular interests are becoming more important than the needs of the most vulnerable populations. And that is something that we also have to address and the spaces like the IGF are so important because they allow us to speak about these kind of issues. And fourth, the increasingly complex technologies that today require an infrastructure and a computing capacity that our countries don’t have. Now the digital divide is not only about having or not meaningful connectivity, it’s also about having enough capacity to run AI’s, quantum computation, blockchains, cryptos and all those technologies. So there is another connectivity divide, there is another digital divide that is happening right now. And we also have to address that digital divide for these countries because we are lagging behind and we will not have access to these technologies because we don’t have this capacity to run them, right? So we don’t even have the energy infrastructure to power it. That is why our countries are in a double digital divide. So these are real big complexities that we also I think we have to address. Of course, I’m being really negative in relation to what can happen in the future, but I think after hearing all these things in the IGF, I think we also have to, you know, speak about them.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you. Thank you, Cristian. Thank you for highlighting the increasing complexity in how the, you know, the digital divide is growing as well. And maybe just to bring some balance, because you’re right, looking at these complexities and challenges, it looks bleak because we’re just trying to, you know, solve one. And then, you know, we have these increasing complexities and challenges being thrown at us. How would you or what would you prefer as a balance? How would you balance this? I like the example you gave about Starlink and Bolivia and also about how it’s new problems are coming up in terms of national security, data sovereignty, other digital rights issues. So how can we balance investment in infrastructure and ensuring that we have connectivity with the necessary investments in rights protection mechanisms for communities and for countries as well?


Leon Cristian: Okay. I agree with everything that Onika said. I think that is the way. So I also think that the answer depends on the context, the needs of the specific countries or regions. In the case of Bolivia, I think, for example, that the last mile problem is purely a market issue. Why? Because the invisible hand of the market failed here to solve the connectivity needed by remote areas and populations. Either because these are very small communities and nobody wants to invest in these communities, or because the state is receiving lobby of these very big companies. ICTs, ICPs, and they don’t allow these communities, for example, to have the regulation that they need for community networks. There are so many cases in Latin America and in my country of community networks that are actually functioning and resolving some of the connectivity problems. But as Christopher mentioned, there is a difficulty here to sustain these community networks. The government is not helping at all because the government are creating legislations and regulatory frameworks only from the perspective of these big companies, what these big companies need in order to operate, but they are not facilitating things for small companies that also have these issues and they are doing what they can in order to resolve their own connectivity problems. I have a lot of cases in which communities, they said, I want to invest in my own infrastructure, but the government don’t allow me to invest because the government says that only the government or a big company can invest in this community. Why? This is something really, I don’t know how to explain it because it’s really hard to understand. So what should be done, in my opinion, and in my context, we need to stop seeing connectivity as something to be solved only by the market or only by big companies and more as a basic need that should be solved through public investments, public-private alliances with a greater participation of the communities that are affected, of course, and I think that the work that is being done by internet society, global digital inclusion partnership and civil society in general is really important and we have to strengthen that work. Also, of course, with the inclusion of the local communities.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you. Thank you, Cristian. My takeaway from your preferred solutions is they should be context-informed and people-focused. I have lost connectivity online to Zoom, but just to say to the audience online and on site, I hope you’re getting your questions ready and I hope that this has been an engaging conversation for you with some key takeaways and focus areas. So before we go to Q&A, I think I have one last question and this is for all my panelists. What practical steps can civil society, ISPs, mobile operators, all the stakeholders, we’ve talked about businesses, start-ups, what can they do together to de-risk investments in last mile infrastructure and promote inclusive access based on everything that you’ve spoken about today? I think I’ll start from Chris and then we can go down.


Christopher Locke: I’ll actually repeat something that was said earlier on. We need to understand there are many business models to providing connectivity. We need to understand that the dominant model of profit-centric, telco, satellite provider, etc., whilst fundamentally important in providing the possibility of access for last mile access for communities, isn’t necessarily the sustainable way. Mimicking a small version of being a telco isn’t the way to build a sustainable community network. There are co-op models, there are many other models that allow us to develop that. So I think really being innovative and creative in the way we think about what sustainable business models look like, and then as has been said, getting governments to support that, making spectrum licensing for local usage affordable and available. to those networks In a way that doesn’t just look at spectrum licensing as a nice income stream for for the government You know understanding the GDP impact of giving people connectivity, you know, the astonishing changes to their lives you get through connectivity Massively outweigh the small amount of money you can earn from selling Community spectrum licenses to network. So we really do need as was said earlier particularly by Anika to drive Governments to support very different types of connectivity solutions and business models and and put the regulation in place to support those


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Chris


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you. I will echo the importance of an enabling regulatory framework and and and the importance of inclusion as a matter of importance and in line with human rights not as a privilege, but something that is really critical and necessary as well as Also highlighting the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches not just between the government and the private sector but also civil society because of some of the meaningful steps that CSOs are taking to bridge the connectivity gap


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you


Onica Makwakwa: Okay, so I will I would say for me it’s advocating for policy incentives together And it’s really great that we are all here as government actors private sector actors and civil society We need to focus this advocacy strongly on you know, access to our universal service funds for multi-stakeholder projects text waivers or import duty reductions on equipment for last mile connectivity and license fee exemptions or flexible spectrum access for small-scale operations community networks or other rural development initiatives And on the data, we need to collaborate, you know, to guide investment and share and combine disaggregated data on coverage gaps, on affordability and digital use to better identify and understand, you know, what’s viable for less small investment areas. And civil society can help gather real-time community feedback while operators and ISPs can share infrastructure maps or usage data with appropriate safeguards. I know there’s a lot of protectionism that happens around this particular issue. And, you know, lastly, we need to develop and support local digital ecosystems, you know, by collaborating to incubate local startups and encourage local device repair and distribution networks. It really baffles me that we are also talking about climate issues and e-waste and sustainability of the planet. But we still have so many countries where the right to repair is not practical and a reality for these devices. And that’s one of the things that can help drive the affordability of devices down, especially for me in a continent like Africa, that’s a huge reuse market. It really baffles me that we have not looked at this issue of the right to repair as one of the solutions towards beginning to lower the cost of devices. Thank you.


Leon Cristian: Yeah, for me, it can be repetitive because this was already mentioned that meaningful connectivity should be a right and should be embedded in all the international policy framework, not only the one related to digital policy. Because this is something really transversal to almost anything right now. And as I mentioned, connectivity should not be left only for the market or the companies to solve. This is something that is really all the stakeholders need to be involved in this. Civil society, companies, government, and of course the local communities. Because connectivity is not a privilege, it’s a necessity.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you. Thank you to all the panelists. I already see a question coming up online, so I will take that as a cue to open the floor for questions. So the first question we have, talking of sustainability as a private sector looking at deploying community networks, what renewal incentives are available from Internet Society Foundation and how many years does the grant cover? So I believe this is for you, Chris.


Christopher Locke: Absolutely. So we provide a range of different support for community networks. We provide grants by reconnecting the unconnected program. Usually these are done on an annual basis. We have annual granting windows, so there is the opportunity to continue grants going forward. But as I said, what we like to do is, if we get into a relationship with a community network, is build them towards the point where they are sustainable without the need for grants. Now what that sometimes means is someone can come initially for a grant to support the initiation of a community network, and then at a later stage they are looking to spread it out to a larger area, so the follow-on grant allows them to increase their coverage. And then later on, maybe it’s something else. We are increasingly seeing power supply as something that people are wanting support with. So we don’t like to just continually fund something to stay as it is, or to get to a situation where it’s not possible to sustain without grant support. But what we do want to do is see actually if there is growth, how can we help those community networks overcome the next phase of their growth, and how can we get them on a path to sustainability, and how can we meet.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Chris, and I hope that answered the question. We have one in the room.


Audience: Thank you very much. My name is Bara Kotieno. I hope I can be heard. I chair the Association of Community Networks in Kenya. I’m here with my colleague James sitting at the back. Thank you very much, Chris, and the rest of the panelists for the very interesting interventions which are very relevant. Actually, I consider this a very pertinent and relevant topic. I wanted to just share some thoughts to affirm the comments that have been made by the panelists. First, Kenya now has about 20 community networks. We have a target by the Communications Authority of Kenya to build 100 community networks. It is based on realization of the fact that after 20 years of investment in GSM, we only have 30% of the country having meaningful connectivity. Therefore, there is a need to accelerate connection of the 70% that are remaining, and community networks have been found to be viable alternatives. Thanks to the Internet Society, we have received seed funding that has actually established 90% of the community networks that I have mentioned. We do have support from APC that has also contributed, which we really appreciate. But we have a letter of commitment or we have commitment from the Internet Society to work with us in achieving our target of 100 community networks. Of course, I cannot forget to thank the Communications Authority of Kenya, which has worked with the community to ensure that we have a community network service provider license. We also have further systemic enhancements to create a Tier 4 license. we have demonstrated that community networks are actually a viable alternative but the challenge now is to actually prove that there are sustainable means of providing affordable connectivity to the community and maybe that’s a challenge I will throw back to the panel to help us now figure out the sustainability component. Thank you very much. Thank you


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Barak. Any reflections to Barak? I mean I’d just like to give the respect back


Christopher Locke: and respect the work that Barak and the organization does you know it’s very nice of him to mention ourselves on APC as supporters but the work that they do in Kenya is astonishing and I think most importantly can be a case study for what country level coordination of community networks, training, development can actually do to achieve really immense results. Yeah thank you, thank you Chris.


Audience: Hello, you can hear me? Yes we can. Okay, my name is Leo from United Republic of Tanzania. I want to ask one issue. We all acknowledge that accessibility is still a big challenge especially in global south despite of the improvement of mobile coverage. We understand 8% plus of coverage is achievable against the accessibility of 38% of in Africa. It shows that the pricing and device affordability. It’s still a big problem Apart from the solution you have mentioned Please can you share more experience you have to solve the issue of the accessibility especially in the device affordability. Thank you


Onica Makwakwa: Okay, that’s a bit of a tough one so, you know device affordability one of the Research that we had done Specifically looking at Africa. We actually learned that device affordability is still a very huge challenge in addition to you know, the affordability of the Internet itself and that when you look at How much people are actually spending on? access to on accessing these devices We were able to to find that some Community some countries you find that people are spending anywhere from 20 to 60 percent of average household income on Just purchasing one device There’s a lot of work that’s currently happening around device affordability including a lot of resistance against Subsidies of Devices and we’ll pack that for a little bit for now. So looking at affordability specifically one of the things that we’ve done successfully in a couple of countries is looking at taxation of devices and found we found that there’s anywhere from 20 to 40 percent of Taxation that is on devices whether it’s an import duty tax your VAT Or you know sales tax or what have you but there’s anywhere from 20 to 45 percent And we’ve been able to demonstrate actually that if governments could just roll back some of those taxes It actually increases uptake of digital technologies within the country and I’ll give you just a quick example between Nigeria and Ghana where we found that people in Ghana would actually buy their devices in Nigeria and activate them in Ghana including Those who live on the border in terms of their DSTV Subscription they would live in one country and do their subscription in another country because those taxes are so high that they actually make a difference in affordability and so but I think what has been An area I will criticize of our all our multi-stakeholder community is that our focus when it comes to device affordability has predominantly been on Affording the devices over time Instead of really tackling the issue of how do we lower that initial cost of devices? To a point where more people can afford to be able to get them. The repair issue is one of them No one wants to talk about local assembly I’m not sure why because local assembly can also enable Gives an opportunity to also enable and retool The workforce in that country, especially in a continent like Africa where majority of our population is young people We need retooling and reskilling so bringing some of these devices to be partially or fully assembled within the continent Would make a huge difference including the content that’s uploaded, right? So why must this device arrive in my country with everything including the plastic that gets peeled off and all the software Already installed could not couldn’t some of those Happen local and we’ve seen this model with the motorbikes that are imported into the continent for delivery of food They literally come in parts and therefore their text differently Compared to if they arrived as a fully assembled motorbike to service the community the mobile operators have predominantly been working on the device affordability around financing schemes and Different models for that and that’s really great and wonderful but I really would love to see a commitment from civil society from government especially and some private sector around And developing this phone that we were promised, I don’t know how many years ago, the $10 phone is not here yet, but maybe it’s not going to be $10, you know, but we need to really, I would not give us a good grade on device affordability. We haven’t done a good job. We need to regulate for both the market and for consumer protection. And pricing is a consumer protection issue.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Onika. And I believe, Tobekili, you wanted to chime in?


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you. I wanted to chime in, I think, in response to the comment, great comment from the second speaker. Just to highlight, I think, the importance of what actions are being taken in other spaces. I know in Tanzania, for example, there’s been, you know, great work as well by community networks. And, you know, I think annually they prioritize the School of Community Networks. And we’ve been part of that process as well to be able to convene this School of Community Networks where I think we unpack how to improve skills in designing, administration and management of the community-based telecommunications networks, as well as developing skills as well to create a sustainable business model for those community networks. I think that would be very key in terms of sustainability of the ongoing community networks.


Audience: Thank you. Thank you. I’m Lee McKnight, Syracuse University professor in the United States. First, I wanted to share some possible good news or challenge the perspective that blockchain and other technologies are not reachable or accessible in the global south. We are working with Brazilian and Peruvian professors right now with open source software that we would be bringing and co-creating with indigenous and local communities in the Brazilian and Peruvian Amazon later this year. So this is not… And secondly, on AI, not AI if you believe Google and it takes a giant… , the first comment I wanted to make is that there is no trillion-dollar data center, it doesn’t, there’s smaller range of options also at the edge that can be reached and be accessible elsewhere. So that’s the first comment. Second, I wanted to note, I have something on my back, which is with, I’m just kind of making an announcement, Anika knows what I’m going to say, but I’m going to say that we are launching a new Internet program, or a SIP, as in a SIP of Internet, meaning not first-class Internet, but Internet accessible anywhere, and also thanks to the Internet Society Foundation’s support a couple years earlier in Costa Rica, we are now launching the program in cooperation with the government of Ghana and with the African Parliamentary Network, for real, to bring these, what’s called the SIPs, the SIPs, to a community network, and we’re launching just now, and I’m going to say that there are libraries, also a solar panel, you can set up, you can create a community network everywhere except the North and South Pole, starting now, and we will be bringing this forward, again, in cooperation with Internet Society chapters in many countries, with Parliament, across Africa, Central America, and elsewhere, so this is not a magic solution, there are limitations still, but there is really no reason with support of librarians, they can’t access the Internet either when they go out there, they’re your natural allies to bring and change the reform, the legislation, to bring community networks everywhere, because we’ve tapped out under WSIS, we’ve let 2.6 billion in 2022, 2023, 24, 25, it’s still 2.6 billion unconnected, it’s not working, this is the only approach that’s going to work is community networks, and I thank you for everyone’s attention.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you. Thank you for that answer. Congratulations.


Audience: I’m Lisa Dakanay from the Institute for Social Entrepreneurship in Asia. I just wanted to ask the panel in terms of experiences and perspectives of integrating community-centered connectivity initiatives with social entrepreneurship, social enterprise development, and social and solidarity economy, because in the Asia-Pacific region and the Philippines where I come from, that integration has been a critical factor, I think, in addressing sustainability and social impact issues of community-centered connectivity initiatives. Thank you.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you. I think we can start with Chris.


Christopher Locke: It’s late on Friday. I’m running very low on brain and energy at the moment. We discussed on the panel yesterday, and the excellent work in measuring the social impact of community networks that was presented, that being able, and again it goes back to the business model question, being able to understand what the impact of a community network is, not just in profit and sustainability, not just in a very simple calculation of contribution to the economy, but to a very broad social impact network of what is the implications on health, on education, on a very broad range of factors that was presented at our session we were both on yesterday, I think gives us a much better sense of assessing the success of a community network and being able to point to what is possible by investments in community networks. These are not, and I can’t say this enough, these are not mini telcos. These are community organisations providing a vital service to a local community in a way that makes sense for that community. And I think the better we can have the kind of granularity that was offered in the social impact assessment work that you were showing yesterday. Gives us that opportunity to not only measure ourselves the impact better and obviously measuring the impact of the community networks is something We do a lot within our granting program at ISOC and something I want to look to see if we can adopt the things that were Presented yesterday in the other session to do But far more importantly and again going back to the previous question from the previous speaker in the way We talked to governments and parliamentarians about why this is important and why is essential You know talking about success in as broad a spectrum as possible of social and economic indicators Allows us to make an incredibly strong case for the investment in community networks the right policies for community networks and the support of the kind of Organizations that Barack and many people in the room are running


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Chris. Thank you. I Don’t know anyone else wanted to speak to the question on the social


Onica Makwakwa: Yes It’s really important for us as we you know, I always feel uncomfortable Sort of seeing myself as this Advocate for connectivity and the question is always so what you want people to connect to do what exactly so, you know social enterprises are a real great opportunity for us to actually also support the use case of This connectivity and why we want people to be connected and I think the best example that I have so far And I’m just this is gonna just truly be a plug-in So we did this study that was actually also funded by Internet Society on connected resilience looking at how women are staying connected through meaningful connectivity specifically and one of the organizations that we continue to we Discovered in this process and continue to support and work with is an organization called women in digital that’s based in Bangladesh and You know, I Nila basically started this organization with the excitement and aim of Teaching women how to code now. We all know about all these programs about teaching women how to code, you know There’s all kinds of goals we’re gonna get a million girls coding and all of that and the question always becomes so after all of this and and then what? What are these girls doing with this coding? It’s really important, I think, what women in digital have been able to do is create an ecosystem for them after they are trained to be able to begin to change the content ecosystem within Bangladesh, right? So one of the things that they are doing that I actually just got mine this week is creating smart cards for people. So I’m coming all the way from South Africa, I ordered my digital smart card from Bangladesh because I want to support this project that’s led by women where they are creating these smart cards and, you know, just really incredible, and someone kind from Bangladesh was able to bring it to me to this session. So it’s not for me, I think it’s really important that it’s not good enough for us to, like, get people devices, get people digital skills. How are they utilizing them? How are we creating content that’s relevant and usable for them? But how are we also giving them an opportunity to truly transform their lives and be able to utilize these resources? How is government supporting social enterprises and creating an enabling environment for them to be successful and to ease registration? Because right now, most countries, registration is really for profit or non-profit. Social entrepreneurship has huge opportunities, especially in digital space, but it’s not recognized as, you know, formal business in quite a lot of communities so far.


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: Thank you, Anika. We’re about time, so maybe I’ll give a minute to Tobe Kili and Sir Christian, so some final remarks before we close.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, Nnena, and thanks for everything you’ve done in the room and all the amazing contributions. I think what is key here from today’s conversation is the importance of ensuring that those who are in underserved communities are not left behind and that we ensure that there’s meaningful connectivity. Thank you. and how we can do that through, you know, effective regulatory frameworks and also relevant support as well, not just for establishing community networks, but also for their sustainability. And that’s very critical and very important.


Leon Cristian: Thank you. I would like to highlight and congratulate the initiative that they are doing with local population in Brazil. I think that is really important. And I think that is one of the cases we should replicate all. I believe that open source is really a technology that is a game changer and it has the capacity to empower local communities and reduce the dependence that countries like the one that I represent, we have with these very big tech companies. So including local communities is not only something about inclusion, it’s also about diversity. And we want to create an internet for the future that has diversity, that has indigenous languages, that has the perspective of these communities in how we are constructing, building technology. Thank you. Thank you, Cristian. I want to thank


Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu: my panel today, the esteemed panelists. Thank you for sharing your experiences. Thank you for the fantastic insights, the interventions. We’ve gotten some great examples today from the panel and from the audience on what we can replicate in our communities going forward. Some key takeaways today, I think what’s reverberated a few things, connectivity as a right, because connectivity is foundational, but also seeing that the digital divide is increasingly becoming more complex with new challenges such as, like you mentioned, data sovereignty and national security. But we also have the opportunity with some of the recommendations that have been emphasized today, inclusivity in design, accountability. Thank you all for your time, for making time to be here. Thank you for your attention, thank you for your contributions and for the interventions. And I hope you have a great rest of the conference and enjoy the closing ceremony. Thank you.


C

Christopher Locke

Speech speed

169 words per minute

Speech length

1609 words

Speech time

570 seconds

Low Earth Orbit satellites can bridge remote communities but face sustainability challenges due to pricing instability and regulatory issues

Explanation

LEO satellites provide connectivity to remote areas that wouldn’t be covered by fiber or mobile platforms, but sustainability remains an issue due to expensive and dynamic pricing based on demand, plus regulatory challenges that are still being resolved.


Evidence

Examples from Pacific region small island states where Starlink is becoming the largest ISP, and African cities where Starlink networks are becoming congested and booked out


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Leon Cristian

Disagreed on

Optimism vs. Pessimism about technological solutions and future prospects


Community readiness evaluation must include technology solutions, governance structures, and business training alongside technical training

Explanation

The Internet Society uses a community readiness toolkit that evaluates not just technological solutions but also community leadership, governance structures, and provides business training to ensure sustainability beyond just technical wire crimping skills.


Evidence

Internet Society’s community readiness toolkit and their approach of providing grant capital and capacity building support


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Leon Cristian
– Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu

Agreed on

Community participation and local context are essential for successful connectivity initiatives


Community networks should be developed as sustainable business models that can cover costs through local pricing systems rather than continuous grants

Explanation

The goal is to provide initial grant support and capacity building to get community networks started, but then move them toward sustainability where they can cover costs through local revenue generation rather than requiring ongoing grants.


Evidence

Examples of schools selling connectivity to local communities via voucher systems to support sustainability


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Onica Makwakwa
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Community networks require sustainability beyond continuous grants through local business models


Community networks are not mini-telcos but community organizations providing vital services in ways that make sense for local communities

Explanation

Community networks should not try to mimic traditional telecommunications companies on a smaller scale, but rather operate as community organizations that provide connectivity services tailored to local community needs and contexts.


Evidence

Discussion of co-op models and various alternative business models beyond profit-centric telco approaches


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Development


Multiple business models beyond profit-centric telco models are needed, including co-op models for sustainable community networks

Explanation

There are many different business models for providing connectivity beyond the dominant profit-centric telecommunications model, and creative approaches like cooperative models can enable sustainable community networks.


Evidence

Reference to various co-op models and alternative approaches that don’t rely on traditional telco profit structures


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Development


Governments should support different connectivity solutions through affordable spectrum licensing rather than viewing it as income stream

Explanation

Governments should make spectrum licensing for local usage affordable and available to community networks, understanding that the GDP impact of connectivity far outweighs the small revenue from selling spectrum licenses.


Evidence

Comparison of GDP impact from connectivity versus small government income from spectrum licensing fees


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


L

Leon Cristian

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

1244 words

Speech time

570 seconds

New technologies like LEO satellites create problems related to data sovereignty, spectrum allocation, and national security that didn’t exist before

Explanation

While emerging technologies like low-orbit satellites solve connectivity problems in remote areas, they simultaneously generate new challenges around data sovereignty, spectrum allocation, and national security that countries previously didn’t have to address.


Evidence

Reference to Bolivia’s experience with these new technological challenges


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Christopher Locke

Disagreed on

Optimism vs. Pessimism about technological solutions and future prospects


Starlink operates in Bolivia without permission, demonstrating regulatory power imbalances between states and big tech companies

Explanation

Starlink refused to establish a complaints office in Bolivia as required by the government, yet continues to operate in the country, showing how powerful tech companies can ignore national regulatory requirements with impunity.


Evidence

Specific example of Starlink refusing to comply with Bolivia’s requirement for a local complaints office while still providing services


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


The digital divide now includes not just connectivity but capacity to run AI, quantum computation, and blockchain technologies

Explanation

The digital divide has evolved beyond basic internet access to include the infrastructure and computing capacity needed to run advanced technologies like artificial intelligence, quantum computing, and blockchain applications.


Evidence

Reference to countries lacking energy infrastructure to power advanced computing technologies


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Onica Makwakwa

Disagreed on

Scope and complexity of the digital divide


Countries face double digital divide – lacking both meaningful connectivity and infrastructure to power advanced technologies

Explanation

Developing countries are experiencing a compounding digital divide where they lack both basic meaningful connectivity and the advanced infrastructure needed to run next-generation technologies, putting them further behind.


Evidence

Bolivia’s situation as an example of lacking both basic connectivity and advanced computing infrastructure


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Market failures require public investment and public-private alliances with greater community participation

Explanation

The invisible hand of the market has failed to solve connectivity needs in remote areas and small communities, requiring government intervention through public investment and public-private partnerships that include meaningful community participation.


Evidence

Examples of small communities that private companies won’t invest in, and cases where governments create regulations only for big companies while blocking community investment


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Onica Makwakwa
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Connectivity should be treated as a fundamental right requiring government support and policy reform


Including local communities brings diversity and indigenous perspectives essential for building technology for the future

Explanation

Community inclusion is not just about digital inclusion but about creating diversity in internet development, ensuring indigenous languages and community perspectives are incorporated into how technology is built and deployed.


Evidence

Emphasis on open source technology as a game changer for empowering local communities and reducing dependence on big tech companies


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Christopher Locke
– Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu

Agreed on

Community participation and local context are essential for successful connectivity initiatives


O

Onica Makwakwa

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

2927 words

Speech time

1137 seconds

Universal affordable access should be prioritized as a right, embedded in development policies and rights frameworks

Explanation

Governments need to treat digital access as a fundamental right and public good, not a luxury, by embedding connectivity in development policies and human rights frameworks with ambitious universal service goals.


Evidence

Reference to the need for enshrining the right to meaningful connectivity in policy frameworks


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Leon Cristian
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Connectivity should be treated as a fundamental right requiring government support and policy reform


Universal service and access funds need reform with public reporting and openness to addressing demand-side issues like digital skills and devices

Explanation

Universal service and access funds should be reformed to be more effective, with public reporting on their use and impact, and expanded to address demand-side connectivity barriers like digital skills training and device affordability, not just infrastructure.


Evidence

Reference to an audit showing poor effectiveness of universal service funds and lack of transparency in their deployment


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Christopher Locke
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Community networks require sustainability beyond continuous grants through local business models


Current connectivity standards are inadequate – defining a connected person as someone who uses internet once every three months is underwhelming

Explanation

Global standards for measuring connectivity are too low, with the current definition of a connected person being someone who uses the internet once every three months, which is insufficient for meaningful digital participation in the age of AI and digital services.


Evidence

Reference to the need to raise standards at WSIS discussions and move toward meaningful connectivity metrics


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thobekile Matimbe
– Audience

Agreed on

Current approaches to measuring and achieving connectivity are inadequate and need fundamental reform


Disagreed with

– Leon Cristian

Disagreed on

Scope and complexity of the digital divide


Data collection lacks gender and income level disaggregation, making it difficult to measure true impact on underserved populations

Explanation

Current data collection methods fail to disaggregate by gender and income levels, relying instead on national averages that mask the true connectivity gaps experienced by women and low-income populations.


Evidence

Example of South Africa appearing affordable based on national averages while over 50% of the population lives on less than half the average GNI


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Development | Human rights


Meaningful connectivity requires daily access with 4G speed minimum, not basic connectivity measured by national averages

Explanation

True meaningful connectivity should be measured by daily access with 4G speeds at minimum, especially given the demands of AI and digitized public services, rather than the current low standards of basic connectivity.


Evidence

Reference to the need for higher standards to support digitization of public services and AI applications


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Device affordability remains a huge challenge with people spending 20-60% of household income on purchasing devices

Explanation

Research shows that device affordability is a major barrier to connectivity, with people in some countries spending anywhere from 20 to 60 percent of their average household income just to purchase a single device.


Evidence

Specific research findings on device affordability across African countries showing the percentage of household income spent on devices


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Development


Taxation on devices ranges from 20-45% and reducing these taxes increases uptake of digital technologies

Explanation

High taxation on devices including import duties, VAT, and sales taxes can add 20-45% to device costs, and reducing these taxes has been shown to increase digital technology adoption within countries.


Evidence

Example of people in Ghana buying devices in Nigeria due to lower taxes, including cross-border DSTV subscriptions


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Focus should shift from device financing schemes to actually lowering initial device costs through local assembly and right to repair

Explanation

Rather than focusing primarily on financing schemes that allow people to afford devices over time, efforts should concentrate on reducing the actual upfront cost of devices through local assembly and enabling device repair rights.


Evidence

Example of motorbikes imported in parts for food delivery services being taxed differently than fully assembled ones, and reference to the lack of right to repair in many countries


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Development


Investment needed in digital literacy, local content in local languages, and online safety to ensure meaningful benefit from connectivity

Explanation

Connectivity policies must be linked with investments in digital literacy, local content development in local languages, and online safety measures, because these factors determine whether people can meaningfully benefit from being online beyond just access.


Evidence

Question of what people should do online – ‘read English, be on Facebook?’ – highlighting the need for relevant local content


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


T

Thobekile Matimbe

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

1263 words

Speech time

466 seconds

Enabling regulatory frameworks are essential for community-centered connectivity initiatives to thrive with multi-stakeholder approaches

Explanation

Successful community connectivity initiatives require appropriate regulatory environments that support meaningful connectivity for excluded communities, involving all stakeholders including government, private sector, and civil society working together.


Evidence

Reference to Paradigm Initiative’s work focusing on underserved rural communities and ITU research showing only 38% of African population is online


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Onica Makwakwa
– Leon Cristian

Agreed on

Connectivity should be treated as a fundamental right requiring government support and policy reform


Less than four out of 27 African countries are transparent about Universal Service Fund resources and initiatives

Explanation

Research shows a severe lack of transparency in how Universal Service Funds are collected, managed, and deployed across African countries, with insufficient support for community connectivity centers and their sustainability.


Evidence

Paradigm Initiative’s State of Digital Rights and Inclusion in Africa report (LONDA) 2024 findings on Universal Service Fund transparency


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Onica Makwakwa
– Audience

Agreed on

Current approaches to measuring and achieving connectivity are inadequate and need fundamental reform


A

Audience

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

891 words

Speech time

363 seconds

Kenya has established 20 community networks with a target of 100, demonstrating viability but requiring focus on sustainability components

Explanation

Kenya’s experience shows that community networks are viable alternatives for connectivity, with 20 networks already established and government support for reaching 100 networks, but the main challenge now is proving sustainable means of providing affordable connectivity.


Evidence

Kenya’s realization that after 20 years of GSM investment, only 30% of the country has meaningful connectivity, leading to community networks as solutions for the remaining 70%; support from Internet Society seed funding and APC; Communications Authority of Kenya’s community network service provider license


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


After 20 years since WSIS, similar gaps persist with 2.6 billion people still unconnected, indicating current approaches aren’t working

Explanation

Despite two decades since the World Summit on Information Society, the same digital divide issues persist with 2.6 billion people remaining unconnected, suggesting that current approaches to bridging the digital divide are insufficient and community networks may be the only viable solution.


Evidence

Consistent figure of 2.6 billion unconnected people from 2022-2025, indicating lack of progress with traditional approaches


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Onica Makwakwa
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Current approaches to measuring and achieving connectivity are inadequate and need fundamental reform


Social entrepreneurship integration is critical for addressing sustainability and social impact of community connectivity initiatives

Explanation

Integrating community-centered connectivity initiatives with social entrepreneurship and social enterprise development has been a critical factor in addressing both sustainability challenges and social impact issues, particularly in the Asia-Pacific region.


Evidence

Experience from Asia-Pacific region and Philippines showing successful integration of connectivity with social and solidarity economy approaches


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Economic | Development


N

Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu

Speech speed

126 words per minute

Speech length

1451 words

Speech time

690 seconds

Bridging the last-mile connectivity gap is crucial for ensuring digital inclusion and achieving meaningful connectivity for all

Explanation

The moderator emphasizes that while Internet access has expanded globally, millions remain unconnected, particularly in rural, remote, and underserved regions. Addressing last-mile connectivity challenges is essential for digital inclusion and ensuring equitable access to connectivity.


Evidence

Reference to millions remaining unconnected in rural, remote, and underserved regions despite global Internet expansion


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Innovative solutions including community networks, public-private partnerships, and emerging technologies are needed to address last-mile challenges

Explanation

The session aims to explore various innovative approaches to connectivity challenges, including community networks, public-private partnerships, emerging technologies like LEO satellites, 5G expansion, and alternative spectrum management. These solutions should generate actionable insights for global Internet governance discussions.


Evidence

Session framework covering community networks, public-private partnerships, LEO satellites, 5G expansion, and alternative spectrum management approaches


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Transparency in Universal Service Funds fosters trust and strengthens public-private partnerships for connectivity initiatives

Explanation

The moderator emphasizes that transparency in how Universal Service Funds are managed and deployed is essential for building trust among stakeholders. This transparency creates a foundation for stronger collaboration between public and private sector partners in connectivity initiatives.


Evidence

Reference to the importance of transparency in Universal Service Fund management discussed by panelists


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Solutions should be context-informed and people-focused to effectively address connectivity challenges

Explanation

The moderator synthesizes that effective connectivity solutions must be tailored to specific local contexts and centered on the needs of the people they serve. This approach ensures that interventions are relevant and sustainable for the communities they aim to connect.


Evidence

Synthesis of panelist discussions emphasizing context-informed and people-focused approaches


Major discussion point

Bridging the Connectivity Gap for Excluded Communities


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Christopher Locke
– Leon Cristian

Agreed on

Community participation and local context are essential for successful connectivity initiatives


Agreements

Agreement points

Community networks require sustainability beyond continuous grants through local business models

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Onica Makwakwa
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Community networks should be developed as sustainable business models that can cover costs through local pricing systems rather than continuous grants


Universal service and access funds need reform with public reporting and openness to addressing demand-side issues like digital skills and devices


Enabling regulatory frameworks are essential for community-centered connectivity initiatives to thrive with multi-stakeholder approaches


Summary

All speakers agree that community networks must move beyond dependency on grants to achieve long-term sustainability through local revenue generation, proper business models, and supportive regulatory frameworks


Topics

Economic | Development | Legal and regulatory


Connectivity should be treated as a fundamental right requiring government support and policy reform

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Leon Cristian
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Universal affordable access should be prioritized as a right, embedded in development policies and rights frameworks


Market failures require public investment and public-private alliances with greater community participation


Enabling regulatory frameworks are essential for community-centered connectivity initiatives to thrive with multi-stakeholder approaches


Summary

Speakers consensus that connectivity is a fundamental right that requires active government intervention, policy reform, and public investment rather than relying solely on market forces


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Development


Current approaches to measuring and achieving connectivity are inadequate and need fundamental reform

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Thobekile Matimbe
– Audience

Arguments

Current connectivity standards are inadequate – defining a connected person as someone who uses internet once every three months is underwhelming


Less than four out of 27 African countries are transparent about Universal Service Fund resources and initiatives


After 20 years since WSIS, similar gaps persist with 2.6 billion people still unconnected, indicating current approaches aren’t working


Summary

Strong agreement that existing measurement standards, funding mechanisms, and approaches to connectivity have failed to deliver meaningful results over the past 20 years


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Community participation and local context are essential for successful connectivity initiatives

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Leon Cristian
– Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu

Arguments

Community readiness evaluation must include technology solutions, governance structures, and business training alongside technical training


Including local communities brings diversity and indigenous perspectives essential for building technology for the future


Solutions should be context-informed and people-focused to effectively address connectivity challenges


Summary

All speakers emphasize that successful connectivity solutions must be designed with meaningful community participation, local context consideration, and indigenous perspectives


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers acknowledge that while LEO satellites offer connectivity solutions for remote areas, they simultaneously create new challenges around pricing, regulation, data sovereignty, and national security that need to be addressed

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Leon Cristian

Arguments

Low Earth Orbit satellites can bridge remote communities but face sustainability challenges due to pricing instability and regulatory issues


New technologies like LEO satellites create problems related to data sovereignty, spectrum allocation, and national security that didn’t exist before


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognize that the digital divide has evolved beyond basic connectivity to include the infrastructure and capacity needed for advanced technologies, creating multiple layers of digital exclusion

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Leon Cristian

Arguments

Countries face double digital divide – lacking both meaningful connectivity and infrastructure to power advanced technologies


The digital divide now includes not just connectivity but capacity to run AI, quantum computation, and blockchain technologies


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers advocate for moving away from traditional profit-centric business models toward more innovative, community-centered approaches that address affordability through structural changes rather than financing schemes

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Multiple business models beyond profit-centric telco models are needed, including co-op models for sustainable community networks


Focus should shift from device financing schemes to actually lowering initial device costs through local assembly and right to repair


Topics

Economic | Development


Unexpected consensus

Regulatory power imbalances between governments and big tech companies

Speakers

– Leon Cristian
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Starlink operates in Bolivia without permission, demonstrating regulatory power imbalances between states and big tech companies


Universal service and access funds need reform with public reporting and openness to addressing demand-side issues like digital skills and devices


Explanation

Unexpected consensus emerged around the challenge of big tech companies operating beyond national regulatory control, with speakers from different regions (Latin America and Africa) identifying similar patterns of corporate power superseding government authority in connectivity provision


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


The failure of traditional market-based approaches to connectivity after 20 years

Speakers

– Leon Cristian
– Audience
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Market failures require public investment and public-private alliances with greater community participation


After 20 years since WSIS, similar gaps persist with 2.6 billion people still unconnected, indicating current approaches aren’t working


Less than four out of 27 African countries are transparent about Universal Service Fund resources and initiatives


Explanation

Surprising level of agreement across speakers from different sectors that market-based approaches have fundamentally failed to deliver connectivity goals, requiring a complete rethinking of approaches rather than incremental improvements


Topics

Economic | Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around four main areas: the need for sustainable community-driven connectivity models, treating connectivity as a fundamental right requiring government intervention, the inadequacy of current measurement and funding approaches, and the essential role of community participation in solution design


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for policy reform. The agreement spans technical, economic, regulatory, and social dimensions, suggesting a comprehensive framework for addressing connectivity challenges. The consensus indicates a shift away from market-only solutions toward rights-based, community-centered approaches with strong government support and reformed international frameworks.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Optimism vs. Pessimism about technological solutions and future prospects

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Leon Cristian

Arguments

Low Earth Orbit satellites can bridge remote communities but face sustainability challenges due to pricing instability and regulatory issues


New technologies like LEO satellites create problems related to data sovereignty, spectrum allocation, and national security that didn’t exist before


Summary

Christopher Locke presents a cautiously optimistic view of LEO satellites as solutions for remote connectivity despite challenges, while Leon Cristian emphasizes how these same technologies create new problems and complexities that didn’t exist before, taking a more pessimistic stance on technological solutions.


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Scope and complexity of the digital divide

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Leon Cristian

Arguments

Current connectivity standards are inadequate – defining a connected person as someone who uses internet once every three months is underwhelming


The digital divide now includes not just connectivity but capacity to run AI, quantum computation, and blockchain technologies


Summary

Onica focuses on improving current connectivity standards and meaningful access for existing technologies, while Leon Cristian argues the digital divide has expanded to include advanced technologies like AI and quantum computing, representing different views on prioritization.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected differences

Technology accessibility for developing countries

Speakers

– Leon Cristian
– Audience (Lee McKnight)

Arguments

Countries face double digital divide – lacking both meaningful connectivity and infrastructure to power advanced technologies


After 20 years since WSIS, similar gaps persist with 2.6 billion people still unconnected, indicating current approaches aren’t working


Explanation

Leon Cristian argued that advanced technologies like AI and blockchain are inaccessible to developing countries, but an audience member (Lee McKnight) directly challenged this by announcing open source solutions for bringing these technologies to indigenous communities in the Amazon, creating an unexpected disagreement about technological accessibility.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed relatively low levels of fundamental disagreement, with most speakers aligned on core goals of digital inclusion and community-centered approaches. Main disagreements centered on optimism levels about technological solutions and the scope of digital divide challenges.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Speakers generally agreed on problems and goals but differed on emphasis, approaches, and outlook. The disagreements were more about perspective and prioritization rather than fundamental opposition, which suggests productive potential for collaborative solutions despite different viewpoints on implementation strategies.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers acknowledge that while LEO satellites offer connectivity solutions for remote areas, they simultaneously create new challenges around pricing, regulation, data sovereignty, and national security that need to be addressed

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Leon Cristian

Arguments

Low Earth Orbit satellites can bridge remote communities but face sustainability challenges due to pricing instability and regulatory issues


New technologies like LEO satellites create problems related to data sovereignty, spectrum allocation, and national security that didn’t exist before


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognize that the digital divide has evolved beyond basic connectivity to include the infrastructure and capacity needed for advanced technologies, creating multiple layers of digital exclusion

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Leon Cristian

Arguments

Countries face double digital divide – lacking both meaningful connectivity and infrastructure to power advanced technologies


The digital divide now includes not just connectivity but capacity to run AI, quantum computation, and blockchain technologies


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers advocate for moving away from traditional profit-centric business models toward more innovative, community-centered approaches that address affordability through structural changes rather than financing schemes

Speakers

– Christopher Locke
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Multiple business models beyond profit-centric telco models are needed, including co-op models for sustainable community networks


Focus should shift from device financing schemes to actually lowering initial device costs through local assembly and right to repair


Topics

Economic | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Connectivity should be treated as a fundamental right, not a privilege, and embedded in development policies and human rights frameworks


The digital divide is becoming increasingly complex, extending beyond basic connectivity to include capacity for advanced technologies like AI and quantum computing


Community networks are viable alternatives to traditional telco models but require sustainable business models, not continuous grant dependency


Current measurement standards for connectivity are inadequate – meaningful connectivity requires daily access with minimum 4G speeds, not the current standard of internet use once every three months


Device affordability remains a critical barrier, with people spending 20-60% of household income on devices, exacerbated by 20-45% taxation rates


Universal Service and Access Funds are underutilized and lack transparency, with less than four out of 27 African countries being transparent about their use


Regulatory frameworks must enable community-centered initiatives through affordable spectrum licensing and support for diverse business models


Multi-stakeholder approaches involving government, private sector, civil society, and local communities are essential for sustainable solutions


Social impact measurement and integration with social entrepreneurship are critical for demonstrating value beyond simple connectivity metrics


Resolutions and action items

Advocate collectively for policy incentives including access to universal service funds for multi-stakeholder projects


Collaborate to share disaggregated data on coverage gaps, affordability, and digital use to guide investment decisions


Develop local digital ecosystems by incubating local startups and encouraging device repair networks


Reform universal service and access funds to address demand-side issues like digital skills and affordable devices


Create enabling regulatory environments that support community networks through flexible spectrum access and license fee exemptions


Integrate digital inclusion in broader economic and social policies linking connectivity with digital literacy and local content


Establish public reporting requirements for universal service fund utilization and impact


Support development of local assembly and right to repair initiatives to reduce device costs


Unresolved issues

How to address regulatory power imbalances between states and big tech companies, particularly when companies like Starlink operate without local permissions


Specific mechanisms for ensuring long-term sustainability of community networks beyond initial grant funding


How to balance investment in infrastructure with necessary investments in rights protection mechanisms


Concrete strategies for reducing device costs beyond taxation reform, particularly achieving the promised affordable devices


How to address the emerging ‘double digital divide’ where countries lack both connectivity and infrastructure for advanced technologies


Specific metrics and standards for measuring meaningful connectivity impact across different contexts and communities


How to scale successful community network models like Kenya’s approach to other countries with different regulatory environments


Addressing the governance challenges in international crisis contexts where cooperation models are disappearing


Suggested compromises

Adopt multiple business models for connectivity including co-op models and community-centered approaches rather than relying solely on profit-centric telco models


Balance market-based solutions with public investment and public-private partnerships that include greater community participation


Use spectrum licensing as a development tool rather than primarily as government revenue generation


Combine infrastructure investment with capacity building in business training alongside technical training for community networks


Integrate device financing schemes with efforts to reduce initial device costs through local assembly and repair networks


Develop context-informed and people-focused solutions that adapt to specific country and regional needs rather than one-size-fits-all approaches


Thought provoking comments

We’re still in the very early stages of Leo Internet. And not only is the price initially expensive, but also we’re increasingly seeing that as the networks become clogged, the prices sometimes are quite dynamic based on demand… in some African cities with Starlink, where they’re pretty much booked out.

Speaker

Christopher Locke


Reason

This comment was insightful because it challenged the common assumption that new technologies like LEO satellites are straightforward solutions to connectivity gaps. Locke introduced the complexity of dynamic pricing and capacity constraints that aren’t often discussed in connectivity debates.


Impact

This shifted the conversation from viewing LEO satellites as a panacea to understanding them as part of a complex ecosystem with their own limitations. It set the stage for discussing sustainability challenges and prepared the ground for later discussions about regulatory frameworks needed to manage these new technologies.


We need to stop having poor policies for poor people. You know, poor phones for poor people… There’s a big difference between you can afford a phone over three months and you can afford a phone now.

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Reason

This was a powerful reframing that challenged the entire approach to digital inclusion. Instead of accepting substandard solutions for underserved populations, Makwakwa argued for raising standards and addressing root causes of affordability rather than just financing schemes.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion from incremental improvements to systemic change. It influenced subsequent speakers to think more critically about business models and policy approaches, moving beyond technical solutions to address equity and dignity in connectivity provision.


Starlink is operating in my country without permission… they said, I don’t need that, I don’t need to put an office in your country. I can operate and I can provide my services even if I don’t fulfill all their requirements.

Speaker

Leon Cristian


Reason

This concrete example exposed the power imbalances between global tech companies and national governments, particularly in the Global South. It illustrated how technological solutions can undermine sovereignty and regulatory frameworks.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical dimension to the discussion – the tension between connectivity solutions and national sovereignty. It deepened the conversation by showing how the digital divide isn’t just about access, but about who controls that access and under what terms.


I have been in one engagement with one government on the African continent where we are discussing digital inclusion for underserved communities and the feedback was from one member of parliament that look, do you really think my grandmother needs a smartphone?

Speaker

Thobekile Matimbe


Reason

This anecdote powerfully illustrated the fundamental disconnect between policymakers and the reality of digital inclusion needs. It revealed how basic assumptions about who deserves connectivity access still need to be challenged at the highest levels of government.


Impact

This comment brought the discussion back to ground-level realities and highlighted that technical and policy solutions mean nothing without political will and understanding. It emphasized the need for advocacy and education at the political level, not just technical implementation.


Now the digital divide is not only about having or not meaningful connectivity, it’s also about having enough capacity to run AI’s, quantum computation, blockchains, cryptos… So there is another connectivity divide, there is another digital divide that is happening right now.

Speaker

Leon Cristian


Reason

This observation was profound because it revealed how the digital divide is not static but evolving and potentially widening. While efforts focus on basic connectivity, new technological requirements are creating additional layers of exclusion.


Impact

This comment expanded the scope of the entire discussion, forcing participants to think beyond current connectivity challenges to future technological requirements. It added urgency to the conversation and highlighted the risk of countries falling further behind even as they work to address current gaps.


We need to understand there are many business models to providing connectivity… Mimicking a small version of being a telco isn’t the way to build a sustainable community network. There are co-op models, there are many other models that allow us to develop that.

Speaker

Christopher Locke


Reason

This insight challenged conventional thinking about how connectivity services should be structured and funded. It opened up possibilities for community-centered approaches that don’t rely on traditional profit-driven models.


Impact

This comment redirected the conversation toward innovative governance and business models, influencing other speakers to discuss community ownership, social enterprises, and alternative sustainability approaches. It helped frame community networks as fundamentally different from commercial operations.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about connectivity solutions into a nuanced examination of power, equity, and systemic change. The speakers didn’t just present problems and solutions, but challenged fundamental assumptions about how digital inclusion should be approached. Cristian’s observations about regulatory power imbalances and evolving digital divides added critical complexity, while Makwakwa’s call to stop accepting substandard solutions for poor communities reframed the entire equity discussion. Locke’s insights about LEO satellite limitations and alternative business models grounded the conversation in practical realities while opening up new possibilities. Matimbe’s anecdote about political resistance brought the discussion back to the human and political dimensions that often determine success or failure of technical solutions. Together, these comments elevated the discussion from a typical policy panel to a critical examination of how power, technology, and equity intersect in the digital inclusion space.


Follow-up questions

How can we evaluate the impact of community networks and what specific metrics should be used to measure meaningful connectivity beyond basic access?

Speaker

Nnenna Paul-Ugochukwu


Explanation

This is crucial for demonstrating the value of community networks to governments and funders, and for moving beyond simple connectivity statistics to measure transformative impact on communities


What are the specific business training components needed alongside technology training for sustainable community networks?

Speaker

Christopher Locke


Explanation

Understanding the business model aspects is essential for creating self-sustaining community networks that don’t require continuous grant funding


How can universal service and access funds be reformed to be more effective and transparent in supporting last-mile connectivity?

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Explanation

Current universal service funds are underutilized and lack transparency, representing a significant missed opportunity for bridging connectivity gaps


What specific policy incentives and regulatory frameworks are needed to support community networks and alternative connectivity models?

Speaker

Multiple speakers (Christopher Locke, Onica Makwakwa, Thobekile Matimbe)


Explanation

Regulatory barriers are preventing community networks from scaling and becoming sustainable, requiring specific policy reforms


How can device affordability be addressed through local assembly, taxation reform, and right-to-repair initiatives?

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Explanation

Device costs remain a major barrier to access, and current approaches focusing on financing rather than reducing actual costs are insufficient


How can countries in the Global South address the emerging ‘double digital divide’ related to AI, quantum computing, and advanced technologies?

Speaker

Leon Cristian


Explanation

A new layer of digital divide is emerging where countries lack the infrastructure and computing capacity to access advanced technologies


How can accountability mechanisms be established for large tech companies operating in countries without local presence or compliance with national requirements?

Speaker

Leon Cristian


Explanation

Power imbalances between states and big tech companies are creating governance challenges, as illustrated by Starlink operating in Bolivia without permission


What are the best practices for integrating community-centered connectivity initiatives with social entrepreneurship and social enterprise development?

Speaker

Lisa Dakanay


Explanation

Understanding how to combine connectivity initiatives with social entrepreneurship could improve sustainability and social impact


How can we develop better data collection methods that are disaggregated by gender, income levels, and other demographic factors?

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Explanation

Current data collection relies on national averages that mask inequalities and prevent targeted interventions for excluded populations


What are the sustainability models for community networks beyond the initial grant funding phase?

Speaker

Bara Kotieno


Explanation

While community networks can be established with seed funding, long-term sustainability remains a challenge that needs to be addressed


How can open source technologies and edge computing be leveraged to make advanced technologies accessible in remote and underserved areas?

Speaker

Lee McKnight


Explanation

Exploring alternatives to centralized, expensive technology infrastructure could democratize access to advanced digital tools


What social impact assessment methodologies should be adopted to measure the broader effects of community networks on health, education, and economic development?

Speaker

Christopher Locke


Explanation

Better measurement tools are needed to demonstrate the full value of community networks beyond simple connectivity metrics


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Day 0 Event #79 Wgig+20 Glancing Backward and Looking Forward

Day 0 Event #79 Wgig+20 Glancing Backward and Looking Forward

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion was a 20th anniversary reunion of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG), celebrating the group’s contributions to the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) process and examining the current state of internet governance. The session was organized into three segments: the nature of internet governance, the relationship between multilateral and multistakeholder approaches, and the future of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF).


Participants emphasized that WGIG played a crucial role in legitimizing multistakeholder cooperation within the United Nations system, demonstrating that diverse stakeholders could work together effectively on complex technical and policy issues. The group developed a broad definition of internet governance that has stood the test of time, encompassing not just technical infrastructure but also the broader use of the internet and related policy issues. Several speakers shared anecdotes about how the process fostered unprecedented collaboration between stakeholders who had previously been antagonistic, such as government representatives, civil society, business, and technical communities.


The discussion revealed that the false dichotomy between multilateral and multistakeholder approaches has evolved, with recognition that both models must coexist and complement each other. Participants noted that while the IGF has successfully served as a global forum for dialogue and capacity building, it faces challenges including limited bottom-up participation, difficulty addressing controversial topics, and questions about its long-term sustainability and funding.


Looking forward, speakers identified the need for the IGF to mature in handling contentious issues, improve its methodology for generating meaningful outcomes, and potentially establish a new working group to address the relationship between internet governance, data governance, AI governance, and broader digital governance challenges. The discussion concluded with recognition that despite the passage of 20 years, the fundamental principles and collaborative spirit established by WGIG remain relevant and necessary for addressing contemporary digital governance challenges.


Keypoints

## Overall Purpose/Goal


This discussion was a 20th anniversary reunion of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG), bringing together original members to reflect on their impact, assess the current state of internet governance, and discuss the future of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF). The session aimed to evaluate whether the multi-stakeholder approach they pioneered has lived up to expectations and what changes might be needed going forward.


## Major Discussion Points


– **WGIG’s Historical Impact and Methodology**: Participants reflected on how WGIG successfully demonstrated multi-stakeholder cooperation within the UN system, created the first comprehensive definition of internet governance, and established innovative processes like public consultations and transparent documentation. The methodology of allowing diverse viewpoints while finding workable compromises was highlighted as a key achievement.


– **Multi-stakeholder vs. Multilateral Governance Models**: A central debate focused on whether these two approaches should be seen as competing or complementary. Speakers argued against treating this as a false dichotomy, emphasizing that both models need to coexist and work together, with the Tunis compromise representing a successful marriage of both approaches under the UN umbrella.


– **IGF’s Evolution and Current Challenges**: Discussion covered whether the IGF has fulfilled its original mandate as a forum for open dialogue. While praised for capacity building and providing a neutral space for discussion, concerns were raised about its limited decision-making power, funding sustainability, and whether it has become too insular or controlled from the top-down rather than truly bottom-up.


– **Contemporary Governance Challenges**: Participants grappled with how internet governance has evolved to encompass AI governance, data governance, and digital rights issues. There was debate about whether the IGF is mature enough to handle controversial topics and whether the original broad definition of internet governance remains relevant for today’s challenges.


– **Future Directions and Institutional Reform**: The conversation explored whether a new WGIG-style working group might be needed to address current governance gaps, how to better engage governments and decision-makers, and whether the IGF’s mandate needs updating to remain relevant in the current digital landscape.


## Overall Tone


The discussion began with a celebratory, nostalgic tone as participants shared anecdotes and reflected positively on their collaborative achievements 20 years ago. However, the tone gradually became more critical and forward-looking, with speakers raising challenging questions about current limitations and future needs. While maintaining collegiality and mutual respect, participants weren’t afraid to voice controversies and disagreements, particularly around issues of bottom-up governance, the role of governments, and whether current multi-stakeholder models are sufficient for today’s challenges. The session ended on a pragmatic note, acknowledging both successes and the need for continued evolution.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Markus Kummer** – Session moderator/chair, former diplomatic service of Switzerland, celebrating 20-year anniversary of Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG)


– **William J. Drake** – WGIG member, session organizer, edited books on WGIG in 2005 and 2015


– **Ayesha Hassan** – Former WGIG member representing ICC (International Chamber of Commerce)/global business community


– **Raul Echeberria** – Former WGIG member representing technical community


– **Wolfgang Kleinwachter** – Former WGIG member representing civil society and academic community


– **Avri Doria** – Former WGIG member, came in as a techie, past MAG member and MAG chair


– **Jovan Kurbalija** – Former WGIG member, Executive Director of the UN High-Level Panel, author of “Introduction to Internet Governance”


– **Alejandro Pisanty** – Former WGIG member, participating remotely from Mexico City


– **Carlos Afonso** – Former WGIG member, participating remotely from Rio


– **Baher Esmat** – Works for ICANN, participating remotely


– **Vittorio Bertola** – Former youngest member of WGIG, described as least diplomatic member


– **Charles Shaban** – Remote moderation coordinator, intellectual property practitioner


– **Bertrand de la Chapelle** – Executive Director of the Internet and Jurisdiction Policy Network


– **Ariette Esterhuisen** – Past MAG member and past MAG chair


– **Israel Rosas** – Internet Society representative


– **Jimson Olufuye** – Africa ICT Alliance


– **Hadi Alminyawi** –


– **Sébastien Bachelet** – Isaac Frantz and Uralo representative


– **Participant** – Government representative (specific identity not disclosed)


– **Audience** – Nandini from IT4Change India, part of Civil Society Coalition Global Digital Justice Forum


**Additional speakers:**


– **Shaima Akhtar** – Chairperson, Bangladesh Women IGF (participated via online question)


Full session report

# 20th Anniversary Reunion of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG): A Comprehensive Assessment of Past Achievements and Future Challenges


## Executive Summary


This discussion marked the 20th anniversary reunion of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG), bringing together original members to reflect on their groundbreaking contributions to the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) process and examine the current state of internet governance. The session, moderated by Markus Kummer and organised by William J. Drake, opened with a lighthearted moment when Kummer shared that he had asked AI “does WGIG matter?” and received an affirmative response highlighting WGIG’s lasting contributions to multistakeholder governance.


Despite technical difficulties that set an informal, reunion-like atmosphere, the discussion evolved into a substantive examination of three key themes: the nature and enduring relevance of internet governance, the relationship between multilateral and multistakeholder approaches, and the future of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF). The conversation balanced celebration of WGIG’s achievements with frank assessment of contemporary challenges, revealing both pride in past accomplishments and concern about current governance limitations.


## Historical Impact and Methodology of WGIG


### Foundational Achievements


William J. Drake outlined seven ways that WGIG made a lasting impact, which participants consistently endorsed throughout the discussion. These contributions included demonstrating that multistakeholder cooperation could work effectively within the UN system, helping facilitate WSIS negotiations by systematically mapping issues and positions, promoting broader public engagement through innovative consultation processes, demystifying internet governance by establishing that governance does not mean government control, developing a working definition of internet governance that has proven remarkably durable, proposing the creation of the IGF as a forum for continued dialogue without negotiation pressure, and creating methodological innovations for consensus-building.


Markus Kummer emphasised that the WGIG report found its way into the final WSIS outcome and significantly impacted the process. Raul Echeberria noted that WGIG strengthened the concept of multistakeholderism and consolidated the idea that participation from all stakeholders is crucial, sharing an anecdote about how discussions of root server A brought together diverse perspectives. Wolfgang Kleinwächter highlighted how WGIG created a unique culture of collaboration where every stakeholder brought different expertise to the table, transforming previously antagonistic relationships into productive cooperation.


### Methodological Innovation and the Role of Frank March


A particularly poignant aspect of the discussion focused on WGIG’s innovative methodology and the crucial role of Frank March, the secretary who has since passed away. Avri Doria provided detailed insights about March’s approach, describing how he would write while listening and incorporating real-time feedback from participants. She explained: “Frank March wrote while listening. And he would write and then he would read back what he wrote and people would say, no, that’s not what I meant. And he would change it. And he would read it back again.”


This methodological innovation proved particularly significant when contrasted with current governance processes. Jovan Kurbalija observed that contemporary processes often suffer from what he termed a “governance Bermuda Triangle” where stakeholder contributions disappear without clear traceability to final documents. This observation sparked broader reflection on how governance processes have evolved away from the transparent, participatory model that made WGIG successful.


## Evolution and Enduring Relevance of Internet Governance Definition


### Definitional Durability and Universal Applicability


There was remarkable consensus among participants that WGIG’s definition of internet governance has stood the test of time and remains applicable to contemporary challenges. Wolfgang Kleinwächter provided detailed analysis of the definition’s three key elements: multistakeholder approaches (involving all stakeholders in their respective roles), collaborative approaches (working together), and holistic approaches (covering all relevant issues). He argued that these elements make the definition universal and applicable to emerging governance challenges including AI governance.


Ayesha Hassan noted that the definition has adapted to new technologies, sharing an anecdote about how even Cuba and global business representatives found common ground in supporting the multistakeholder approach. Carlos Afonso reinforced the definition’s enduring relevance by noting that the WGIG report identified key public policy areas and fundamental issues that remain valid today.


### Contemporary Applications and Conceptual Clarity


The discussion revealed how internet governance has naturally expanded to encompass new technologies while maintaining its core framework. However, this expansion also raised questions about conceptual clarity. William J. Drake suggested the need for new work to address the relationship between internet governance, data governance, AI governance, and broader digital governance to reduce conceptual confusion and provide clearer guidance for policy-makers.


## Multistakeholder versus Multilateral Governance Models


### Moving Beyond False Dichotomies


One of the most significant areas of discussion concerned the relationship between multistakeholder and multilateral governance approaches. There was strong consensus that treating these as competing models represents a false dichotomy, with multiple speakers arguing that both approaches must coexist and complement each other.


Avri Doria emphasised that both models must work together rather than in opposition, while Markus Kummer noted that multilateralism protects smaller countries and should not exclude multistakeholderism. Jimson Olufuye added that multistakeholderism helps governments fulfil their responsibilities to citizens rather than taking over government work.


### Provocative Perspectives and Real-World Tensions


However, Alejandro Pisanty provided a more provocative view, arguing that all internet governance problems are better solved by multistakeholder mechanisms and suggesting that countries pushing for multilateral approaches are also pushing against internet freedom. He framed this as an “acid test” that challenged the diplomatic tendency to treat both approaches as equally valid.


Charles Shaban emphasised the need to find ways for multilateral and multistakeholder mechanisms to work together effectively, suggesting that the challenge lies not in choosing between models but in designing effective interfaces between them.


## Assessment of the Internet Governance Forum


### Achievements and Evolution


The discussion of the IGF revealed both appreciation for its achievements and frank acknowledgement of its limitations. Baher Esmat highlighted the IGF’s role as the primary global multistakeholder forum providing space for open discussion and capacity building, noting that it has continuously evolved in topics and outcomes while maintaining its non-decision-making nature as a strength.


Jovan Kurbalija praised the IGF’s value for capacity building and creating incremental development of new methodologies. Raul Echeberria noted the IGF’s evolution, mentioning how the 2013 IGF he organized addressed surveillance issues that became highly relevant. These positive assessments emphasised the IGF’s success in creating a neutral space for dialogue and its role in developing governance capacity globally.


### Critical Assessments and Uncomfortable Truths


However, the discussion also featured sharp critiques of the IGF’s performance and limitations. Vittorio Bertola, identified as the former youngest member of WGIG, provided perhaps the most damning assessment, arguing that the IGF failed to address economic and social questions due to lack of enforcement mechanisms against private sector actors. He observed: “the people that could make money out of breaking down the internet and turning it into walled gardens, they just went on and made money. And nobody could stop them because we had no stick.”


Most strikingly, Bertola cited a UK survey showing that half of young people believe they would be better off if the internet didn’t exist, serving as a devastating indictment of how far the internet has diverged from its original promise.


Avri Doria challenged one of the IGF’s core mythologies by stating bluntly: “Any notion we have that IGF has bottomed up is something that we should quit pretending. It is not. It hasn’t been.” This critique of the IGF’s democratic legitimacy sparked discussion about the gap between rhetoric and reality in multistakeholder governance.


### Capacity for Controversial Topics


A significant portion of the IGF discussion focused on its capacity to handle controversial topics. Jovan Kurbalija argued that enhanced cooperation should be brought as a track on the first day of IGF, questioning why such topics are avoided. Alejandro Pisanty contended that the IGF is mature enough to handle controversial issues but that some stakeholders are not ready for such discussions.


## Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


### Institutional Reform Needs


The discussion revealed growing recognition that significant institutional reforms may be necessary to address contemporary digital governance challenges. William J. Drake suggested the need for new work to address the relationship between different forms of digital governance. Bertrand de la Chapelle proposed a new multistakeholder working group to address the IGF’s future after the WSIS+20 process.


Jovan Kurbalija presented three key questions for the IGF’s future: whether it should continue as a discussion forum or gain decision-making capacity, how to improve national and regional IGF processes, and how to ensure financial sustainability. He also suggested revisiting the Tunis compromise formula that balanced multistakeholder participation with the UN umbrella.


### Addressing Democratic Deficits and Inclusion


A recurring theme throughout the discussion was concern about democratic deficits in current governance processes. Nandini from IT4Change India raised concerns about digital governance issues being moved to closed-door trade negotiations, undermining democratic governance.


Charles Shaban emphasised the need for intersectional and rights-based approaches to digital governance centring marginalised communities, while Shaima Akhtar asked whether governance frameworks should evolve to be more inclusive of women, youth, and marginalised communities.


### Technical Innovation in Governance Processes


The discussion highlighted potential for innovation in governance processes themselves. Jovan Kurbalija noted that AI tools could now help trace contributions to final documents, though he emphasised that human approaches remain preferable. This observation highlighted how technological advances might support more transparent and participatory governance processes, potentially addressing the “governance Bermuda Triangle” problem he identified.


## Unresolved Tensions and Future Challenges


### Enforcement versus Dialogue


One of the most significant unresolved issues was how to balance multistakeholder governance with the need for enforcement mechanisms against powerful private sector actors. Bertola’s observation that governance without enforcement mechanisms allowed harmful actors to fragment the internet into commercial silos highlighted a fundamental challenge that remains unaddressed.


### Democratic Legitimacy and Genuine Participation


Despite broad agreement on many issues, the discussion revealed significant disagreements about the IGF’s democratic legitimacy and bottom-up nature. The tension between multistakeholder rhetoric and reality emerged as a critical concern requiring attention.


### Scope and Effectiveness


Participants disagreed about the IGF’s effectiveness in addressing broader internet governance issues beyond technical coordination. This disagreement reflected fundamental tensions about the appropriate scope and ambition of internet governance institutions, and whether dialogue-focused forums can be effective in addressing structural economic and social problems.


## Conclusion: Legacy and Future Prospects


The 20th anniversary reunion of WGIG demonstrated both the enduring relevance of the group’s achievements and the significant challenges facing contemporary internet governance. The informal, reunion-like atmosphere, punctuated by technical difficulties and fond memories of Frank March, provided an appropriate setting for both celebration and critical self-reflection.


The discussion revealed that WGIG’s core contributions—legitimising multistakeholder cooperation within the UN system, developing a durable and universal definition of internet governance, and creating innovative consensus-building methodologies—remain valuable and applicable to current challenges. The definition’s three elements of multistakeholder, collaborative, and holistic approaches have proven remarkably adaptable to new technologies and governance challenges.


However, the conversation also revealed significant tensions and unresolved issues. The gap between multistakeholder rhetoric and reality, the challenge of addressing economic and social problems without enforcement mechanisms, and questions about democratic legitimacy and genuine participation all emerged as critical concerns. Perhaps most sobering was the recognition that despite technical successes in internet governance, broader social outcomes may not have lived up to the original promise of the internet.


The frank and sometimes uncomfortable nature of the discussion—exemplified by Bertola’s harsh assessments and Doria’s challenge to IGF mythology—demonstrated the intellectual maturity of the internet governance community and its willingness to confront difficult truths. This honest assessment, balanced with recognition of genuine achievements, provides a solid foundation for addressing the significant challenges that lie ahead.


The session ultimately affirmed that while WGIG’s foundational work remains relevant, new approaches and potentially new institutions may be needed to address contemporary challenges effectively. The collaborative spirit and methodological innovations that made WGIG successful—particularly the transparent, participatory approach exemplified by Frank March’s real-time writing and feedback process—offer valuable lessons for future governance efforts in an increasingly complex and contested digital landscape.


Session transcript

Markus Kummer: I don’t understand, he gives me signs. Look at all those people, with that many people, they probably have enough time for a sentence each. Yeah, no, we can’t see that, we have to turn around. You guys are sitting in the right place, because those are too far away. I cannot touch the Zoom. Okay. Can you hear me? Yes. I can still hear music in my… Okay, good morning everyone. It’s all a bit complicated here, we have to put our headsets on, and we are on channel 4. 5. Oh, sorry, channel 5. Yes, we are in room 5. Anyway, welcome everyone. And to the technician, can you stop the background music, please? I don’t know what’s… Background music is on 4. Got it? Okay, I was on the wrong channel. Well, it’s very complicated, yes. And we’re not young people anymore, we’re celebrating the 20-year anniversary of the Working Group on Internet Governance. And whatever you say, you can hear it because the microphones are on permanently, so if you have any side conversations, we can hear it. Anyway, it’s a great pleasure to have you all here. So it’s a class reunion to celebrate the 20th anniversary. We’re all still walking, we’re not in a wheelchair yet. And as somebody said, maybe… We have to ask for a doctor to be in the room just in case. Be that as it may, I took the liberty of using my AI assistant I have on my phone to ask, does WGIG matter? And I say, it’s a difficult question, and the answers are yes and no. But in conclusion, it says that WGIG plays a role in the development and promotion of internet governance and may have less impact than some would have desired. This is sort of a kind of wishy-washy intelligence, I would have thought. We were part of the process. We actually thought we had a tremendous impact. It was a bit of a game changer in the WSIS process, which before was very much government only, and we really opened the doors to a multi-stakeholder participation. And we thought, OK, let’s look back a bit and also look forward a bit. And we decided to have it in three segments. And when I say we, it was mainly Bill who put it together. Have one segment on the nature of internet governance, one segment on multi-stakeholder and multilateral, which is seen by some as an antagonistic situation, and then the last segment, the IGF, looking forward to the future of the IGF. Does the IGF live up to expectation? What should change? What not? And with that, I hand over to Bill, who provides some framing of the session. Please, Bill.


William J. Drake: OK. Thank you very much, Marcus, and hello, everybody. I’m going to take my headphones off so I don’t hear myself. Well, I thank you all for coming, first of all, because there’s a lot going on at the same time. We’re here not because we think that the WGIG report that was put out was a source of Talmudic wisdom for the ages, that we solved all the problems of the universe or anything like that. It was a negotiated document under very intense conditions, et cetera. However, there was. a lot of impact, I think, on the process, and that it’s been lasting, and I think it’s worth taking note of that, since this is the 20th anniversary of the WSIS, how could we not talk about the 20th anniversary of the WGIG, which played an important role in bringing the WSIS to a successful conclusion. So that’s why I thought it would be useful to get the band back together again and do this. So I’m just going to make a few points about the impact of the WSIS, and that’s based in part on, we did two books together, aside from the reports that were put out, members of the group got together and contributed chapters to two books that I edited, one in 2005 and the other in 2015 on the 10th anniversary, and in those books I had chapters about why WGIG mattered, and I’m going to kind of just run through a couple of points to try to level set us to get everybody on the same page, because frankly at this point, I don’t know how many people even remember the WGIG. I talked to people at the party last night, and a lot of people were like, you know, I come to IGF, I don’t really know where the IGF came from, I don’t know what, you know, I mean a lot of this history has just gone dark as we’ve all gotten older and new people have cycled in, et cetera. So I think it’s good to try to level set us by getting us on the same page and say, what was this thing, et cetera. So I’m just going to make three points about the procedural and institutional contributions, and then a couple of points about the substantive contributions, and then we’ll go to inclusive discussion with all the people that are here as well as the ones who are online. So I would start by saying that the WGIG demonstrated the benefits of multistakeholder cooperation in the United Nations in a way that really hadn’t been seen before in the Internet governance space for those who are old and were around during the WSIS process. You may remember in the early stages of the process, stakeholders were being locked out of rooms, thrown out of rooms, told not to speak. The whole thing was a kind of a mess. For a long time, it took a while for the whole multistakeholder thing, ethos, to start to kick in. The WGIG contributed, I think, substantially to legitimating that and showing that, in fact, multistakeholder collaboration could be effective, problem-solving, and that indeed stakeholders could make real contributions to the kind of procedural and substantive learning that everybody was doing as we came together and groped towards some shared of things. Secondly, I’d say that the WCIS, the WGIG facilitated the WCIS negotiations. For those of you, again, who are around, you might remember that for the first couple of years in the Geneva cycle, people were saying the conversations all over the place, we don’t know what’s going on, it’s not cumulative, we’re going nowhere, etc., etc. The WGIG actually did a kind of systematic mapping and brought order to the discussion, worked through issues in a kind of structured and deliberate and methodical basis that kind of laid out the main issues at stake in a way that everybody could understand. The WGIG promoted public engagement. We did a lot of innovative things that now we take for granted, but back then were new in terms of having public comments, having open transparent processes, having everything on the web, having simultaneous translation in the sessions, etc., etc. All of that stuff that IGF now does, back then it was all new in the United Nations context. In terms of substantive contributions, the WGIG played a major role, I think, in demystifying the nature and scope of Internet governance. There was a lot of debate, you might remember back then, about is there such a thing as Internet governance, does the term even make sense, or else you had people who said, well, if there is Internet governance, it just meant what ICANN does, or it just means what intergovernmental agencies like the ITU should be doing, etc. And we were able to sort of work through this concept and sort of demonstrate that governance does not mean government, right? That we needed a holistic, broad approach to Internet governance that took into account not just the underlying infrastructure, but also the use of the Internet and the rule systems that apply to privacy, digital trade, intellectual property, and so on, on transactions going over the Internet, etc. We developed a working definition, which was drawn from the political science literature on international regimes as it happens, that set out who does Internet governance, what does Internet governance consist of, and where is it done, etc. All that was important. And we kind of took the attention off the whole debate that was going on at the time about how the ITU might take over ICANN and so on. In fact, we kind of de-centered the ITU and that controversy completely by taking this broad kind of approach, which I think was good. Fifth, we began the holistic analysis of a broad range of issues. In light of that broad definition, we mapped out all the different issues that are part of the Internet governance ecosystem and galaxy and clustered them and made them a little bit more tractable in terms of discussions. We had a process where colleagues put out different visions for oversight of Internet governance of critical Internet resources. This is the first chance for people to put forward alternatives to the ITU as an intergovernmental solution. Various government members came up with proposals for a global Internet council, an intergovernmental global Internet policy council, all kinds of new types of things. None of these were agreed as a group, but they were simply listed for people’s information and that helped shape the discussion going forward about enhanced cooperation and things like that. So that was, I think, probably useful in advancing the discussion. And of course, most importantly from the standpoint of this group, the WGIG proposed the creation of an Internet governance forum to continue the dialogue, to help to solve the deadlocks that were occurring around Internet governance to say, let’s have a permanent space attached to the United Nations where we can continue to have open discussion without the pressure of negotiating outcomes and so on. So those were seven ways in which the WGIG, I think, made a meaningful, impactful contribution to the conclusion of the WSIS process, but also helped laid the foundation for everything that’s gone on in the years subsequent. So that’s just a little background to refresh us for those who haven’t thought about the WGIG in 20 years. And now what we’re going to do is go through three forward-looking questions. I think it’s important to think about how we can do that. I think it’s important to think about how we can do that. I think it’s important to think about how we can do that. I’m also asking colleagues to think about how we think about some of the contemporary problems from the perspective of what we did together 20 years ago. So, thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, Bill, and at a more basic level, I would say the WGIC report found its way into the final outcome of the WSIS, which was a very, very good report. I think it was a very good report, and I think a significant impact of the WGIC that we actually managed to feed into the process, and also, for those who attended the summits, there was a significant difference between the Geneva phase and the Tunis phase. The Tunis phase was by far more open in terms of procedure. The Tunis phase was more open in terms of procedure. The WGIC report was more open in terms of procedure. There was a discussion group and some government said, hey, this guy is not government. He needs to be taken out. Whereas, in Tunis, their ICANN community was present, the chair of ICANN was sometimes, or the CEO was sometimes asked for his comments or opinion on some of the items, and that was also an implementation of political science and the way in which those groups were discussed. And were we present. You will, and I have three members of the old WGIC group listed as contributors, but others feel free to chime in, and we will also open to the other participants to come in after the first segment, but we will invite Tita for us to come in after the cursor section has opened up a little bit. Here are three members of the old WGIC group listed as contributors, so to speak. You were a representative of ICC and people listened to what you had to say. Over to you, Aisha.


Ayesha Hassan: Thank you very much for the opportunity to speak to you. I think it has come a long way, but I think that the definition has stood the test of time. I think it’s still valid. I think that it has been nicely shaped so that it has adapted. In terms of the nature of Internet governance today, I think that it has expanded in the sense that many emerging countries are using the Internet as a means of communication. I think that it has also expanded in the sense that many of the issues that we are talking about now, in terms of Internet governance, whether it’s AI governance or other technologies, so I think that the discussion that we started 20 years ago is now at a place where we want to keep looking to having adaptable ways to address these issues, and one of the things that I think is really important is the idea of partnerships, and the idea of cooperating and discussing things across the stakeholder groups, which really didn’t exist before, and I just want to take a moment to share one little anecdote. At the time I was global business, and at one point our esteemed chairman, Nitin Desai, laughed and he said, oh my god, do I hear Cuba and global business agreeing? And here’s my comrade next to me today. Yes, we learned to talk to each other, and I think that that has lasted over the years and been fostered by the IGF itself, giving everybody an opportunity to talk with people that they may not have the chance to have a coffee and truly exchange with. And I purposely am emphasizing this because that is an asset, and I think that’s part of what the WGIG started and the IGF has continued to foster. So I’ll stop with that at this point.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, Aisha, for that, and I think anecdotes are always good to enliven the debate a bit or the discussion, and it’s great history. Raul, can you come in?


Raul Echeberria: Yes, thank you very much, Marcus. It’s very nice to be here with all of you today, 20 years later. I don’t know why the rest of the people look 20 years older, not myself. I don’t know what happened with the rest of the people. WGIG was a really innovative experience, an innovative way to address the difficulties that have presented during the first phase of the summit. As Marcus said, it was very different. The first and the second phases of the summit were very different. It was an achievement itself. The WGIG, as Aisha also pointed out, all of us learned about how to work better with other stakeholders. And it was very helpful to have an informal discussion in Tunis. I remember also… bringing an anecdote that there were a lot of discussions in the wiki about who managed the root server A and some of us were trying to explain to the rest of to other people that the root server A was not important. That’s so I said no because why you question what we are our positions. No, I’m not questioning your positions What we are saying here is that the problem is not root server A. The problem is more complex. So that’s the is the the discussion the level of discussion in 2005 was very different than 2003. I think that the one of the things that one of the important outcomes of the wiki was also that we strengthen the the concept of multi-holderism and this is when we look nowadays the the organizations and the forums that are involved in in different ways on in the governance of Internet. Not all of them are pure multi-stakeholder models, but they all of them or most of them are open to the participation of all stakeholders and this is important because we consolidated the idea that the participation of all stakeholders is crucial. It’s important and it’s a very important still today and though things that sometimes we take us for granted are not. And they all the with all the political changes that we are seeing around the world. That’s the things that that we assume that that were discussions of from the past probably will come back to the table in the in the in the near future and so it is important that we continue as reinforcing that idea that the participation of all stakeholders is crucial and that we need in a very changing world. We need to be more efficient in the development of digital policies to be more efficient, to have the right policies on time is we need the participation of everybody from the inception of the processes, from the origin of the discussions. So I think those lessons that we learned 20 years ago remain very important, valid. I wouldn’t say just valid, that’s crucial for the future of the digital governance in general. Thank you very much.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, Raul. And over to Wolfgang.


Wolfgang Kleinwachter: Thank you very much. I was a member of the WIKIG on behalf of civil society and the academic community and Juan was from the government, Aisha from the business and Raul from the technical community, as demonstrates already, that there was a unique culture of collaboration by trying to promote the understanding, because I also will start with an anecdote, because originally internet governance was not an issue for the WSIS in the mandate from the UN General Assembly in 2001. So in the process of the second PREP-COM, some people raised the issue of internet and then we had an inter-sessional meeting in Paris and this was in a night meeting in the cellar and it was unclear whether non-governmental people can join this Working Group 5. Now we are in the Workshop Room 5. So it was a new Working Group 5 because we had four different working groups and there was no control on the entrance, so that means a lot of non-state actors moved into the room and then a debate started and somebody talked about IP addresses and then the ambassador from a country, I will not name the country, said, what is this an IP address? Because there was only little knowledge about governments at this time and then Paul Wilson from APNIC stepped in and explained, you know, how how IP addresses and domain names are functioning. And then the ambassador, oh, this was very helpful. Thank you very much. And I think this was the start of the mutual recognition that every stakeholder can bring a different expertise to the table. But from Paris, it was in July 2003 to December 2003, to December 2003, the understanding of the complexity was still on a low level. So that means even people did not understand what we are talking about. That’s why the Wiki got the mandate to define what internet governance is. So it had not only the mandate to work on recommendations, but also to give a definition. And I think this definition is, the discussion around this definition is really crucial. And Bill mentioned that already. When we worked on the definition, we had two options at the end of the day. And narrow definition, just to concentrate on the critical internet resources, names and numbers, or a broad definition. And confronted with the complexity of the mandate also of the WSIS, we decided in favor of the broad definition. And this is what Bill said also on who and what and how. So, and these are the three elements which are defined in these three lines of the paragraph in the Tunis agenda, which says, okay, it has to be all stakeholder has to be involved in their respective roles. I was fighting until the very last moment to add on equal footing. But Anita said, okay, respective roles include in a certain way that everybody is equal in their respective role. So, but anyhow, this was the first element. all stakeholders has to be involved, the second was sharing, sharing on norms, principles and even decision-making procedures, that is the collaborative approach, and the third part was that we differentiated between the evolution and the use of the internet, so the technical and the political layer, and this was the holistic approach. And if I take these three basic elements of the definition, the multi-stakeholder approach, the collaborative approach and the holistic approach, then I think this definition is really universal and can be used for all governance aspects which we are discussing today, 20 years later, because 20 years ago internet governance was the term that covered all the things, but since that we have seen, you know, a lot of new language appearing around governance, we have digital governance, ICT governance, cyber governance, then governance of the internet of things, IoT governance, and now we are talking about AI governance, and I’m asking myself, you know, what is the difference between AI governance and internet and the broad definition of internet governance, if you just take these three approaches. So AI governance has to be multi-stakeholder, AI governance has to be collaborative, and, you know, without a holistic approach, you will fail to find any sustainable solutions for AI, that means you have to take into consideration also in AI governance the technical elements and the public policy implications, and in so far, you know, the confusion we had 20 years ago around internet governance sometimes reappear as confusion about AI governance, but it’s rather simple, go back to what we have produced 20 years ago. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you for that, Wolfgang, and yes, we also, the Tunis agenda has a whole chapter on internet governance with some explanatory paragraphs, and they make it clear that anything related to the use and abuse of the internet is part of internet governance, and also… these applications you mentioned, AI and whatever, they rely on the internet. Without the internet, digital without the internet, it’s not just about the standalone computer, it’s about connecting the computers. But I would like to invite other WGIC members, old WGIC members, if they would like to add anything, but also open the floor to other participants if you have comments or questions. Juan, you would like to come in, please?


Participant: Yes, well, good morning. I don’t want to, I’m not going to talk about the substantial achievements of the IGF, of the WGIC, because it was just mentioned, you know, the working definition and the rest of the mandate. I want to talk about some achievement of the methodology, because to ask a group of persons, intelligent group of persons, that have different viewpoints, to agree in a very contentious subject, it seems like being crazy, you know, because, well, if you have people that have similar opinions, that’s okay, but to have 30 people with different opinions to get to the results, it is a challenge. And it was done, and I’m going to share with you how methodology, it was done, because I think it’s useful for many discussions that are being carried out now, and also it has been applied in some other forums in which I participated. The first thing is that throughout the year that we were working, we had a lot of opinions. I think Bill mentioned all that opinions, and it was all collected in a very big document, and then at the end, because we had to have a report, we were placed into a… and they throw out the key, and you don’t get out until you have a report. But we have very, very large material that will be very impossible to collate. So the first decision is that we will have two reports. We will have a big report in which all the opinions will be collected. It necessarily is not a consensus report. It’s a sort of compendium, and it was mentioned that that was being very useful because many interesting ideas were there, and then people can take it out and materialize it later, and then to concentrate in the actual report. And, of course, then we have a lot of things in which we had consensus, and we put it there. We discussed the definition, as Wolfgang just said, with some tweaks there. But in the end, there were the recommendations of the arrangements for the government. There was no consensus in the final one. And so we decided that we would try to narrow down the different proposals to the bare basics, and we finally ended with four different ones. And I think this is a contribution of this report, and it’s a methodology that can be used in some discussions that we’re going to have now, for instance, in data governance and some other, that whenever we don’t get, we don’t have to get to one final consensus because maybe that’s impossible. But if we can narrow down and put the basic alternatives as part of the final report, that is a result, because otherwise you can say, okay, we don’t have consensus, so we don’t have result, and that’s zero. And so I think that this opens the way. to very contentious issues that it’s been discussed today to open the way to have results that could be actionable and that can really contribute. So I think Marcus and Bill and my colleagues, I think that that’s what’s one of the contribution that we made. And I think we had no choice because otherwise we’ll still be in the Chateau 20 years after trying to get the one only answer. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. It was very good wine. Yeah. Yeah. Marcus. Marcus. OK, Jovan.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you. Just a quick note on this point, which I think Bill and Juan brought. At that time, you had a feeling that your input was taken care of. It was not accepted verbatim, but you had a feeling that it was provided. What is the major problem today is that we have so many processes which call you to have your say, make contribution. And your contribution disappears in some sort of a governance Bermuda Triangle. And you just come with some document and say, OK. It’s fine if somebody says, OK, we disagree. We cannot accept that. There is a consensus. But this is a huge problem. Some good news is, ideally, we should be locked in some sort of secluded place and negotiate, as Marcus did, really, as a big master of diplomacy. But nowadays, we have also AI that can help us. AI can trace our contribution to the final document. Is your contribution reflected in final document or completely ignored? It’s not ideal. I prefer human approach. But this is one great lesson, I would say, from WGIG and overall IGF process. When somebody asks you to have your say, to contribute, there is some sort of reflection. Roger, this. agree, agree, let’s discuss it, whatever. I’m afraid that this is missing now in global governance in general, and I would say also in AI and digital governance.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, Jovan, and I think in the interest of time we have to move on, and I encourage the next speakers to be as concise and compact as possible. So we go to the multilateral versus multistakeholder, and the first speaker is Alejandro Pisanti. He’s joining us remotely. Alejandro, are you on?


Alejandro Pisanty: Yes, I am on. Can you hear me?


Markus Kummer: Excellent. We can hear you. Welcome.


Alejandro Pisanty: Hi. It’s 3 a.m. in Mexico City. Cheers, everybody. Thanks for the invitation and for the first round. It’s very useful. One of the things that happens with, and it’s a bit of a paradox, as Jovan has said, we had the years of the governments and decision makers at the UN structurally because this was the outcome, and we was part of the process to produce an outcome for WSIS, the World Summit of Information Society, which had been agreed to take place by an agreement of the UN General Assembly. So that’s something that we’re not having as often now, and processes like the GDC seem to have been – Global Digital Compact – seem to have been designed in order to make it much harder for voices like who would have been the wiki to make even a dent on decisions that have already been made by the Secretary General and his adjuncts and a few influential governments. Multilateral versus multi-stakeholder, we have to – I’m confused. convinced that all problems of Internet governance and many others are much better solved by multi-stakeholder mechanisms. The weights of the stakeholders have to be different. Institutional and organizational design are key. We have to be able to, let’s say, involve governments decisively when things are involving law enforcement, for example. So even if the involvement is informal, it has to be very enabling, as happens in the anti-phishing working group or as it’s happening in the upcoming global anti-scam alliance. And in other places, the governments really have themselves decided to sit in the second row. That happened to us when we were doing the ICAN reform process around 2001, 2003. Governments were offered seats to study, at least seats at the table on the board, and they had very good reasons not to do that. One of them was legal, that they would have to join the liabilities of the corporation as governments, and the other ones that they would never come together to decide who were five representatives or even three representatives as one vote. What we have learned from these multi-stakeholder processes also is how different stakeholders perceive what is important, what is decisive, and what’s actually pretty standard. As you know, I have a scheme for translating things, like, for example, using identity, the mass scale of the internet, cross jurisdictions, lowering barriers, lowering friction, and managing memory and forgetting to understand what problems are actually not a problem created by the internet, but modified or disrupted if you want. And in some of these cases, you actually do need a more multilateral layer in the solution of a fully multi-stakeholder problem. Consequences of choosing multi-stakeholder or multilateral, well, it’s… the internet more free in the countries that propose multilateral? That’s probably the acid test of why we actually need to keep pushing for multi-stakeholder because every single country that pushes for more multilateral is also pushing against internet freedom. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you for that Alejandro and thank you for joining us at the ungodly hour in your country. That’s very much appreciated.


Alejandro Pisanty: Love you so much Mansoor.


Markus Kummer: And we have Avri as a speaker on these issues. Please Avri.


Avri Doria: Okay thank you. I actually very much like this subject of multi-stakeholder and multilateral as opposed to multi-stakeholder versus. I think at the moment in this point history they both have to coexist and in fact we’ve seen that. We see that with examples of like the ICAN example. We see that with examples like the the Sao Paulo guidelines which basically finally talk about how we can bring the two together. Now there was a wonderful part of WGIG where we were actually I think it’s the last time we actually participated as equals and that’s one of the things that I’ve looked for since then. WGIG truly was I was able to sit there and argue for hours against some of the roles and responsibilities as believed by governments and until Neaton got tired of it, it was allowed to go on and that is important. That is something that does not happen at the moment because even in our multi-stakeholder models even in something as vaunted as the IGF that grew out of WGIG, it’s a top down. There is an authority that we all answer to in some way. We all appeal to. We all have to go to. So the multi-stakeholder is there. I would never say that IGF isn’t multi-stakeholder. but not completely, not fully. It has a ways to develop. And Wigig does give an example, does sort of point a way of it can work. And we’ve seen other examples where it can work. It was an interesting example to me. I came in as a techie, knew nothing about internet governance, knew a little bit about philosophy, didn’t know what ICANN, I knew what ICANN was, but nothing about it. And I learned a lot through that process and found it really quite, quite valuable. And it obviously changed my life. One of the other things, and I wanna point out, and I’m not sure it even fits in this thing, but there was one feature of the working group on internet governance that we’ve lost. We had Frank March, our secretary, our main writer, sitting in the room with us while he was writing, talking to us, asking about this paragraph or that paragraph. That goes even further on the notion that now we sort of contribute our comments into a bucket somewhere and somebody may look at them, may not look at them, may include a word or two, but not. We actually sat there irritating this poor, lovely man, saying, no, no, no, no, you gotta change that word. No, I need this paragraph. No, and he actually bore with it. And so while we’re all talking about the wonder of Wigig, I really wanted to bring up the wonderful example of Frank. So I think that for the foreseeable future, we have to work on a way to combine the two because governments are not gonna give up their multilateral insofar as they can get beyond unilateral but they’re not gonna give it up in any time. And we can’t afford to give up a multi-stakeholder model so the two of them have to work either in contention, which is not that useful. or figure out how to operate together. And I think we’ve got some motion in that direction. I think WIEGIG started it. I think it’s always good to go back to reading, not only the report, but as several people said, the background report. There’s so much in there to play with. And I recommend it to any student. So hopefully that answered my part of the question.


Markus Kummer: Thank you for that, Avri, and also thank you for mentioning Frank. Frank March played a very important role. I think without him, we wouldn’t have been able to produce the report. I invite you to share a thought on him because he passed away, sadly, a couple of years back. That was very sad to learn. It was really an important help for us to produce the report. And the last speaker on this segment, and thank you also, Avri, for moving away from the dichotomy, multi-stakeholder versus multilateral. No, I think it was the Brazilians who always make the point there is no false dichotomy between the two. They have to work together. And thank you also for underlying that. Charles, you also put your name down for that. And can you also say if there’s anything to report on what’s happening in the Zoom room? Please, Charles.


Charles Shaban: Thank you. Thank you very much, Marcos. In fact, I think what I will say is I will start by saying that I was still young in the internet governance sphere, not in age, I’m still young in age. Anyway, so, but it was really a wonderful experience to sit, as my colleagues mentioned, with the different stakeholders. And to give an example, maybe different of what my colleague mentioned, I mean, a specific example. Let’s go to my current practice. The intellectual property was somehow problematic, you can say. I think we need to make sure that we have a policy that is not based on the UDRP, for example. I think without the multi-stakeholderism, we couldn’t have this uniform resolution policy on the Internet. Why? Because as everybody knows, it started with ICANN, WIPO, WIPO government, ICANN, different technical body, we can say, private sector, lawyers, and the civil society. So we need to make sure that we have a policy that is not based on the UDRP, for example, and we need to find these different solutions for the disputes on the Internet domain names in specific. So I would like to mention this to have some additional of what my colleagues already covered, I think, in general. So I agree, maybe the last sentence, I will say, I will not talk a lot, I will concentrate on remote moderation today. What Avery mentioned, I think multilateralism is a very important issue, and I think we need to find a way to work with the multilateralism, which is very important, bottom-up and so on, and to be able to find a way to work with the different multilateral mechanisms. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you very much. And I think there was a time when there was a real antagonism between multi-stakeholder, multilateral, and the technical community in particular said, oh, we need to work together, and as working for a small country for the diplomatic service of Switzerland, we always believe in multilateralism because it protects the smaller countries. Multilateralism is always better than unilateralism, and I think in this current global situation, we really all need to feel, we feel strengthened through multilateralism, which does not include unilateralism. And with that, can we move on to the last segment, which is essentially looking to the IGF. Has the IGF delivered what we had hoped for, and it really built very much on WGIG. We had, it was mentioned before, we had our closed session on the Chatham House rule, but we always opened up in between, and the day before, we had an open consultation, and we thought that could be the model also for the IGF, and the IGF very much built on that model. So has the IGF actually lived up to our expectations, and what should we do to move forward? And we have two remote speakers here, Baher Esmat, who works for ICANN, and Carlos, they’re all remotely, they’re both remotely, and then we have Jovan and Vittoria, who are here in the room. Can we move to Baher? Baher, are you online?


Baher Esmat: I am. I hope you can hear me.


Markus Kummer: We can hear you loud and clear. Excellent.


Baher Esmat: All right. Thank you, Marcus, and hello, everyone. I’m pleased to take part in this session and to contribute to the discussion. alongside my WGIG colleagues, the IGF, and today we’re almost 19 years into this global forum, and I think the IGF has been, you know, the primary global multi-stakeholder forum for discussing internet governance issues. It kind of, you know, filled a gap that was identified by the WGIG members 20 years ago. It provided a space for discussion, for open discussion among all stakeholders, from governments, private sector, civil society, technical community, and academia, all on equal footing. It has also contributed to a very important element, especially to those coming from the developing world, which is the capacity building aspect. And I think today, with the numerous, you know, regional, national IGFs and other similar platforms from, you know, school and internet governance and so forth, this, you know, shows the impact of the IGF over the years. Another point I’d like to point to very quickly, and I think some of the previous speakers have touched on, which is how the IGF has evolved over time. I think the IGF has been, you know, continuously evolving over the past years. We’ve seen this in many aspects from, you know, trying to improve its outcomes in the forms of, you know, whether messages or reports and so on, but also in the form of topics and issues being addressed during the meetings. And as someone noted earlier, you know, this debate between, you know, internet governance, digital governance, and those definitions, I think because of the way the WGIG approach the issue of defining internet governance. And, you know, we’ve seen the definition itself is broad enough to sort of encompass, you know, a lot of issues, most of which were not even foreseen, they did not exist 20 years ago. So the IJF over the years has evolved in its agenda. And we’ve seen many topics that were not in, you know, the WGIG radar in 2004-2005. AI is, you know, the most popular, but there are many, many others. And I think this evolution is one of the key characteristics of the IJF. The other characteristics that has been debated over the years is the non-decision making nature of the IJF. And while some, you know, have debated that this is one of the weaknesses of the IJF, personally, I believe it’s one of the strengths. And I think it was not a bug in the system. I think it was intentionally by design to be made as a, again, an open and non-decision making forum to allow everyone to contribute and to participate on equal footing. Now looking to the future, and this is my last point, I think, you know, as we continue to consider how to evolve the IJF, how to improve and strengthen the IJF, I believe that the financial stability and sustainability of the IGF is key. And for the IGF to continue to serve as the global internet governance forum, I think we need the minds of all the participants and the contributors to the IGF to come together and to consider more innovative ideas to sort of guarantee or at least offer or put forward a sustainable model for funding and supporting the IGF to continue its role at the global level. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: And the next speaker is Carlos Afonso. Are you joining us from Rio?


Carlos Afonso: Yes, I am joining from Rio. Let me turn the camera on. Yes, I am there.


Markus Kummer: It’s great to see you, Carlos.


Carlos Afonso: So I find it a bit complicated to find new things related to the report that we did in 2005. I already mentioned a very important thing that Frank Marsh did a beautiful work of patience, of listening to us and trying to synthesize everything. It was really great and the report is much, much more than the definition. I think we did a definition that was to stand the test of time, simple enough to stand the test of time, but it’s still very simple in relation to… to all the complex issues we are facing. But the report was so important because it identified four key public policy areas, which are still the main public policy areas, whatever the development of internet and, you know, and these four policy areas we managed to detail in 13, issues, fundamental issues, which are valid until today. So I think that more than the definition, or the report is a very good reference, which the report itself is studying the test of time. And this is great. I think this is what’s the main contribution we could do in that group at the time. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you very much, Carlos. Great to see you. Now back to the room and we have Jovan and Vittoria who also address this issue. Jovan first.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you, Markus. Well, it’s a party time in a way, and I don’t know if it is good to bring some controversies, but since we will have four days to chat in the corridors and during the coffee break, I will propose three points about the future of IGF, which may require the great contribution for all people in the room and the former members of the working. The first one, and thank you for parking it, is the false dichotomy, multi-stakeholder versus multilateral. If you look carefully in the Tunis compromise, you will see that IGF is masterpiece of compromise by putting the multi-stakeholder body under the UN umbrella. Both camps got something. Pro-governmental camp got for the first time IG issues in the UN context. Multi-stakeholder camp got multi-stakeholder participation. That formula, unfortunately, will have to be revisited, and that cannot stay as fixed in the stone. As Executive Director of the UN High-Level Panel, I try to argue for IGF Plus. And one point, and I will now open controversies, is that I argued that the famous, very controversial, big elephant in the room question of enhanced cooperation should be brought as one of the track on the first day of IGF together with governments, civil society, businesses discussing. We may not call it enhanced cooperation, we may call it enhanced coordination, just to have it smoother consumption, but I never understood why it wasn’t possible. I understand political positioning elements of it more diplomatic, but in its core it was very simple solution to put that last bit from the Tunis formula, bit of salt, which I think British diplomat on the 18th of November during the negotiation brought as a solution to find the package. That’s controversial and I’m sure there will be many questions. The second point is capacity building, and that was a great achievement. And here is a personal story. When I started doing IG, my friends asked me, what are you doing? And then when I told them what I was doing, they were calling me to fix their printer, to install their software and these things. I usually did it. It’s great to help people, but then it inspired me to write a book, Introduction to Internet Governance. And fast forward, few months ago, I wrote the last book eight years ago, and I said there is no need anymore, but people convinced me and I’m preparing eight edition, which will be presented on Wednesday. And the question was, should I call it Internet Governance? And you will see if you come to that discussion, there is a reason to keep it as Internet Governance. Issues are the same. They’re not asking me anymore to install their printer. They’re now asking me about where their knowledge is, who is basically monopolizing their knowledge. Discussion moved on. And that sort of dynamics, by me writing the book every year and now revisiting this book, is a great sort of diary of the Internet Governance Forum and its achievement. And third point, which Bill mentioned, is extremely important. It is modus operandi of the IGF. Sometimes. And. estimate that. And I’ll give you one point, again, personal story. 15 years ago, I went to the IGF, I think, well, you will find the date, but it was, and you know how it goes. You come the first day and you have a big ambitions, great speakers, great workshops, you want to follow it all. And after the first morning, you realize that you cannot do it and you end up in the cafeteria meeting friends, chatting. And there is always that feeling of the missed opportunities, or I missed something. This is how deep loss reporting started. First with humans, our former students, interns, and now it’s now help with the AI. And that incremental development of new methodologies, now when everything is now and here, we have AI, let’s install AI agents. But that incremental in all aspects of IGF work, capacity building, bringing consensus, involving other people from our side, this reporting, I think it’s a great legacy of the IGF. And on that legacy, we should build the future of IGF. There were three points. First, revisit Tunis formula. We need to do it. Second, continue capacity building. That’s one of the great achievements of IGF. And third one, talk more about the way of modus operandi of the IGF. It’s completely, I would say, we are too shy about it. And this is untold story of high relevance for the broader governance and other communities. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, Jovan. And last speaker is Vittorio.


Vittorio Bertola: Thank you. So as the former youngest member of the WIG, again, the least diplomat, I think I will have to also start some controversy. But I think we’re really at the point in time where we need to think of the future of the IGF. So we need also to look at what worked and what didn’t work. I’d start from the first half of the problem, which is the practical way of working on the IGF. And I think in the overall, we like this event, so we continue coming. So I think everybody finds value in the IGF. I think it should continue. I think it could be better. I mean, especially this year, I only meet people that are disappointed because they’ve been trying to propose a panel or workshop for several years now, and they never get accepted even if they meet all the criteria, because there’s, I guess, a sheer lack of space. I mean, there’s a limit to how many you can have. But we have to find a better way of mobilizing these energies, because otherwise there’s people, especially outside of the existing, I mean, regular participants that come, try several years. They get disappointed. They go away and say, oh, the IGF is just a smoke, just for the insiders, just whatever. And the other thing is, I think that will also solve this problem, is a much better working of the national IGF specialists. I mean, our experience with the Italian IGF is terrible. I mean, six years ago, six, seven years ago, it was captured by the then government, and it was used by a politician for self-promotion. There were no meeting anymore. I mean, it didn’t even happen for several years. And then now it’s still in the hands of the government, and it’s a new government. You know, in six years, we have had like seven governments of multiple colors. But still, every government is keeping it, and now they’re organizing maybe one this year. Again, it’s multi-stakeholder in the sense that there’s multiple ministries involved. So I think that we need to address these kinds of things, because it could make the credibility, I mean, especially the bottom-up process much better. But then the other part of the question is about the role of the IGF, and I mean, the question in the program is, I mean, did it meet the purpose that we thought it will meet? And to be honest, I think that while the narrow part of the definition worked well, and I think that nobody’s really unhappy with the governance of the technical resources, that the broadest part of the definition didn’t work very well. So we are now at a state, I mean, 20 years ago, we believed the Internet would bring democracy and wealth, and it was an instrument for progress. And nowadays, I mean, I already quoted this. One month ago, there was a survey in the UK, and they asked the young people, I mean, would you live better off if the Internet didn’t exist? And half of them said yes. So half of them think that the world would be better without the Internet. And this is really, really terrible for us that, I mean, work to create it and make it. a mass instrument. And I think what failed is, I mean, we were naive. We thought that by putting everyone together, we would be able to address the economic and social questions, and this didn’t happen, just especially because of the private sector, I have to say, I mean, we’re part of the private sector. The people that could make money out of breaking down the internet and turning it into walled gardens, they just went on and made money. And nobody could stop them because we had no stick. We had carrots, I mean, to come in, but we had no stick to force them. And this is exactly what caused now the transition of countries and regions like the European Union that have always been in favor of multistakeholderism and open governance and whatever, to a new, I mean, like a hard jurisdiction, hard law approach. And this is why I think we were getting now also pressure from multilateralism. And to be honest, I don’t like the idea of more multilateralism, but I also don’t like the idea of continuing with a few very big companies that are doing whatever they want over the internet. And so maybe the national level will be more important. I don’t have an answer on how to build a new balance between all these stakeholders, but indeed there needs to be a reflection which I think includes the IGF as a continuing entity, but also takes into account that by now, I mean, governments really have the need to put some hard rules over global businesses and that this is the tension that is not going away. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Well, thank you, Vittorio, and also thank you for asking tough questions. I see there are already reactions. Charles, do you have?


Charles Shaban: Maybe Aisha first, but there is a question online.


Markus Kummer: Well, why don’t you go ahead with the question?


Charles Shaban: Okay. In fact, there was some discussions and Bill already answered some of them, but I think one of the questions still online without a response maybe, from Shaima Akhtar, Chairperson, Bangladesh Women IGF. Given the rise of AI, surveillance technologies and the dominance of platform monopolies, should we now push for a more intersectional and right-based approach in defining digital governance? that generally center the live realities of women, youth, and marginalized communities.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. And there were hands up, Aisha and Avri, yes.


Ayesha Hassan: Just briefly, I wanted to build a bit on what has been said by other members here. I think that the IGF is a unique, Marcus, you’ve said this, a watering hole. And I really think that the way it is, it has evolved over 20 years. There are many ways in which each year it’s a different experience. And I think that the range of stakeholders has expanded in all of the different stakeholder groups. So as we look forward, I think it’s encouraging the topics that are important to people to be taken up here, whether in the workshops or in the main sessions. And I was very pleased this year to see resilience being there, because I believe that resilience is a challenge of the future. And it’s not just about how to survive one shock. It’s about how do you build the capacity across the layers, and how is this worked on across stakeholder groups to raise awareness about it. Now that, unfortunately, for the young people who wish that the internet didn’t exist, it does. And our economies, our political systems, social, everything, we depend on this wonderful thing called the internet. So I just wanted to say that now I think an issue for everyone to come around together on is also resilience. How do we keep this being as reliable and secure as possible? And lastly, a shout out to you, Jovan. I’m still waiting for the new edition of the puzzle. Do you remember your puzzle?


Jovan Kurbalija: It’s coming. It’s even more complicated.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, Aisha and Avri.


Avri Doria: Thanks. First of all, I want to thank the comment that came in. And one of the things I want to remind us all is there was a time in the IEGF where we couldn’t even mention the word or the number. notion of rights of people, that we had long, long battles about, my God, rights belongs to some other department within the UN. You can’t talk about rights. And fortunately, we’ve gotten, we’re not doing a lot of it. And so the questioner is right. When can we start talking about them more? Any notion we have that IGF has bottomed up is something that we should quit pretending. It is not. It hasn’t been. And I’d love to see it bottom up, but it isn’t. So and others, you don’t get to be bottom up by having an occasional consultation that you ignore. So that is, we are a tribe of groups. We come here, we come here in our tribes, and we argue for our points. But we’ve been told what points we’re going to be able to argue from by those who control it. So I love the IGF, I love to see it continue, and I’d really like to see it become bottom up.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. Charles?


Charles Shaban: Not from me. Alejandro, raise his hand.


Markus Kummer: Alejandro, want to come in?


Alejandro Pisanty: Yes. Thank you. Complementing what Avery has just said, we’ve been looking to the future of the IGF. Another type of feedback I get is that we must make sure that it doesn’t become like rights come winter. We have to make sure that we engage in these discussions substantively, the people that are decision makers and not only commercial representatives of businesses and higher level officials that don’t stay apart in their own corrals. But we really get to have this conversation substantively. It has to be bottom up, but it has to reach whoever else is in the geometry. I wouldn’t say they are on the top, but they are at the center in effective. political decision-making and we have to make sure that there’s an engagement with them, otherwise it’s too much corridor and too little really multi-stakeholder engagement. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you and I would also like to open the discussion to the floor. There are microphones on the side so the easiest way will be if those who have a comment or a question just align themselves behind one of the microphones. Yes, Raul, please. Okay, please. Okay, thank you.


Jimson Olufuye: Good morning, everybody. Can you hear me? Yes, we can hear you. Okay, first and foremost, my name is Jimson Olufuye, Africa ICT Alliance, been in the ecosystem for quite a while. I want to salute all our forerunners. Great job you’ve done and we are still at it. First and foremost, I want to talk about the last point made about bottom-up. Actually, we need to understand that it has always been top-down, always been top-down, so it’s going to take a while before it becomes a bottom-up, not as with ICANN. No, ICANN by design is bottom-up and so we need patience, we need perseverance, and we need to continuously engage and talk about it. And that brings me to the second point about multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism. I favor, I love multi-stakeholderism. I love it. It makes life easy. Everybody claims ownership, have ownership, you know, for the common issue for the society, so it’s the way to go. But I have an experience, too, that I will just share briefly. During the wicket that is working group on the arts corporation, a representative accused us in the private sector that we wanted to take over the work of government. So I had to make an explanation that indeed, no, we are helping the government to fulfill their objective. objective, the responsibility to the citizens. So, and after that explanation, I think the accusation stopped. I never heard about it anymore. So I think we need to continuously engage and explain clearly our intention. Our intention is a better society, information society where nobody’s left behind. And when we all work together, we will achieve together, and the government will achieve their purposes. Then thirdly, this is a question now, with regard to Yohan. Yohan made a very important, at least, comment about the issue of consensus. Look, I recall the conclusion of WGATE in 2018, 2018, January 2018. We could not have consensus because we’re expecting 100% consensus. But if what is said now is what we adopted, that is rough consensus, okay, or near consensus, 99% consensus, maybe we’ll have had a kind of firm report that says this is the outcome of this group. So the question is, if we had had that report based on what you have said, do you think the follow-up summit of the future will still have happened? Because by July, the Secretary General set up the high-level panel on digital cooperation, and that led us to this because the WGATE failed. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. Shall we go to the microphone behind, and please introduce yourself?


Israel Rosas: Yeah, thank you. Israel Rosas with the Internet Society. Just a brief question, and Yohan hinted at it a little bit. If you were to give a single piece of advice to the WGATE facilitators on how to reach or generate consensus for this process, for the outcome document they are drafting, what would it be that you recommend to them? That’s the only question that I have.


Markus Kummer: Okay, that’s a short question, and I’ll take it back to our panellists. And now, Ariette.


Ariette Esterhuisen: Thanks, Markus. Ariette Esterhuisen, past MAG member and past MAG chair. Do you think the IGF is ready to actually handle controversial issues? I think we’ve spent so many times, I support what Yohan is saying, this fear of putting enhanced cooperation on the agenda. Surely the IGF is mature enough now to be able to do that? This fear of putting issues that are controversial, such as fair tax payment on the agenda by big tech companies, do you feel the IGF is mature enough to be able to do that? And I say that having worked, for example, as someone said, it took years before we could actually talk about human rights at the IGF. It took years. we could talk about LGBT issues at the IGF. Is the IGF finally mature enough to have a strategy which is including and facilitating debate on controversy as opposed to a strategy which is based on avoiding any kind of risk or controversial topic?


Markus Kummer: All important questions and again back to the second microphone, please, yes.


Audience: Hi, I’m Nandini. I’m from IT4Change India and part of the Civil Society Coalition Global Digital Justice Forum. So the panel made a lot of very insightful observations about how the relationship between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism should not be seen as antagonistic when we want the democratic governance bottom line. My question is in recent years we have seen a lot of digital governance issues, data governance issues in particular, being taken out of a democratic space and into very closed-door multilateral spaces such as digital trade negotiations. So how does the panel think that, you know, we could use the digital cooperation mechanisms available to us to counter the view because even as the GDC processes for data governance are ongoing, we still see those issues and many new bottom lines being sealed in trade deals and sometimes even regional closed-door plurilateral deals. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you for the question and Bertrand, please.


Bertrand de la Chapelle: Good morning, my name is Bertrand de la Chapelle. I’m the Executive Director of the Internet and Jurisdiction Policy Network. Two comments. One, I’m very happy that both Juan and Jovan and others make a reference to the methodology and the way to work. What was striking from everything I understood from the working of the WGIG was this interaction between people, and Avri was mentioning it as well, and indeed the role of the Secretary had the capacity to make a summary and to present not only a one version that is watered down to get consensus, but something that says there are different options. That was extremely important. The methodology was important and it could be taken into account for the IGL. itself, because as Jordan Carter was saying in another session earlier, the IGF is not supposed to make decisions. It is, in my view, to help frame the issues, to bring the different actors around one topic so that instead of having different sessions addressing the different point of views on the same topic, the different actors can have the kind of interaction that you had within the WGIC. And second, a very quick question. The WGIC was a way out of some sort of roadblock at the end of the first phase of the WSIS. It created what all of you have said and what I believe is still today the most multi-stakeholder process that has taken place in 20 years. We are now stuck with the question of what is going to be the future of the IGF and I personally do not believe that the WSIS plus 20 process until December is going to solve the question of what are the next stages. So my question is, do you think that there would be a benefit in having a sort of new exercise of that sort, a new WGIC after December, or call it, as we were discussing yesterday, a CSTD working group, whatever multi-stakeholder discussion on revision of the mandate of the IGF after 20 years and institutionalization of this organization that now should become a mature organization with funding and processes?


Markus Kummer: Thank you. Food for thought. And I see there are various colleagues who put their hand up. I think Raul was first, then Jovan. Alejandro. Oh, sorry, Alejandro was already in the waiting room. Yes. Alejandro, please.


Alejandro Pisanty: Thank you. Quick replies to Israel. and to Andrea, and part of it has already been given by Bertrand. Consensus is not necessarily an objective of the IGF. It’s more like conveying of different views, reminding ourselves also that it has to be non-duplicative. So if there’s a forum, like satellites and the ITU or what have you, then it’s better to continue the discussion there, but after framing and bringing in new stakeholders that would be otherwise excluded. And to Andrea, and I think you’ll agree, the IGF is mature for lots of much more controversial issues. The ones that are not mature enough are some of the stakeholders. I would say particularly some governments that would prefer to continue power games in closed venues, or let’s say government-only venues where the politics is more like, you know, I’ll trade you some internal governance for some oil or some water rights. So we have to make sure that they are as mature as the forum. Thanks.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. Now we have Raul.


Raul Echeberria: Yes, thank you, Marcus. I cannot address all the points that were brought, so I will pick a couple of them. With regard to the maturity of IGF, I think that’s aligned with what Alejandro said. I think, yes, the IGF is mature enough, and I remember that in 2013 IGF was the first place in the world where we had an open discussion about surveillance after Snowden revelation, and it was a high-level panel, very, I think that it was very good. Yeah, and I organized it.


Jovan Kurbalija: It was one of the most difficult moderations. Yeah. I thought you were my friend.


Raul Echeberria: So the point is, I think that’s the the challenge is that it’s the commitment of the stakeholders to have those discussions. So I think that the tool is good and it’s mature enough, but I think that the point of failure is that it’s the commitment of stakeholders to come and engage and to be honest, and I think that’s all of us agree on this point, this is not the best moment for international cooperation. So I don’t think that we can be very optimistic, at least in the short term. With regard to the call that Israel asked about, what we would suggest to the facilitators, I’m not sure if you were talking about the work toward the December recommendations or the implementation or the recommendation themselves, but I think that the solution is exactly, the point is exactly the same and it’s what Bertram mentioned. I think with regard to the work toward the WSIS plus 20 evaluation, I think that the process has not been participative enough and it would have been good to have an exercise like WGIG to evaluate and make the recommendations, but we still have time to include that as part of the recommendation for the future. So I think that the idea could be the same. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you, and Wolfgang and Avri as well. I also. Okay, well let’s just take a round pan and start with Wolfgang.


Wolfgang Kleinwachter: Okay, yeah, the short answer to Bertram’s question is yes, certainly, because we will see in December a situation where there is no consensus. And always, you know, the best thing in such a situation, you know, delegate the open questions to a working group. So in Germany we say, if you’re not further informed, then start a working group. So that means if you are in a helpless situation, establish a working group and wait for the future, because this is not the time to reach an agreement. That’s my pessimistic preview for December. But I want to comment on another issue. When we discussed the IGF and the mandate, there was really the intention not to give the IGF a decision-making capacity. To give it only for discussion. Because this has opened the mind, opened the ears, opened the eyes for everybody. On equal footing, everybody can talk to everybody. But you need, at least in the multi-stakeholder context, four for a tango. And that means, if we didn’t want to have a governmental controlled internet, but we are also rejecting a business controlled internet. That’s why the academic, the civil society community, the technical community, was seen as an important part to bring all perspectives. What we see now is indeed that we are coming in a situation where we have either the tech oligarchs or the governments who want to manage this. When Mark Zuckerberg made the announcement in early January that he will stop content moderation, my first reaction was, Mark Zuckerberg should come to the IGF and to explain his decision to the pro-internet community. So I think this is what we need. We have to have the decision-makers on the table for discussions. And then they can go home and can make the decisions where they have a mandate in their own corporation. But it’s part of the accountability system also for the rulers of the internet of today. And this meets exactly what Vittorio has said. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. We have one participant behind the microphone. Are you queuing behind the microphone? Two behind the microphone and then we go around here. But can you be very short? One minute?


Hadi Alminyawi: Yes, sure. This is Hadi Alminyawi. Following up with some of the controversial questions and following up and hearing this discussion, So the IGF, as been discussed, is a forum to discuss issues and, like, frame the issues in order to be discussed in a more formal way and come up with decisions and recommendations in the ITU. And that brings a question. So why would governments actually participate or take a role or be interested even in the discussions taking place in the Internet Governance Forum? And so I’ve heard others saying, well, governments would like to manage the IGF. Why would they be even interested in managing the IGF if all what we do here is, like, discussing the issues, framing them, and then moving them to the ITU in order to be discussed in a multilateral form? And there the decisions are made. So yeah, this is my question. Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Sébastien?


Sébastien Bachelet: Usually I come to a microphone and I speak in French, but it seems that it’s not possible here. Sébastien Bachelet, Isaac Frantz and Uralo. I just wanted to ask two questions. The first one, how many government representatives are in the room? Because they will learn a lot. The second question, do you want already that we book the castle for you for the next discussion? Thank you.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. French castle. Okay, now we go back to the panel. And we have five minutes left. So okay, we start with Avri.


Avri Doria: Thank you. Yeah, I have a couple of questions. I had actually, Sébastien, that same question. I was wondering, looking around, trying to figure out how many might be government and such. I won’t ask for a raise of hands, though I’d love to be able to ask for a raise of hands. But yeah, we have a couple at the table. But anyway, I wanted to also come back to people talking about the models. And I think one of the things that happened is with Working Group on Internet Governance, to get back to that, the whole discussion about multi-stakeholder and multi-stakeholderism and multi-stakeholder models really began in earnest. There were certainly examples of it before then, but the model discussion. And at this point, we’ve gotten where we really have to recognize that the model that we have at the IGF is really just one example of a way to do it. We now have many other models. We have to do more work. And it could even be a good thing to do at the IGF of understanding the pervasive number of models. The other thing we have to understand is one of the things that was talked about was IGF does not make a decision. There are multi-stakeholder models that do make decisions. For example, ICANN was brought up. But there you have a case of marrying sort of a multi-stakeholder, bottom-up policymaking with a top-down corporation doing its thing. And that marriage itself is really quite a fascinating thing that needs studying. So there are an immense number of models. And my last thing was on advice. It’s patient perseverance.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. Juan?


Participant: Yes. I didn’t want to talk, but I want to react to what you said, because maybe I’m the only government representative in the room. And I can say that why there’s no interest of government to come to IGF. And one of the things that we discuss in WGI, the roles and responsibilities of stakeholders, we need to define the roles and responsibilities of the processes that are surrounding WSIS. And that is not very well understood. I found out by experience, that the IGF is fantastic as an agenda setter, as framing the issues. And maybe I’m not agreeing with Avri, I think we have still, it can be improved the bottom up, but still there’s some bottom up because the workshops are proposed from the bottom, and also now we have the NRI, the National and Regional IGF. So the IGF is good to bring to the table problems and issues that may not be aware, not even by the governments of their own countries themselves, because of the candor in which it’s presented during the IGF, especially if you’ve been in the IGF that has been held in developing countries, the two where there were in Brazil, the one in Mexico, the one in Kenya. So I think that’s a good thing. So I think that what we need, Bertrand, after this process of the WSIS plus 20, is to really define what is the role of the IGF. The IGF has to be the agenda setter, that’s the role of the IGF, and the WSIS forum, the action, and that’s it.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. There may be others, a very last word.


Jovan Kurbalija: Maybe a quick comment from Jameson. Jameson, why governments are not coming? They are not finding answers to their questions. That’s it. 193 member states, easier than a few thousand members of the IGF. Now, we should not do government bashing. As Jameson said, we should explain why they can benefit. Bottom up, let’s use it with AI. This is now a crucial battle. Can we preserve our knowledge through bottom up AI? Not even Internet governance. This is a critical battle which is happening now and here. Are we ready to start these discussions?


Markus Kummer: Last 50 seconds.


Jovan Kurbalija: That’s it.


Markus Kummer: Bill?


William J. Drake: All right. Well, obviously, not enough time to say anything. On controversial questions, Henrietta. I would just say, remember how much time it took to talk about so-called critical Internet resources. The first couple of years of IGF, everybody was so stressed, we couldn’t even begin to have the conversation. One way to strengthen the ability of the IGF to actually take on these issues is to give us a permanent mandate. If we could, if everybody would stop worrying that somehow the mandate would be snatched back from us if we do anything wrong, then maybe we could get into things more. I also want to just say quickly, the woman who mentioned the trade questions, trade has been brought up in the IGF. It’s been very hard to talk about trade issues in the IGF because trade people don’t understand this space or care much about it, and often it’s hard for people in this space to get their head around how things work in trade. Last point on the new group thing. I think less than a new group to talk about the IGF’s future, narrowly, we need a group that thinks about the relationship between Internet governance, data governance, AI governance, and so on, digital governance. There’s a lot of confusion. There’s just an enormous amount of conceptual gunk out there, and this translates into proposals to do things like changing the name of the IGF and so on, and I think we need to get these issues sorted out and take into account what’s already been discussed and learned by people out there in the field who do these things professionally, among other things. By the way, I can’t think of one thing the ITU has done on Internet governance. I don’t see the IGF as just making inputs to the ITU.


Markus Kummer: Thank you. Well, thank you all for contributing, the participants and the panelists, and what you could see is that 20 years after, we still talk to each other and we’re still friends, so that is a lasting legacy. Please join me in giving all the panelists a big hand, and thank you all.


W

William J. Drake

Speech speed

185 words per minute

Speech length

1639 words

Speech time

530 seconds

WGIG demonstrated benefits of multistakeholder cooperation in UN context and legitimated this approach

Explanation

Drake argues that WGIG showed for the first time in the Internet governance space that multistakeholder collaboration could be effective and problem-solving within the United Nations framework. This legitimated the multistakeholder approach after early WSIS stages where stakeholders were being locked out of rooms and told not to speak.


Evidence

Early stages of WSIS process where stakeholders were being locked out of rooms, thrown out of rooms, told not to speak


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Markus Kummer
– Raul Echeberria
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Participant
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


WGIG facilitated WSIS negotiations by providing systematic mapping and structured discussion of issues

Explanation

Drake explains that WGIG brought order to discussions that were previously all over the place and not cumulative. The group did systematic mapping and worked through issues in a structured and methodical basis that laid out main issues in an understandable way.


Evidence

For first couple of years in Geneva cycle, people were saying conversations were all over the place, not cumulative, going nowhere


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Markus Kummer
– Raul Echeberria
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Participant
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


WGIG promoted public engagement through innovative processes like public comments and transparent procedures

Explanation

Drake notes that WGIG did many innovative things that are now taken for granted but were new in the UN context at the time. These included public comments, open transparent processes, everything on the web, and simultaneous translation in sessions.


Evidence

Public comments, open transparent processes, having everything on the web, having simultaneous translation in sessions – all things IGF now does but were new in UN context then


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


WGIG demystified internet governance by establishing that governance does not mean government

Explanation

Drake argues that WGIG was able to work through the concept of internet governance and demonstrate that governance does not mean government. They showed the need for a holistic, broad approach that included not just infrastructure but also internet use and rule systems.


Evidence

Previous debates about whether internet governance existed as a concept, or if it just meant what ICANN does or what intergovernmental agencies like ITU should do


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ayesha Hassan
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Carlos Afonso

Agreed on

Internet governance definition’s enduring relevance and broad applicability


WGIG developed holistic analysis and working definition that took broad approach to internet governance

Explanation

Drake explains that WGIG developed a working definition drawn from political science literature on international regimes that set out who does internet governance, what it consists of, and where it’s done. This took attention off debates about ITU taking over ICANN by taking a broad approach.


Evidence

Working definition drawn from political science literature on international regimes; de-centered the ITU controversy by taking broad approach


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


WGIG proposed creation of Internet Governance Forum to continue dialogue without negotiation pressure

Explanation

Drake states that WGIG proposed creating an Internet governance forum as a permanent space attached to the United Nations where open discussion could continue without the pressure of negotiating outcomes. This was to help solve deadlocks occurring around internet governance.


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


New working group needed to address relationship between internet governance, data governance, and AI governance

Explanation

Drake argues that rather than a new group to talk about IGF’s future narrowly, there’s need for a group that thinks about relationships between internet governance, data governance, AI governance and digital governance. He notes there’s enormous conceptual confusion that translates into proposals like changing IGF’s name.


Evidence

Proposals to change the name of the IGF and conceptual gunk in the field


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Bertrand de la Chapelle
– Jovan Kurbalija

Disagreed on

Future governance structure needs


M

Markus Kummer

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

1793 words

Speech time

747 seconds

WGIG report found its way into final WSIS outcome and significantly impacted the process

Explanation

Kummer emphasizes that at a basic level, the WGIG report was successfully incorporated into the final WSIS outcome, representing significant impact. He also notes there was a significant difference between the Geneva and Tunis phases, with Tunis being far more open procedurally.


Evidence

Significant difference between Geneva phase and Tunis phase of WSIS, with Tunis being more open; ICANN community was present and consulted in Tunis


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Raul Echeberria
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Participant
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


Internet governance encompasses anything related to use and abuse of internet, including new applications that rely on internet

Explanation

Kummer explains that the Tunis agenda has a whole chapter on internet governance making clear that anything related to internet use and abuse is part of internet governance. He argues that new applications like AI rely on the internet, so digital governance is fundamentally about connecting computers.


Evidence

Tunis agenda chapter on internet governance with explanatory paragraphs; AI and other applications rely on internet connectivity


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Multilateralism protects smaller countries and should not exclude multistakeholderism

Explanation

Kummer argues from his experience working for Switzerland’s diplomatic service that multilateralism is always better than unilateralism because it protects smaller countries. He believes in the current global situation, multilateralism is needed to feel strengthened, but this doesn’t exclude multistakeholderism.


Evidence

Experience working for diplomatic service of Switzerland as a small country


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Alejandro Pisanty
– Avri Doria
– Charles Shaban
– Jimson Olufuye

Agreed on

Need for multistakeholder and multilateral approaches to coexist rather than compete


A

Ayesha Hassan

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

567 words

Speech time

203 seconds

Internet governance definition has stood test of time and adapted to new technologies like AI governance

Explanation

Hassan argues that the WGIG definition has been nicely shaped and adapted over time, remaining valid today. She believes the discussion started 20 years ago has evolved to address new issues like AI governance and other technologies through adaptable approaches.


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Carlos Afonso

Agreed on

Internet governance definition’s enduring relevance and broad applicability


Internet governance has expanded to include emerging countries and new technologies while maintaining core discussion framework

Explanation

Hassan notes that internet governance has expanded as many emerging countries use the internet for communication and many new issues are being discussed. The framework established 20 years ago provides adaptable ways to address these issues through partnerships and cross-stakeholder cooperation.


Evidence

Many emerging countries using internet as means of communication; new technologies and AI governance discussions


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Development


Disagreed with

– Vittorio Bertola
– Baher Esmat

Disagreed on

IGF’s effectiveness in addressing broader internet governance issues


Resilience across internet layers should be priority for future stakeholder collaboration

Explanation

Hassan emphasizes that resilience is a challenge of the future, involving building capacity across layers and working across stakeholder groups. Since economies, political systems, and social systems depend on the internet, keeping it reliable and secure should be a priority for all stakeholders to collaborate on.


Evidence

Economies, political systems, social systems all depend on the internet


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Infrastructure


R

Raul Echeberria

Speech speed

148 words per minute

Speech length

801 words

Speech time

323 seconds

WGIG strengthened concept of multistakeholderism and consolidated idea that all stakeholder participation is crucial

Explanation

Echeberria argues that WGIG was an innovative experience that strengthened multistakeholderism as a concept. He notes that while not all current internet governance organizations are pure multistakeholder models, most are now open to participation of all stakeholders, which is crucial for the future.


Evidence

Organizations involved in internet governance today are not all pure multistakeholder models but most are open to all stakeholder participation


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Markus Kummer
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Participant
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


W

Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

1109 words

Speech time

469 seconds

WGIG created unique culture of collaboration where every stakeholder brought different expertise to the table

Explanation

Kleinwachter describes how WGIG fostered mutual recognition that every stakeholder could bring different expertise to the table. He gives an example of an ambassador learning about IP addresses from Paul Wilson, which started the understanding that different stakeholders have valuable knowledge to contribute.


Evidence

Anecdote about ambassador asking ‘what is an IP address’ and Paul Wilson from APNIC explaining, leading to ambassador’s appreciation


Major discussion point

WGIG’s Historical Impact and Contributions


Topics

Infrastructure


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Markus Kummer
– Raul Echeberria
– Participant
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


WGIG definition with multistakeholder, collaborative, and holistic approaches is universal and applicable to AI governance

Explanation

Kleinwachter argues that the WGIG definition’s three basic elements – multistakeholder approach, collaborative approach, and holistic approach – are universal and can be used for all governance aspects discussed today. He specifically notes that AI governance requires the same three approaches as internet governance.


Evidence

AI governance has to be multistakeholder, collaborative, and holistic, just like internet governance; confusion about AI governance mirrors confusion about internet governance 20 years ago


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Ayesha Hassan
– Carlos Afonso

Agreed on

Internet governance definition’s enduring relevance and broad applicability


P

Participant

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

825 words

Speech time

340 seconds

WGIG’s methodology successfully brought together 30 people with different viewpoints to agree on contentious subjects

Explanation

The participant explains that asking 30 intelligent people with different viewpoints to agree on very contentious subjects seemed crazy, but WGIG succeeded through specific methodology. This approach has been useful for many subsequent discussions and applied in other forums.


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Markus Kummer
– Raul Echeberria
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


WGIG’s methodology of collecting all opinions in comprehensive document while focusing on consensus areas was innovative

Explanation

The participant describes how WGIG decided to have two reports – a big report collecting all opinions that wasn’t necessarily consensus-based, and a focused report concentrating on areas of agreement. This approach made the large amount of material tractable and provided useful ideas for later implementation.


Evidence

Decision to create two reports – comprehensive compendium and focused consensus report


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


WGIG’s approach of narrowing disagreements to basic alternatives provided actionable results without full consensus

Explanation

The participant explains that when consensus couldn’t be reached on governance arrangements, WGIG narrowed different proposals to bare basics and ended with four alternatives. This methodology can be used in contentious discussions to provide actionable results rather than zero results from lack of consensus.


Evidence

Four different basic alternatives for governance arrangements in final report


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


IGF serves as effective agenda setter and issue framer but needs clearer role definition

Explanation

The participant argues that IGF is fantastic as an agenda setter and for framing issues, bringing problems to the table that governments may not be aware of. After the WSIS+20 process, there’s need to clearly define IGF’s role as the agenda setter while other forums handle action.


Evidence

IGF effectiveness demonstrated in developing countries like Brazil, Mexico, Kenya where issues are presented candidly


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Baher Esmat
– Vittorio Bertola
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

IGF’s value as discussion forum while acknowledging limitations


Disagreed with

– Avri Doria
– Jimson Olufuye

Disagreed on

IGF’s bottom-up nature and democratic participation


A

Alejandro Pisanty

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

821 words

Speech time

362 seconds

All internet governance problems are better solved by multistakeholder mechanisms with different stakeholder weights

Explanation

Pisanty argues that all internet governance problems and many others are much better solved by multistakeholder mechanisms, though stakeholder weights must be different. Institutional and organizational design are key, with governments involved decisively in areas like law enforcement.


Evidence

Anti-phishing working group and upcoming global anti-scam alliance as examples; ICANN reform process where governments chose not to take board seats due to legal liabilities and inability to agree on representatives


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Markus Kummer
– Avri Doria
– Charles Shaban
– Jimson Olufuye

Agreed on

Need for multistakeholder and multilateral approaches to coexist rather than compete


Countries pushing for multilateral approaches are also pushing against internet freedom

Explanation

Pisanty presents this as an acid test for why multistakeholder approaches need to be maintained. He argues that every single country that pushes for more multilateral governance is simultaneously pushing against internet freedom.


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Human rights


IGF is mature enough to handle controversial issues but some stakeholders are not ready for such discussions

Explanation

Pisanty argues that the IGF itself is mature enough for much more controversial issues, but the problem lies with some stakeholders, particularly governments that prefer power games in closed venues. He suggests governments would rather trade internet governance issues for other resources like oil or water rights.


Evidence

Some governments prefer closed government-only venues where politics involves trading internet governance for oil or water rights


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Ariette Esterhuisen

Disagreed on

Approach to handling controversial topics in IGF


A

Avri Doria

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

1090 words

Speech time

416 seconds

Both multistakeholder and multilateral models must coexist and work together rather than in opposition

Explanation

Doria argues against viewing multistakeholder versus multilateral as opposition, instead advocating for coexistence. She points to examples like ICANN and São Paulo guidelines that show how the two can be brought together, noting that governments won’t give up multilateral approaches.


Evidence

ICANN example and São Paulo guidelines showing how multistakeholder and multilateral can work together


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Markus Kummer
– Alejandro Pisanty
– Charles Shaban
– Jimson Olufuye

Agreed on

Need for multistakeholder and multilateral approaches to coexist rather than compete


WGIG provided example of true participation as equals, which is missing in current governance models

Explanation

Doria emphasizes that WGIG was the last time participants truly participated as equals, where she could argue for hours against roles and responsibilities until the chair got tired. She notes that even IGF, while multistakeholder, operates top-down with authorities that participants must appeal to.


Evidence

Personal experience of being able to argue for hours against government positions until Nitin Desai got tired; current IGF has top-down authority structure


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Markus Kummer
– Raul Echeberria
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Participant
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology


Frank March’s role as secretary who wrote while listening and incorporating real-time feedback was crucial innovation

Explanation

Doria highlights Frank March’s unique role as secretary who sat in the room writing while talking to participants and asking about paragraphs in real-time. This contrasts with current processes where contributions disappear into buckets and may or may not be considered.


Evidence

Frank March sitting in room while writing, asking about paragraphs, bearing with participants saying ‘no, no, change that word’


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


C

Carlos Afonso

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

211 words

Speech time

93 seconds

WGIG report identified four key public policy areas and 13 fundamental issues that remain valid today

Explanation

Afonso argues that beyond the definition, the WGIG report identified four key public policy areas that are still the main areas today, detailed in 13 fundamental issues that remain valid. He believes this comprehensive framework has stood the test of time and serves as an excellent reference.


Evidence

Four key public policy areas and 13 fundamental issues detailed in the report


Major discussion point

Nature and Evolution of Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– William J. Drake
– Ayesha Hassan
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Agreed on

Internet governance definition’s enduring relevance and broad applicability


J

Jovan Kurbalija

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1122 words

Speech time

458 seconds

Current processes lack transparency in how contributions are reflected in final documents

Explanation

Kurbalija contrasts WGIG where participants felt their input was taken care of, even if not accepted verbatim, with current processes where contributions disappear in a ‘governance Bermuda Triangle.’ He notes that while AI can now help trace contributions, the human approach is preferable.


Evidence

AI can trace contributions to final documents; many current processes call for contributions that disappear without clear reflection


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Need to revisit Tunis compromise formula that balanced multistakeholder participation with UN umbrella

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that the Tunis compromise was a masterpiece that gave both camps something – pro-governmental camp got IG issues in UN context, multistakeholder camp got participation. However, this formula cannot stay fixed and must be revisited, suggesting IGF Plus approach.


Evidence

Tunis compromise as masterpiece giving both camps something; his work as Executive Director of UN High-Level Panel arguing for IGF Plus


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– William J. Drake
– Bertrand de la Chapelle

Disagreed on

Future governance structure needs


Enhanced cooperation discussions should be brought into IGF as regular track rather than avoided

Explanation

Kurbalija controversially argues that the enhanced cooperation question should be brought as a track on IGF’s first day with all stakeholders discussing. He suggests calling it ‘enhanced coordination’ for smoother consumption and sees it as a simple solution to complete the Tunis formula.


Evidence

Enhanced cooperation as the ‘big elephant in the room’ and ‘last bit from Tunis formula’ that British diplomat brought as solution


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Ariette Esterhuisen
– Alejandro Pisanty

Disagreed on

Approach to handling controversial topics in IGF


IGF has been valuable for capacity building and creating incremental development of new methodologies

Explanation

Kurbalija describes capacity building as a great achievement, sharing how his book ‘Introduction to Internet Governance’ serves as a diary of IGF’s evolution. He emphasizes the incremental development of methodologies, from human reporting to AI assistance, as an important but underappreciated legacy.


Evidence

Personal story of writing Introduction to Internet Governance book for 8 editions; development from human reporting to AI-assisted reporting at IGF


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Baher Esmat
– Vittorio Bertola
– Participant

Agreed on

IGF’s value as discussion forum while acknowledging limitations


IGF methodology and modus operandi represents untold story of high relevance for broader governance

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that IGF’s way of working, including incremental development in capacity building, consensus building, and reporting methodologies, is an untold story of high relevance for broader governance communities. He believes this legacy should be the foundation for IGF’s future and that the community is too shy about promoting it.


Evidence

Incremental development in all aspects of IGF work including capacity building, consensus building, and reporting


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


B

Baher Esmat

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

575 words

Speech time

310 seconds

IGF has been primary global multistakeholder forum providing space for open discussion and capacity building

Explanation

Esmat argues that over almost 19 years, IGF has filled the gap identified by WGIG by providing a space for open discussion among all stakeholders on equal footing. He emphasizes the capacity building aspect as particularly important for those from the developing world.


Evidence

Numerous regional, national IGFs and similar platforms like school internet governance showing IGF’s impact


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Vittorio Bertola
– Participant
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

IGF’s value as discussion forum while acknowledging limitations


IGF has continuously evolved in topics and outcomes while maintaining non-decision making nature as strength

Explanation

Esmat argues that IGF’s evolution in addressing new topics like AI that didn’t exist 20 years ago shows the broad definition’s value. He believes the non-decision making nature, while debated as weakness by some, is actually one of IGF’s strengths and was intentionally designed to allow equal participation.


Evidence

AI and many other topics that were not in WGIG radar in 2004-2005 now being addressed; broad WGIG definition encompassing unforeseen issues


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Vittorio Bertola
– Ayesha Hassan

Disagreed on

IGF’s effectiveness in addressing broader internet governance issues


IGF needs financial stability and sustainability through innovative funding models

Explanation

Esmat emphasizes that for IGF to continue serving as the global internet governance forum, financial stability and sustainability is key. He calls for all participants and contributors to come together and consider innovative ideas for sustainable funding models.


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Economic


V

Vittorio Bertola

Speech speed

215 words per minute

Speech length

833 words

Speech time

231 seconds

IGF should continue but needs better mobilization of energies and improved national IGF processes

Explanation

Bertola argues that while people find value in IGF and it should continue, there are practical problems like lack of space for workshops leading to disappointment. He criticizes national IGF processes, citing Italy’s capture by government and lack of genuine multistakeholder participation.


Evidence

People disappointed after trying to propose panels for several years without acceptance; Italian IGF captured by government for 6-7 years with multiple government changes


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Baher Esmat
– Participant
– Jovan Kurbalija

Agreed on

IGF’s value as discussion forum while acknowledging limitations


IGF failed to address economic and social questions due to lack of enforcement mechanisms against private sector

Explanation

Bertola argues that while technical resource governance worked well, the broader definition failed because they were naive in thinking putting everyone together would address economic and social questions. Private sector actors broke down the internet into walled gardens for profit without any enforcement mechanisms to stop them.


Evidence

Survey in UK where half of young people said world would be better without internet; companies making money by breaking internet into walled gardens


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Economic


Disagreed with

– Baher Esmat
– Ayesha Hassan

Disagreed on

IGF’s effectiveness in addressing broader internet governance issues


C

Charles Shaban

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

374 words

Speech time

145 seconds

Multistakeholderism helps governments fulfill their responsibilities to citizens rather than taking over government work

Explanation

Shaban shares an example from intellectual property disputes where multistakeholder approaches like UDRP required cooperation between ICANN, WIPO, private sector, lawyers, and civil society. He argues this demonstrates how different stakeholders can work with multilateral mechanisms effectively.


Evidence

UDRP (Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy) involving ICANN, WIPO, private sector, lawyers, and civil society


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Markus Kummer
– Alejandro Pisanty
– Avri Doria
– Jimson Olufuye

Agreed on

Need for multistakeholder and multilateral approaches to coexist rather than compete


Need intersectional and rights-based approach to digital governance centering marginalized communities

Explanation

Shaban relays a question from Shaima Akhtar asking whether the rise of AI, surveillance technologies, and platform monopolies requires a more intersectional and rights-based approach to digital governance that centers the lived realities of women, youth, and marginalized communities.


Evidence

Rise of AI, surveillance technologies and dominance of platform monopolies


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Human rights


J

Jimson Olufuye

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

424 words

Speech time

161 seconds

Multistakeholderism helps governments fulfill their responsibilities to citizens rather than taking over government work

Explanation

Olufuye shares his experience during WGIG when a government representative accused the private sector of wanting to take over government work. He explained that they were actually helping government fulfill their objectives and responsibilities to citizens, which stopped the accusation and led to better understanding.


Evidence

Personal experience during WGIG where accusation stopped after explanation of helping government achieve objectives


Major discussion point

Multistakeholder vs Multilateral Governance Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Markus Kummer
– Alejandro Pisanty
– Avri Doria
– Charles Shaban

Agreed on

Need for multistakeholder and multilateral approaches to coexist rather than compete


A

Ariette Esterhuisen

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

164 words

Speech time

68 seconds

IGF should facilitate debate on controversial topics like fair taxation of big tech companies

Explanation

Esterhuisen questions whether IGF is mature enough to handle controversial issues, citing the long-standing fear of putting enhanced cooperation on the agenda. She argues IGF should be able to facilitate debate on issues like fair tax payment by big tech companies, noting it took years before human rights and LGBT issues could be discussed.


Evidence

Historical examples of how long it took to discuss human rights and LGBT issues at IGF


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Economic


Disagreed with

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Alejandro Pisanty

Disagreed on

Approach to handling controversial topics in IGF


A

Audience

Speech speed

131 words per minute

Speech length

146 words

Speech time

66 seconds

Digital governance issues being moved to closed-door trade negotiations undermines democratic governance

Explanation

An audience member from IT4Change India points out that data governance issues are being taken out of democratic spaces and into closed-door multilateral spaces like digital trade negotiations. They ask how digital cooperation mechanisms can counter this trend, especially as issues get sealed in trade deals while GDC processes are ongoing.


Evidence

Data governance issues being decided in digital trade negotiations and regional closed-door plurilateral deals


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Economic


S

Sébastien Bachelet

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

69 words

Speech time

27 seconds

Need to assess government participation in internet governance discussions and offer practical solutions for future collaboration

Explanation

Bachelet raises two important questions about the current state of internet governance: how many government representatives are actually present in the room to learn from these discussions, and whether there’s readiness to organize future collaborative sessions. His offer to book a castle for future discussions suggests the need for dedicated spaces for meaningful dialogue.


Evidence

Observation of limited government representation in the room; offer to book castle for future discussions


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


B

Bertrand de la Chapelle

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

360 words

Speech time

151 seconds

WGIG’s methodology of presenting different options rather than watered-down consensus should be adopted by IGF

Explanation

De la Chapelle emphasizes the importance of WGIG’s methodology, particularly the interaction between people and the secretary’s ability to present multiple options rather than a single watered-down consensus version. He argues this approach was extremely important and could be applied to IGF to help frame issues and bring different actors together for substantive interaction.


Evidence

WGIG’s approach of presenting different options instead of watered-down consensus; role of secretary in making summaries


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Need for new multistakeholder working group to address IGF’s future after WSIS+20 process

Explanation

De la Chapelle argues that WGIG served as a way out of roadblocks at the end of WSIS first phase and created the most multistakeholder process in 20 years. He believes the WSIS+20 process won’t solve questions about IGF’s future, so there should be a new exercise – either a new WGIG or CSTD working group – to discuss IGF mandate revision and institutionalization after 20 years.


Evidence

WGIG as solution to WSIS roadblock; belief that WSIS+20 process won’t solve IGF future questions


Major discussion point

Contemporary Challenges and Future Directions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– William J. Drake
– Jovan Kurbalija

Disagreed on

Future governance structure needs


I

Israel Rosas

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

68 words

Speech time

25 seconds

WGIG experience should inform current facilitators on how to generate consensus in contentious processes

Explanation

Rosas seeks practical advice from WGIG members about consensus-building, asking what single piece of advice they would give to current WGIG facilitators working on outcome documents. This reflects the ongoing relevance of WGIG’s methodology for contemporary internet governance processes that face similar challenges in reaching agreement among diverse stakeholders.


Major discussion point

Governance Methodology and Process Innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


H

Hadi Alminyawi

Speech speed

114 words per minute

Speech length

154 words

Speech time

80 seconds

Questioning government motivation to participate in IGF if decisions are made elsewhere

Explanation

Alminyawi raises a fundamental question about the logic of government participation in IGF, asking why governments would be interested in managing or participating in discussions at IGF if the forum only frames issues for decision-making in other venues like the ITU. This highlights the tension between IGF’s discussion-focused mandate and the need for actionable outcomes that would motivate government engagement.


Evidence

IGF’s role as discussion forum that frames issues for decision-making in multilateral venues like ITU


Major discussion point

IGF’s Performance and Future Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

WGIG’s lasting impact and successful methodology

Speakers

– William J. Drake
– Markus Kummer
– Raul Echeberria
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Participant
– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

WGIG demonstrated benefits of multistakeholder cooperation in UN context and legitimated this approach


WGIG facilitated WSIS negotiations by providing systematic mapping and structured discussion of issues


WGIG report found its way into final WSIS outcome and significantly impacted the process


WGIG strengthened concept of multistakeholderism and consolidated idea that all stakeholder participation is crucial


WGIG created unique culture of collaboration where every stakeholder brought different expertise to the table


WGIG’s methodology successfully brought together 30 people with different viewpoints to agree on contentious subjects


WGIG provided example of true participation as equals, which is missing in current governance models


Summary

Multiple speakers agree that WGIG was a groundbreaking success that legitimated multistakeholder cooperation in the UN context, created innovative methodology for consensus-building, and had lasting impact on internet governance processes.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Internet governance definition’s enduring relevance and broad applicability

Speakers

– William J. Drake
– Ayesha Hassan
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Carlos Afonso

Arguments

WGIG demystified internet governance by establishing that governance does not mean government


Internet governance definition has stood test of time and adapted to new technologies like AI governance


WGIG definition with multistakeholder, collaborative, and holistic approaches is universal and applicable to AI governance


WGIG report identified four key public policy areas and 13 fundamental issues that remain valid today


Summary

Speakers consistently agree that the WGIG definition of internet governance has proven durable and remains applicable to contemporary challenges including AI governance and other emerging technologies.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Need for multistakeholder and multilateral approaches to coexist rather than compete

Speakers

– Markus Kummer
– Alejandro Pisanty
– Avri Doria
– Charles Shaban
– Jimson Olufuye

Arguments

Multilateralism protects smaller countries and should not exclude multistakeholderism


All internet governance problems are better solved by multistakeholder mechanisms with different stakeholder weights


Both multistakeholder and multilateral models must coexist and work together rather than in opposition


Multistakeholderism helps governments fulfill their responsibilities to citizens rather than taking over government work


Summary

There is strong consensus that the dichotomy between multistakeholder and multilateral approaches is false, and both models need to work together complementarily rather than in opposition.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


IGF’s value as discussion forum while acknowledging limitations

Speakers

– Baher Esmat
– Vittorio Bertola
– Participant
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

IGF has been primary global multistakeholder forum providing space for open discussion and capacity building


IGF should continue but needs better mobilization of energies and improved national IGF processes


IGF serves as effective agenda setter and issue framer but needs clearer role definition


IGF has been valuable for capacity building and creating incremental development of new methodologies


Summary

Speakers agree that IGF provides valuable space for multistakeholder dialogue and capacity building, but acknowledge it needs improvements in process, participation, and role clarity.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Similar viewpoints

These speakers share concern about the loss of transparent, participatory methodology that characterized WGIG, where contributions were clearly reflected and participants could see their input being incorporated in real-time.

Speakers

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Avri Doria
– Bertrand de la Chapelle

Arguments

Current processes lack transparency in how contributions are reflected in final documents


Frank March’s role as secretary who wrote while listening and incorporating real-time feedback was crucial innovation


WGIG’s methodology of presenting different options rather than watered-down consensus should be adopted by IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory


These speakers believe IGF has the capacity to address controversial issues but is held back by stakeholder reluctance and lack of enforcement mechanisms, particularly regarding private sector accountability.

Speakers

– Alejandro Pisanty
– Ariette Esterhuizen
– Vittorio Bertola

Arguments

IGF is mature enough to handle controversial issues but some stakeholders are not ready for such discussions


IGF should facilitate debate on controversial topics like fair taxation of big tech companies


IGF failed to address economic and social questions due to lack of enforcement mechanisms against private sector


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


These speakers emphasize IGF’s evolutionary capacity and its strength in building resilience and capacity across the internet governance ecosystem through continuous adaptation and learning.

Speakers

– Ayesha Hassan
– Baher Esmat
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

Resilience across internet layers should be priority for future stakeholder collaboration


IGF has continuously evolved in topics and outcomes while maintaining non-decision making nature as strength


IGF has been valuable for capacity building and creating incremental development of new methodologies


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Enhanced cooperation should be brought into IGF discussions

Speakers

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Ariette Esterhuizen

Arguments

Enhanced cooperation discussions should be brought into IGF as regular track rather than avoided


IGF should facilitate debate on controversial topics like fair taxation of big tech companies


Explanation

This represents unexpected consensus because enhanced cooperation has traditionally been seen as too controversial for IGF. The agreement that IGF should tackle this ‘elephant in the room’ issue directly challenges the forum’s historical avoidance of contentious topics.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Need for new working group or process to address contemporary governance challenges

Speakers

– William J. Drake
– Bertrand de la Chapelle
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Arguments

New working group needed to address relationship between internet governance, data governance, and AI governance


Need for new multistakeholder working group to address IGF’s future after WSIS+20 process


Need to have the decision-makers on the table for discussions


Explanation

Unexpected because these speakers, who were part of the original WGIG success, are calling for essentially recreating that model to address current challenges, suggesting the original approach was so effective it should be replicated.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion reveals strong consensus on WGIG’s historical importance and methodology, the enduring relevance of its internet governance definition, the need for multistakeholder-multilateral cooperation, and IGF’s value as a discussion forum. There is also agreement on the need for better transparency in governance processes and the importance of capacity building.


Consensus level

High level of consensus among speakers, particularly on foundational principles and historical assessment. The strong agreement suggests that WGIG’s core contributions remain relevant and that its methodology could inform current governance challenges. However, there are also shared concerns about current limitations and the need for evolution in internet governance processes.


Differences

Different viewpoints

IGF’s bottom-up nature and democratic participation

Speakers

– Avri Doria
– Participant
– Jimson Olufuye

Arguments

Any notion we have that IGF has bottomed up is something that we should quit pretending. It is not. It hasn’t been. And I’d love to see it bottom up, but it isn’t.


IGF serves as effective agenda setter and issue framer but needs clearer role definition


Need to understand that it has always been top-down, always been top-down, so it’s going to take a while before it becomes a bottom-up, not as with ICANN


Summary

Avri Doria argues that IGF is not truly bottom-up and never has been, while the government participant defends IGF as having some bottom-up elements through workshops and National/Regional IGFs. Jimson Olufuye acknowledges it’s always been top-down but argues for patience in the transition.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


IGF’s effectiveness in addressing broader internet governance issues

Speakers

– Vittorio Bertola
– Baher Esmat
– Ayesha Hassan

Arguments

IGF failed to address economic and social questions due to lack of enforcement mechanisms against private sector


IGF has continuously evolved in topics and outcomes while maintaining non-decision making nature as strength


Internet governance has expanded to include emerging countries and new technologies while maintaining core discussion framework


Summary

Bertola argues that IGF failed in its broader mandate because it lacked enforcement mechanisms against private sector actors who broke the internet into walled gardens. Esmat and Hassan view IGF’s evolution and non-decision making nature as strengths that have allowed it to adapt and remain relevant.


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Approach to handling controversial topics in IGF

Speakers

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Ariette Esterhuisen
– Alejandro Pisanty

Arguments

Enhanced cooperation discussions should be brought into IGF as regular track rather than avoided


IGF should facilitate debate on controversial topics like fair taxation of big tech companies


IGF is mature enough to handle controversial issues but some stakeholders are not ready for such discussions


Summary

While all agree IGF should handle controversial topics, they disagree on the approach. Kurbalija wants to directly address enhanced cooperation, Esterhuizen focuses on economic issues like taxation, and Pisanty blames stakeholder immaturity rather than IGF’s capacity.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Future governance structure needs

Speakers

– William J. Drake
– Bertrand de la Chapelle
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

New working group needed to address relationship between internet governance, data governance, and AI governance


Need for new multistakeholder working group to address IGF’s future after WSIS+20 process


Need to revisit Tunis compromise formula that balanced multistakeholder participation with UN umbrella


Summary

Drake wants a conceptual working group to clarify relationships between different governance areas, de la Chapelle wants a group focused on IGF’s institutional future, while Kurbalija wants to fundamentally revisit the Tunis compromise that created IGF.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Assessment of IGF’s success in fulfilling WGIG’s vision

Speakers

– Vittorio Bertola
– Baher Esmat
– Carlos Afonso

Arguments

IGF failed to address economic and social questions due to lack of enforcement mechanisms against private sector


IGF has been primary global multistakeholder forum providing space for open discussion and capacity building


WGIG report identified four key public policy areas and 13 fundamental issues that remain valid today


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because all speakers were involved in or supportive of WGIG’s work, yet they have fundamentally different assessments of whether IGF achieved WGIG’s goals. Bertola’s harsh critique contrasts sharply with Esmat’s positive assessment and Afonso’s emphasis on enduring relevance.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Role of Frank March and methodology importance

Speakers

– Avri Doria
– Jovan Kurbalija
– Bertrand de la Chapelle

Arguments

Frank March’s role as secretary who wrote while listening and incorporating real-time feedback was crucial innovation


Current processes lack transparency in how contributions are reflected in final documents


WGIG’s methodology of presenting different options rather than watered-down consensus should be adopted by IGF


Explanation

While all speakers praise WGIG’s methodology, they unexpectedly focus on different aspects as most important – Doria emphasizes the human element and real-time interaction, Kurbalija focuses on transparency and traceability, while de la Chapelle emphasizes the option-presentation approach. This suggests different understandings of what made WGIG successful.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center on IGF’s democratic legitimacy and bottom-up nature, its effectiveness in addressing broader governance challenges beyond technical issues, approaches to handling controversial topics, and what type of institutional reforms are needed for the future.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with significant implications. While speakers share common values about multistakeholder governance and IGF’s importance, they have fundamentally different assessments of IGF’s performance and different visions for its future. These disagreements reflect deeper tensions in internet governance between idealistic multistakeholder principles and practical governance challenges, particularly regarding enforcement mechanisms and democratic participation. The disagreements suggest the internet governance community faces critical decisions about IGF’s evolution and role in addressing contemporary digital governance challenges.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

These speakers share concern about the loss of transparent, participatory methodology that characterized WGIG, where contributions were clearly reflected and participants could see their input being incorporated in real-time.

Speakers

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Avri Doria
– Bertrand de la Chapelle

Arguments

Current processes lack transparency in how contributions are reflected in final documents


Frank March’s role as secretary who wrote while listening and incorporating real-time feedback was crucial innovation


WGIG’s methodology of presenting different options rather than watered-down consensus should be adopted by IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory


These speakers believe IGF has the capacity to address controversial issues but is held back by stakeholder reluctance and lack of enforcement mechanisms, particularly regarding private sector accountability.

Speakers

– Alejandro Pisanty
– Ariette Esterhuizen
– Vittorio Bertola

Arguments

IGF is mature enough to handle controversial issues but some stakeholders are not ready for such discussions


IGF should facilitate debate on controversial topics like fair taxation of big tech companies


IGF failed to address economic and social questions due to lack of enforcement mechanisms against private sector


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


These speakers emphasize IGF’s evolutionary capacity and its strength in building resilience and capacity across the internet governance ecosystem through continuous adaptation and learning.

Speakers

– Ayesha Hassan
– Baher Esmat
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

Resilience across internet layers should be priority for future stakeholder collaboration


IGF has continuously evolved in topics and outcomes while maintaining non-decision making nature as strength


IGF has been valuable for capacity building and creating incremental development of new methodologies


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

WGIG’s 20-year legacy demonstrates that multistakeholder cooperation in UN context can be effective and legitimating


The WGIG definition of internet governance has stood the test of time and remains applicable to emerging technologies like AI governance


Multistakeholder and multilateral governance models should coexist and complement each other rather than being viewed as antagonistic


The IGF has successfully served as a global forum for capacity building and agenda setting, but faces challenges in handling controversial topics and ensuring bottom-up participation


Current governance processes often lack transparency in how stakeholder contributions are reflected in final outcomes


The methodology used by WGIG – collecting all opinions while focusing on consensus areas and narrowing disagreements to basic alternatives – remains relevant for contemporary governance challenges


Financial sustainability and clearer role definition are critical for the IGF’s future effectiveness


There is growing tension between the need for multistakeholder governance and the reality of platform monopolies and government regulation


Resolutions and action items

Jovan Kurbalija will present the 8th edition of ‘Introduction to Internet Governance’ book on Wednesday


Suggestion to use AI tools to help trace stakeholder contributions to final governance documents


Proposal to include enhanced cooperation discussions as a regular track in IGF rather than avoiding the topic


Call for more innovative funding models to ensure IGF’s financial stability and sustainability


Unresolved issues

How to balance multistakeholder governance with the need for enforcement mechanisms against powerful private sector actors


Whether the IGF should transition from discussion-only forum to having some decision-making capacity


How to improve national and regional IGF processes that have been captured by governments or become ineffective


How to make governance processes truly bottom-up rather than top-down with occasional consultations


How to engage decision-makers and governments more effectively in IGF discussions


How to address digital governance issues being moved to closed-door trade negotiations


Whether a new working group is needed to address the relationship between internet governance, data governance, and AI governance


How to handle controversial topics like fair taxation of big tech companies and rights-based approaches to digital governance


Suggested compromises

Establishing a new multistakeholder working group after December 2024 to address IGF’s future mandate and institutionalization


Adopting ‘rough consensus’ or ‘near consensus’ (99%) rather than requiring 100% consensus in governance processes


Creating hybrid models that combine multistakeholder policy-making with multilateral implementation mechanisms


Using the IGF as an agenda-setter and issue-framer while allowing other forums to make formal decisions


Implementing the Sao Paulo guidelines approach to bring multistakeholder and multilateral mechanisms together


Allowing the IGF to handle controversial topics while maintaining its non-decision making nature


Developing clearer roles and responsibilities for different stakeholders in various governance processes


Thought provoking comments

We had Frank March, our secretary, our main writer, sitting in the room with us while he was writing, talking to us, asking about this paragraph or that paragraph… What is the major problem today is that we have so many processes which call you to have your say, make contribution. And your contribution disappears in some sort of a governance Bermuda Triangle.

Speaker

Avri Doria and Jovan Kurbalija


Reason

This observation brilliantly captures a fundamental shift in governance processes from genuine collaborative writing to performative consultation. The metaphor of a ‘governance Bermuda Triangle’ where contributions vanish is particularly powerful in highlighting the erosion of meaningful participation.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from celebrating past achievements to critically examining current governance failures. It introduced the concept that procedural innovation (having the writer in the room) was as important as substantive outcomes, influencing later speakers to focus more on methodology and process design.


I’m convinced that all problems of Internet governance and many others are much better solved by multi-stakeholder mechanisms… every single country that pushes for more multilateral is also pushing against internet freedom. That’s probably the acid test.

Speaker

Alejandro Pisanty


Reason

This comment provides a provocative litmus test for evaluating governance approaches by linking multilateralism to internet freedom restrictions. It cuts through diplomatic niceties to suggest a clear correlation between governance preference and freedom outcomes.


Impact

This stark framing challenged the prevailing diplomatic tendency to treat multilateral and multistakeholder approaches as equally valid. It pushed subsequent speakers to move beyond the ‘false dichotomy’ language and grapple with real tensions between these approaches.


We thought that by putting everyone together, we would be able to address the economic and social questions, and this didn’t happen… we were naive… The people that could make money out of breaking down the internet and turning it into walled gardens, they just went on and made money. And nobody could stop them because we had no stick.

Speaker

Vittorio Bertola


Reason

This is a brutally honest assessment that challenges the fundamental assumptions underlying the WGIG’s approach. It acknowledges that multistakeholder governance failed to prevent the internet’s fragmentation into commercial silos, introducing the crucial concept that effective governance requires enforcement mechanisms (‘sticks’), not just dialogue.


Impact

This comment created the most significant turning point in the discussion, forcing participants to confront the limitations of their achievements. It shifted the conversation from celebration to critical self-reflection and sparked responses about the need for harder regulatory approaches and the tension between openness and control.


Any notion we have that IGF has bottomed up is something that we should quit pretending. It is not. It hasn’t been… So I love the IGF, I love to see it continue, and I’d really like to see it become bottom up.

Speaker

Avri Doria


Reason

This comment directly challenges one of the core mythologies of the IGF – that it represents genuine bottom-up governance. Coming from a WGIG veteran, this critique carries particular weight and forces honest examination of the gap between rhetoric and reality.


Impact

This blunt assessment validated concerns raised by other speakers and shifted the discussion toward more realistic appraisals of current governance structures. It influenced subsequent speakers to acknowledge the IGF’s limitations more openly and discuss concrete reforms rather than defensive justifications.


The famous, very controversial, big elephant in the room question of enhanced cooperation should be brought as one of the track on the first day of IGF… I never understood why it wasn’t possible.

Speaker

Jovan Kurbalija


Reason

This comment directly addresses the political taboos that have constrained IGF discussions. By naming the ‘elephant in the room’ and questioning why controversial topics are avoided, it challenges the forum’s risk-averse culture and suggests that maturity requires engaging with difficult issues.


Impact

This observation opened space for other participants to discuss controversial topics and the IGF’s capacity to handle them. It led to a broader conversation about whether the forum is mature enough to tackle divisive issues like taxation of big tech companies and enhanced cooperation.


One month ago, there was a survey in the UK, and they asked the young people… would you live better off if the Internet didn’t exist? And half of them said yes… this is really, really terrible for us that work to create it and make it a mass instrument.

Speaker

Vittorio Bertola


Reason

This statistic serves as a devastating indictment of how far the internet has diverged from its original promise. It provides concrete evidence that the internet governance community has failed in its broader mission, moving beyond technical governance to fundamental questions about the internet’s social value.


Impact

This shocking statistic reframed the entire discussion by introducing the perspective of those who feel harmed rather than helped by the internet. It forced participants to confront the possibility that their work, while technically successful, may have contributed to broader social problems.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed what began as a celebratory reunion into a critical examination of both achievements and failures. The discussion evolved through three distinct phases: initial celebration of WGIG’s procedural innovations and definitional work, honest acknowledgment of governance limitations and the gap between rhetoric and reality, and finally a sobering confrontation with the internet’s current social problems. The most impactful comments challenged core assumptions about multistakeholder governance effectiveness, forced recognition of enforcement gaps, and introduced uncomfortable evidence about the internet’s social impact. Rather than defensive responses, these provocative observations generally prompted deeper reflection and more nuanced analysis from other participants, demonstrating the intellectual maturity of this community even when confronting difficult truths about their life’s work.


Follow-up questions

Should we now push for a more intersectional and rights-based approach in defining digital governance that generally centers the lived realities of women, youth, and marginalized communities?

Speaker

Shaima Akhtar (via online question)


Explanation

This question addresses the need to evolve digital governance frameworks to be more inclusive and representative of marginalized groups, particularly given technological advances like AI and surveillance technologies.


If you were to give a single piece of advice to the WGATE facilitators on how to reach or generate consensus for this process, for the outcome document they are drafting, what would it be?

Speaker

Israel Rosas


Explanation

This seeks practical guidance from experienced WGIG members on consensus-building methodologies that could be applied to current digital governance processes.


Do you think the IGF is ready to actually handle controversial issues? Is the IGF mature enough now to be able to put enhanced cooperation, fair tax payment by big tech companies, and other controversial topics on the agenda?

Speaker

Ariette Esterhuisen


Explanation

This questions whether the IGF has evolved sufficiently to tackle difficult and politically sensitive topics rather than avoiding controversial discussions.


How could we use digital cooperation mechanisms available to us to counter the trend of digital governance issues being taken out of democratic spaces and into closed-door multilateral spaces such as digital trade negotiations?

Speaker

Nandini (IT4Change India)


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of maintaining democratic governance of digital issues when they are increasingly being decided in exclusive trade negotiation forums.


Do you think there would be a benefit in having a sort of new exercise like WGIG after December, or a CSTD working group on revision of the mandate of the IGF after 20 years?

Speaker

Bertrand de la Chapelle


Explanation

This proposes the need for a new structured multi-stakeholder process to address the future of the IGF and resolve current institutional challenges.


Why would governments actually participate or take a role in the IGF if all it does is discuss issues and frame them for decision-making in other forums like the ITU?

Speaker

Hadi Alminyawi


Explanation

This questions the value proposition of the IGF for government participation given its non-decision-making nature.


How many government representatives are in the room?

Speaker

Sébastien Bachelet


Explanation

This highlights the ongoing challenge of government engagement in IGF processes and the need to understand participation patterns.


Should we revisit the Tunis formula that established the IGF as a multi-stakeholder body under UN umbrella?

Speaker

Jovan Kurbalija


Explanation

This suggests that the foundational compromise that created the IGF may need to be reconsidered given current challenges and changing circumstances.


How can we better define the relationship between Internet governance, data governance, AI governance, and digital governance to reduce conceptual confusion?

Speaker

William J. Drake


Explanation

This addresses the need for conceptual clarity as new forms of governance emerge and overlap with traditional internet governance frameworks.


How can we improve the national and regional IGF processes to make them more effective and truly multi-stakeholder?

Speaker

Vittorio Bertola


Explanation

This addresses practical challenges in implementing the IGF model at national and regional levels, using the Italian IGF as a problematic example.


How can we ensure financial stability and sustainability of the IGF to guarantee its continued role at the global level?

Speaker

Baher Esmat


Explanation

This addresses a fundamental operational challenge that could affect the IGF’s ability to continue serving as the global internet governance forum.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WS #83 the Relevance of Dpgs for Advancing Regional DPI Approaches

WS #83 the Relevance of Dpgs for Advancing Regional DPI Approaches

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the relevance of Digital Public Goods (DPGs) for advancing regional Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) approaches, featuring perspectives from Africa, India, Europe, and Latin America. The session was hosted by the Digital Public Goods Alliance and explored how different regions are implementing DPI using open-source solutions to achieve digital transformation and inclusion.


From the African perspective, Desire Kachenje highlighted that DPI development is government-driven but ecosystem-enabled, with countries like Tanzania building interoperable systems using DPGs like X-Road while engaging private sector partners. She emphasized the importance of challenge-driven approaches that ensure citizen adoption and the need for local capacity building, citing Rwanda’s DPI center as an example. However, she noted significant challenges around data governance frameworks and policy harmonization across borders.


Rahul Matthan from India explained that the “India Stack” approach focuses on creating modular, interoperable, and open systems that can be layered in any order, not necessarily following the identity-payments-data sequence. He emphasized that DPI enables countries to leapfrog development, achieving in 10 years what might otherwise take 50 years, and advocated for embedding governance directly into digital architecture rather than relying solely on traditional regulatory approaches.


Henri Verdier discussed Europe’s approach to digital sovereignty, noting strong political alignment with DPI principles due to Europe’s tradition of public services and open standards. He highlighted the challenge of coordinating 27 different national solutions while building interoperability, emphasizing that the EU stack should be a “cloud of solutions” rather than a single system. He stressed the importance of maintaining democratic control over digital infrastructure to prevent corporate capture of governance functions.


Renata Avila presented Latin America’s community-driven approach, noting that seven countries have legislation supporting open source and open content. She highlighted successful examples like Brazil’s PIX payment system, which has expanded internationally, and emphasized the region’s strength in building active communities around digital public goods. The discussion revealed common challenges including ensuring interoperability, addressing local capacity needs, and maintaining data privacy and security, while funding was surprisingly deprioritized by participants who recognized that DPI offers cost-effective alternatives to proprietary solutions.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Regional Approaches to Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) Development**: Speakers from Africa, India, Europe, and Latin America shared distinct regional strategies – Africa focusing on government-driven but ecosystem-enabled approaches, India’s modular “stack” methodology, Europe’s emphasis on digital sovereignty and interoperability, and Latin America’s community-driven open source initiatives.


– **The Role of Digital Public Goods (DPGs) in Scaling DPI**: Discussion centered on how open source software, open data, and open content can enable countries to build sustainable, interoperable digital infrastructure while maintaining local control and reducing dependencies on proprietary solutions.


– **Cross-Border Interoperability and Cooperation**: Emphasis on the importance of building DPI systems that can work across national boundaries, with examples like Brazil’s PIX payment system being used in Europe and regional cooperation initiatives in Africa and the Caribbean for financial inclusion and data sharing.


– **Challenges in Implementation**: Key barriers identified include lack of local capacity and technical expertise, data privacy and security concerns, ensuring inclusive access (especially for the 2.6 billion people without internet), and balancing innovation speed with proper safeguards and governance.


– **Digital Sovereignty vs. Global Cooperation**: Tension between maintaining national control over digital infrastructure while enabling international collaboration, with particular focus on reducing dependence on big tech platforms and building locally-controlled alternatives.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore different regional approaches to scaling Digital Public Infrastructure globally, examining how Digital Public Goods can facilitate this scaling while addressing challenges around local agency, interoperability, and inclusive technology development.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and optimistic tone throughout, with speakers sharing experiences and best practices rather than competing perspectives. There was a strong sense of shared purpose among participants from different continents, united by common concerns about digital sovereignty and inclusion. The tone became particularly energized when discussing concrete examples of successful cross-border cooperation and when addressing audience questions about governance models and access challenges.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Jon Lloyd** – Director of Advocacy and 50 and 5 at the Digital Public Goods Alliance Secretariat; Session moderator


– **Desire Kachenje** – Senior principal at Codevelop fund, based in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; Looks after investments in Africa for core develop fund (non-profit investment fund focusing on supporting governments in rolling out digital public infrastructure)


– **Rahul Matthan** – From Trilegal; Expert on India’s digital public infrastructure (India Stack)


– **Henri Verdier** – From France; Former head of IT department for the French government, currently ambassador; Expert on European approaches to digital sovereignty and open source


– **Renata Avila** – From the Open Knowledge Foundation; Expert on Latin American perspectives on digital public infrastructure and digital commons


– **Audience** – Israel Rosas from the Internet Society (speaking in personal capacity)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Pei-Lin** – Online moderator, colleague at the Digital Public Goods Alliance (mentioned but did not speak in transcript)


– **Max** – Rapporteur for the session, colleague at the Digital Public Goods Alliance (mentioned but did not speak in transcript)


Full session report

# Digital Public Infrastructure and Digital Public Goods: Regional Approaches to Global Scaling


## Executive Summary


This workshop session, hosted by the Digital Public Goods Alliance at IGF, brought together experts from four continents to examine how Digital Public Goods (DPGs) can advance regional Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) approaches. The session featured perspectives from Africa (Desire Kachenje), India (Rahul Matthan), Europe (Henri Verdier), and Latin America (Renata Avila), moderated by Jon Lloyd from the Digital Public Goods Alliance Secretariat.


The discussion revealed both convergent principles and divergent implementation strategies across regions, with strong consensus emerging around core DPI values of modularity, interoperability, and local capacity building. Jon Lloyd announced that Kazakhstan had joined as the 26th country in the 50 and 5 campaign, demonstrating growing global momentum for DPI initiatives.


## Regional Approaches to Digital Public Infrastructure Development


### Africa: Government-Led with Ecosystem Engagement


Desire Kachenje outlined Africa’s approach as “government-driven but ecosystem-enabled,” emphasizing that while governments must lead DPI initiatives to ensure public interest alignment, successful implementation requires active private sector and civil society engagement.


Tanzania exemplifies this approach, building DPI layers using both established DPGs like X-Road and locally developed platforms including the Jamii data exchange platform and Jamii wallet. Kachenje emphasized challenge-driven implementations, noting that projects addressing specific citizen needs achieve higher adoption rates than technology-first approaches.


The SADC region’s cross-border financial inclusion project demonstrates this principle, focusing on solving real problems for citizens conducting cross-border transactions. Rwanda’s establishment of a DPI center shows the continent’s commitment to building local capacity, though significant challenges remain around data governance frameworks and policy harmonization across borders.


### India: Flexible Modular Architecture


Rahul Matthan clarified misconceptions about India’s “stack” approach, acknowledging the terminology has created impressions of rigid implementation sequences. “I almost feel I must apologise for India stack because we started this idea of a stack, which leaves the impression that you must necessarily layer first identity, then payments, and then data sharing.”


India’s approach actually focuses on creating modular, interoperable elements that can be implemented in any order to address specific national priorities. This modularity enables countries to potentially achieve in 10 years what might otherwise require 50 years of incremental progress.


Matthan introduced the concept of building governance into system architecture itself, arguing that digital infrastructure can enable simultaneous innovation and regulation on the same platform.


### Europe: Digital Sovereignty Through Public Services


Henri Verdier positioned Europe’s approach within digital sovereignty concerns and the continent’s strong public service tradition. European alignment with DPI principles stems from both ideological commitment to public services and practical concerns about corporate control over digital infrastructure.


Verdier framed the discussion around fundamental democratic governance questions: whether societies can still empower people through infrastructure and good governments, or must accept living within big corporations’ infrastructure frameworks.


Rather than pursuing a single unified system, Europe emphasizes creating interoperable solutions that respect national sovereignty while building coherent regional capabilities. Verdier cited France’s partnership between the National Geographical Institute and OpenStreetMap as an example of successful public-private collaboration.


### Latin America: Community-Driven Innovation


Renata Avila highlighted Latin America’s strength in community-driven development, noting that several countries have legislation supporting open source and open content. The region’s approach emphasizes grassroots engagement, with active volunteer communities maintaining digital public goods like CKAN, Decidim, and other platforms.


Brazil’s PIX payment system exemplifies successful regional innovation, now expanding internationally. Similarly, India’s UPI system is gaining traction in the region through South-South cooperation agreements.


Avila distinguished between having strong DPG communities and implementing comprehensive DPI strategies, noting that “in Latin America we are very good at the digital public goods but we haven’t jumped yet to the big digital public infrastructure plans.”


## Key Challenges and Priorities


Interactive polls revealed participant priorities and concerns. When asked about top challenges, responses were evenly split between lack of interoperability, data privacy and security concerns, and local capacity limitations. A second poll showed participants prioritizing open source first principles and local talent development over funding concerns.


### Digital Inclusion and Access


The challenge of reaching 2.6 billion people without internet access emerged as critical, though participants agreed this shouldn’t halt DPI development. Solutions discussed included USSD-based platforms for basic mobile phones, physical access points at government offices, and offline-capable systems that synchronize when connectivity becomes available.


Matthan emphasized hybrid physical-digital approaches, while Kachenje outlined practical accommodations for various access methods. The consensus was that DPI systems should be designed from the outset to accommodate multiple access methods rather than assuming universal internet connectivity.


### Cross-Border Interoperability


Concrete examples demonstrated practical cross-border cooperation possibilities. Brazil’s PIX system’s international expansion and India’s UPI agreements with multiple countries illustrate how national DPI systems can achieve international reach while maintaining local control.


Regional initiatives are emerging across continents, with Africa developing payment systems and Latin America sharing geospatial infrastructure for climate-related data. The technical foundation for this interoperability lies in the modular, open-source nature of DPG-based systems.


## Governance Models and Democratic Control


An audience question from Israel Rosas about multi-stakeholder versus decentralized governance models revealed nuanced disagreements about optimal governance approaches. Avila argued for commons-based approaches ensuring community engagement beyond political changes, while Verdier emphasized that digital sovereignty requires “the ability to implement collective democratic decisions through technology infrastructure.”


The discussion revealed different pathways toward shared objectives of democratic control and community engagement, rather than incompatible visions.


## Economic Considerations


Contrary to common assumptions about resource constraints, funding emerged as a deprioritized concern among participants. This reflected growing awareness of inefficient spending on proprietary technology solutions that fail to deliver value or contribute to local economic development.


Avila noted awareness of “money wasted on tech monopolies that don’t deliver value or pay taxes locally,” while Matthan described DPI as “a relatively cheap alternative to traditional development approaches.” However, Verdier called for better economic theory to understand DPI’s role as public service infrastructure creating ecosystem-wide value.


## Climate Applications and Future Directions


Matthan suggested applying DPI principles to climate challenges, arguing that the same approaches enabling financial inclusion could revolutionize climate action by connecting previously siloed climate data systems. Avila reinforced this potential by highlighting Latin America’s successful regional cooperation on geospatial infrastructure for climate monitoring.


The Digital Public Goods Alliance’s open source policies survey was mentioned as part of ongoing efforts to understand and support DPG implementation globally.


## Areas of Consensus and Ongoing Challenges


Despite diverse regional contexts, participants demonstrated remarkable consensus on fundamental principles including modular, interoperable approaches and the priority of local capacity building over funding concerns.


Persistent challenges include harmonizing data governance frameworks across borders, integrating legacy systems with new DPI approaches, and developing sustainable funding models for DPGs beyond donor-funded projects.


## Conclusion


The discussion revealed both the potential and complexity of scaling Digital Public Infrastructure globally through Digital Public Goods. While regional approaches vary significantly in implementation details, convergence on fundamental principles of openness, interoperability, and local capacity building provides a foundation for continued cooperation and mutual learning.


The session demonstrated that DPI development concerns not merely technical challenges but fundamentally involves democratic governance, economic development, and social inclusion in the digital age. The emphasis on community engagement and local capacity building suggests that sustainable DPI approaches must emerge from local priorities and capabilities, supported by global cooperation on technical standards and knowledge sharing.


Session transcript

Jon Lloyd: The following is a work of fiction. Any resemblance to anyone, living or dead, is coincidental and unintentional. Please welcome the speakers. Good morning, everyone. It’s a real pleasure to be with you here this morning. Thank you to our generous hosts, the Kingdom of Norway. And a warm welcome to our session. It is the relevance of DPGs for advancing regional DPI approaches here in Workshop Room 2. I’m delighted to be here. It is a real pleasure to be here. Thank you for joining us. I’m delighted to be in the world you are and in person for being here bright-eyed and bushy-tailed in our first session on the second day. I’m the Director of Advocacy and 50 and 5 at the Digital Public Goods Alliance Secretariat. We’re delighted to have such a diverse group of participants both in person and online today. We’re delighted to have the global digital compact with the global digital infrastructure, also known as DPI, and digital public goods, which are also known as DPGs. Before we get going too far, though, I just wanted to introduce the 50 and 5 campaign. It’s one of the ways that the global digital compact has been put into action with the goal of making the world a safer and more inclusive place for all. We’re delighted to be here with the 50 and 5 campaign. It’s just over a year and a half into the campaign now, and in the spirit of this session, I’m very excited to announce that Kazakhstan is formally participating in the campaign as the 26th 50 and 5 country. We’re absolutely thrilled to share their commitment to implementing safe and inclusive DPI alongside their fellow 50 and 5 countries, including Kazakhstan, and we’re delighted to have them here today. So, let’s get started. I’m going to hand it over to our panelists. There we go. This topic is especially timely and relevant, as we consider last year’s global digital compact. In the GDC, countries have committed to implementing digital public infrastructure with safety and inclusion at its core, as well as committing to collaborate and cooperate with one another through sharing digital public goods. So, what does this mean in practice? So, in practice, countries can freely adopt digital public goods. That’s open source software, open data, open AI models, and open content collections that adhere to privacy and other applicable laws and best practices, do no harm, and help attain their sustainable development goals. So, what this means in practice is that countries can freely adopt digital public goods and use them to build components of their own, and to make the world a better place. So, let’s get started. So, just before I introduce our panel, I also want to introduce our fantastic team, helping facilitate the session. Joining as our online moderator here is Pei-Lin, and serving as our rapporteur today is Max, both my colleagues here at the Digital Public Goods Alliance. So, thank you to the two of you. We’re incredibly fortunate to have you here today. So, let’s get started. So, in the first room, we have Desire Kachenge from Codevelop. Next to me here is Rahul Matthan from Trilegal, Henri Verdier from France, and Renata Avila from the Open Knowledge Foundation. So, our objective for the next 75 minutes is clear. We want to explore different regional approaches to scaling DPI, and an opportunity to sporadically tackle scale of propriety and local agency and tech development. So, for our remote participants, you’ll be able to use our virtual platforms Q&A feature for questions. The chat for quick comments and reactions, and that is how we’ll be obtaining our questions. Onsite, here. Thank you again for being here. Let’s make this a truly insightful and collaborative session, and without further ado, over to you, Desire.


Desire Kachenje: Thank you so much. I will start by introducing myself. So, I am very honoured to be here. My name is Desire Kachenge. I’m based in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. I am a senior principal. I look after investments in particularly Africa for core develop fund. So, just really quickly, I’m sure a lot of our ecosystem here has heard about us, but core develop is an investment fund, a non-profit investment fund that focuses on supporting specifically governments, but also other stock stakeholders in rolling out digital public infrastructure. Our focus also expands to sort of like supporting in some of the challenges and bottlenecks, but also doing some research to understand a little bit more what digital public infrastructure looks like, but also the different approaches when it comes to deploying. And we work very closely with DPGs to see how they can make this sustainable. John, I don’t know if you want me to proceed?


Jon Lloyd: Sure, yeah. I would love to hear some context-setting remarks from the African perspective. Great.


Desire Kachenje: So, I think one of the key things that a lot of us are hearing, and what we’re seeing in the continent, is that digital public infrastructure is not just infrastructure. There are a number of other things that need to be considered when we want to roll out sustainable and scalable DPI. It’s also evolving to be not just a digital transformation initiative, but also sort of like a growth within the ecosystem to inspire innovation, but also to bring in private sector and other players. So, there are three key things that we’re seeing in the African region that I want to talk about. So, the first one would be, it’s being very government-driven, but ecosystem-enabled. So, I can give a good example here with Tanzania, where I’m based. Over the past few years, even before the concept around digital public infrastructure was formed, and some of the research around it had been done, Tanzania has been building different layers of DPI. So, they started working on the ID, like most countries, and then they started building an interoperable digital payment system, you know, starting with connecting mobile, you know, starting with connecting mobile operators separately, and then connecting banks, and then thinking, how can we build a platform that connects these two? In their first exploration on how this payment platform would be, they did work with a DPG, and they then decided to roll out an in-house platform that was and is still managed by the government. Currently, right now, Tanzania is exploring a very interesting, I would say, a very interesting implementation plan, whereby, while it’s government-driven, it is now rolling out what they are calling the Jamii data exchange platform. This is the third layer of the DPI. As they are doing this, they are not only working with local implementers within Tanzania, but they are bringing in different DPGs. Their data exchange platform is built on X-Rod, so they are working closely with X-Rod, but we are also working with them to build out what they are calling a Jamii wallet, which is a use case on top of this data exchange platform. They are doing this using digital local, which is a different type of DPG. At the same time, they are working closely with private sector to see how these platforms can interact, not just with government institutions, but also interact with private sector institutions and allow data exchange. That’s why I’m saying government-driven, but very much ecosystem-enabled. Another example is also around challenge-driven DPI. A lot of the data exchange platforms that are being rolled out, they are not being used by government institutions. A lot of public infrastructure platforms that have been rolled out so far, we are seeing a little bit of slowness when it comes to adoption. Even if it’s interoperable, even if it’s safe, if there is an adoption, and that means there’s no engagement with citizens, there’s no engagement with government institutions that need to use it, it cannot meet some of the potential that we see when it comes to DPI. So, the challenges that start with a challenge are not only more innovative and more customer-citizen-focused, but they also have more adoption from the point of rollout. I’ll give a good example in the SADC region right now. SADC region is the Southern Africa sub-Saharan countries. There are about 16 of them who are currently in the SADC group. One of the questions or challenges that came up is there is a lot of immigrants that are moving between these countries. While a lot of these immigrants might have a national ID and other documents, they’re still not in the formal form. The question then became why, and the quick answer was some of them just don’t have documents. For example, Zimbabwean, and I’m now working in South Africa, but I don’t have the right documents in South Africa to support me to be formally included in financial services. But then at the same time, we know that a lot of these countries already have national IDs. They already have national digital IDs. Then the SADC group had reached out to us and another partner within South Africa called FinMAC Trust to figure out, hey, can we build a use case that actually connects the national foundational IDs that are existing within these countries to be able to support immigrants to use formal financial services within Africa? We’ve seen the quick stakeholder engagement in this project. We already have private sector. These are the banks joining in. We already have the central banks who are paying attention to the project and seeing how they can come in. Then last but not least, innovation needs to meet serenity. That’s the other bit that I’m sure we’ll be exploring a lot more today, but there’s always a question around, hey, can we build a use case that actually connects the national foundational IDs that are existing within these countries to be able to support immigrants to use formal financial services within Africa? When we’re building DPI, especially specifically when we’re building DPI with DPGs, how do we ensure that countries have the local ecosystem to not only own, but run, maintain and develop new use cases? I think a good example is in Rwanda right now where they’re rolling out a number of use cases when it comes to DPI. And what they’re also doing on the side is they’re now deploying or they’re building up what they’re calling a center, a DPI center. And this DPI center is supposed to support ecosystem players, including developers, whether they’re in government or their private sector, and seeing in what ways they can be able to understand, build capacity for them to understand the use cases and how they can support in aspects of maintaining some of the use cases that will be rolled out in a few years. So I think that gives a bit of an example of how DPI has been rolled out in Africa. And if you know, I’m happy to explore this a little bit more. One thing I would mention is that there’s also challenges, which I think are globally, and we’re seeing it very in real time in Africa. And these are mainly to do with safeguards. So one of the one of them that I can mention is around data governance. So when we’re building these data exchange platforms, especially when the original bringing more than one country, we do not have we have very fragmented digital data governance frameworks that are existing. So this moves beyond just the platform itself. But how do we bring policy makers? How do we enable countries to harmonize some of the policies that are in place to ensure that the platforms have been built are safe and inclusive? So I will hand over back to


Jon Lloyd: you, John, and happy to take any questions. Thank you very much, Desire. That was a really excellent insight into into how Africa is approaching DPI development, especially using DPGs. Rahul, we’ll move on to you now. And we’ve heard so much about the India stack. And I would like to just hear more about like how India has approached its DPI development and its approach


Rahul Matthan: to DPGs as well. Thank you. Thank you, John. So I, I almost feel I must apologize for India stack, because we started this idea of a stack, which leaves the impression that you must necessarily layer first identity, then payments, and then data sharing. And really, it’s not mandatory that you have to do it in that way. So even though we sort of think about in stack and the stack approach as a pathway by which you must progress up the chain of DPI is, I’m here to say that the the real idea of a stack is that we are creating modular elements, DPGs that can be layered on top of each other in whichever order you want for whichever solution you want. And that really is the the stack approach that India has followed. Now, India happened to start with identity, and then built a very powerful payment system, which is currently doing 18 billion transactions a month, and then has built data sharing. But if you think sideways, India has built DigiLocker, which is a very powerful credential system. And credentials are very useful for a number of things, from skilling, to government to person payment solutions, to all sorts of things. And so the real India approach, I would say, is leaning into some of the definition of what DPI is, which is open, interoperable, modular systems. And you can start wherever you want on the stack, you don’t necessarily have to have an identity, digital identity system, it’ll help if you have one, but you don’t necessarily have to have one. But you have to build these solutions to be modular, interoperable, and open. Because it’s only if you build them to be modular, interoperable, and open, that you can really reach population scale, because you never have to rebuild something that you have built previously. And that is a really powerful statement of how digitalization needs to happen. Now, India has, of course, as you know, been doing this for 15 years. So if you do it for a decade and a half, you have some time for introspection, and you can go back and see, what is this thing that you’ve built? And once you’ve figured out that you’ve built something which is pretty cool, you can then go and see what else it can be used for. And one of the things that I’ve been playing with is this idea that some of the things that Desai was talking about, that we’ve got to really sort out data governance. Because at the end of it all, we are unlocking a lot of data, and we need to do it in a safe manner. And so how do you do it? The traditional lawyer in me says, you’ve got to write laws, and you’ve got to build policies, and you’ve got to do it the way we’ve done it for many centuries. But the power of digital, and the power of digital where everything is digital, is that you can actually build some of that governance into the design of the architecture that you’re using. Now, this is an idea that’s not new. 25 years ago, Lawrence Lessig wrote a marvelous book called Code and the Other Laws of Cyberspace, where he said that on the internet, code is law. Now, at that point in time, the internet was a thin sliver of what we all do. Today, the internet and digital is everything that we do. I’m here in Norway, and I don’t need to take out my wallet, which is remarkable, because in many cities, even in Europe, you have to. And I can travel around from Oslo to Lillstrom using just the app, know which train is coming when the train is canceled on me. I can very easily get the other train. It’s remarkable that you can do all of this using an entirely end-to-end digital system. But when we do that, we’ve got to remember that that same digital system gives us the tools to actually in-build governance directly into the interactions that we have. This, to me, is the hidden secret of digital public infrastructure, because digital public infrastructure really is an infrastructure layer that you have created for transactions. Laws are the offline way of telling us how transactions need to be conducted. And in an entirely online world, the laws that tell you how to transact can actually be written directly into the ways in which these different modules interact with each other. And so the term that I coined, the phrase I coined, is that we’re building an infrastructure on which regulators can regulate and innovators can innovate. And this is different from the other infrastructures that are built by innovators on which only innovation can happen on the terms of the people who control the platforms. And then regulators are forced to use the traditional old world ways of coming up and saying laws, etc. But if the regulators can also participate as regulators on that infrastructure, they will be able to set the rules and the innovators will be able to innovate on the same platform. And that really, I think, is the secret hidden message of digital public infrastructure.


Jon Lloyd: Yeah, it’s very interesting, especially given India has been a real leader in the DPI space and a real example that a lot of countries are looking to. And Omri, maybe we can move to you now. And we’ve heard a lot about this idea of the Eurostack, although we know it’s several different things. But I would like to hear more about the European approaches to digital sovereignty, role of open source in that, and in particular this concept of the digital commons and how that aligns with the digital public goods agenda. Okay, so thank you for being there. It’s a pleasure


Henri Verdier: to exchange with my friends. So I was listening to the two first speakers. I feel that the perception of the DPI movement in Europe was immediate and very positive, maybe because we have a long tradition and we love good specification. You know, Europe is a birthplace of, I don’t know, the metric system, the ITU, and a lot of open standards, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, a lot of open source like Linux, etc. And we love when the world is properly organized. So these ideas that you can manage, plan, we love it. And the second thing is that there is probably an ideological alignment because we have a strong culture of public services, and maybe in the discussion we need to precise that public service is not government, so that’s not exactly the same thing. And in France, the culture of the public servant is really strong, and they don’t consider that they are there to obey to the minister. They have a service to deliver and they do it. And probably a third connection is the idea that when we see the digital world as we see it, if we want to protect an open, free, decentralized, vibrant internet, and to protect democracy, the right to the people to decide their collective future together, and to impose some solution, we need this layer of DPI to implement some political decision and collective decision on the big, the open internet. So I think that we are ideologically aligned, but because the need to change was not the same, we didn’t go as fast as India, for example. I say very often in Bangalore, I use UPI in Bangalore, but in France you can buy a baguette with a contactless payment with your phone without any fee for decades. But that’s a very old and imperfect system. You need a bank account, a credit card, an emulation of the credit card, the connection, so that’s a very complex system, but you can do it, and that’s quite free. So the need to change was not the same until the growing concern regarding sovereignty. So France was probably the most concerned with sovereignty forever, because we are a bit Gaullist, so we say we decide, we want strategic autonomy. I have to say that a lot of other Europeans were a bit less concerned and then we have this movement which is not just the Trump administration we have also companies that becomes very very big and heavy and start to act as political actors so when you see of course the most obvious is Elon Musk but you can if you see carefully you can see others they want to decide the future of the of the world of geopolitics and national politics as to Brazil what Trump must try to do so we have a growing concern and to be frank we are really really really heavily dependent and vulnerable to American companies and American infrastructure everywhere can you do you remember last month the American government decided to cut the email of the prosecutor of the criminal international criminal court that’s something impressive so because of this we are progressing toward the slowly but firmly to other kind of digital public infrastructure will all this culture of good organization and public service and for example next year we’ll have the you digital wallet which is a very important step because we will have the same standard in all the European citizens phone to present and interact with digital ID and we we’ve learned to separate some attributes from the idea so for example I will be able to prove that that I am more than 18 years old without giving my name which is very compromising for a lot of issues and and now I’m going in the last 30 seconds to our very good and open source but we are still European and we are still 27 countries and so when you say to any European country let’s build a common EU stack they will say all of them will say of course let’s take my solution let’s take X road let’s take France connect let’s take and probably we’ve lost 10 years because of this because of a kind of competition between national solutions and now we are learning thanks to the open source movements to build buckets of interoperable solutions for example there is a Franco-German project a sweet numeric that’s the desk for the public servants this is not one solution this is a series of module and you can you can add your own module the group will test if this is interoperable with the others the group will develop the interoperability if needed and we will have so I finished to say that the only way from my perspective for real EU stack is not one stack is a variety of solution and altogether we pay attention and we build interoperability and the EU stack will be a cloud of nebulous we say in French of solutions but and we you will be able to decide I take matrix or I take another one but I know that when I do enter in this world I can interact with all the others and we are progressing fast from one year more or less things are accelerated and this is deeply connected to the DPG movement because for this we need all those communities of open source open standards developers small companies


Jon Lloyd: associations etc excellent thank you Henri I think you’ve touched on especially those issues around I guess the sovereignty issue which is coming up design and Rahula both kind of covered that in their introductions as well and Renata let’s move to you and I’d like to hear more from the Latin American perspective as well about how how countries in lack approaching DPI as


Renata Avila: well yes I think that it really connects well with the last bit of Henry because I think that the emphasis in Latin America is communities and it is very interesting because we start early the vision of the public infrastructure was being discussed in Latin America early 2000s and an example of that is that seven countries in Latin America have legislation for open source and open content so those those two pillars it is not words but actions in many countries in Latin America I can list it Argentina Brazil Ecuador Peru Venezuela Uruguay and Cuba and I will say that the first thing that the Latin American countries understood together with code is law is that technology is politics and we learned the hard way you know like after some sanctions to some countries in Latin America of course you are shot you’re cut off vital things that you need to do your work and that accelerated in the early 2000s a transition you know when when when Latin American countries were like you know adopting some policies that were not welcome but the main provider of technology had to move the open source was the the way you know and and the interesting thing is what it was institutionalized they were like yeah units inside ministers in charge of this and there were like resources allocated to that and but in parallel and it’s something that is very important because that didn’t last long the institutionality after transitions and left right left right left right as it is seen in our very vital democracies and many like you know was discarded or defunded but what it stayed was the community component and the that’s the highlight of the continent the communities around open source the communities around free software the communities around open content are very active like it’s very interesting you know you see in Europe like a lot of funding for community works and digital social innovation and so on compared it’s not enough but compared to Latin America in Latin America is the volunteer you know it’s what you do after work it was what you do on weekends you edit a Wikipedia article you code and contribute to a collaborative platform and and so what I will say that what it is different is that in Latin America we are very good at the digital public goods and but we haven’t jumped yet to the big digital public infrastructure plans except some specific cases one case that is very exciting is the case of pics in Brazil and it is it is it even made it to Europe you know like I am at the moment living partially in Portugal and I was in Lisbon and I saw pics I could pay by pics in in Portugal Brazilians can pay with pics in Portugal imagine that you know like it’s very interesting and it is being adopted in Panama Peru Bolivia Paraguay Venezuela Ecuador and Argentina is doing a pilot and it makes sense because Brazil is you know half of our continent so all the border countries are making easy to exchange we are not Europe we don’t have the euro it’s difficult these frictions with currencies and a lot of very complicated legislation because of money laundry and so on so this is making a real difference and the other thing that I want to highlight this the ugly dog nobody speaks excite in an exciting way about it is the geospatial infrastructure most of Latin America sure geospatial infrastructure which is that is a digital public good and that’s amazing that really enables the work of many many public offices and on the other highlight is data see can which open knowledge foundation coded initially and in now is one of the default platforms in more than 20 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean and and D can as well and so the civic and the CDM also is many of the Latin American participatory platforms and many other smaller civic tech projects follow the logic and I already listed a digital public goods but one thing that before I do not want to forget because it connects to India is an emergent emergent trend of South South cooperation which is very very exciting in in the frame of bricks and carry comb India stack has signed emojis with Cuba Colombia Suriname to not in Tobago and you remember Buddha and Barbados and that’s a subregion practically you know the Caribbean and Colombia Colombia is the only one in the mainland but it is very very exciting to see how all of this connects the the Caribbean Caribbean communities also super strong in communities of open source and so what I will say that is the highlight of the region is that it’s a region that can make what will be different is that is not only the tech techies and the regulators but is the community ready to take active informed participation in how you build your digital public infrastructure and so that those are the exciting news from the region great thank you so much and


Jon Lloyd: we’re going to jump in now to a real question-and-answer component of this we’d really like to have your feedback and questions particularly online make sure that you’re submitting those we’ve heard a lot of common threads coming through here and common use cases in particular I think one compelling thing that’s coming out is this idea of the cross-border use cases which I don’t necessarily think that countries are considering when they’re implementing their own DPI but the importance of interoperability and the solutions is becoming more and more prominent you mentioned it with pics and I’m funnily enough that you can now use in Europe And, of course, Desire covered that as well with just being able to access financial services using your digital ID. And so, but Rahul, maybe I can jump to you quickly. But what do you think are some of the big differences between the way that India has been approaching its DPI development and what you’ve been hearing from the other speakers?


Rahul Matthan: So look, I don’t think there’s much that’s different. I think, you know, we came from a different place. As Henri said, we, to India, and I think this is true of a lot of the global south, this is the only way to leapfrog development so that we can, I think the statistics are, do in 10 years what would have otherwise taken us 50 years. And I think a lot of countries are seeing that. Now, France didn’t need to do that because France had already put the 50 years in and they were sort of 50 years ahead. And for the rest of the developed world, this is not, in that sense, a necessity for many of the traditional elements of the stack. And I think, you know, digital identity, if you’ve got a very strong civil registry, you don’t really need to do what India did and get biometrics to the whole population. You just rely on your civil registry. If you’ve got a working payment system that reaches everyone in the country, you don’t need to go and build a PICS because already there’s a way in which to do it. But for the countries of the global south where they’re seeing that there’s a lot that we have to achieve, this is a quick way to do it. Now, just to touch on the interoperability across borders, India, as you know, is a subcontinent. And so in many ways, of course, there is a need to interoperate with other countries, but we are a billion people and we really need to focus first on interoperating inside and reaching everyone in the country, which is what the identity system did. Unfortunately, the payment system, as big as it is, is only covering maybe 300 to 400 million people. We have a billion left to cover. So we have a long road ahead of us, even within the country. But I think there are many other elements where we can and must cooperate. I’m going to put a plug for climate because using digital public infrastructure to solve the climate crisis is probably the most important, urgent innovation that we can think of as the next step of digital public infrastructure. You may think, as I’m saying this, you may say, what is he talking about? But let’s just agree this is 10 years from the Paris Agreement. The Paris Agreement isn’t really working. Temperatures are rising beyond the point where I think we can scale it back to our climate objectives. The approach of building grand consensus between countries is not working because countries are not committing and people are walking out of the agreement. We’ve got to find a different way. And the one thing about DPI is DPI unlocks abundance. We are stuck with data and valuable opportunity in silos that don’t connect to each other. And if we can just rethink the way in which we address climate challenges by connecting our silos, we will find that solving the climate problem does not cost the trillions of dollars that it’s estimated to cost because that is an old world way of thinking of solutions. And I strongly urge all of us here, I mean, COP is in Brazil this year, and I strongly urge all of us to rethink the way we go about this because DPI has shown a way for very, very big challenges like financial inclusion. I see no reason why that can’t be applied to something as important as climate change.


Jon Lloyd: And Renato, I’ll jump to you because you mentioned this a little bit when you were speaking earlier, but Latin Americans are sharing geospatial data, I think, in terms of addressing that climate using digital public goods. How have they been built and governed in a way that’s enabling this cooperation and collaboration?


Renata Avila: Well, I think that the Geosur project, I don’t know the details of the governance, but it is usually cooperation across the region is very dynamic and fluid, especially in two issues, in cross-border cooperation and in health issues. I think that the pandemic, PAHO, for example, has played a key… There’s regional mechanisms that have enabled this cooperation. I think that also two actors have played a crucial role, and one is the Inter-American Development Bank, and the other is, you know, the regional mechanisms such as CELAC and OAS, to make countries agree on general frameworks, of course, not at the level of coordination of Europe, but close to that. I think that also the lack of tailored solutions and the lack of prioritization by the Global North of solutions specific to Latin America had accelerated that in the geospatial area. And one more that is very important. It has also… Latin America has been one of the pioneers together with India, actually, in opening also knowledge and opening research that will be like key… It’s a combination of data, knowledge and infrastructure that makes the region very ripe for more ambitious efforts around climate.


Jon Lloyd: Excellent. And speaking about regional ambitions, desire, we’ve heard a lot, especially from the East Africa community recently, we know that there are commitments being made on this idea of cooperation and collaboration. So there’s a lot of political will there. And that’s a thread that I’ve kind of heard coming through as well. But is there also a risk through moving too fast and not necessarily taking a multi-stakeholder approach and the effects that that might have on inclusion or exclusion of people and in terms of being able to access services?


Desire Kachenje: Thank you. Great question. So I think the way you’ve put it is actually very correct. There’s a lot of political will. And this is more specifically, I would say, when it comes to digital payments, even like with the East African communities, mostly around digital payments and how we can, you know, connect some of this digital infrastructure that’s existing. So right now, just for context, it’s worthwhile to understand that, you know, in Africa, DPI is looked at mainly to kind of solve some of the fragmentation issues, but also to bring together inclusion. So like to solve for the digital divide. And digital payments took off more, I think, in Africa region than, you know, in most other parts of the world, because it came from a need, a necessity that a lot of African citizens want to send small amounts of money to rural areas that probably don’t have network and don’t have internet. And that caused, you know, mobile banking to skyrocket, et cetera. And then from there, it was now easy to create interoperability because it was very clear the use case that needs to be there. Now, I think to answer your question, there are two risks that, you know, a lot of countries are looking at and a lot of regional operators are looking at. We already have PASS, which is the Pan-African Payments Incentive System. We have TCIB for the southern region. And there are a number of others that are coming up. But one of the bigger questions has been there is a lot of smaller amounts that are being shared across these countries. And the platforms, while the interoperability is there, they are not really accommodating such amounts. And so some of the work that is being done, and I think I want to give, you know, more like congratulations to some of the DPGs in DPI right now who are focusing on working with some of these regional organizations, for example, Comesa, to say, hey, can we have a use case that just focuses on something like merchant payments, where these are your smaller payments, and to enable smaller SMEs or to smaller amounts to be sent in the region. So this is really helping when it comes to inclusion. An example of this is that Comesa is currently working with Modulook, which is a DPG for payment platforms. And they’re doing a trade platform whereby it will allow smaller traders to send smaller amounts of money within the region. The other bit I think we’ve mentioned, it comes to that there is a lot of legacy systems that are existing in Africa currently. And a lot of these legacy systems, it’s been hard to then transition them to actual platforms, and then it’s even harder to transition them in a way that we’re using the DPI approach, you know, making them interoperable, making them open. And we are seeing right now that DPGs is taking, a lot of countries are taking a different look at DPGs and they’re more open, although we’re also seeing specific requests that, fine, let’s use an open source platform, but can we have the data being on-prem, so being on the ground, which then brings a lot of questions around, you know, how do we manage this? How do we incorporate this? So I would say when it comes to inclusion, it’s usually to look after the low-income populations and the harder-to-reach populations. And the other bit is then how do we ensure that, you know, a lot of the governments are comfortable in some of the open systems as they are built, and spending less more time in trying to customise them specifically for one country, because then now when we’re trying to connect regionally, we have to do more customisation, which can be quite expensive and time-consuming.


Jon Lloyd: Interesting. And Omri, I’m going to ask you a question a little bit about some of this regulation. You know, we’ve heard the Silicon Valley approach of move fast and break things. Unfortunately, it seems like they’ve broken too much, perhaps. But I think in Europe, given that often the rest of the world would look to Europe in terms of tech regulation. and the DSA, the AI Act, all of that kind of thing. But what we’re hearing here is that with DPGs and for DPI, there needs to be a lot of flexibility and openness in the approach. But in terms of, I guess from this European or French perspective, what are some of the non-negotiable elements that need to be in place, I guess from your perspective, in order to maintain that sense of innovation and collaboration, but need to, I guess, set the box in order for us to all play in?


Henri Verdier: Very interesting questions. I’m building an answer. Yes, obviously, there are non-negotiable elements and that are all the decision of free democracies. So privacy, human dignity, free speech, as we consider that free speech should be. So it doesn’t allow you to ask to kill people online, et cetera, et cetera. And if we cannot implement our collective decision, we are not a democracy anymore. And that’s why sovereignty matters, because you cannot conceive a democracy without sovereignty. You can conceive sovereignty without democracy, but you cannot conceive democracy without sovereignty. So first, second observation, starting from the Indian, I will take the Indian vocabulary. You cannot regulate just with law. You need a techno-legal approach. By the way, you need champions if you’re not creative, innovative. If you don’t have research, intellectuals, creators, companies, startups, et cetera, you won’t impose your views. So you have to be part of the movement, and you have to conceive a way to implement a bit the regulations. So that’s why we need a longer conversation regarding rules as code. But yes, that’s important to be sure that when you decide something, you know how to implement it. Interesting example, for years and years in Europe, we are very concerned by age verification, because we know that very, very young children go to pornographic websites, but I’m speaking about the age of eight. Ten percent of the children less than eight years old are seeing pornographic content online. But if you just say, we want to check the age, it doesn’t mean nothing. So the question is, how can we do this? And because we need to respect privacy, et cetera, the only solution is to have a proof of age separate from the identity. And for this, you need to conceive an infrastructure, and that is efficient, auditable, because we need also to be sure that they are really separating those information, et cetera. Because your question is about regulation, it’s also politics, I just want to add one last word. I was asking to myself, what do we have in common, because we are from four continents, and we have a lot in common. And I was thinking that something that we have in common is a bit hidden, because it’s so obvious that we don’t pay attention to this. In a nutshell, I think that we would all agree that a good society needs equal access to some basic public services, needs democracy and a collective decision, needs free speech and free innovation for the market, et cetera, et cetera. But this is not a real consensus. So we have this in common. This is not what most of the companies of the Valley think. And they are developing an infrastructure to capture our economies, to transform us into a kind of global Uber driver’s economy, within their platform, where they take all the added value. And if you pay attention, there is a real theory, probably it started with Milton Friedman, but now they have more and more books, the network states, worse to be seen, because that’s the program of Elon Musk. Let’s replace the old-fashioned nation states with big vertical companies, one for education, one for… And that’s the big front line and the big battle. Can we still empower the people through infrastructure and good governments to respect dignity and innovation and everything, or do we have to let our lives within big corporations and their infrastructure? And that may be one of the secret connections between all those movements.


Jon Lloyd: I’m just going to pause for a second here, and we’re going to launch a Mentimeter poll. Those of you online, there was applause in the room next to us, which we heard. So there is a Mentimeter poll here. If you’re able to join using this QR code or go to the link here in Menti, we’ll launch that in just a second. I think people are still taking photos of the QR code. It’s just coming up now. Okay. Let’s launch that poll. So we’ve heard a little bit about some of these challenges in DPI implementation from regional perspectives here, but in terms of scaling DPI globally, what do you think are the biggest challenges? We can see some of the answers coming in now. All of us panelists are watching them come in. Do we have multiple answers? It’s the biggest challenge, Henri. You had to choose just one. Yeah, these are quite interesting answers. I’ll just read out what the options are here. So we’ve got lack of interoperability, ensuring data privacy and security, addressing local capacity and agency, funding and resource allocation, and political will and governance. It looks like we’ve got a bit of a dead heat here between three of these options. I’ll just open it up to our panelists. What are your reactions to seeing this, Renata?


Renata Avila: You know what I love is that everybody deprioritized funding and resource allocation because we are now well aware of all the money spent in tech monopolies that deliver nothing and not even pay taxes in our countries. So I think that that’s clear. That’s consensus now. And when you were saying what we have in common, what we have in common is that we are squeezed without options and we really need to work together, all the people here at this table, in reverting the lack of options and the heavy dependencies that we have in a system that is not delivering for democracy or for sovereignty. The second thing that is very interesting in the results is also the need to address local capacity and agency because very quickly something that I am a part of is that most of the local capacity, most of the programs training civil servants are run by big tech from Silicon Valley. Most of it, most of it, like basically training our civil service just to think that they are the only solution available and ignoring all this rich ecosystem of possibilities that we could take. So those are like my two comments.


Henri Verdier: Henri, very briefly this time, I am the only one that did vote for economic allocation because of the word allocation. First, it was very difficult to choose because everything here was very important, but I feel that we need a better economic theory of the economic role of DPI. If we decided in Europe a century ago to make postal service or whatever as public services, it was because it did create so much value everywhere that it was quite impossible to take the value everywhere. So I think that this is the best way to finance something that creates value everywhere. We need such a theory for the modern version of public service that is DPI.


Jon Lloyd: Do we still have Desire with us? I hope so because Desire, how are digital public goods addressing some of these issues around like funding resource allocation where Africa is a historically resource constrained area still now? What is the role of digital public goods in helping address that in terms of DPI development and launch?


Desire Kachenje: Yes, so I think firstly it’s very interesting for me to see this because I agree, I really like that adjusting local capacity is quite high up there. I think what we’re seeing here, funding and resource allocation is still quite a huge issue because a lot of these other issues, addressing local capacity, political will and lack of interoperability for a lot of African countries, they do need funding to sort of solve some of these issues. I think there’s a slight difference there in terms of the outlook here. In terms of DPG, I would say it’s a double-edged sword. So there’s one side that a lot of DPGs already have easy to use and source code that can be easily implemented within African countries. But then at the same time, a lot of DPGs still need to build local capacity. within the countries that they’re operating in, which then this requires time and resources and funding. So DPGs have done a great job in understanding the challenges and needs, specific needs, when it comes to different African countries and different approaches to DPI. And I think DPGs are also putting their hand up in terms of coming up with easier ways or more efficient ways to roll out. But at the same time, there’s also the other side that a lot of DPGs are funded. So sustainability around maintaining some of the DPGs long term for them internally itself is still something that needs to be discussed. But when they are rolling out in African countries, the customization and the the ability to remain sustainable past the project, especially because most of most of the project when it comes to DPIs that use DPGs are donor funded. So sustainability past that donor funded project is still a question. And then last but not least, John, if I really want to touch on data, privacy and security, and I know that, you know, it’s it’s something that we’re discussing on and on. But it’s such a crucial issue, even when it comes to working with DPGs, because a lot of let’s say if we look at something like that, there are some countries that still do not have clearly defined, you know, what is what does it look like when it comes to digital data for specific populations, like when we’re looking at children? What is that a privacy for children, especially when it comes to things like digital IDs or digital bathroom registrations? So while we have a number of DPGs such as OpenCRVS, which are doing a great job when it comes when it comes to like registrations. But this, you know, we’re seeing a bit of a struggle here for countries to then adapt privacy and security issues, which kind of make a lot of projects halt in between, because then you will have CSOs coming in and saying, how safe is this? Yes. So I think that’s my quick take.


Jon Lloyd: Excellent. Yeah, that was extremely useful. We’re going to launch a second Mentimeter question now, because it relates a lot to what Desire was just speaking about. So here we go. Hopefully you still have the Mentimeter link up from before. But which of these do you believe is most effective in ensuring countries build and evolve technologies based on their own priorities? So here’s the Mentimeter link. If you if you lost it before our options here, we’ve got open source first principles, decentralized DPG governance models, promoting digital commons, which I think relates to the European agenda here, local talent development and training to address some of those capacity issues. And then this idea of, I guess, international funding, but with local control. So this is very interesting as well in terms of open source first principles. I know Renati, you spoke about many countries in Latin America having this open source first approach. And seeing some of the answers changing here now as well. Oh, God. It’s very interesting. Also, if there’s anyone present with us who would like to ask a question, please feel free to come up and and ask them at the microphones either side of the stage. We’d love to hear from you. Hey, Len, how are answers coming in, questions from online? Or we can take a look in a second. Great. And Rahul, maybe as these results are coming in, what are your reflections about this?


Rahul Matthan: I mean, it’s interesting to see funding right at the bottom. I think this is repeating what we saw in the previous Mentimeter. And I think the idea really is that it doesn’t take a lot of funding. It’s not that funding is not important, but actually, DPIs are a relatively cheap alternative to doing this. I think it’s interesting to see local talent development right on top, because this is something that we sometimes don’t really fully grok as to how important this is. You can build these wonderful platforms, but there is a last mile that needs to be implemented by government servants, NGOs, even ordinary citizens. And the development that’s required in order to do that is actually non-trivial. And we can’t automate everything away, as no matter what you do with digital, there’s always that last mile. But even as I’m speaking, I’m seeing that we’ve got three tied for third place. And it’s clearly local talent and open source as the top two, which in many ways really aligns with the way I think about these things. This is really the two most important things we should be thinking about.


Jon Lloyd: And do you see the use of digital public goods in assisting with the local talent development and training?


Rahul Matthan: Of course. No, I mean, look, we can keep chipping away at the amount of physical or non-digital steps that we need to take to build this. And I think certainly in doing that, building DPG type training, talent development solutions using Sunbird and things like that are extraordinarily powerful. But I think that at least when I speak to DPI development in other countries and not just in my country, I find that this is the thing that governments are most concerned about. And it may just be a fear of the unknown, but a lot of governments are concerned about how much it’s going to take to actually really roll this out in countries. And I think that’s certainly something that we can look to improve using DPG solutions, building DPIs even just for talent development. But we can’t ignore the fact that this is a concern and that this is something that needs to be actively addressed.


Jon Lloyd: Thank you. And we have a gentleman here with a question. If you could just start by introducing yourself and then, yeah, and if it’s directed to the panel or anyone in particular.


Audience: Okay. Thank you very much. My name is Israel Rosas. I’m with the Internet Society, but this question is in my personal capacity. I’ve seen that the data public infrastructure is broadly prominent in the global data compact, for instance. And now that we are discussing how to integrate the global data compact implementation into the WSIS Plus 20 review process, I’m curious about the framing of decentralized governance models for DPI. What would be the panel’s impression on, instead of just decentralized governance models, adopting a truly multi-stakeholder governance approach for DPI? Because I think that there are slight but important differences, so it will be interesting hearing your thoughts. It’s a broad question for the panel. Thank you.


Rahul Matthan: I mean, look, I’m a huge fan of decentralized anything, but we’ve got to realize that we all need to cleave to a certain set of common principles. And so, once again, picking back on Henri’s point, the concern with a lot of this is sovereignty. And one of the challenges with sovereignty is that if you’re utterly decentralized, in the process of being completely decentralized and multi-stakeholder, you can lose some of the sovereignty requirements that you individually need. So to me, I like the global digital compact. I’m part of the DPI safeguards framework, once again, all of which are saying, let’s build some principles that we all agree with. And then let’s leave it to countries to develop the bespoke governance frameworks that are appropriate for their context and what they want to achieve. And I think that that is the combination we need. As Henri said, what is common to all of us? There are many things that are common to all of us. We must absolutely adhere to those things, because that’s the reason why we can all meet at places like this and exchange views in a language that we all understand. But at the same time, we’ve got to recognize that we as nations and as sub-national institutions have our own objectives that we want to achieve. Some of those in India, in Africa, in Latin America are very different from what Europe and North America want to achieve and can achieve. It’s not wrong. It’s just that those are differences that we’ve got to recognize. And part of the way we recognize the difference is to also recognize the commonalities and say, as long as we’re common, you can be different. And maybe that’s what you’re trying to say, because multi-stakeholderism also is that. But I fear that we lose that if we make it not grounded on common principles. And I think the common principles are important.


Henri Verdier: If I can add one word. As Raoul said at the beginning, a EU stack or Indian stack doesn’t have to be a cathedral. It can be diverse and modular, etc. Some things are very regalian, we say in French, regalian. The source of citizenship is a state. You cannot crowdsource citizenship. But you can build important parts in a very multi-stakeholder approach and with a new form of cooperation for the state with civil society, with public goods. For example, in France, before being the ambassador, I was the head of the IT department for the government. I did build a strong partnership between the National Geographical Institute and OpenStreetMap. And now we do deliver some important public services in cooperation between OpenStreetMap and the National Geographic Institute. Or we did build our own instant messaging system, CHAP, with Matrix. And we just asked Matrix to develop some features and we did finance. And they did implement it as they want. So you can, for a lot of important parts of this, you can be completely multi-stakeholder in the governance and development. And for other parts, probably you cannot because the state has some role.


Renata Avila: I wrote a paper precisely about that with some colleagues and we suggest instead of multi-stakeholder approach a commons-based governance approach for digital public infrastructure and it beyond the national uses is the only way that it will help scale and localize digital common efforts. It increases transparency and accountability, it accelerates impact, it reduces governance data and even localization frictions and the most important thing it secures community engagement so even if the government changes you have people actively involved in the governance of infrastructures that are of common benefit.


Jon Lloyd: We have a question from the chat here that I will just address and this is a lot to do with inclusion and specifically around access and desire. I’m going to look to you because we’ve heard examples from digital public goods for example Mojaloop which is a digital payment system. Many people access that on feature phones rather than smartphones but the question here is with 2.6 billion people not using the internet, any comments on how to overcome the divide?


Desire Kachenje: I was actually just reading that same question and asking myself the same thing. I think what we have seen with a lot of this is not just for payment systems even when you’re looking at something like ID, one of the key questions you would get from the African citizens, we were talking about this ID for Africa a month ago whereby a lot of citizens are asking the question, I don’t have internet, why do I even need a digital ID and what does that look like? Instead of that can we focus on providing access such as internet to rural areas? So yes, it’s a big question and I think one of the things that I’ve seen a lot of specifically LADPGs trying to address is to create other ways for access when it comes to some of the use cases that are being deployed. So like you mentioned Mojaloop, they are providing access for future phones. If you look at other things such as data exchange platforms, there are some data exchange platforms that are built upon USSDs which is something that is very common for a lot of African countries but the governments have really tried and some of the nations and some of the governments have really tried to create systems whereby all local communities have spaces within their proximity that have access to desktops and internets and all of these digital platforms can be accessed there. So if you move in, if you walk around some of the revenue authorities across African countries, they do have desktops and access points whereby you can still use the digital platform at their office using those platforms. So that is something that has been a lot of countries are trying to do but I think Joseph is raising a very significant question that goes beyond just rolling out use cases when it comes to DPI. The question is the access to internet is still a prominent challenge when it comes to a lot of African countries and I think other countries.


Jon Lloyd: Sorry, you just broke up there and I think that illustrates this point a little bit in terms of access. We’ve only got a little bit of time left, thank you Desire. Just one final question before we continue, which is we’ve heard so much about this idea of like e-gov and all of that kind of thing leading up to this, now it’s like the DPI approach. Just very quickly, are there any differences? Are we talking about the same thing? Is the DPI approach, particularly using DPGs, is this a fundamental new way of thinking? I mean look, I hate to use the Shakespearean


Rahul Matthan: phrase arose by any other name. I really don’t care as long as it is open, modular, interoperable and to me I think we are trying to call the same thing by different names and I’m not going to sort of stick my hat on a particular name. We’ve got to achieve the same thing no matter where in the world we are, no matter what we call it and I think that if we stop, as Andre says, saying my solution is best and try and find a way to say, look, these are all solutions that have the same common ideas, let’s find a way to make them work because countries have built entire infrastructures on a particular solution. It’s no point saying that that is a bad solution. You’ve got to find a way to make that work with whatever you’ve got because we are now moving to a multi-stakeholder world where these systems have to work with each other. I do want to use UPI in Brazil the same way PIX is being used in Portugal but I can’t. I want to use UPI here in Norway but I can’t. We’ve got to now sort of stop worrying about which it is as long as we can make them interoperable. I just want to pick up on that last question which was around the need for the internet. I don’t want to ignore the statement that there is a large population that has been denied access to some of these miracles because they don’t have the internet but at the same time I don’t want that to be a reason for us to stop building DPIs until the whole world is connected because we can’t do that either. We have to push this out. I realized my horror that there are parts of Canada that don’t have 24 by 7 electricity. Now electricity is a hundred year old technology and if we wait for every last person on the planet to be connected whether Elon Musk does it from space or we do it on the ground, it’s too late. What we have to do is to ensure that access to DPIs is not denied because of a lack of connectivity and there are many ways to do that. We can build offline solutions. All we’re saying is that this is a digital public infrastructure. We’re not saying it’s an internet driven digital public infrastructure though that’s how it’s delivered in a lot of places. We’re saying lean into the power of digital and then the way you access digital could be using the internet, it could be using QR codes, you can do what we call fidgetal, half physical half digital, you can do online offline, many many solutions. When India rolled out Aadhaar, we did not have internet in the entire country that we were reaching. Many people went out, enrolled people offline, came back to wherever they’ve got connectivity and uploaded it into the server. We still do that in a lot of different technologies. Africa should do it, there are parts of the world even in the developed world where you don’t have wonderful connectivity. That does not mean you stop building our DPI because we’re not saying it is internet driven. We’re saying lean into digital. On that note, I think we need to wrap it


Jon Lloyd: up. So thank you especially to our speakers, Desire, Rahul, Henri and Renata for your insights here. What we’re hearing is that despite these kind of like nuanced regional approaches, the things that really count are openness, interoperability, this ability to work together, build out your local vendor ecosystems, capacity development, all those kind of things are important and the importance of political will. Essentially we have a shared ambition for this inclusive and interoperable DPI. Digital public goods are kind of coming through as a way to ensure that that is able to happen. One of the things that came up in the Mentimeter was this idea of open source policies. I’m just going to plug a survey here that the Digital Public Goods Alliance, 24 members of the alliance have put together this open source policies and practices survey. We would love everybody, as many people as possible to be doing this. We’re aiming to collect even if you don’t necessarily have an open source first policy, it’s really useful to have your insights in this and the learnings from that are going to enable other countries to learn from one another, organizations to learn from one another and able to implement digital public goods. I’ll also just mention here we will be having some actionable recommendations coming out of this policy for strengthening things like local capacity and agency in addition to the survey. We encourage you to continue to engage. Do we have to make your survey on a google doc? Really? Really? I was hoping that wouldn’t come up. Next time. Our rapporteur Max, he’s going to be synthesizing the key takeaways from this session and we’ll upload that to the IGF session page. Thanks for calling us. Thank you again. We look forward to continuing this important work together. We ended slightly early. Thank you again so much. Workshop two. Workshop two.


D

Desire Kachenje

Speech speed

190 words per minute

Speech length

2799 words

Speech time

882 seconds

Africa’s approach is government-driven but ecosystem-enabled, with Tanzania building DPI layers using both DPGs and in-house platforms

Explanation

African DPI development involves government leadership while enabling broader ecosystem participation. Tanzania exemplifies this by building identity systems, interoperable payment platforms, and data exchange systems using a mix of digital public goods like X-Road and in-house solutions, while engaging private sector partners.


Evidence

Tanzania built ID systems, connected mobile operators and banks, developed Jamii data exchange platform using X-Road DPG, created Jamii wallet using digital local DPG, and partnered with private sector for institutional data exchange


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches to Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) Development


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Economic


Challenge-driven DPI implementations have better adoption rates than technology-first approaches, as seen in SADC region’s cross-border financial inclusion project

Explanation

DPI projects that start with addressing specific challenges rather than building technology first achieve higher adoption rates from citizens and government institutions. The SADC region’s approach to connecting national IDs for immigrant financial services demonstrates this principle by addressing a real need for formal financial inclusion.


Evidence

SADC group of 16 countries working on connecting national foundational IDs to support immigrants accessing formal financial services, with engagement from banks, central banks, and other stakeholders


Major discussion point

Digital Public Goods (DPGs) Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


DPGs provide cost-effective alternatives but require local capacity building and sustainable funding models beyond donor-funded projects

Explanation

While DPGs offer accessible source code for easy implementation, they still need significant investment in local capacity building and face sustainability challenges when donor funding ends. Countries need to develop local ecosystems to own, run, maintain and develop new use cases.


Evidence

Rwanda building a DPI center to support ecosystem players including developers in government and private sector to understand and maintain use cases; most DPI projects using DPGs are donor funded with sustainability questions remaining


Major discussion point

Digital Public Goods (DPGs) Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Development | Capacity development | Economic


Agreed with

– Rahul Matthan
– Jon Lloyd

Agreed on

Local capacity building is crucial for DPI success


Disagreed with

– Henri Verdier
– Renata Avila

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and economic theory for DPI


Regional payment systems like PASS and TCIB are being developed but need to accommodate smaller transaction amounts for true inclusion

Explanation

Existing regional payment systems in Africa have interoperability but don’t adequately serve smaller transactions that are common among low-income populations and SMEs. New initiatives are focusing on merchant payments and smaller amounts to improve inclusion.


Evidence

PASS (Pan-African Payments Incentive System), TCIB for southern region exist but don’t accommodate small amounts; Comesa working with Modulook DPG for trade platform allowing smaller traders to send smaller amounts within the region


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Interoperability and Cooperation


Topics

Economic | Development | Inclusive finance


2.6 billion people without internet access represents a significant challenge, but DPI development shouldn’t wait for universal connectivity

Explanation

The digital divide affects billions of people who question the value of digital services without internet access. However, solutions can be developed using alternative access methods like USSD systems and physical access points at government offices.


Evidence

Citizens asking why they need digital ID without internet access; DPGs creating access through feature phones, USSD systems; governments providing desktop access points at revenue authority offices


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Access Challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access | Infrastructure


R

Rahul Matthan

Speech speed

172 words per minute

Speech length

2719 words

Speech time

943 seconds

India’s stack approach creates modular, interoperable elements that can be layered in any order, not necessarily following the identity-payments-data sequence

Explanation

The India stack concept is about creating modular DPGs that can be combined in any order for different solutions, rather than a mandatory progression through identity, payments, and data sharing layers. The key principles are building open, interoperable, and modular systems that enable population-scale solutions without rebuilding existing components.


Evidence

India built identity first, then payments (18 billion transactions monthly), then data sharing, but also built DigiLocker credentials system; 15 years of development experience; payment system covers 300-400 million people with a billion left to reach


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches to Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards | Economic


Agreed with

– Henri Verdier

Agreed on

Modular and interoperable approach to DPI development


DPI enables ‘regulators to regulate and innovators to innovate’ on the same platform through techno-legal approaches rather than traditional law-only regulation

Explanation

Digital public infrastructure allows governance to be built directly into system architecture rather than relying solely on traditional laws. This creates an infrastructure where both regulatory compliance and innovation can happen simultaneously on the same platform, unlike private platforms where only innovation occurs on the platform owner’s terms.


Evidence

Reference to Lawrence Lessig’s ‘Code and the Other Laws of Cyberspace’ from 25 years ago; example of end-to-end digital systems in Norway for payments and transportation; contrast with traditional offline law-making approaches


Major discussion point

Governance and Sovereignty Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Digital standards


Agreed with

– Henri Verdier

Agreed on

Digital sovereignty requires technical capability to implement democratic decisions


Disagreed with

– Audience
– Renata Avila
– Henri Verdier

Disagreed on

Governance models for DPI – Multi-stakeholder vs Commons-based vs Sovereignty-focused approaches


DPI can unlock abundance by connecting data silos and should be applied to climate challenges as a more cost-effective alternative to traditional approaches

Explanation

Digital public infrastructure can address climate change by connecting isolated data and opportunity silos, potentially solving climate problems without the trillions of dollars estimated using traditional methods. This represents a new approach compared to the failing consensus-building model of agreements like the Paris Agreement.


Evidence

10 years since Paris Agreement with temperatures rising beyond climate objectives; countries not committing and walking out of agreements; COP in Brazil this year; DPI has shown success with financial inclusion challenges


Major discussion point

Climate Change and DPI Applications


Topics

Development | Sustainable development | Infrastructure


DPI represents a relatively cheap alternative to traditional development approaches, enabling 10 years of progress in what would otherwise take 50 years

Explanation

For Global South countries, DPI offers a leapfrog development opportunity that dramatically accelerates progress compared to traditional development timelines. This is particularly valuable for countries that haven’t already invested decades in building traditional infrastructure systems.


Evidence

Statistics showing 10 years of progress versus 50 years through traditional methods; contrast with developed countries like France that already invested 50 years in infrastructure development


Major discussion point

Economic and Funding Considerations


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Renata Avila

Agreed on

Funding is not the primary constraint for DPI development


DPI can use various access methods including QR codes, ‘phygital’ (physical-digital) solutions, and offline-online hybrid approaches

Explanation

Digital public infrastructure doesn’t require universal internet connectivity and can be implemented through multiple access methods. Solutions can be designed as half physical, half digital, or use offline enrollment with later online uploading to serve populations without consistent internet access.


Evidence

India’s Aadhaar enrollment done offline in areas without internet, then uploaded when connectivity available; parts of Canada lacking 24/7 electricity despite 100-year-old technology; various access methods beyond internet-driven solutions


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Access Challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Desire Kachenje
– Jon Lloyd

Agreed on

Local capacity building is crucial for DPI success


H

Henri Verdier

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1827 words

Speech time

748 seconds

Europe has ideological alignment with DPI due to strong public service culture and concerns about digital sovereignty, leading to interoperable solutions rather than one unified stack

Explanation

Europe’s tradition of public services, open standards, and specifications creates natural alignment with DPI principles. However, competition between national solutions has delayed progress, leading to a new approach of building interoperable modules rather than a single unified system. The EU stack will be a cloud of interoperable solutions where users can choose components while maintaining compatibility.


Evidence

Europe created metric system, ITU, open standards like Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, Linux; EU digital wallet launching next year with attribute separation capabilities; Franco-German project ‘sweet numeric’ with modular approach; 10 years lost due to national competition


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches to Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Rahul Matthan

Agreed on

Modular and interoperable approach to DPI development


Digital sovereignty requires the ability to implement collective democratic decisions through technology infrastructure, not just technical independence

Explanation

True digital sovereignty means having the technical capability to enforce democratic decisions and collective choices through digital infrastructure. Without this capability, democracies cannot function effectively because they cannot implement their decisions, making sovereignty essential for democracy to exist.


Evidence

Non-negotiable elements include privacy, human dignity, free speech as defined by democracies; example of age verification requiring proof of age separate from identity; American government cutting email access to International Criminal Court prosecutor


Major discussion point

Governance and Sovereignty Concerns


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Rahul Matthan

Agreed on

Digital sovereignty requires technical capability to implement democratic decisions


Disagreed with

– Audience
– Renata Avila
– Rahul Matthan

Disagreed on

Governance models for DPI – Multi-stakeholder vs Commons-based vs Sovereignty-focused approaches


Better economic theory needed for DPI’s role as public service that creates value everywhere, similar to historical postal services

Explanation

DPI requires a new economic framework similar to how postal services were established as public services a century ago because they created value throughout society. The challenge is developing economic theory that recognizes DPI’s value creation across all sectors and justifies public investment in infrastructure that benefits everyone.


Evidence

Historical decision to make postal service public because it created value everywhere; difficulty in capturing value everywhere through private means; need for modern version of public service theory for DPI


Major discussion point

Economic and Funding Considerations


Topics

Economic | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Renata Avila
– Desire Kachenje

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and economic theory for DPI


R

Renata Avila

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

1359 words

Speech time

577 seconds

Latin America emphasizes community-driven approaches with strong open source legislation in seven countries and active volunteer communities maintaining digital public goods

Explanation

Latin America has institutionalized open source and open content through legislation in seven countries, but the lasting strength comes from volunteer communities that maintain digital public goods beyond political transitions. These communities continue their work after hours and on weekends, providing stability that transcends government changes.


Evidence

Argentina, Brazil, Ecuador, Peru, Venezuela, Uruguay, and Cuba have open source/open content legislation; volunteer communities edit Wikipedia, code, and contribute to collaborative platforms; institutionalized units were defunded after political transitions but communities remained active


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches to Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Brazil’s PIX payment system demonstrates successful cross-border expansion, now usable in Portugal and being adopted across Latin American countries

Explanation

PIX represents a successful regional DPI expansion that addresses currency friction challenges across Latin America. The system’s adoption by border countries makes practical sense given Brazil’s size and the complexity of currency exchanges and money laundering regulations in the region.


Evidence

PIX usable in Portugal for Brazilian payments; adoption in Panama, Peru, Bolivia, Paraguay, Venezuela, Ecuador; Argentina doing pilot; Brazil represents half the continent; addresses currency friction and complex money laundering legislation


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Interoperability and Cooperation


Topics

Economic | Infrastructure | E-commerce and Digital Trade


India’s UPI system shows potential for international cooperation, with agreements signed with Caribbean and South American countries through South-South cooperation

Explanation

India’s digital payment infrastructure is expanding internationally through South-South cooperation agreements, particularly in the Caribbean region and parts of South America. This represents an emerging trend of developing countries sharing DPI solutions with each other rather than relying solely on developed country technologies.


Evidence

India stack signed MOUs with Cuba, Colombia, Suriname, Trinidad and Tobago, and Barbados; represents practically a subregion with strong open source communities in the Caribbean


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Interoperability and Cooperation


Topics

Economic | Infrastructure | Development


Commons-based governance approach for DPI is preferable to traditional multi-stakeholder models as it ensures community engagement beyond government changes

Explanation

A commons-based governance model for DPI provides better continuity and community involvement than traditional multi-stakeholder approaches. This model increases transparency, accountability, accelerates impact, reduces governance costs, and maintains community engagement even when governments change, ensuring infrastructure sustainability.


Evidence

Paper written with colleagues on commons-based governance; benefits include increased transparency, accountability, accelerated impact, reduced governance data and localization frictions, secured community engagement


Major discussion point

Governance and Sovereignty Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Disagreed with

– Audience
– Rahul Matthan
– Henri Verdier

Disagreed on

Governance models for DPI – Multi-stakeholder vs Commons-based vs Sovereignty-focused approaches


Funding is deprioritized because of awareness of money wasted on tech monopolies that don’t deliver value or pay taxes locally

Explanation

There’s growing consensus that funding isn’t the primary constraint for DPI development because people recognize the massive amounts spent on technology monopolies that provide little value and avoid paying taxes in the countries where they operate. This awareness has shifted focus away from funding as the main barrier.


Evidence

Poll results showing funding and resource allocation at the bottom of priorities; observation about money spent on tech monopolies that deliver nothing and don’t pay taxes locally


Major discussion point

Economic and Funding Considerations


Topics

Economic | Taxation | Development


Agreed with

– Rahul Matthan

Agreed on

Funding is not the primary constraint for DPI development


Disagreed with

– Henri Verdier
– Desire Kachenje

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and economic theory for DPI


Latin America’s shared geospatial infrastructure demonstrates successful regional cooperation on climate-related data sharing

Explanation

The Geosur project represents successful regional collaboration in sharing geospatial data across Latin America, facilitated by regional mechanisms and organizations. This cooperation has been particularly effective in cross-border and health issues, with the pandemic accelerating collaboration through organizations like PAHO.


Evidence

Geosur project for shared geospatial infrastructure; cooperation facilitated by Inter-American Development Bank, CELAC, and OAS; PAHO played key role during pandemic; combination of data, knowledge and infrastructure makes region ready for climate efforts


Major discussion point

Climate Change and DPI Applications


Topics

Development | Sustainable development | Infrastructure


J

Jon Lloyd

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

2447 words

Speech time

956 seconds

Open source first principles and local talent development are most effective for ensuring countries build technologies based on their priorities

Explanation

Based on poll results from the session, open source first principles and local talent development emerged as the top priorities for enabling countries to develop technologies according to their own needs and priorities. This approach ensures greater autonomy and capacity building compared to other alternatives like international funding or decentralized governance models.


Evidence

Mentimeter poll results showing open source first principles and local talent development as top two responses; funding ranked at the bottom consistently across multiple polls


Major discussion point

Digital Public Goods (DPGs) Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Development | Capacity development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Desire Kachenje
– Rahul Matthan

Agreed on

Local capacity building is crucial for DPI success


A

Audience

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

120 words

Speech time

42 seconds

Multi-stakeholder governance approach should be adopted for DPI instead of just decentralized governance models

Explanation

The audience member from Internet Society suggests that truly multi-stakeholder governance approaches for DPI would be more effective than simply decentralized models. They emphasize there are important differences between these approaches that should be considered in the context of implementing the Global Digital Compact and WSIS Plus 20 review process.


Evidence

Reference to Global Digital Compact implementation and WSIS Plus 20 review process; distinction between decentralized and multi-stakeholder approaches


Major discussion point

Governance and Sovereignty Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Disagreed with

– Renata Avila
– Rahul Matthan
– Henri Verdier

Disagreed on

Governance models for DPI – Multi-stakeholder vs Commons-based vs Sovereignty-focused approaches


Agreements

Agreement points

Modular and interoperable approach to DPI development

Speakers

– Rahul Matthan
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

India’s stack approach creates modular, interoperable elements that can be layered in any order, not necessarily following the identity-payments-data sequence


Europe has ideological alignment with DPI due to strong public service culture and concerns about digital sovereignty, leading to interoperable solutions rather than one unified stack


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that DPI should be built as modular, interoperable components that can be combined flexibly rather than following rigid sequential approaches or creating monolithic unified systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


Funding is not the primary constraint for DPI development

Speakers

– Rahul Matthan
– Renata Avila

Arguments

DPI represents a relatively cheap alternative to traditional development approaches, enabling 10 years of progress in what would otherwise take 50 years


Funding is deprioritized because of awareness of money wasted on tech monopolies that don’t deliver value or pay taxes locally


Summary

Both speakers agree that funding constraints are overemphasized, with DPI offering cost-effective alternatives and growing awareness that money spent on tech monopolies has been wasteful


Topics

Economic | Development


Local capacity building is crucial for DPI success

Speakers

– Desire Kachenje
– Rahul Matthan
– Jon Lloyd

Arguments

DPGs provide cost-effective alternatives but require local capacity building and sustainable funding models beyond donor-funded projects


DPI can use various access methods including QR codes, ‘phygital’ (physical-digital) solutions, and offline-online hybrid approaches


Open source first principles and local talent development are most effective for ensuring countries build technologies based on their priorities


Summary

All speakers emphasize that building local capacity and talent development is essential for sustainable DPI implementation, regardless of the technical approach used


Topics

Development | Capacity development | Infrastructure


Digital sovereignty requires technical capability to implement democratic decisions

Speakers

– Henri Verdier
– Rahul Matthan

Arguments

Digital sovereignty requires the ability to implement collective democratic decisions through technology infrastructure, not just technical independence


DPI enables ‘regulators to regulate and innovators to innovate’ on the same platform through techno-legal approaches rather than traditional law-only regulation


Summary

Both speakers agree that true digital sovereignty means having the technical infrastructure to enforce democratic decisions and regulatory frameworks, not just independence from foreign technology


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Human rights


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize community-driven and challenge-focused approaches to DPI development, prioritizing real user needs and community engagement over technology-first implementations

Speakers

– Desire Kachenje
– Renata Avila

Arguments

Challenge-driven DPI implementations have better adoption rates than technology-first approaches, as seen in SADC region’s cross-border financial inclusion project


Latin America emphasizes community-driven approaches with strong open source legislation in seven countries and active volunteer communities maintaining digital public goods


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlight successful examples of South-South cooperation in DPI, showing how developing countries can share and adapt each other’s digital infrastructure solutions

Speakers

– Renata Avila
– Rahul Matthan

Arguments

India’s UPI system shows potential for international cooperation, with agreements signed with Caribbean and South American countries through South-South cooperation


Brazil’s PIX payment system demonstrates successful cross-border expansion, now usable in Portugal and being adopted across Latin American countries


Topics

Economic | Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers agree that lack of universal internet connectivity should not prevent DPI development, and that alternative access methods can bridge the digital divide

Speakers

– Rahul Matthan
– Desire Kachenje

Arguments

DPI can use various access methods including QR codes, ‘phygital’ (physical-digital) solutions, and offline-online hybrid approaches


2.6 billion people without internet access represents a significant challenge, but DPI development shouldn’t wait for universal connectivity


Topics

Development | Digital access | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Deprioritization of funding as main constraint

Speakers

– Rahul Matthan
– Renata Avila
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

DPI represents a relatively cheap alternative to traditional development approaches, enabling 10 years of progress in what would otherwise take 50 years


Funding is deprioritized because of awareness of money wasted on tech monopolies that don’t deliver value or pay taxes locally


Better economic theory needed for DPI’s role as public service that creates value everywhere, similar to historical postal services


Explanation

Unexpectedly, speakers from different regions (India, Latin America, Europe) all agreed that funding is not the primary barrier to DPI development, contrary to common assumptions about resource constraints in developing countries


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Commons-based governance over traditional multi-stakeholder approaches

Speakers

– Renata Avila
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

Commons-based governance approach for DPI is preferable to traditional multi-stakeholder models as it ensures community engagement beyond government changes


Europe has ideological alignment with DPI due to strong public service culture and concerns about digital sovereignty, leading to interoperable solutions rather than one unified stack


Explanation

Both speakers unexpectedly converged on preferring community-based governance models over traditional institutional approaches, emphasizing continuity beyond political changes


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around core DPI principles: modularity and interoperability over monolithic systems, local capacity building as essential, funding not being the primary constraint, and the need for governance approaches that ensure democratic control and community engagement


Consensus level

High level of consensus despite different regional contexts, suggesting that DPI principles are universally applicable while allowing for local adaptation. This consensus has significant implications for global DPI development, indicating that a common framework can accommodate diverse regional approaches while maintaining core principles of openness, interoperability, and democratic governance


Differences

Different viewpoints

Governance models for DPI – Multi-stakeholder vs Commons-based vs Sovereignty-focused approaches

Speakers

– Audience
– Renata Avila
– Rahul Matthan
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder governance approach should be adopted for DPI instead of just decentralized governance models


Commons-based governance approach for DPI is preferable to traditional multi-stakeholder models as it ensures community engagement beyond government changes


DPI enables ‘regulators to regulate and innovators to innovate’ on the same platform through techno-legal approaches rather than traditional law-only regulation


Digital sovereignty requires the ability to implement collective democratic decisions through technology infrastructure, not just technical independence


Summary

Speakers disagreed on the optimal governance model for DPI. The audience member advocated for multi-stakeholder approaches, Renata preferred commons-based governance for continuity, Rahul emphasized techno-legal integration allowing both regulation and innovation, while Henri stressed sovereignty and democratic decision-making capability.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Funding priorities and economic theory for DPI

Speakers

– Henri Verdier
– Renata Avila
– Desire Kachenje

Arguments

Better economic theory needed for DPI’s role as public service that creates value everywhere, similar to historical postal services


Funding is deprioritized because of awareness of money wasted on tech monopolies that don’t deliver value or pay taxes locally


DPGs provide cost-effective alternatives but require local capacity building and sustainable funding models beyond donor-funded projects


Summary

Henri emphasized the need for better economic theory and proper funding allocation for DPI as public service, Renata argued funding isn’t the main constraint due to waste on tech monopolies, while Desire highlighted ongoing funding challenges in Africa where donor dependency remains problematic.


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected differences

Role of funding in DPI development priorities

Speakers

– Henri Verdier
– Renata Avila
– Desire Kachenje

Arguments

Better economic theory needed for DPI’s role as public service that creates value everywhere, similar to historical postal services


Funding is deprioritized because of awareness of money wasted on tech monopolies that don’t deliver value or pay taxes locally


DPGs provide cost-effective alternatives but require local capacity building and sustainable funding models beyond donor-funded projects


Explanation

Unexpectedly, speakers from different regions had contrasting views on funding importance. While poll results consistently showed funding as low priority, Henri (Europe) argued for better economic allocation theory, Renata (Latin America) dismissed funding concerns due to tech monopoly waste, and Desire (Africa) emphasized ongoing funding challenges. This regional divide on funding perspectives was surprising given the supposed consensus.


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement centered on governance models for DPI (multi-stakeholder vs commons-based vs sovereignty-focused) and the role of funding in DPI development, with unexpected regional differences on economic priorities.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. While speakers had different approaches and emphases, they shared fundamental agreement on core DPI principles (openness, interoperability, modularity) and the importance of local capacity building. The disagreements were more about implementation methods and governance structures rather than fundamental goals, suggesting productive debate rather than irreconcilable differences. This level of disagreement is constructive for the DPI field as it allows for diverse regional approaches while maintaining common principles.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize community-driven and challenge-focused approaches to DPI development, prioritizing real user needs and community engagement over technology-first implementations

Speakers

– Desire Kachenje
– Renata Avila

Arguments

Challenge-driven DPI implementations have better adoption rates than technology-first approaches, as seen in SADC region’s cross-border financial inclusion project


Latin America emphasizes community-driven approaches with strong open source legislation in seven countries and active volunteer communities maintaining digital public goods


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlight successful examples of South-South cooperation in DPI, showing how developing countries can share and adapt each other’s digital infrastructure solutions

Speakers

– Renata Avila
– Rahul Matthan

Arguments

India’s UPI system shows potential for international cooperation, with agreements signed with Caribbean and South American countries through South-South cooperation


Brazil’s PIX payment system demonstrates successful cross-border expansion, now usable in Portugal and being adopted across Latin American countries


Topics

Economic | Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers agree that lack of universal internet connectivity should not prevent DPI development, and that alternative access methods can bridge the digital divide

Speakers

– Rahul Matthan
– Desire Kachenje

Arguments

DPI can use various access methods including QR codes, ‘phygital’ (physical-digital) solutions, and offline-online hybrid approaches


2.6 billion people without internet access represents a significant challenge, but DPI development shouldn’t wait for universal connectivity


Topics

Development | Digital access | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Regional approaches to DPI development vary significantly but share common principles of openness, interoperability, and modularity


Digital Public Goods (DPGs) provide cost-effective alternatives to proprietary solutions but require substantial local capacity building and sustainable funding models


Cross-border interoperability is emerging as a critical success factor, with examples like Brazil’s PIX system and Africa’s regional payment initiatives demonstrating practical implementation


Digital sovereignty and democratic governance can be maintained through commons-based governance approaches rather than traditional multi-stakeholder models


Local talent development and open source first principles are the most effective strategies for ensuring countries build technologies based on their own priorities


DPI development should not wait for universal internet connectivity – offline and hybrid solutions can bridge the digital divide


Climate change represents a significant opportunity for DPI application through connecting data silos and enabling more cost-effective solutions


The distinction between e-government and DPI is less important than achieving open, modular, and interoperable systems regardless of terminology


Resolutions and action items

Digital Public Goods Alliance to continue collecting responses for the open source policies and practices survey from 24 alliance members


Rapporteur Max to synthesize key takeaways from the session and upload to the IGF session page


Continue engagement on developing actionable recommendations for strengthening local capacity and agency


Kazakhstan formally announced as the 26th country participating in the 50 and 5 campaign


Unresolved issues

How to address the 2.6 billion people without internet access while continuing DPI development


Sustainable funding models for DPGs beyond donor-funded projects


Harmonization of fragmented data governance frameworks across countries, particularly for cross-border implementations


Balancing speed of implementation with multi-stakeholder inclusion to avoid exclusion of populations


Data privacy and security frameworks for specific populations like children in digital ID systems


Long-term sustainability and maintenance of DPI systems after initial implementation


Integration of legacy systems with new DPI approaches in a cost-effective manner


Suggested compromises

Use modular, interoperable approaches rather than insisting on specific technological solutions or naming conventions


Implement ‘phygital’ (physical-digital) hybrid solutions to accommodate areas without reliable internet connectivity


Adopt commons-based governance that balances state sovereignty requirements with multi-stakeholder participation


Focus on common principles while allowing countries to develop bespoke governance frameworks appropriate for their context


Build offline-capable DPI solutions that can sync when connectivity is available


Combine government-driven initiatives with ecosystem-enabled implementation involving private sector and civil society


Start DPI implementation wherever countries have capacity rather than following a prescribed sequence


Thought provoking comments

I almost feel I must apologize for India stack, because we started this idea of a stack, which leaves the impression that you must necessarily layer first identity, then payments, and then data sharing. And really, it’s not mandatory that you have to do it in that way… the real idea of a stack is that we are creating modular elements, DPGs that can be layered on top of each other in whichever order you want for whichever solution you want.

Speaker

Rahul Matthan


Reason

This comment is insightful because it challenges a common misconception about DPI implementation – that there’s a prescribed sequence that must be followed. It reframes the ‘stack’ concept from a rigid hierarchy to a flexible, modular approach, which is crucial for countries with different starting points and priorities.


Impact

This comment set the tone for the entire discussion by establishing that DPI approaches should be flexible and context-specific rather than one-size-fits-all. It influenced subsequent speakers to emphasize regional variations and the importance of tailoring solutions to local needs rather than copying India’s exact approach.


The traditional lawyer in me says, you’ve got to write laws, and you’ve got to build policies… But the power of digital, and the power of digital where everything is digital, is that you can actually build some of that governance into the design of the architecture… we’re building an infrastructure on which regulators can regulate and innovators can innovate.

Speaker

Rahul Matthan


Reason

This comment introduces a paradigm shift from traditional regulatory approaches to ‘code as law’ – embedding governance directly into digital infrastructure design. It presents a novel solution to the tension between innovation and regulation.


Impact

This concept of techno-legal approaches became a recurring theme, with Henri Verdier later building on it by discussing ‘rules as code’ and the need for technical implementation of regulatory decisions. It shifted the conversation from viewing regulation as a constraint to seeing it as an integrated part of infrastructure design.


Innovation needs to meet serenity… When we’re building DPI, especially specifically when we’re building DPI with DPGs, how do we ensure that countries have the local ecosystem to not only own, but run, maintain and develop new use cases?

Speaker

Desire Kachenje


Reason

This comment highlights a critical gap often overlooked in DPI discussions – the sustainability and local ownership beyond initial implementation. It introduces the concept that technical deployment is insufficient without local capacity for long-term stewardship.


Impact

This comment redirected the discussion toward capacity building and local agency, which became central themes throughout the session. It influenced the Mentimeter poll results where ‘local talent development and training’ emerged as a top priority, and shaped subsequent discussions about the importance of community engagement and local ownership.


There is probably an ideological alignment because we have a strong culture of public services… we need this layer of DPI to implement some political decision and collective decision on the big, the open internet… Can we still empower the people through infrastructure and good governments to respect dignity and innovation and everything, or do we have to let our lives within big corporations and their infrastructure?

Speaker

Henri Verdier


Reason

This comment reframes the entire DPI discussion as fundamentally about democratic sovereignty versus corporate control. It elevates the conversation from technical implementation to existential questions about the future of democratic governance in the digital age.


Impact

This comment created a philosophical anchor for the discussion, with other speakers referencing the tension between public and private control. It influenced Renata Avila’s response about communities being ‘squeezed without options’ and shaped the conversation about sovereignty as a non-negotiable element in DPI development.


What I will say that is different is that in Latin America we are very good at the digital public goods and but we haven’t jumped yet to the big digital public infrastructure plans… the highlight of the continent is the communities around open source… it’s what you do after work it was what you do on weekends you edit a Wikipedia article you code and contribute to a collaborative platform.

Speaker

Renata Avila


Reason

This comment introduces a crucial distinction between having strong DPG communities and implementing comprehensive DPI strategies. It highlights the role of grassroots community engagement as a foundation for sustainable digital infrastructure, contrasting with top-down government-led approaches.


Impact

This observation about community-driven development influenced the later discussion about governance models, leading to Renata’s proposal for ‘commons-based governance approach’ rather than traditional multi-stakeholder models. It also reinforced the importance of local capacity and community engagement that emerged in the poll results.


I strongly urge all of us to rethink the way we go about [climate change] because DPI has shown a way for very, very big challenges like financial inclusion. I see no reason why that can’t be applied to something as important as climate change.

Speaker

Rahul Matthan


Reason

This comment dramatically expands the scope of DPI applications beyond traditional use cases to global challenges like climate change. It suggests DPI could revolutionize how we approach complex, multi-stakeholder problems by connecting previously siloed data and systems.


Impact

While this comment came later in the discussion, it opened up new possibilities for thinking about DPI applications and influenced Renata’s response about Latin America’s geospatial infrastructure cooperation. It demonstrated how DPI thinking can be applied to cross-border, global challenges beyond traditional government services.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing several critical frameworks: the flexibility and modularity of DPI approaches (challenging rigid implementation models), the integration of governance into technical architecture (moving beyond traditional regulation), the centrality of local capacity and community engagement (ensuring sustainability), and the broader democratic implications of infrastructure choices (framing DPI as essential for sovereignty). The comments created a progression from technical implementation details to philosophical questions about democratic governance in the digital age. They also established common ground among diverse regional approaches while respecting local contexts and priorities. The discussion evolved from describing what different regions are doing to exploring why these approaches matter for democracy, sovereignty, and global cooperation. The interactive polls reinforced these themes, with participants prioritizing local capacity development and open-source approaches over funding, validating the speakers’ emphasis on community engagement and sustainable development over purely technical or financial solutions.


Follow-up questions

How do we ensure that countries have the local ecosystem to not only own, but run, maintain and develop new use cases when building DPI with DPGs?

Speaker

Desire Kachenje


Explanation

This addresses the critical challenge of local capacity and agency in DPI implementation, ensuring sustainability beyond initial deployment


How do we bring policy makers and enable countries to harmonize digital data governance frameworks, especially when bringing more than one country together for data exchange platforms?

Speaker

Desire Kachenje


Explanation

This highlights the fragmented nature of data governance frameworks across countries and the need for policy harmonization for cross-border DPI initiatives


How can we use digital public infrastructure to solve the climate crisis as the next step of DPI innovation?

Speaker

Rahul Matthan


Explanation

This represents a new frontier for DPI application, suggesting that DPI could unlock solutions to climate challenges by connecting data silos and enabling new approaches beyond traditional consensus-building


How can we implement rules as code and techno-legal approaches in DPI governance?

Speaker

Henri Verdier


Explanation

This addresses the need for embedding regulatory compliance directly into digital infrastructure design rather than relying solely on traditional legal frameworks


How can we develop a better economic theory of the economic role of DPI to understand its financing and value creation?

Speaker

Henri Verdier


Explanation

This seeks to establish theoretical foundations for understanding how DPI creates value across entire ecosystems and how this should inform funding models


How do we ensure sustainability of DPGs long-term, both internally for the DPGs themselves and for countries implementing them past donor-funded project periods?

Speaker

Desire Kachenje


Explanation

This addresses the critical challenge of maintaining DPI systems and DPG platforms beyond initial implementation phases and donor funding cycles


How do we address privacy and security issues for specific populations like children in digital ID and birth registration systems?

Speaker

Desire Kachenje


Explanation

This highlights gaps in privacy frameworks for vulnerable populations in DPI implementations


How can we overcome the digital divide for 2.6 billion people not using the internet while still advancing DPI development?

Speaker

Online participant (via chat)


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental challenge of inclusion in DPI when a significant portion of the global population lacks internet access


What would be the implications of adopting truly multi-stakeholder governance approaches for DPI instead of just decentralized governance models?

Speaker

Israel Rosas (Internet Society)


Explanation

This explores different governance models for DPI and their potential impacts on implementation and sovereignty


How can we make different DPI systems interoperable across countries (e.g., using UPI in Brazil or PIX in other countries)?

Speaker

Rahul Matthan


Explanation

This addresses the practical challenge of cross-border interoperability between different national DPI systems


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.